Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout330 S Stillaguamish Ave_BLD3784_2026 %agit Re2ional Health Skagit Valley Hospital • Skagit Regional Clinics PROJECT MANUAL FOR: SPD Expansion Project VOLUME No. 1 Cascade Valley Hospital Arlington, Washington BID SET o� C� CCU ISSUE DATE: 03/15/2021 OFFICE COPY Received ' MAR 19 2021 ZERVAS CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL TABLE OF CONTENTS SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 0001 01 Specification Sections are listed with the number of pages in each section. The Contractor shall check his copies of the specifications with the Table of Contents to be sure they are complete. DIVISION 0—BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 0001 01 TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 15 DRAWING INDEX 0011 16 INVITATION TO BID 0021 00 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 0021 14 BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 0021 14.1 BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF RELEVANT EXPERIENCE FORM 0021 14.2 BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY FORM 0021 14.3 AUTHORIZATION TO RELEASE INFORMATION 00 40 00 BID PROPOSAL FORM 00 40 00.1 SUBCONTRACTORS LIST CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 65 00 RETAINAGE OPTION FORM 00 65 50 ESCROW AGREEMENT 00 66 00 PREVAILING WAGES DIVISION 01 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 1000 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 2500 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 3000 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT&COORDINATION 01 3200 CONSTRUCTION PROCESS DOCUMENTATION 01 4000 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01 42 00 REFERENCES 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES &CONTROLS 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 7000 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7310 CUTTING & PATCHING 01 7419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT& DISPOSAL 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES DIVISION 02 -EXISTING CONDITIONS 0241 00 DEMOLITION DIVISION 03-CONCRETE 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 06-WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 20 00 FINISH CARPENTRY 06 83 16 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 01 — 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL TABLE OF CONTENTS SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 0001 01 DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 90 05 JOINT SEALERS DIVISION 08 -OPENINGS 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 0831 00 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 0871 00 FINISH HARDWARE DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09 05 61 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 0921 16 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 0951 00 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 65 00 RESILIENT FLOORING 0991 23 INTERIOR PAINTING DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 10 26 01 WALL AND CORNER GUARDS 10 28 00 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 44 00 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 1051 29 PHENOLIC LOCKERS DIVISION 11 - HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 11 71 00 HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 12 32 00 MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 12 36 00 COUNTERTOPS DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 0548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING & EQUIP 21 1300 WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 19 METERS AND GAGES 22 05 23 VALVES 23 05 48 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 11 16 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 19 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 16 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 19 DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 01 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL TABLE OF CONTENTS SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 0001 01 DIVISION 23 -HVAC 23 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 93 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 07 13 PIPE INSULATION 23 07 19 DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 23 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 09 00 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 2311 23 FUEL GAS PIPING 23 22 13 STEAM AND CONDENSATE 2331 13 METAL DUCTS 23 33 00 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 37 13 DIFFUSERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES 23 52 33 FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 23 53 13 MISCELLANEOUS STEAM EQUPMENT DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 26 00 10 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 26 GROUNDING & BONDING 26 07 00 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 26 20 00 ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 50 00 LIGHTING DIVISION 27 -COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 43 00 PAGING SYSTEM 2751 33 DOORBELL SYSTEM DIVISION 28 -FIRE PROTECTION 28 16 10 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 2831 00 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM END OF SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 01 -3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL DRAWING INDEX SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 0001 15 PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 LIST OF DRAWINGS The Drawings listed below are hereby made part of this contract: General: Sheet GO.1 Project Information, Drawing Index, Vicinity Map Sheet G0.2 I.C.R.A. and Life Safety Plan Architectural: Sheet Al.1.1 Phase 1 -Demolition Plan Sheet A1.1.2 Phase 2-Demolition Plan Sheet A2.1.1 Phase 1 -Proposed Floor Plan Sheet A2.1.2 Phase 2-Proposed Floor Plan Sheet A2.2 Reflected Ceiling Plan Sheet A2.3 Equipment Plan Sheet A3.1 Schedules Sheet A4.1 Typical Mounting Heights Sheet A4.2 Interior Elevations Sheet A4.3 Interior Elevations Sheet A5.1 Sections and Details Sheet A5.2 Cart Wash Manufacturer's Details Sheet A5.3 Suspended Ceiling Details Mechanical: Sheet M1.0 Cover Sheet 1 Sheet M1.1 Cover Sheet 2 Sheet M1.2 Schedules Sheet MU Schedules Sheet M2.0 Phase 1 -Below Grade Plumbing-Demo Plan Sheet M2.1 Phase 1 -Ground Floor Plumbing-Demo Plan Sheet M2.2 Phase 1 -Below Grade Plumbing-New Plan Sheet M2.3 Phase 1 -Ground Floor Plumbing-New Plan Sheet M2.4 Phase 1 -Ground Floor Enlarged Plumbing-New Plan Sheet M3.0 Phase 1 -Ground Floor HVAC-Demo Plan Sheet M3.1 Phase 1 -Ground Floor HVAC-New Plan Sheet M3.2 Phase 1 -Ground Floor Enlarged HVAC-New Plan Sheet M4.0 Phase 2-Below Grade Plumbing-Demo Plan Sheet M4.1 Phase 2-Ground Floor Plumbing-Demo Plan Sheet M4.2 Phase 2-Below Grade Plumbing-New Plan Sheet M4.3 Phase 2-Ground Floor Plumbing-New Plan Sheet M5.0 Phase 2-Ground Floor HVAC-Demo Plan Sheet M5.1 Phase 2-Ground Floor HVAC-New Plan Sheet M6.0 Details Sheet M6.1 Details DRAWING INDEX 0001 15 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL DRAWING INDEX SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 0001 15 Electrical: Sheet E1.0 Cover Sheet Sheet E2.0 Ground Floor—Demolition Plan Sheet E2.1 Ground Floor—Power Plan Sheet E2.2 Equipment Schedule Sheet E3.1 Ground Floor—Lighting Plan Sheet E3.2 Lighting Details and Fixture Schedule Sheet E4.1 Ground Floor—Ancillaries Plan Sheet E4.2 Ancillaries Details Sheet E4.3 Ancillaries Details Sheet E6.1 Existing Power System Riser Diagram Sheet E6.2 Existing Power System Riser Diagram Sheet E6.3 Panel Schedule Sheet E6.4 Panel Schedule PART 2 PRODUCTS(NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) END OF SECTION DRAWING INDEX 0001 15-2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 00 11 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INVITATION TO BID Skagit Regional Health 1415 East Kincaid Street Mount Vernon, WA 98273 Project: Cascade Valley Hospital —SPD Expansion Project Skagit County Public Hospital District No.1, d/b/a Skagit Regional Health is requesting sealed bids from contractors to perform, for a stipulated sum, the work specified in the Bidding Documents and Contract Documents for the project identified as: Cascade Valley Hospital—SPD Expansion Project. This is a public works project pursuant to Chapter 39.04 RCW and other provisions of state law. All bids must be submitted on the basis of the Contract Documents and shall incorporate therein all the laws of the State of Washington. Each bid shall include the price proposal and subcontractors listing. All bids must be returned via mail to PO Box 1376, Mount Vernon, WA 98273 and postmarked no later than April 9'h, 2021. No faxed bid proposals will be accepted. Each bid shall be accompanied by the following completed documents: Bidder's Statement of Responsibility Form Proposed Construction Schedule Bidder's Statement of Relevant Experience Form Authorization to Release Information Form Subcontractor List Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form of a certified check, cashiers check, postal money order or security bond made payable to the order of Skagit Regional Health, for a sum of not less than 5 percent of the amount of the bid. Incomplete bids and bids received after the day and hour stated above will not receive consideration. No bidder may withdraw his/her bid after the date and hour set for bid submittal unless the award of the contract is delayed for a period exceeding sixty (60) days. Substitution requests will not be accepted during the bid process beyond 10 calendar days prior to the bid opening. Those clearly marked and sealed bids that are timely received as specified above will be opened at 1 pm and publicly read on April 16, 2021 via WebEx and the apparent lowest responsible bidder will be announced. Those wishing to attend the public bid opening may request the WebEx link via email at proposals@skagitregionalhealth.org. Skagit Regional Health will then review the proposals and qualifications of the apparent lowest bidder per section "00 21 14 Bidder Responsibility Criteria" of the contract documents and determine if the lowest apparent bidder meets the published responsibility criteria. As part of this review, Skagit Regional Health may request an interview with the low bidder. Once Skagit Regional Health confirms the lowest responsible bidder, Skagit Regional Health shall then promptly proceed with the awarding of the contract to the lowest responsible bidder. If the apparent low bidder is determined not responsible based upon the criteria published in the construction documents, Skagit Regional Health will request qualifications of the next low bidder. Skagit Regional Health reserves the right to reject all bids and waive any informality in the proposals. Free-of-charge access to project bid documents (plans, specifications, addenda, and Bidders List) is provided to Prime Bidders, Subcontractors and Vendors by going to www.bxwa.co[1]and clicking on INVITATION TO BID 0011 16 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 00 11 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INVITATION TO BID "Posted Proiects', "Public Works', and "Skagit County PHD#1 dba Skagit Regional Health". The online plan room provides Bidders with fully usable online documents with the ability to download, view, print, order full/partial plan sets from numerous reprographic sources, and a free online digitizer/take-off tool. It is recommended that Bidders"Register" in order to receive automatic e-mail notification of future addenda and to place themselves on the"Self-Registered Bidders List". Bidders that do not register will not be automatically notified of addenda and will need to periodically check the on-line plan room for addenda issued on this project. Contact Builders Exchange of Washington at(425)258-1303 should you require assistance with the access or registration. Bid documents are also available for review at the following plan centers: Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc. 2607 Wetmore Avenue, Everett, WA. 98201. Two Pre-Bid Meetings will be held at the Cascade Valley Hospital, 330 Stillaguamish Avenue, Arlington, Washington on Friday, March 19, 2021 at 1:00 PM and Friday, March 26, 2021 at 1:00 PM. Attendees must check-in at the Information Desk in the main lobby and be screened prior to the Pre-Bid Meeting's start time. The meeting will be held outdoors in the area immediately adjacent to the Hospital's loading dock. Small groups will be allowed a site visit following the Pre-Bid Meeting. Proof of screening is required for the site visit. Attendance at one of the Pre-Bid Meetings is mandatory to be eligible to bid. G' ''► r - ? MAIN ENTRANCE MEETING AREA Please contact Jennifer Moehl of Zervas Architecture at 360-202-7550 and/or iennifer(cDzervasgroup.com for further information. END OF SECTION INVITATION TO BID 0011 16 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0021 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Each bid shall be accompanied by bid security in the amount of five percent of the base bid plus all additive bids. This security may be a certified check, a cashier's check or a bid bond. The bid bond must be issued by a bonding company licensed to transact business in the locality of the project in conformance with Washington State Statutes. Comply with Section 2.4 of the Instructions to Bidders. Prior to execution of the contract the bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder. The prime contractor shall secure and pay for the performances and labor and material payment bonds issued by a bonding company licensed to transact business in the locality of the project in conformance with Washington State Statutes. Provide bond forms conforming to Section 30.08 RCW for Architect's approval. Liability under each of the bonds shall be 100 percent of the contract sum plus sales tax and shall include liability to cover other taxes certified by the State as due from the project and correction of work during warranty period. Modify Article 7 to comply with the provisions of this paragraph. END OF SECTION SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 0021 00- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0021 14 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 1.01 MANDATORY CRITERIA. It is the intent of Owner to award a contract to the low responsible bidder. Before award, the bidder must meet the following bidder responsibility criteria to be considered a responsible bidder. The bidder may be required by the Owner to submit documentation demonstrating compliance with the criteria. a. Criteria. The bidder must: i. Have a current certificate of registration as a contractor in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW, which must be in effect at the time of bid submittal; ii. Have a current Washington Unified Business Identifier(UBI) number; iii. Have: A. Industrial Insurance (workers' compensation) coverage for the bidder's employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW; B. a Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW; C. a Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW; iv Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3). V. Documentation. Any bidder not demonstrating with materials submitted with its bid that it meets all of these Mandatory Criteria shall be declared not responsible and the next lowest bidder's compliance with these Mandatory Criteria shall be evaluated. 2.01 SUPPLEMENTAL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA. In addition to the bidder responsibility criteria above, the responsive low bidder shall bidder must also meet the following supplemental bidder responsibility criteria applicable to the project. As evidence that the bidder meets the bidder responsibility criteria described below, the apparent low bidder must submit to the Owner its bid submittal with the documentation listed below within four (4) business days of notification by Owner that such bidder is the apparent low, responsive bidder.. 1. Delinquent State Taxes. (0 -5 points) a. Criterion: The Bidder shall not owe delinquent taxes to the Washington State Department of Revenue without a payment plan approved by the Department of Revenue. b. Documentation: The Bidder shall not be listed on the Washington State Department of Revenue's "Delinquent Taxpayer List" website: http//dor wa.gov/content/fileandpaytaxes/latefiling/dtlwest aspx. BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 0021 14 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0021 14 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 2. MWBE Participation on Federally Funded Projects. (0 -2 points) a. Criterion: The Bidder shall have complied with MWBE, DBE, or other similar utilization requirements or goals on any federally funded public works projects with such requirements, completed by the Bidder within three years of the bid submittal date for this project, unless there are extenuating circumstances acceptable to the Owner. b. Documentation: For each federally funded public works project with requirements for utilization of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises (MWBE), Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBEs), Historically Underutilized Businesses (HUB Zone), or similar programs that was completed by the Bidder within three years of the bid submittal date for this project, the Bidder shall submit the following: i. A list of such projects; ii. The owner and contact information for the owner's representative; iii. A description of the goal for the project; iv. The actual of utilization of such businesses by the Bidder; V. An explanation of any extenuating circumstances that contributed to the Bidder not meeting the goals. The Owner may contact previous owners to validate the information provided by the Bidder, and shall consider whether the goals were mandatory or voluntary, and the validity of any explanation of extenuating circumstances. 3. Public Bidding Crime. (0 -5 points) a. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract within five years from the bid submittal deadline. b. Documentation: The Bidder shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Owner) that the Bidder has not been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract. The Owner may also use independent sources of information that may be available to demonstrate whether the Bidder is in compliance with this criterion. 4. Subcontractor Responsibility. (0-5 points) a. Criterion: The Bidder's standard subcontract form shall include the subcontractor responsibility language required by RCW 39.06.020, and the Bidder shall have an established procedure which it utilizes to validate the responsibility of each of its subcontractors. The Bidder's subcontract form shall also include a requirement that each of its subcontractors shall have and document a similar procedure to determine whether the sub-tier subcontractors with whom it contracts are also "responsible" subcontractors as defined by RCW 39.06.020. b. Documentation: The Bidder shall submit a copy of its standard subcontract form for review by the Owner, and a written description of its procedure for validating the responsibility of subcontractors with which it contracts. 5. Completion of Similar Projects. (0 -25 points) a. Criterion: The Bidder shall have successfully completed projects of a similar size and scope as required by the contract documents for this project. In evaluating whether the projects were "successfully completed," the Owner may check owner /Project Manager / Architect / Subcontractor references for the previous projects and may BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 0021 14 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0021 14 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA evaluate their assessment of the Bidder performance, including but not limited to the following areas: i. Quality control; ii. Safety record; iii. Timeliness of performance; Conformance with owners schedule iv. Use of skilled personnel; personal assigned to the project with experience in similar project V. Management& payment of subcontractors; vi. Availability of and use of appropriate equipment; vii. Compliance with contract documents; viii. Management of submittals process, change orders, and close-out. b. Documentation The Bidder shall submit a list of projects of similar size and scope to this project. For the purposes of meeting this criterion, the Owner has determined that "similar size and scope to this project" means projects that have the following characteristics: Projects should be health care in nature and under the jurisdiction of DOH & L&I. Projects need to include all phases of construction, from initial site work thru final finishes. The information about each project shall include the following: i. Former project owner's name and contact information for the owner's representative; ii. Awarded contract amount; iii. Final contract amount; Including all change orders; iv. Construction schedule published in the bid documents; V. Actual start date and date of Certificate of Occupancy, Substantial completion and final completion; vi. Listing of subcontractors for mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems. Provide a name and contact phone number for each subcontractor listed; vii. A description of the scope of the project and how the project is similar to this project; viii. The bidder is to submit, for this project, the resumes of the onsite project superintendent the contractors Project Manager and the Project Engineer and a listing of three similar projects completed in the last five years by each; provide contact name and phone number of owner, Project Manager& Architect for each project listed. Previous experience working together is preferred; ix. The Bidder's assessment of its performance of each project, including but not limited to the following: A. Quality control; B. Safety record; C. Timeliness of performance; ability to manage the schedule and accuracy of 6 week look ahead schedules; D. Timeliness of notification to owner of former project of need date for owner furnished items; E. Use of skilled/project type specific qualified personnel; F. Management& payment of subcontractors; G. Availability of and use of appropriate equipment; H. Compliance with contract documents; I. Management of submittals process, change orders, RFI's & documentation of onsite construction weekly construction meetings; BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 0021 14 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0021 14 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 1.01 MANDATORY CRITERIA. It is the intent of Owner to award a contract to the low responsible bidder. Before award, the bidder must meet the following bidder responsibility criteria to be considered a responsible bidder. The bidder may be required by the Owner to submit documentation demonstrating compliance with the criteria. a. Criteria. The bidder must: i. Have a current certificate of registration as a contractor in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW, which must be in effect at the time of bid submittal; ii. Have a current Washington Unified Business Identifier(UBI) number; iii. Have: A. Industrial Insurance (workers' compensation) coverage for the bidder's employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW; B. a Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW; C. a Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW; Iv. Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3). v. Have prepared a Proposed Construction Schedule. b. Documentation. Any bidder not demonstrating with materials submitted with its bid that it meets all of these Mandatory Criteria shall be declared not responsible and the next lowest bidder's compliance with these Mandatory Criteria shall be evaluated. 2.01 SUPPLEMENTAL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA. In addition to the bidder responsibility criteria above, the responsive low bidder must also meet the following supplemental bidder responsibility criteria applicable to the project. As evidence that the bidder meets the bidder responsibility criteria described below, the apparent low bidder must submit to the Owner its bid submittal with the documentation listed below within four (4) business days of notification by Owner that such bidder is the apparent low, responsive bidder. 1. Delinquent State Taxes. (0-5 points) a. Criterion: The Bidder shall not owe delinquent taxes to the Washington State Department of Revenue without a payment plan approved by the Department of Revenue. b. Documentation: The Bidder shall not be listed on the Washington State Department of Revenue's "Delinquent Taxpayer List" website: http.//dor wa.gov/content/fileandpaVtaxes/latefilinq/dtlwest aspx. BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 0021 14 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0021 14 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 2. MWBE Participation on Federally Funded Projects. (0-2 points) a. Criterion The Bidder shall have complied with MWBE, DBE, or other similar utilization requirements or goals on any federally funded public works projects with such requirements, completed by the Bidder within three years of the bid submittal date for this project, unless there are extenuating circumstances acceptable to the Owner. b. Documentation: For each federally funded public works project with requirements for utilization of Minority and Women's Business Enterprises (MWBE), Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBEs), Historically Underutilized Businesses (HUB Zone), or similar programs that was completed by the Bidder within three years of the bid submittal date for this project, the Bidder shall submit the following: i. A list of such projects; ii. The owner and contact information for the owner's representative; iii A description of the goal for the project; iv The actual of utilization of such businesses by the Bidder; V. An explanation of any extenuating circumstances that contributed to the Bidder not meeting the goals. The Owner may contact previous owners to validate the information provided by the Bidder, and shall consider whether the goals were mandatory or voluntary, and the validity of any explanation of extenuating circumstances. 3. Public Bidding Crime. (0 -5 points) a. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract within five years from the bid submittal deadline. b. Documentation: The Bidder shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Owner) that the Bidder has not been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract. The Owner may also use independent sources of information that may be available to demonstrate whether the Bidder is in compliance with this criterion. 4. Subcontractor Responsibility. (0-5 points) a. Criterion: The Bidder's standard subcontract form shall include the subcontractor responsibility language required by RCW 39.06.020, and the Bidder shall have an established procedure which it utilizes to validate the responsibility of each of its subcontractors. The Bidder's subcontract form shall also include a requirement that each of its subcontractors shall have and document a similar procedure to determine whether the sub-tier subcontractors with whom it contracts are also"responsible" subcontractors as defined by RCW 39.06.020. b. Documentation: The Bidder shall submit a copy of its standard subcontract form for review by the Owner, and a written description of its procedure for validating the responsibility of subcontractors with which it contracts. BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 0021 14 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0021 14 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 5. Completion of Similar Projects. (0 -25 points) a. Criterion The Bidder shall have successfully completed projects of a similar size and scope as required by the contract documents for this project. In evaluating whether the projects were"successfully completed," the Owner may check owner /Project Manager/ Architect / Subcontractor references for the previous projects and may evaluate their assessment of the Bidder performance, including but not limited to the following areas: i. Quality control; ii. Safety record; iii. Timeliness of performance; Conformance with owners schedule iv. Use of skilled personnel; personal assigned to the project with experience in similar project V. Management& payment of subcontractors; vi. Availability of and use of appropriate equipment; vii. Compliance with contract documents; viii. Management of submittals process, change orders, and close-out b. Documentation: The Bidder shall submit a list of projects of similar size and scope to this project. For the purposes of meeting this criterion, the Owner has determined that "similar size and scope to this project" means projects that have the following characteristics: Projects should be health care in nature and under the jurisdiction of DOH & L&I. Projects need to include all phases of construction, from initial site work thru final finishes. The information about each project shall include the following: i. Former project owner's name and contact information for the owner's representative; ii. Awarded contract amount; iii. Final contract amount; Including all change orders; iv. Construction schedule published in the bid documents; V. Actual start date and date of Certificate of Occupancy, Substantial completion and final completion; vi. Listing of subcontractors for mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems. Provide a name and contact phone number for each subcontractor listed; vii. A description of the scope of the project and how the project is similar to this project; viii The bidder is to submit, for this project, the resumes of the onsite project superintendent the contractors Project Manager and the Project Engineer and a listing of three similar projects completed in the last five years by each; provide contact name and phone number of owner, Project Manager & Architect for each project listed. Previous experience working together is preferred; ix. The Bidder's assessment of its performance of each project, including but not limited to the following: A. Quality control; B. Safety record; C. Timeliness of performance; ability to manage the schedule and accuiacy of B week Icck ahead schedules, D. Timeliness of notification to owner of former project of need date for owner furnished items; E. Use of skilled / project type specific qualified personnel; BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 0021 14 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0021 14 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA F. Management& payment of subcontractors; G. Availability of and use of appropriate equipment; H. Compliance with contract documents; I. Management of submittals process, change orders, RFI's &documentation of onsite construction weekly construction meetings; J Commitment to following thru at the end to final completion; K. Completeness of O & M's and as built drawings; L. Warranty follow up 6. Termination for Cause. (0 -5 points) a. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have had any public works contract or private construction contract terminated for cause by a government agency during the five year period immediately preceding the bid submittal deadline for this project, unless there are extenuating circumstances acceptable to the Owner. b. Documentation: The Bidder shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Owner) that the Bidder has not had any public works/construction contract terminated for cause by a government agency during the five year period immediately preceding the bid submittal deadline for this project. The Owner may also use independent sources of information that may be available to demonstrate whether the Bidder is in compliance with this criterion. 7. Lawsuits. (0 -5 points) a Criterion: The Bidder shall not have lawsuits pending or with judgments entered against the Bidder within five years of the bid submittal date that demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet the terms of contracts, unless there are extenuating circumstances acceptable to the Owner. b. Documentation: The Bidder shall submit a list of lawsuits pending and with judgments entered against the Bidder within five years of the bid submittal date, along with a written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each such lawsuit. The Owner shall evaluate these explanations to determine whether the lawsuits demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet of terms of construction related contracts. The Owner may also evaluate lawsuits within the time period specified that are not reported by the Bidder and/or through independent sources. 8. Prevailing Wages. (0 -5 points) a Criterion: The Bidder shall not have a record of prevailing wage complaints filed against it within five years of the bid submittal date that demonstrates a pattern of failing to pay workers prevailing wages, unless there are extenuating circumstances acceptable to the Owner. b. Documentation: The Bidder shall submit a list of prevailing wage complaints filed against it within five years of the bid submittal date along with an explanation of each complaint and how it was resolved. The Owner shall evaluate these explanations and the resolution of each complaint to determine whether the complaints demonstrate a pattern of failing to pay its workers prevailing wages as required. The Owner may also evaluate complaints filed within the time period specified that were not reported by the Bidder. BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 0021 14 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0021 14 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 9. Construction Schedule. (0 -5 points) a. Criterion: The Bidder shall create a construction schedule that outlines their estimated time frame for substantial completion. Higher points will be assigned to Bidders who can realistically achieve the earliest possible date. 3.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1. Owner's Determinations: The Owner reserves the right to: (i) determine the adequacy of supplemental material submitted; (ii) request the submission of additional supplemental material; and (iii) determine bidder responsibility from other sources or determine that the bidder is not responsible if there is no, or inadequate, supplemental material is submitted. 2. Scoring: Each of the foregoing Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria shall be scored as indicated in the headings for a total possible high score of 63. Any bidder failing to achieve a total score of 40 points will be found unresponsive and the Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria shall, subject to Section III (3) below, be applied to the next lowest bidder. 3. Notification and Appeal: If the Owner determines the bidder does not meet the bidder responsibility criteria in Section b. above and is therefore not a responsible bidder, the Owner will notify the bidder in writing with the reasons for its determination. If the bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within forty- eight (48) hours of receipt of the Owner's determination by presenting additional information to the Owner. The Owner will consider the additional information before issuing its final determination. If the final determination affirms that the bidder is not responsible, the Owner will not execute a contract with any other bidder until two business days after the bidder determined to be not responsible has received the final determination. The Owner's decision on appeal shall be final and unappealable in any forum. Notice shall be deemed received when transmitted if by e-mail, facsimile, or on the third day after mailing by U.S. mail, whichever is earliest. END OF SECTION BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA 0021 14 -5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 00 21 14.1 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF RELEVANT EXPERIENCE FORM BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF RELEVANT EXPERIENCE FORM INSTRUCTIONS Please complete a separate copy of this form for each project of similar size and scope to this project completed within the last five years. Please refer to the Bidder Responsibility section of the Information For Bidders for the definition of"similar size and scope". THE BIDDER MAY INCLUDE RELEVANT PRIOR EXPERIENCE OF ANY SUBCONTRACTOR THAT WILL BE UTILIZED ON THIS PROJECT. Name of Bidder: Project Title/Name and Location: Name and Address of Owner: Contact Information for Owner's Representative including Name, Phone Number and Email Address: Name and Address of Project Consultant: Contact Information for Project Consultant including Name, Phone Number and Email Address: Was the bidder the prime contractor or subcontractor on the project?If subcontractor, provide the name and contact information of the prime contractor. If the bidder was a subcontractor, please identify the portion of the project performed. Was the work performed utilizing qualified Hazmat,OSHA, and WISHA trained and certified personnel? Attach proof(certificates)of current 40-hour Hazwoper trained personnel that may be utilized on this project. BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF RELEVANT EXPERIENCE FORM 0021 14.1 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 00 21 14.1 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF RELEVANT EXPERIENCE FORM Please identify the dollar amount of bidder's contract or subcontract,the gross dollar amount increase of all change orders,and the number of change orders. The bidder may, but is not required,to provide an explanation concerning change orders. Please identify the original contract duration (specified in calendar days), including actual start date, date of Substantial Completion, date of Final Completion and any contract time extensions that were granted. The bidder may, but is not required,to provide an explanation concerning schedule delays. Please identify the original contract duration (specified in calendar days), including actual start date, date of Substantial Completion,date of Final Completion and any contract time extensions that were granted. The bidder may, but is not required,to provide an explanation concerning schedule delays. Please describe(on a separate paper)the scope of the project and how the project is similar to this project. Please submit(on a separate paper)the resume of the onsite project superintendent and project manager. Please submit(on a separate paper)the Bidder's assessment of its performance of each project, including but not limited to the following: A. Quality Control; B. Safety record; C. Timeliness of performance,ability to manage the schedule and accuracy of long range schedules; D. Timeliness of notification to owner of former project of need date for owner furnished items; E. Use of skilled/project type specific qualified personnel; F. Management and payment of subcontractors; G. Availability of and use of appropriate equipment; H. Demonstration of being reasonable in pricing change orders; I. Compliance with contract documents; J. Management of submittals process,change orders, RFI's, documentation of onsite construction meetings and close-out; K. Completeness of as-built drawings;and L. Warranty follow-up. The undersigned certifies that the foregoing information, including any attachments, is complete (in that all relevant experience is listed) and accurate. Name Date BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF RELEVANT EXPERIENCE FORM 0021 14.1 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0021 14.2 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY FORM BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY FORM 1. Name of Bidder: Address: Number of years the Bidder has been engaged in the business under the present firm name indicated: 2. Bidder's Washington State Department of Employment Security No. 3. Do you owe any delinquent industrial insurance (workers' compensation) payments to the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries? Yes_ No_ 4. Do you owe any delinquent taxes to the Washington State Department of Revenue without a payment plan approved by the Department of Revenue? Yes_ No 5. Have you been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract within the previous five years from the bid submittal deadline? Yes_ No_ 6. Have you, within the previous five years, had claims filed against the retainage or payment bonds you obtained for any public works projects? Yes_No If so, state: Owner's name and contact information,project description, list of the claim(s) filed, explanation of the circumstances surrounding the claim(s), disposition of claim if resolved. (Answer on separate sheet for each project). 7. Have you, within the previous five years, had any construction contract terminated for cause by a government agency or private owner? Yes--No If so, state: Owner's name and contact information,project description, explanation of circumstances surrounding the contract termination. (Answer on separate sheet for each project). 8. Have you, within the previous five years, sued or been sued (court or arbitration case)by a special public purpose district, municipality, county, state or the federal government involving a public works contract, or by a private owner involving a construction contract? Yes No If so, state: Owner's name and address; project description; nature of dispute; court and cause number; disposition of case, if resolved. (Answer on separate sheet for each). BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY FORM 0021 14.2 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0021 14.2 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY FORM 9. Does your standard subcontract form include the subcontractor responsibility language required by RCW 39.06.020, and do you have an established procedure you utilize to validate the responsibility of each of your subcontractors? Yes_No If so, submit a copy of your standard subcontract form and a written description for your procedure for validating the responsibility of subcontractors with which you contract. The undersigned certifies that the foregoing information, including any attachments, is complete and accurate. Name Date BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY FORM 0021 14.2-2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0021 14.3 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT AUTHORIZATION TO RELEASE INFORMATION AUTHORIZATION TO RELEASE INFORMATION TO: Owner FROM: Contractor, Principal Subcontractor, Principal Supplier, or Project Superintendent RE: (Project name and date of contract documents) You are hereby authorized to release and disclose to Skagit County Public Hospital District No.1 and/or its representatives, information concerning the quality of performance and execution of contractual obligations by [Contractor, Principal Subcontractor; or Principal Supplier (circle one)] on your behalf on the above referenced project. A copy of this signed form, received by email, facsimile or hard copy shall suffice as an original. By Authorized Representative Printed Name Date: NOTE: This form* must be completed by the: contractor and each subcontractor or employee whose experience is provided as a means of satisfying the Relevant Expereience criteria for each owner and or principal contractor listed on the form: "Bidder's Statement of Relevant Experience"and all completed forms must be submitted by the lowest responsive bidder no later than * Do not fill in the line following "TO END OF SECTION AUTHORIZATION TO RELEASE INFORMATION 0021 14.3- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 00 40 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BID PROPOSAL FORM Date Owner's Name: Address: RE: Cascade Valley Hospital—SPD Expansion Project Ladies and Gentlemen: Having carefully examined the Contract Documents entitled: Skagit Regional Health — Cascade Valley Hospital—SPD Expansion Project, as prepared by Zervas, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the Work, the undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials and perform all Work for the various parts of the construction in accordance with the above drawings and specifications and addenda (if any) for the consideration of the following amount: which sum is hereby designated as the Base Bid for all work necessary and incidental to the construction of the above project. State Sales Tax Base Bid, Alternative Bid, and Unit Price amounts do not include State Sales Tax. Overhead Base Bid and Alternative Bids shall include overhead, profit and all expenses involved. Time of Completion The Undersigned hereby agrees to complete all work under the Base Bid and selected alternates by the date identified in their Proposed Construction Schedule. Liquidated Damages The Undersigned agrees to pay the Owner as liquidated damages the sum of$1,000 for each consecutive calendar day that is in default after the Contract Time. Liquidated damages shall be deducted from the contract by change order. Addendum Receipt The receipt of the following addenda to the Contract Documents is acknowledged: Receipt of addenda numbered through is hereby acknowledged. If written notice of acceptance of the Bid is delivered to the undersigned within 30 days after the date of opening of bids, or any time thereafter before this bid is withdrawn, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days after the date of such mailing, telegraphing, or delivering of such notice, execute and deliver a contract on Conlracl Fumi A101 luyethei wilts salisfacluiy burid in an arnounl equal to 100 percent of the contract sum, plus sales tax. BID PROPOSAL FORM 00 40 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 00 40 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BID PROPOSAL FORM Enclosed is a certified check, cashier's check, or bid bond in the amount of 5 percent of the base bid. Very truly yours, Name of Firm By Signature Title Address zi.P State of Washington Contractor's No. Members of Firm if Partnership END OF PROPOSAL BID PROPOSAL FORM 00 40 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 00 40 00.1 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT SUBCONTRACTOR LIST Subcontractor List Form For HVAC, Plumbing, and Electrical In compliance with the contract documents, the following subcontractor list is submitted Failure of the Bidder to submit the NAMES of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work shall render the Bidder's bid nonresponsive and, therefore, VOID. Category of Work Firm Name 1. HVAC, Base Bid 2. Plumbing, Base Bid 3. Electrical, Base Bid Bidder may attach a separate sheet for additional alternate bid subcontractors. Submitted By: Print Name and Title of Authorized Person END OF SECTION SUBCONTRACTORS LIST 00 40 00.1 - 1 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Construction Agreement between Owner and Contractor TABLE OF ARTICLES AGREEMENT 1 Contract Documents made as of the 2 The Project day of 3 Relationship of the Parties in the year of Two Thousand and 4 Commencement and Substantial BETWEEN the Owner: Completion Skagit County Public Hospital District No. 1 1415 East Kincaid 5 Basis for Payment P.O. Box 1376 Mount Vernon, WA 98273 6 Changes in the Work Hereinafter referred to as "the Owner" 7 Maximum Allowable Construction Cost Exclusions and the Contractor: 8 Discounts, Rebates and Refunds TBD 9 Subcontractors Hereinafter referred to as "the Contractor" 10 Accounting Records The Project is: Cascade Valley Hospital 11 Payments SPD Expansion Project 330 Stillaguamish Ave, Arlington, WA 98223 12 Retainage and Prevailing Wage The Architect is: 13 Termination or Suspension Zervas Group 209 Prospect Street 14 Warranty Bellingham, WA 98225 15 Insurance and Bonds Hereinafter referred to as the "Architect" 16 Safety The Owner and the Contractor agree as follows: 17 Miscellaneous Provisions Page 1 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ARTICLE I 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1 The Owner and Contractor are proceeding under the terms established by statutes governing public works in the State of Washington. 1.2 The Contract Documents are listed below. In the event of conflicts or discrepancies between the documents, the order listed below establishes the priority of the documents. 1.2.1 Modifications and/or revisions to the Contract Documents issued after execution of this Agreement. 1.2.2 Construction Agreement Between Owner and Contractor(the Agreement). 1.2.3 General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor(the General Conditions) 1.2.4 Drawings (Plans), Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement and listed in Exhibit A. These documents form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. 1.3 In the event of uncertainty as to the type or quality of materials to be supplied, the more stringent requirement shall govern, unless otherwise directed in writing by the Architect. 1.4 In the event of a discrepancy between the Drawings and the Specifications, the more stringent requirements or higher quality shall govern. Discrepancy between Drawings and the Specifications shall not be allowed as the basis for Change Orders. 2. THE PROJECT 2.1 The District desires to remodel approximately 5,000 sqft of interior space at the material management and instrument processing areas within the hospital's sterile processing department. The existing space will be remodeled to include new non- load bearing partitions, boilers, equipment, and finishes. As well as relocating plumbing fixtures, light fixtures, and HVAC. Page 2 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 2.2 The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. 2.3 The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 3. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES 3.1 The Owner has retained the Contractor through a competitive process pursuant to statutes governing public works in the state of Washington. 3.2 The Contractor accepts the relationship of trust and confidence established by this Agreement and covenants with the Owner to cooperate with the Architect and Architect, their consultants and the Owner's other consultants, and exercise the Contractor's skill and judgment in furthering the interests of the Owner; to furnish efficient business administration and supervision; to furnish at all times an adequate supply of workers and materials; and to perform the Work in an expeditious and economical manner consistent with the Owner's interests. The Owner agrees to furnish and approve, in a timely manner, information required by the Contractor and to make payments to the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3.3 Except for the special agreements in Paragraph 3.19 of the General Conditions, nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall be construed to create any contractual relationship of any kind between the Architect or Architect and the Contractor. 3.4 The Owner's representative is: Mike Yengich 3.5 The Architect's representative is: Jennifer Moehl 3.6 The Contractor's project personnel are: 3.7 The Contractor's representative is, who shall have authority to bind the contractor with respect to all matters requiring the Contractor's approval or authorization. Page 3 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 3.8 The Contractor's project personnel and representative shall not be changed without the Owner's written approval. 3.9 If at any time the Owner reasonably objects to any of the Contractor's personnel, then the Contractor shall, upon written request by the Owner, immediately remove and replace said personnel with qualified individuals to whom the Owner has no objections. 3.10 Not Applicable. 4. COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 4.1 The date of commencement is the date of this Agreement. The start of construction of the Work shall be the date established by the Notice To Proceed. At the Owner's option Notices To Proceed may be issued for certain phases of the Work. The Contractor shall only undertake Work for which is has been authorized by a Notice To Proceed. 4.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of the Notice To Proceed for construction of the Work. 4.3 Not Applicable. 4.4 Not Applicable 4.5 The Contractor shall achieve Final Completion of the entire Work not later than Thirty (30) calendar days following Substantial Completion of the entire Work. 4.6 The Owner and the Contractor acknowledge that the Owner will suffer financial damages if the Contractor achieves late Substantial Completion or Final Completion. The Owner is entitled to enforce Liquidated Damages of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) per day for late Substantial Completion and one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) per day for late Final Completion. The Owner and Contractor agree that it is extremely difficult to predict or to determine with accuracy the damages Owner will suffer for late completion of Work and that these amounts are a fair and reasonable estimate of the Owner's actual damages resulting from late completion. If Substantial Completion is delayed but Final Completion is not, Liquidated Damages of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) per day shall apply to the period between actual and planned Substantial Completion. If Substantial Completion is achieved but Final Completion is delayed, Liquidated Damages of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) per day shall apply to the period Page 4 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREENENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR between actual and planned Final Completion. If both Substantial and Final Completions are delayed, Liquidated Damages shall apply to the difference between the actual and planned Substantial Completion and to the difference between the actual and planned Final Completion. 4.7 The Owner shall be entitled to subtract Liquidated Damages from amounts due the Contractor. 4.8 The Contractor shall propose a schedule and statement of any increased labor costs for the Owner's approval that reduces the original construction schedule to achieve Site Readiness Guidelines requirements as stated on page A101 of contract documents. ARTICLE 5 5. BASIS FOR PAYMENT 5.1 CONTRACT SUM 5.1.1 The Contract Sum is 5.1.2 Not Applicable. c , 6. CHANGES IN THE WORK 6.1 Changes in the Work may be additive or deductive or result in no net changes. Changes in the Work resulting from Owner initiated scope changes will be authorized by Change Order and may result in an increase or decrease to the Contract Sum and an adjustment, if warranted, in the Contract Time. All other Changes in the Work will be reviewed by the Owner, the Architect and the Contractor to determine if the change warrants an adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If an adjustment is warranted, it will be authorized by Change Order. Owner initiated scope changes are those changes that are specifically requested by the Owner and that materially effect Project scope. 6.2 In order to facilitate review of potential change orders or change order requests, all proposals shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of costs including labor, materials, equipment and subcontracts. Labor and materials shall be itemized to show individual quantities, rates and extensions. Where cost items are Page 5 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AN CONTRACTOR subcontracts, they shall be itemized in the same manner. If the change includes an adjustment in the Contract Time, it shall be substantiated by the Contractor using the Contemporaneous Period Analysis as specified in Contract Documents. Changes submitted without such itemization will be returned to the Contractor without review and in no case will a change be approved without such itemization. 6.3 The Contractor shall not pass through potential change orders or change order requests from subcontractors without (a) reviewing the subcontractor's scope of work and all documentation available to determine that a change has actually occurred and is warranted; (b) obtaining from the subcontractor documentation in a level of detail sufficient to allow the Contractor to analyze the specific merits of the change; (c) verifying the quantities and pricing put forth by the subcontractor for accuracy and reasonableness; (d) reviewing the time impact of the change using the CPM Schedule current at the time of the change; and (e) providing the Owner and the Architect advance notice that the change is forthcoming. If any change exceeds twenty-five hundred dollars ($2,500) the Contractor shall perform its own estimate of the change in accordance with Paragraph 6.2 and present this to the Owner and Architect to verify costs presented by subcontractors. Failure to adhere to these requirements shall result in the change documentation being returned to the Contractor without review. 6.4 In issuing a change order request or potential change order to the Owner and Architect the Contractor is certifying that it has performed a thorough review of the change in accordance with paragraph 6.2 and 6.3 and believes the change is fair, reasonable and complete compensation for the entire change. 6.5 Adjustments to the Contract Sum on account of changes in the Work shall be based on the Contractor's actual cost of completion, as defined in Subparagraph 5.3.7 of the General Conditions, of any such additional or changed Work, or if the parties agree,to one of the following methods: (a) mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by the required substantiating information to permit evaluation; or (b) unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; or (c) cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties. 6.6 Markup for overhead and profit shall be applied to the direct labor, material and construction equipment usage costs of the change as defined in Paragraph 6.7 and shall not be applied to bond, insurance costs, permit fees, sales / use or similar taxes or to the markup for overhead and profit applied by other tier subcontractors. Page 6 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 6.7 Markup for subcontractor overhead and profit on changes shall apply to the following categories of costs. 6.7.1 Direct Labor Costs. These are the costs determined by either the estimated or actual number of additional (or reduced) craft hours and the hourly costs related thereto necessary to perform the Change in the Work. The estimated hours shall be based on the reasonable time required to perform the task under the prevailing job conditions and as evidenced by productivities being achieved by the Contractor on the Project for similar work. Contractor Trade Association (NECA, SMACNA and the like) labor manuals will not be accepted as evidence of required man-hours. The hourly cost shall be based upon the following: (a) Basic Wages. Unburdened base hourly wage rates for all labor, crew foreman and general foreman performing and / or directly supervising the changed work. These rates shall be based on the Prevailing Wage rates established for Island County by the state of Washington Department of Labor and Industries. (b) Fringe Benefits. Fringe benefits established by the state of Washington Department of Labor and Industries or contributed to labor trust funds as itemized fringe benefits, whichever is applicable. (c) Worker's insurances. Direct contributions to the state of Washington as industrial insurance, medical aid, and supplemental pension class and rates established by the state of Washington Department of Labor and Industries. (d) Federal insurances. Direct contributions required by the Federal Insurance Compensation Act (FICA), Federal Unemployment Tax Act(FUTA) and State Unemployment Compensation Act (SUCA). (e) Travel allowance. Travel allowance and / or subsistence when said allowances are required by labor agreement. Such amounts are paid as incurred costs only as directly attributable to the Change in the Work. (f) Items specifically excluded are contractor organization dues, costs of labor negotiations, bonuses and any additional hourly labor factors that are not specifically included above. 6.7.2 Direct material costs. This is an itemization of the quantity and cost of additional (or reduced) materials necessary to perform the Change in the Work. These costs shall be the unit cost applied to the quantity and extended. The unit cost shall be the most favorable or lowest competitive cost prevailing in the area considering the quantities involved and the required delivery time, and based upon the net cost after all offered or available discounts or rebates, freight costs, express charges, or special delivery costs, when applicable. Page 7 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 6.7.3 Construction equipment usage costs. (a) The costs of major tools and equipment shall be the reasonable estimated cost of additional (or reduced) major tools and equipment necessary to perform the Change in the Work. Only the actual incremental cost increases (or reductions, if any) will be allowed for tools and equipment already on the site for use on the changed Work. The rental rates to be applied thereto shall be the reasonable estimated rate (monthly, weekly, hourly) that result in the lowest cost to the Owner for each piece of equipment or tool, and shall be based on the following rates, as applicable: 1 75% of the current rental rates established by the most recent edition of Rental Rate Blue Book ("Blue Book") published by Data Quest, San Jose, California. These rates will the base rates for all tools and equipment listed in this publication. For any tools or equipment not listed in the Blue Book, the most recent edition of Association of Equipment Dealers (A.E.D.) price list (at the 75% rate) may be used in lieu of Blue Book prices. For specialty tools and equipment not included in either of the two aforementioned publications, the less of the following shall apply: .2 75% of the current rental rates established by the National Electrical Contractor's Association (N.E.C.A.) for equipment used on electrical work. .3 75% of the current rental rates established by the Mechanical Contractor's Association (M.C.A.) for equipment used on mechanical work. .4 If equipment is required for which a rental rate is not established in any of the above, an agreed rental rate shall be established for that equipment. Such rates and the use of the equipment on the work must be approved by the Owner prior to performing the work. .5 For non-owned equipment, the competitive local rental rates charges by equipment rental companies. .6 Actual cost, if not included in rental rate, billings, fuel, oil, lubrication, periodic maintenance and insurance will require documentation of actual cost and negotiation with the Owner. Page 8 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR (b) Small tools, expendable and consumable supplies are those items valued at $500 per item or less. These items are considered to be normal operating cost included in the Subcontractor's overhead. Such items are not directly allowable in the calculation of costs for Changes in the Work. 6.8 Markup for overhead and profit shall be based on costs specified in Paragraph 6.7 and shall be subject to the following limits: (a) For extra work performed directly by the Contractor with the Contractor's own labor, the markup for overhead and profit shall not exceed Twelve percent(12%) of the costs; (b) For extra work performed by any subcontractors of the Contractor, the markup for overhead and profit shall not exceed seven and one half percent (7.5%) of the aggregate costs of all additional tiers of subcontractors; (c) Markup for overhead and profit shall be applied to both additive and deductive change orders. ARTICLE 7 7. CONTRACT SUM EXCLUSIONS 7.1 OTHER COSTS AND EMERGENCIES ( 7.1.1 Other costs incurred in the performance of the Work if approved in advance in writing by the Owner. r 7.1.2 Costs due to emergencies incurred in taking action to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss in case of an emergency affecting the safety of persons and property, as provided in Paragraph 8.2 of the General Conditions. 7.1.3 Costs of repairing or correcting damaged or non-conforming Work executed by the Contractor, Subcontractors or suppliers, provided that such damaged or non- conforming Work was not caused by negligence or failure to fulfill a specific responsibility of the Contractor and only to the extent that the cost of repair or correction is not recoverable by the Contractor from insurance, sureties, Subcontractors or suppliers. 8. NOT APPLICABLE Page 9 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity that has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term"Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 9.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity that has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub- subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. 9.3 Not Applicable. 9.4 Not Applicable. 9.5 Not Applicable. 9.6 Not Applicable. 9.7 Not Applicable. 9.8 Not Applicable. 9.9 Not Applicable. 9.10 Not Applicable. 9.11 Not Applicable. 9.12 Not Applicable: 9.13 Not Applicable. 9.14 The Contractor agrees to bind every subcontractor and every subcontractor shall agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Contract Documents and the following: (a) All subcontractors shall agree to submit to the Contractor applications for payment in such form and in such reasonable time as to enable the Contractor to apply for payment under the terms of this Agreement; and (b) All subcontractors shall agree to make all claims for extras, for extensions of time and for damages for delays or otherwise, to the Page 10 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Contractor in the manner provided in the Agreement and General Conditions for like claims by the Contractor, except that the time limit for making claims for extra cost or extra time is one (1) week. Failure to adhere to these time frames waives Subcontractor / Contractor rights to submit claims. 9.15 The Contractor agrees: (a) To pay the subcontractor, upon receipt of payment in accordance with the Agreement, the amount allowed to the Contractor on account of the subcontractor's Work to the extent of subcontractor's interest therein; (b) Order issued by the Owner; (c) To give the Owner immediate written notice of any claim made or action commenced against the Contractor by any subcontractor or supplier; (d) The Owner shall not be responsible for resolving any dispute between the Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier, nor shall it be responsible to the Contractor for any failure of a Subcontractor or Supplier to perform as required, whether or not the Owner has approved such Subcontractor or Supplier. 9.16 By appropriate written agreement, the Contractor shall require each subcontractor and supplier, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the subcontractor or materials or equipment supplied by such supplier, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by such Contract Documents, assumes toward the Owner. Each subcontract agreement and purchase order shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner under the Contract Documents with respect to other Work to be performed by the subcontractor and materials and equipment supplied by the supplier so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice the rights and shall allow the subcontractor or supplier, unless specifically provided other in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed subcontractor or supplier prior to the execution of the subcontract or purchase order, copies of the Contract Documents to which the subcontractor or supplier will be bound, and upon written request of the subcontractor or supplier, identify to the subcontractor or supplier the terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement or purchase order Page 11 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed sub-subcontractors. 9.17 Not Applicable. 9.18 Nothing in this Article shall create any contractual relations between any subcontractor and the Owner or create any obligations on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of any sums to any subcontractor. 9.19 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: (a) assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing; and (b) assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. The Contractor shall be relieved and released from all obligations under the subcontract agreement for all work performed by the subcontractor from and after the date the assignment of such subcontract agreement becomes effective. Upon assignment of any subcontract, the Subcontractor shall look solely to the Owner for subsequent performance and the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor therewith. Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 60 days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for substantiated increases in cost, if any, directly resulting from the suspension. The Subcontractor shall provide supporting documentation, acceptable to the Owner, for any requested increase in cost. 10. ACCOUNTING RECORDS 10.1 The Contractor shall keep full and detailed accounts and exercise such controls as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Contract, and the accounting and control systems shall be demonstrated to and approved by the Owner no less than thirty days (30)prior to the first Application For Payment. The Owner, the Owner's accountants and the Owner's other agents shall upon request be afforded access to, and shall be permitted to audit and copy, the Contractor's Page 12 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, subcontracts, purchase orders, vouchers, delivery slips,test and inspection reports, daily reports, memoranda and other data relating to this Contract, and the Contractor shall preserve these for a period of six years after final payment, or for such longer period as may be required by law. 10.2 The Contractor shall, at the time of its Final Application For Payment and with the Owner's assistance, assign the total Contract Sum to the categories stated by the American Hospital Association's Guidelines for Depreciation. Final Payment by the Owner to the Contractor will not be made until this task has been completed. 11. PAYMENTS 11.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 11.1.1 No less than fifteen (15) days prior to the first Application For Payment the Contractor shall provide the Schedule of Values report for review by the Owner and the Architect. The sum of the costs allocated to all activities shall equal the Contract Sum. The report shall be itemized and formatted in a manner acceptable to the Owner and the Architect. The Schedule of Values shall be coordinated with the Contractor's Construction Schedule such that a value in the Schedule of Values .is directly related to the actual construction of the Work. Code each item in the Schedule of Values to also coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Submit Schedule of Values in both formats described herein. No ( Schedule Value shall exceed twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) in value unless it is (a) a material or equipment delivery item; or (b) previously approved by the Architect and Owner. 11.1.2 The period covered by each Application For Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month. 11.1.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Owner and the Architect a draft Application For Payment report no later than the twenty-eighth (281h) day of the month for which payment is requested. Prior to submitting the draft, the Contractor shall perform a preliminary review of invoicing from subcontractors and suppliers to ensure the amounts invoiced are reasonable and properly supported. 11.1.4 No later that the seventh (7th) day of the month following the period covered by the Application For Payment, the Owner, Architect and Contractor shall meet on site to review the Application For Payment report. At this meeting the Owner, Architect and Contractor shall agree on the amounts to be approved in the Application For Payment. Thereafter the Contractor shall prepare the approved Page 13 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Application For Payment for signing by the Owner, the Architect and the Contractor. 11.1.5 Based upon an approved Application For Payment the Architect shall issue a Certificate For Payment. 11.1.6 The Owner will make payment to the Contractor based on a Certificate For Payment issued by the Architect not later than thirty (30) days after the Owner, Architect and Contractor agree on the amounts approved in the Application For Payment. 11.1.7 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate of 7 % annually. 11.1.8 In the event that the Owner, Architect and Contractor cannot agree on the amounts to be approved in an Application For Payment, the disputed amount(s) shall be removed from the Application For Payment and the undisputed amount shall be approved and processed as allowed under this Article 11. Disputed amounts shall not be grounds for Termination by the Contractor. 11.1.9 Within two (2) weeks of disputed amount(s) being removed from an Application For Payment, the Contractor shall submit information to the Owner and the Architect to substantiate the disputed amount(s). The Owner and Architect shall, within one (1) week of receiving such information, notify the Contractor if they wish to continue to dispute the amount. In the absence of such notice, the Contractor may include the amount in the next Application For Payment. 11.1.10 NOT APPLICABLE 11.1.11 With each Application For Payment, the Contractor shall submit conditional lien waivers and claim waivers from subcontractors and suppliers for the current pay period. With each Application For Payment, the Contractor shall submit final lien waivers and claim waivers from subcontractors and suppliers for the previous pay period. 11.1.12 As an integral part of each Application For Payment, the Contractor shall submit the Contractor's Construction Schedule, updated with progress to the end of the month covered by the Application For Payment, and including the schedule narrative, reports and electronic schedule file. The Contractor's Application For Payment will be considered incomplete and will be returned to the Contractor un-reviewed if this schedule information is not submitted with the Application For Payment, and the Owner will have no duty or responsibility to make payment to the Contractor on the unreviewed Application For Payment. Page 14 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 11.1.13 Each Application For Payment shall be based on the most recent subcontractor and supplier invoices, reviewed and approved by the Contractor, and supported by Work in place as established by the Contractor's Construction Schedule and site inspections. 11.1.14 Applications For Payment shall show the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application For Payment and the percentage of Work completed in the current period. 11.1.15 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each Application For Payment shall include: (a) that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as shown by the Contractor's Construction Schedule. Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Subparagraph 5.3.9 of the General Conditions; (b) that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment in accordance with Article 10 of the General Conditions; (c) that portion of the Contractor's fee on a percentage basis of the value of work completed; (d) subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; (e) subtract the shortfall, if any, indicated by the Contractor in the documentation required to substantiate prior Applications For Payment, or resulting from errors subsequently discovered by the Owner in such documentation; (f) subtract amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 10.5 of the General Conditions; (g) subtract amounts, if any, for the Contractor's failure to submit the monthly Contractor's Construction Schedule update and narrative; and, (h) subtract amounts, if any, withheld for Liquidated Damages. 11.1.16 Retainage shall be in accordance with Article 12. 11.2 FINAL PAYMENT 11.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when: (a) the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct Work as provided in Subparagraph 9.2 of the General Conditions; Page 15 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR (b) unconditional lien waivers and claim waivers from subcontractors and suppliers have been submitted by the Contractor; and (c) a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect with the Owner's approval. 11.2.2 If the Contractor, within 30 calendar days of achieving Substantial Completion, has not made good faith effort to complete Work identified on the Certificate of Substantial Completion, the Owner may at its option engage others to complete the Work identified on the Certificate of Substantial Completion, and deduct costs associated with such action from the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum. 11.2.3 The Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than thirty (30) days after the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment, subject to section 12.1.1. 11.2.4 If, subsequent to final payment and at the Owner's request, the Contractor incurs costs to correct defective or non-conforming Work, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor such costs applicable thereto on the same basis as if such costs had been incurred prior to final payment, but not in excess of the Contract Sum, provided that such defective or non-conforming work is not caused by negligence or failure to fulfill a specific responsibility of the Contractor. 12. RETAINAGE AND PREVAILING WAGE 12.1 RETAINAGE 12.1.1 Subject to the requirements of Revised Code of Washington, chapter 60.28, as amended, all payments to the Contractor shall be subject to the requirements therein contained for the retainage from the monies earned by the Contractor on Applications For Payment during the progress of the Work. There shall be reserved from the monies earned by the Contractor on Applications For Payment a sum equal to five percent (5%) of such Applications For Payment. The amounts of reserve shall be subject to claims of liens provided by Washington statutes in the manner and within the time now or hereafter provided by such statutes. 12.2 COMPLIANCE WITH PUBLIC WORKS AND WAGE RATES 12.2.1 The prevailing rate of wages to be paid all workmen, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this Contract shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 39.12 RCW, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries. The rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries and the schedule of prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities where this Contract will be performed as Page 16 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, are by reference made a part of this Contract as though fully set forth herein. 12.2.2 One copy of the latest Wage Rates, including fringe benefits for the construction area for all classifications of labor to be used on the Project, attached to State Form 9882 and properly certified by the State Department of Labor and Industries must be filed with WSCTC prior to the start of construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all costs of filing fees required by the State Department of Labor and Industries. 12.2.3 In case any dispute arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature and such dispute cannot be adjusted by the parties in interest, including labor and management representatives, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries of the State and his decision therein shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties involved in the dispute as provided for by RCW 39.12.060, as amended. 12.2.4 Each Application For Payment submitted by the Contractor shall state that prevailing wages have been paid in accordance with the pre-filed Statement or Statements of Intent on file with the Department of Labor and Industries as approved by the Industrial Statistician. Copies of the Approved Intent Statements shall be posted on the job site with the address and telephone number of the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries where a complaint or inquiry concerning prevailing wages may be made. In addition, one r copy of each Statement shall be provided to the Owner. 12.2.5 No payment will be made to the Contractor on behalf of itself or its subcontractors until an approved "Intent to Pay Prevailing Wage" statement is provided to the Owner. Retainage will not be released until all "Affidavit of Wages Paid" statements are received by the Owner. 12.2.6 In compliance with WAC 296-127-040 Contractor(s) shall pay to the Department of Labor and Industries a $12.50 fee for/with each Statement of Intent and/or Affidavit of Wages Paid submitted to that department for certification and these costs shall be included in the Contract Sum. ARTICLE 13 13. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 13.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 13.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Page 17 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons: (a) issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which requires all Work to be stopped; (b) an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all Work to be stopped; or (c) because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 10.4.1 of the General Conditions, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; 13.1.2 If one of the reasons described in Subparagraph 13.1.1 exists, the Contractor may, upon thirty days written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven costs with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including the portion of its fee applicable thereto. 13.1.3 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon thirty additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 13.1.2. 13.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 13.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: (a) persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; (b) fails to make payment to Subcontractors for material or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; (c) persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction; or (d) othcrwisc is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents, or (e) persistently fails to schedule the Project as required by the Contract Documents or persistently fails to recover or present a viable plan Page 18 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR J to recover lost time that is not the fault of the Architect or the Owner. 13.2.2 Upon receipt of the notice of termination, Contractor shall immediately, in accordance with Owner's instructions, proceed with performance of the following duties: (a) Cease operations as specified; (b) Place no further orders and enter into no further Subcontracts for materials, labor, services or facilities; c) Unless otherwise specified, terminate all Subcontracts and orders to the extent that they relate to Work so terminated; (d) Complete the performance of the Work not terminated; and (e) Take such other actions as may be necessary or requested by Owner for the protection and preservation of the terminated Work. 13.2.3 When any of the reasons in Paragraph 13.2.1 exist, the Owner may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, three days' written notice, and provided the Contractor within such three-day period has not commenced good faith efforts to cure such cause or breach, or if having commenced such cure, is not proceeding diligently to complete such cure, terminate employment of the Contractor and may: (a) take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; (b) accept assignment of subcontracts; and (c) finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. 13.2.4 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 13.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further �. payment until the Work is finished. 13.2.5 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's or other Consultants' services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, the Owner shall pay to the Contractor the amount due for work performed by the Contractor to the date of termination. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall survive termination of the Contract. Page 19 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 13.2.6 In no event shall the Contractor have a claim for damages, lost profits or otherwise on account of the termination of the Contract by the Owner. 13.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 13.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay - or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. The Contractor, its subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, suppliers, employees and agents shall make every reasonable effort to mitigate costs incurred by reason of such suspension. 13.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time shown to have resulted directly from the suspension, delay or interruption as described in Subparagraph 13.3.1. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: (a) that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or (b) that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. 13.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 13.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. The Contractor shall make every reasonable effort to mitigate costs incurred by reason of such termination. 13.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall: (a) cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; (b) take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and (c) except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. 13.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment from the Owner for Work performed by the Contractor and expenses incurred to the date of termination, including the Contractor's actual cost of shutdown less the aggregate of previous payments made to the Contractor by the Owner. The Contractor shall provide timesheets, Page 20 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR pay slips, receipts and other documentation necessary to support its actual cost of shutdown. 13.4.4 The Owner shall also pay the Contractor fair compensation, either by purchase or payment of rental at the election of the Owner, for any equipment owned by the Contractor that the Owner elects to retain and that is not otherwise included in the Contract Sum. 13.4.5 To the extent that the Owner elects to take legal assignment of subcontracts and purchase orders (including rental agreements), the Contractor shall, as a condition of receiving the payments referred to in this Article 13, execute and deliver all such papers and take all such steps, including the legal assignment of such subcontracts and other contractual rights of the Contractor, as the Owner may require for the purpose of fully vesting in the Owner the rights and benefits of the Contractor under such subcontracts or purchase orders. 13.4.6 In no event shall the Contractor have a claim for damages, lost profits or otherwise on account of the termination of the Contract by the Owner. 14. WARRANTY 14.1 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTIES Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, all materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be new and, where specified, of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for their intended use. All Work and workmanship shall be free from defects and performed in accordance with standard construction practices, construction practices acceptable to the Owner and the Contract Documents. Contractor warrants all materials and labor furnished and Work performed under this Contract by Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will be fit for the intended purpose (parking and landscaping for a first-class regional healthcare facility) and free from defects in workmanship and materials, such warranty to commence as to any and all Work performed hereunder at the time any such Work is accepted by the Owner. Contractor shall include terms in all contracts with Subcontractors and Suppliers which allow the Owner also to enforce such contracts directly against such Subcontractors or Suppliers. 14.2 REMEDY FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY The Owner shall provide Contractor notice of any defect covered by the warranty set forth in Paragraph 14.1. Promptly after receipt of such notice, Contractor shall repair or replace any portion of the Work affected by a defect covered by the warranty set forth in such Paragraph 14.1. Contractor shall perform any tests Page 21 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR required by the Owner to verify that any such repair or replacement, complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. All costs and expenses related to such repair or replacement and testing, including the removal, replacement and reinstallation of equipment and materials necessary to gain access to the defective Work, shall be done solely by Contractor at no additional cost or charge to the Owner. Contractor warrants such repaired or replaced Work against defective materials and workmanship. Whether such warranty work is the responsibility of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or a Supplier, such warranty work shall be performed at no additional cost or charge to the Owner. If Contractor fails to proceed with reasonable promptness to accomplish any repair, replacement or testing required under this Paragraph, the Owner may (1) by contract or otherwise accomplish such repair, replacement or testing and charge to Contractor any cost or damage occasioned the Owner thereby, or may reduce any amount otherwise payable to Contractor under this Contract (or require repayment of any amount theretofore paid) in an amount equal to such costs and damages, and/or (2) may terminate the performance of Work under the Contract in accordance with Article 13. If the Owner determines that it is impracticable to repair or replace any defective portion of the Work covered by the warranty indicated in Paragraph 14.1, the Owner may reduce the amount payable under the Contract (or require repayment of any amount theretofore paid) in an amount equal to the costs and damages resulting from such defective Work. 14.3 OTHER WARRANTIES The warranties contained in Paragraph 14.1 shall be in addition to any other specific or general warranties contained elsewhere in the Contract or in any other agreement between the parties. Furthermore, if Contractor obtains warranties from any Supplier or Subcontractor which are more favorable than the warranties contained in the Contract, Contractor shall enforce such warranties for the benefit of the Owner to the full extent possible under the terms of such warranties, and shall, upon written demand by the Owner, assign such warranties to the Owner. 15. INSURANCE AND BONDS 15.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 15.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies licensed to do business in the state of Washington such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: Page 22 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR (a) claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; (b) claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; (c) claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; (d) claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; (e) claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting there from; (f) claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; (g) claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and (h) claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.19 of the General Conditions. 15.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 15.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits stated in 15.1.4 or required by law, whichever is greater. Coverage, whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from Date of Commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment, except for products and completed operations insurance, which shall be maintained for three years after final payment. 15.1.3 Three copies of Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner no less than fourteen days prior to commencement of the Work. These certificates and the insurance policies required shall contain provision that coverage afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least sixty days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverage is required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application For Payment. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. 15.1.4 The insurance required by Subparagraph 15.1.1 shall be written for limits of not less than the following or greater if required by law: Page 23 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR (a) Worker's Compensation: As required by Statute. (b) Employer's Liability: $1,000,000 each incident—bodily injury by incident; $1,000,000 each employee — bodily injury by disease; $1,000,000 policy limit—bodily injury by disease. (c) Commercial General Liability: Coverage shall be written on an "Occurrence" basis with the standard Insurance Service Office (ISO) 2002 or equivalent coverage form. The policy shall include Premises and Operations coverage, and Completed Operations coverage extending for three (3) years after the completion of construction and Final Payment by the Owner or its designee. This policy shall also cover Personal Injury liability and Contractual liability assumed under this Agreement. The policy shall not contain exclusions for Broad Form Properly Damage or for the hazards commonly known as "Explosion, Collapse, and Underground (XCU)." Policy limits shall be not less than: $1,000,000 each occurrence — bodily injury and property damage; $2,000,000 — annual general aggregate; $2,000,000 completed operations three year aggregate. (d) Business Automobile Liability for owned, non-owned and hired vehicles: Policy limits shall be not less than: $1,000,000 each occurrence—bodily injury and property damage. (e) Umbrella or Excess Liability: Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance from a combination of layered placements which provide excess liability coverage to the Employers Liability, Commercial General Liability and Business Automobile Liability insurance described in this Paragraph 15.1.4. Policy limits shall be not less than: $5,000,000 each occurrence and $5,000,000 annual aggregate. 15.1.5 The Contractor shall require all subcontractors of any tier to provide Commercial General liability insurance with combined single limits for bodily injury and property damage of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence, and Business Automobile liability insurance for all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with combined single limits for bodily injury and property damage of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence. The Contractor shall obtain policies or certificates for its Subcontractor(s) and deliver them to the Owner, if requested to do so. 15.1.6 Except for the Workers Compensation insurance described in Subparagraph 15.1.1.1, all other Contractor insurance policies described in this Section 15.1 shall name Owner, Architect, and Owner's consultants as additional insured's. Such insurance policies shall provide primary coverage to Owner, Architect and Owner's consultants for liabilities they incur under this Agreement, and any insurance policies maintained by Owner, Architect and Owner's consultants shall be excess and non-contributory to claims paid by Contractor's policies. Page 24 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Contractor shall waive its rights of recovery, and shall cause underwriters of all insurance policies described in this Section 15.1 to waive their rights of subrogation against Owner, Architect and Owner's consultants for claims and defense costs paid under Contractor's insurance policies. 15.2 PROPERTY INSURANCE 15.2.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the state of Washington, property insurance written on a builder's risk "all-risk" or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract modifications and cost of materials and equipment supplied or installed by the Owner or others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph 10.10 of the General Conditions or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 15.2 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors, the Architect, the Design Consultants, and all other agents of the Owner involved in the Project. 15.2.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all-risk" or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. 15.2.1.2 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. 15.2.1.3 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site, and also portions of the Work in transit. 15.2.1.4 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 10.9 of the General Conditions shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. Page 25 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 15.2.1.5 Owner retains the right to obtain builders risk insurance itself and obtain a credit from the Fixed General Conditions. 15.2.2 BOILER AND MACHINERY INSURANCE Not Applicable 15.2.3 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. 15.2.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall if possible allow the inclusion of such insurance, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. 15.2.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 15.2.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 15.2.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Contractor shall file with the Owner a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverage required by this Paragraph 15.2. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire, and that its limits will not be reduced, until at least sixty days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. 15.2.7 WAIVERS OF SUBROGATION The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, Owner's other contractors or separate Page 26 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR contractors, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 15.2 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, Owner's other contractors or separate contractors, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 15.3 Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will reasonably protect it from the potential liability described in Paragraph 3.19 of the General Conditions. The Contractor hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless and defend Owner, its agents, representatives, shareholders, and its affiliates from all loss and liability to the extent of any deficiency of coverage under such insurance. 15.4 ADDITIONAL INSUREDS All insurance policies maintained by the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents and the General Conditions, except Workers Compensation, shall name the Owner, its agents and representatives, and any other parry Owner requests who is related to Owner, directly or indirectly, and any lender with an interest in the Project, as additional insureds. Contractor's insurance policy shall be primary and Owner shall not be required to contribute to the payment of premiums or other costs with respect to Contractor's policy. The interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and any Sub-subcontractors in any insurance proceeds shall be subject to the interest of any such lender, and the right of such lender to apply the proceeds pursuant to the terms of its security interest. 15.5 FAILURE TO OBTAIN INSURANCE If Contractor fails to procure and maintain the above described insurance, or any portion thereof, Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to procure and maintain the required insurance for and in the name of Contractor and Contractor shall pay the cost thereof and shall furnish all information necessary to acquire and maintain such insurance. Contractor shall not violate or knowingly permit any violation of any conditions or terms of the policies of insurance described herein. 15.6 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND Page 27 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 15.6.1 The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond, each in an amount equal to the full amount of the Contract Sum. Such bonds shall be on forms acceptable to the Owner and famished by a surety with an A.M. Best's A+ rating or higher satisfactory to the Owner. The premium for such bonds shall be paid by the Contractor unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the parties hereto. 15.6.2 By signing this Agreement the Contractor certifies that it has the bonding capacity necessary for this Project and has made arrangements for furnishing said Performance Bond and Payment Bond to Owner no less than fourteen days prior to beginning performance of the Work and that the time required to prepare and furnish said bond will not delay the start of the Work. 16. SAFETY 16.1 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFETY Contractor shall at all times be responsible for all aspects of safety in connection with the-Work, including initiating, maintaining and supervising_all _safety precautions and programs, including establishing and enforcing access restrictions such as exclusion zones required by applicable health and safety regulations. Such responsibility for safety includes, without limitation, the obligations set forth in the remainder of this Article 16. Contractor shall at all times perform the Work, or ensure that it is performed, in a manner to avoid the risk of bodily injury to persons or risk of damage to any property. Contractor shall promptly take all precautions which are necessary and adequate against any conditions that involve a risk of bodily harm to persons or a risk of damage to any property. Contractor shall continuously inspect all Work, materials and equipment to discover and determine the existence of any such conditions and shall be solely responsible for discovery, determination and correction of any such conditions. 16.2 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ET CETERA Contractor shall comply, and shall ensure that all Subcontractors and Suppliers on Site comply, with all applicable Federal, state and local laws, regulations, ordinances and standards related to safety. Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate with other contractors and their subcontractors regarding safety matters. Contractor shall promptly comply, and ensure that all its Subcontractors and Suppliers on Site promptly comply, with any specific safety directions given to Contractor by the Owner' Representative or his/her designee. Failure to so comply shall be a material breach of this Contract and can, at the Owner's option, be a basis for termination of this Contract. Page 28 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 16.3 OBSERVATIONS The Owner's safety observers may visit the Site at various times generally to observe the Contractor's performance under the Contract Documents. The Owner will not, however, be required to make on-Site observations, periodic, continuous, exhaustive, or otherwise. Neither the Owner's observations, visits, or omissions, nor any actions or inactions during or as a result of such visits or observations, shall give rise to a duty, responsibility, or liability of the Owner to the Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, their agents or employees or other persons performing portions of the Work. 16.4 NOT APPLICABLE 16.5 SAFETY REPRESENTATIVE The Contractor shall appoint a qualified Safety Representative and shall authorize such representative to devote to his or her Safety Representative duties whatever time is necessary to properly perform such duties. Such Safety Representative shall attend all Project safety meetings and participate fully in all activities outlined in Contractor's Safety Management Plan. 16.6 SAFETY MEETINGS AND EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall hold regular scheduled meetings to instruct its personnel and all Subcontractors' personnel on safety practices. Contractor shall furnish appropriate safety equipment for the Work in progress and enforce the use of such equipment by its employees. Contractor shall ensure that each Subcontractor furnishes appropriate safety equipment for the Work in progress and enforces the use of such equipment by its employees. 16.7 ACCIDENT REPORTS The Contractor shall maintain accurate accident and injury reports and shall furnish to the Owner a copy of any accident report prepared as required by the applicable workers compensation law and shall also furnish to the Owner a monthly summary of injuries and worker hours lost due to injuries. 16.8 PAYMENT FOR EMERGENCY SERVICES In the event any employee of Contractor or any Subcontractor, who is engaged in any activity related to the Work, requires the services of an ambulance, physician, hospital or other health provider, Contractor shall pay or arrange for such Subcontractor or employee to pay all charges for any such services directly to the provider of such services. Page 29 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 16.9 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 16.10 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods is necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 16.11 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in this Article caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under this Article, except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.19 of the General Conditions. 17. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 17.1 Venue for any legal proceeding or lawsuit is Mount Vernon, Washington. This agreement shall be construed pursuant to the laws of Washington. In the event of a lawsuit between the parties, the prevailing party shall receive an award of its reasonable attorney fees and costs, including those incurred on appeal. 17.2 In the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid and unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall be valid and binding upon the parties. One or more waivers by either parry of any provision, term, condition or covenant shall not be construed by the other party as a waiver of a subsequent breach of the same by the other party. 17.3 The Contractor and its employees shall maintain the confidentiality of all project information, unless withholding such information would violate the law, create the risk of significant harm to the public or prevent the Contractor from establishing a claim or defense in an adjudicatory proceeding. The Contractor shall require of its subcontractors and suppliers similar agreements to maintain the confidentiality of all project information. Page 30 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 17.4 CONTACTOR PARKING The Contractor must make off site arrangements for parking for all personnel. The area closed to Contractor parking includes all designated hospital parking lots. 17.5 The Owner and the Contractor each bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to this Agreement and to the partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party with respect to all covenants of this Agreement. Neither the Owner nor the Contractor shall assign, sublet or transfer its interest in this Agreement without the written consent of the other. 17.6 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of any change in the laws, regulations or lawful orders of public authorities which occur after the date this Contract is executed by the parties, to the extent such change may result in increased costs or time of performance, the Contract Sum and / or Contractor's construction schedule shall be equitably adjusted by Change Order, provided that the Contractor was not reasonably aware of or could not reasonably have anticipated that change at the time the Contract was entered. 17.7 REGULATIONS The Contractor shall comply with statutory provisions relating to public works in the state of Washington,including but not limited to the following: (a) Chapter 70.92 RCW relating to provisions for the aging and physically handicapped. (b) Chapter 39.12 RCW relating to prevailing wages on public works. (c) Chapter 39.16 RCW relating to resident employees on public works. (d) Chapter 49.28 RCW relating to hours of labor. (e) Chapter 39.08 RCW relating to Contractor's bond. (f) Chapter 18.27 RCW relating to registration of Contractors. (g) Title I of the Americans with Disabilities Act ("ADA") and Washington law and regulations relating to discrimination and the definition of persons who are handicapped or disabled, including but not limited to workers injured on the job. (h) Federal and state laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination including, but limited the Age Discrimination in Employment Act and the Older Worker Benefit protection Act, and those prohibiting discrimination based on age, race, color, pregnancy, ethnicity, religion,marital status, sexual orientation and gender. Page 31 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 17.8 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. 17.9 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. Page 32 of 33 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR This Agreement shall take effect on the last day it is executed. It shall be executed in at least four original copies, of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor, one to the Architect and the remainder to the Owner. Any adjustment or change to this contract will require the written consent of all signing parties on this original document. SKAGIT COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL DISTRICT NO. 1 By: By: Brian Ivie, President& CEO Name: Date: Date: r f Page 33 of 33 General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 1 of 43 These General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor, TABLE OF ARTICLES (hereinafter referred to as General Conditions) agreed to as of 1. General Provisions the 2. Owner day of in the year of Two Thousand and 3. Contractor BETWEEN the Owner: 4. Administration Of The Skagit County Public Hospital District No. 1 Project 1415 East Kincaid P.O. Box 1376 5. Changes In The Work Mount Vernon, WA 98273 6. Time Hereinafter referred to as "the Owner" 7. Claims And Disputes And the Contractor: 8. Hazardous Materials TBD And Emergencies Hereinafter-referred to-as-"the Contractor" -- 9.- Uncovering And-- Correction Of Work The Project is: Cascade Valley Hospital 10. Payments And SPD Expansion Project Completion 330 Stillaguamish Ave, Arlington, WA 98223 11. Miscellaneous The Architect is: Provisions Zervas Group 209 Prospect Street Bellingham, WA 98225 Hereinafter referred to as "the Architect" The Owner and the Contractor agree as follows: General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 2 of 43 ARTICLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents are set forth in Paragraph 1.2 of the Construction Agreement Between Owner and Contractor(hereinafter referred to as the Construction Agreement). 1.1.2 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. 1.1.3 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is the design intent described by the combined Drawings and Specifications. These are complementary and not to be disassembled or interpreted as separate documents; what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. Discrepancy between The Drawings and The Specifications shall not be allowed as the basis for Change Orders. t 1.1.5 THE PROJECT SCHEDULE The Project Schedule shall be the schedule for the Project. All references to schedule or Project Schedule shall mean a critical path method (CPM). 1.1.6 WORK The term "Work" shall have meaning set forth in Section 2.3 of Construction Agreement. 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 3 of 43 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles and arrangement of the Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.3 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT UOCIJMENTS 1.3.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, has become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, has correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents, and warrants that it is experienced and skilled with the type of work anticipated by this contract. 1.4 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE 1.4.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic form, prepared by the Architect are Instruments of Service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may retain one record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect. The Drawings, Specifications and other-documents prepared by the-Architect and the-Architect's consultants,-and--copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect. ARTICLE 2: OWNER 2.1 GENERAL 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Construction Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative. Except as otherwise provided in Subparagraph 4.2.1, the Architect does not have the authority to bind the Owner. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 4 of 43 2.2.1 Except for permits and fees, including those required under Subparagraph 3.6.1, which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 2.2.2 Not Applicable. 2.2.3 Information or services under the Owner's control and required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Owner in accordance with the Contractor's Construction Schedule and so as to not cause critical path delays. Any other information or services relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the Owner r after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services. 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to carry out or correct the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity. 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out or correct the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a three-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and t promptness, or to provide the Owner with its plan to correct such default or neglect, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 2.5 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 2.5.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner,the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Article 7. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 5 of 43 2.5.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. 2.5.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Owner may, at its discretion, request that the Contractor coordinate the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be compensated accordingly for its efforts to do so. 2.5.4 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractor's reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 2.5.5 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate Contractors completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. 2.5.6 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction of the Contractor. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction of the Owner or the Owner's separate contractor(s). 2.5.7 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors. 2.5.8 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor. 2.5.9 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architcct will allocate the cost among those responsible. 2.5.10 Owner shall indemnify the Contractor from any claim, liability, loss, costs, damage or expenses, including attorneys' fees, for death, bodily injury, sickness, disease or injury or destruction of tangible property (except for the Work), on account of or through the use of the Project or work on the Project, or any portion thereof, by the Owner's vendors or contractors. Owner shall not be obligated to indemnify Contractor to the extent such damages are the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of the Contractor. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 6 of 43 ARTICLE 3: CONTRACTOR 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Construction Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and submittals approved pursuant to Paragraph 3.11. 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. 3.1.4 The Contractor shall specify a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters requiring the Contractor's approval or authorization. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary, before starting each portion of the Work and at frequent intervals during the progress thereof, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. This review by the Contractor shall be conducted so as to cause no critical path delay to the Project and in recognition that additional information and / or clarification may be required of the Architect. These obligations are primarily for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor and discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents. 3.2.2 Any design errors, inconsistencies or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported promptly to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the Owner and the Architect may require. It is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor not as a licensed design professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations, and any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 7 of 43 3.2.3 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions issued by the Architect in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information, the Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Article 7. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor should have recognized such error, inconsistency, omission or difference and failed to report it to the Architect. If the Contractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Architect, the Contractor shall assume responsibility for such performance and shall bear the costs for correction. 3.2.4 The Contractor shall give the Owner and the Architect timely notice of any additional design drawings, specifications, or instructions the Contractor believes are required to define the Work in greater detail, in order to permit the proper progress of the Work. 3.2.5 Any necessary changes shall be ordered as provided in Article 5. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, - - -- -techniques,sequences and-procedures and for coordinating all portions of-the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give twenty-one days' written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect. 3.3.2 If any part of the work under this Contract depends on the results of work by others, the Contractor shall inspect and report, prior to the Contractor beginning work, to the Owner's Representative, any apparent discrepancies or discrepancies of defects in such work of others that render it unsuitable for proper results. Failure of the acceptance of the work of others as fit and proper, except as to latent defects which may develop in the work performed by others after commencement of the work by the Contractor. The Owner, utility companies, and others may be working within the project areas while the work is in progress. If so, the Contractor shall schedule the work in conjunction with these other organizations to minimize mutual interference. The methods and equipment adopted by the Contractor shall be such as well secure a satisfactory quality of work and will enable the Contractor to complete the work in the time agreed upon. The selection and use of these methods and appliances is the responsibility of the Contractor. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 8 of 43 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. 3.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. 3.3.5 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. 3.3.6 The Contractor shall record in electronic format, a record of each day's activities in the execution of the Work, to a level of detail consistent with the coding detail of the Contractor's Construction Schedule. As such, the Contractor shall record the number of laborers for each sub-trade, the type of work being performed by each laborer or group of laborers and the location in which that work is taking place. 3.3.7 Not Applicable. 3.3.8 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. 3.3.9 Nothing in the contract shall be interpreted as granting to the Contractor exclusive occupancy of the site of the project. The Contractor must ascertain to their own satisfaction the scope of the project and the nature of any other contracts that have been or may be awarded by the Owner in the i construction of the project, to the end that the Contractor may perform this contract in the light of such other contracts, if any. The Contractor shall not cause any unnecessary hindrance or delay to any others working on the project. If the performance of any contract for the project is likely to be interfered with by the simultaneous performance of some other contract or contracts, the Owner, based upon recommendations of the Architect, will decide which Contractor shall cease work temporarily and which Contractor shall continue or whether the work under the contracts can be coordinated so that the Contractors can proceed simultaneously. On all questions concerning conflicting interest of Contractors performing related work, the decision of the Owner shall be binding upon all Contractors concerned and the Owner shall not be responsible for any damages suffered or extra costs incurred by the Contractor resulting directly or indirectly from the award or performance or attempted performance of any other contract or contracts on the project or caused by a decision or omission of the Owner respecting the order of precedence in the performance of the contracts. 3.3.10 The existing facility is occupied and in operation. The Contractor shall therefore arrange and carry out his work with the least possible disturbance and noise and shall cooperate in the fullest measure with the Owner and the Architect to reduce all inconvenience to a minimum. Services and systems within the existing facility shall be maintained or relocated as required to permit the Owner's General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 9 of 43 continued operation of all departments. Services to, and sewer lines from, existing and any connections to existing services shall be carried out with a minimum of delay. 3.3.9.1 The Contractor shall provide adequate protection for all parts of the present building and its contents and occupants wherever work under this Contract is to be performed. 3.3.9.2 Reducing Construction Noise: In order to reduce construction noise as much as possible, use diamond core drilling and diamond saw cutting for all drilling and cutting of concrete, masonry and similar materials. Any other method of removing concrete and masonry shall be as approved by the Architect. 3.3.9.3 Service and public access to the existing buildings shall be maintained at all times. 3.3.9.4 Storage of Flammable Liquids and Gases: All combustible and flammable materials shall be stored in accordance with the requirements of all governing authorities. 3.3.9.5 The local Fire Department and owner's Architecting Department shall be notified in advance of work involving and disconnecting or impairment of the fire alarm system, automatic sprinkler system, fire pumps or standpipe systems. 3.3.9.6 Fire extinguishers shall be readily available at all demolition, alteration and construction locations within the building. 3.3.9.7 Exits: Construction or demolition shall not interfere with or obstruct exists, from existing buildings. Should temporary obstruction of exits be necessary, alternative methods shall first be approved by the Local Fire Official and the State Fire Marshal. 3.3.9.8 The Contractor shall provide Infection Control Barriers as described in the Construction Infection Control Notes. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. 3.4.2 After the Contract has been executed, the Owner and the Architect will consider a formal written request by the Contractor for the substitution of products in place of those specified. 3.4.3 All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with the instruction of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise specifically provided in the contract documents. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 10 of 43 3.4.4 The Contractor may offer substitutions. In requesting approval of substitutions, the Contractor shall provide all product information necessary for the Architect to review the substitution. If the substitution is deemed acceptable by the Architect and the Owner, then it shall be incorporated into the specifications and listed as an acceptable product. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall only include acceptable products in their bidding and within the Work. 3.4.5 Substitution requests shall be distinct and the Request For Information process shall not be used for this purpose. 3.5 TAXES 3.5.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. 3.6 PERMITS,FEES AND NOTICES 3.6.1 The Contractor shall secure the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received. 3.6.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. 3.6.3 If the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 3.6.4 If the Contractor performs Work contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs of correction. 3.7 ALLOWANCES 3.7.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. 3.7.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts, costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, and other expenses contemplated for stated allowances; .2 whenever costs are more than allowances the Contractor shall make specific recommendations to the Architect and the Owner on how costs can be aligned with allowances. If General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 11 of 43 the Owner fails to act on the Contractor's recommendations, or fails to take other steps necessary to align costs with allowances then, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. 3.7.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance specified within the Contract Documents shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient time to avoid critical path delay in the Work. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to make the Owner aware of the dates the Owner must meet in this regard. 3.8 CONSTRUCTION PROJECT PERSONNEL 3.8.1 The Contractor shall assign and maintain Construction Supervision and Project Management that are acceptable to the Owner, and an adequate workforce during the progress of the Work until the date of Final Completion of the Work. 3.8.2 The Contractor shall provide and maintain a cellular telephone for use by the Construction Superintendent. The Construction Superintendent shall carry the phone at all times that he is, by contract, required to be present at the Project site. The cellular telephone number shall be issued to the Owner and the Architect. 3.8.3 If the Owner has reasonable objection to any of the Contractor's personnel, the Contractor shall remove the person if requested to do so in writing by the Owner. The Contractor shall promptly recommend a competent person and, upon acceptance by the Owner, replace the removed person with the accepted person. 3.8.4 The Contractor shall not make any changes in Construction Project Personnel without prior written approval from the Owner. 3.9 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 3.9.1 Time is of the essence in the performance of the Work under this Contract. The Contractor shall use the Contractor's Construction Schedule to manage and monitor the Work. Incomplete construction documents shall not be justification for the Contractor to delay continuous development of the schedule since the Contractor was hired based on its knowledge and experience of projects of this type. 3.9.2 The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised monthly or at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. 3.9.3 The Owner and Contractor recognize the importance of scheduling in the planning and execution of the Work. The scheduling performed by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the Specifications. 3.9.4 Not Applicable. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 12 of 43 3.9.5 The Owner's review and acceptance of the Contractor's Construction Schedule shall be for the sole purpose of determining that the schedule generally meets the requirements of the specification and the Contract Documents. The Owner's review and acceptance shall not constitute the Owner's approval of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, all of which are the responsibility of the Contractor. 3.10 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record field changes and selections made during construction, and one record copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and Owner and shall be delivered to the Architect in (AutoCAD format) for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. 3.11 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 3.11.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 3.11.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. 3.11.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 3.11.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required by the Contract Documents the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.6. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals which are not required by the Contract Documents shall be returned by the Architect without action. 3.11.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence shown by the Contractor's Construction Schedule so as to cause no critical path delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents and approved by the Contractor shall be returned by the Architect without action. The Contractor shall have no claim for extension of time due to late review of a submittal by the Architect unless the Contractor has included the submittal process for that portion of the work in General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 13 of 43 the Contractor's Construction Schedule and has clearly indicated that late review by the Architect will cause critical path delay to the project. 3.11.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. If during its review of a Contractor approved submittal, the Architect discovers obvious errors between the submittal and the requirements of the Contract Documents which necessitate a subsequent re-submittal by the Contractor and re-review by the Architect, the cost of the Architect's re-review shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.11.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. 3.11.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1)the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop --Drawings,Product-Data, Samples or similar submittals by the-Architect's approval thereof. 3.11.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. 3.11.1OThe Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the practice of architecture or Architecting unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance of said design criteria, but Contractor shall promptly report to Architect any known or suspected defects or deficiencies within. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 14 of 43 accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals. Pursuant to this Subparagraph 3.11.10, the Architect will review, approve or take other appropriate action on submittals for the purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. 3.11.11A11 materials used on the construction site in conjunction with the construction of this project shall have a copy of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) on site as soon as said material arrives on site and shall be available to the Owner's Representative upon request for such a copy. A copy of the MSDS shall be given to the Owner's Representative upon request of such a copy. A copy of the MSDS shall be given to the Owner's Representative five (5) working days before the product arrives on site for all products which identify a Health Hazard (Section V; A, B, & C) on the MSDS. 3.12 PROJECT MEETINGS 3.12.1 The Contractor shall ensure that project meetings are properly coordinated and attended by its employees, Subcontractors, Sub-Subcontractors, suppliers and others as requested. The Contractor shall ensure that accurate minutes (issues discussed, actions taken or to be taken, time commitments, responsible parties) are taken during all meetings conducted in relation to the Work, whether conducted on site or at another location, and that such minutes are distributed to the meeting attendees no later than forty-eight hours after the meeting has been conducted. This requirement shall extend to all meetings that the Contractor attends, whether the Contractor initiated the meeting or not. 3.12.2 The meetings shall be held at the job site unless otherwise arranged. 3.12.3 The Owner will require the attendance of the Architect and other disciplines as required. l 3.12.4 Schedule meetings shall be held, at the minimum, once a week. The intention of the meetings is to use the latest schedule update as a basis for discussions on time-related issues, discuss options for expediting work should the contract schedule fall behind, and provide the Owner with all the required information to approve the schedule update and make decisions on all requests for time extensions. 3.13 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION 3.13.1 A Request For Information is a request from the Contractor or a Subcontractor to the Architect, seeking an interpretation or clarification of some requirement of the contract documents. The Contractor shall clearly and concisely set forth the issue for which clarification or interpretation is sought and why a response is needed from the Architect. The Contractor shall, in the written request, set forth its understanding or interpretation of the contract's requirements, along with reasons why such an understanding has been reached. Responses from the Architect will not change any requirements of the contract documents unless so noted in the Request For Information response by the Architect. Responses to Contractor inquiries shall be as outlined in this Paragraph 3.13. 3.13.2 In the event that the Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier at any tier, determines that some portion of the drawings, specifications or other contract documents requires clarification or interpretation by General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 15 of 43 the Architect, the Contractor shall submit a Request For Information in writing to the Architect. Request For Information may only be submitted by the Contractor and shall only be submitted on a Request For Information form approved by the Architect and the Owner. The Contractor shall clearly and concisely set forth the issue for which clarification or interpretation is sought and explain why a response is needed from the Architect. In the Request For Information the Contractor shall set forth its own interpretation or understanding of the requirement, along with reasons why such an understanding has been reached. 3.13.3 The Contractor shall review and submit all Requests For Information presented by Subcontractors and suppliers to ensure the validity and accuracy of the Request for Information, and to eliminate Requests For Information for which information is already available within the Contract Documents. If the Architect determines that information to answer a Request For Information is contained within the Contract Documents already available to the Contractor and reasonably found therein, the Owner shall direct the Architect to deduct the cost of the Architect's review from the Contractor's next Application for Payment. 3.13.4 The Owner, Architect and Contractor acknowledge that this is a complex project and that actual Requests For Information will be a necessary part of project communication. 3.13.5 The Architect will review all Requests For Information to determine whether they are Requests For Information within the meaning of this term. If the Architect determines that the issue submitted by the Contractor is not a Request For Information, it will be returned to the Contractor unreviewed as to content, for resubmittal on the proper form and in the proper manner. The Contractor shall have no remedy fordelay or increase in cost-in this situation. 3.13.6 The Architect will issue responses to Requests For Information in a timely manner so as to cause no critical path delay to the project, providing the Contractor has submitted the Request For Information in a like manner. The Architect's review time will start on the date stamped received "in from Contractor" and will end on the date stamped "out to Contractor". 3.13.7 Responses from the Architect will not change any requirement of the contract documents unless so noted by the Architect in the response to the Request For Information. If the Contractor believes that a response to a Request For Information will cause a change to the requirements of the contract document, the Contractor shall within three working days give written notice to the Architect stating that the Contractor considers the response to be a change. Failure to give such written notice shall waive the Contractor's right to seek additional time or cost under Article 5. 3.14 USE OF SITE 3.14.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas authorized by Owner and permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. 3.15 CUTTING AND D PATCHING General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 16 of 43 3.15.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. 3.15.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. 3.16 CLEANING UP 3.16.1 The Contractor shall schedule regular cleanup of the project site to the satisfaction of the Owner and shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. As a minimum this shall be done on a daily basis. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 3.16.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents or to the satisfaction of the Owner, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.17 ACCESS TO WORK 3.17.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 3.18 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS 3.18.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 3.19 INDEMNIFICATION 3.19.1 Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law with respect to its obligations under the Contract Documents, indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Owner, Architect,Architect's consultants and their constituent partners, employees, agents, representatives, stockholders, officers and directors (collectively,the"Indemnified Parties") from and against each and all of the following: General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 17 of 43 .1 Any claim, liability, loss, damage, cost, expense, including attorneys' fees, award, fine or judgment, resulting from or arising out of (i) the performance of the Work, or (ii) breach of the obligations of Contractor under the Contract Documents, or (iii) any other act or omission with respect to the Work by Contractor, the Subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, attributable to death, bodily injury, sickness, disease or injury to or destruction of tangible property (except for the Work), or loss of use thereof; provided, however, Contractor shall not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Parties to the extent such damages are the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Parties. Such obligation shall not be construed as to negate, abridge or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party described in this paragraph. Contractor's obligation to defend the Indemnified Parties shall not extend to any action, proceeding or arbitration which asserts or alleges only that the injury to the claimant resulted solely from the negligence or misconduct of the Indemnified Party and from no other cause or if a final judgment is obtained establishing that such injury to the claimant resulted solely from the negligence or misconduct of the Indemnified Party, in which latter event, Contractor's obligation to defend such indemnified Party shall cease upon the date such judgment becomes final, and such Indemnified Party shall thereupon reimburse Contractor for its reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs in so defending the Indemnified Party. Contractor shall be obligated to defend an Indemnified Party to the extent the concurrent negligence of the Owner or another Indemnified Party is alleged and upon the date a judgment becomes final establishing the extent of the Indemnified Party's negligence, the Indemnified Party shall thereupon reimburse Contractor for the pro rata portion of attorneys' fees attributable to and to the extent of such negligence and the pro rata portion of court costs in defending such Indemnified Party. In no event shall the Contractor be required to provide indemnification for errors or omissions/design liability for the Owner's Architect or Consultant's. .2 Any and all charges of every type, including claims against retainage, which may at any time be filed or claimed against the Project, or any portion thereof, as a consequence of acts or omissions of Contractor, Contractor's agents, servants, employees, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors or any or all of them and which are not due to Owner's Qilure to perform.its obligations under this Contract. .3 Any claim, liability, loss, costs, damage or expenses, including attorneys' fees, on account of or through the use of the Project, or any portion thereof, by Contractor, or by any other person whomsoever at the invitation, express or implied, of Contractor or by permission of Contractor or arising out of or indirectly or directly resulting from the performance of the Contract by Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub-subcontractor, or anyone employed directly or indirectly by any of them or for whose acts they may be liable. .4 Any claim, liability, loss, cost, damage or expense, including attorneys' fees, arising out of or in connection with any claim by or any act or omission of any employee of Contractor, any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, anyone employed directly or indirectly by any of them or for whose acts they may be liable, including any claims under or related to or arising out of worker's compensation acts and other employee benefit acts. By affixing their initials below, the parties acknowledge that this provision has been mutually negotiated by the parties as relates to waiver by Contractor of any immunity it might otherwise have and the Industrial Insurance Act, Title 51, Revised Code of Washington. Contractor: Owner: .5 The provisions of this Paragraph shall survive the termination or expiration of the Contract and shall not be limited in any way by the amount or type of insurance obtained by Owner, Contractor or any Subcontractor. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 18 of 43 3.19.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under Paragraph 3.19 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 3.19 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 3.20 COORDINATION OF WORK Continuity of existing utility services shall be reasonably maintained at all times. Utility system shutdowns required to facilitate construction work shall be accomplished in accordance with the following requirements. 3.20.1 The shutdown of any existing equipment or systems shall be coordinated with the Owner and the Architect as follows: 3.20.1.1A written request for shutdown permission shall be submitted to the Owner at least five (5) working days prior to the requested shutdown date. The Owner shall respond within 48 hours. Requests shall include as a minimum the following information: .1 Utility services affected. .2 Area of building affected .3 HVAC, plumbing or electrical outlets affected .4 Other equipment affected .5 Reason shutdown is required. .6 Work to be accomplished during the shutdown. .7 Proposed shutdown date and time. .8 Duration of the shutdown. 3.20.1.2Twenty-four hours prior to a scheduled shutdown, the Contractor shall confirm the shutdown with the designated Owner's Representative. 3.20.1.3A11 equipment and system shutdowns shall occur only during the hours of 1:00am and 4:00am unless the Contractor receives written permission from the designated Owner's Representative. 3.20.1.4The Contractor shall provide adequate preparation and labor to minimize the down time of any system. 3.20.2 Within fourteen (14) days of a contract award, the Contractor shall submit a written schedule of anticipated equipment and systems shutdowns. 3.20.3 Materials and equipment required for the work to be accomplished during shutdown shall be complete and available on the job for review by the Owner three (3) days prior to the shutdown. If the Contractor is not adequately prepared,the shutdown will be canceled and rescheduled. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 19 of 43 3.20.4 In the event the Contractor's work is not completed during the time scheduled for the shutdown, the Owner may elect to restart the utilities service. In that event, additional shutdown requirements shall be rescheduled in accordance with the preceding requirements. 3.20.5 The Contractor shall include in the contract sum all costs associated with utilities shutdowns. The Owner will make no extra payment for overtime work, schedule changes or failure to complete utility connections within authorized shutdown periods. ARTICLE 4:ADMINISTRATION OF THE PROJECT 4.1 ARCHITECT 4.1.1 The Architect is the entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a new Architect whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be an Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the period for correction of Work described in Article 9. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 4.2.2 The Architect and the Owner's other consultants will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations (1) to become familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, (2) to guard the Owner against delays, defects and deficiencies in the Work, and (3) to determine if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, neither the Architect nor the Owner's other consultants will be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. They will neither have control over or charge of, nor be responsible for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in Subparagraph 3.3.1. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 20 of 43 4.2.3 Communications by and with the Architect's consultants and the Owner's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. 4.2.4 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.5 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Article 9, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. 4.2.6 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, for the purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no critical path delay in the Work or in the activities of separate contractors, while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of its obligations and approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 4.2.7 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 5.4. 4.2.8 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of Final Completion, will receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.2.9 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. 4.2.10 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if approved by the Owner and if consistent with previously approved estimates and the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 21 of 43 ARTICLE 5: CHANGES IN THE WORK 5.1 GENERAL 5.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order or Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 5 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.1.2 Changes in the Work shall be incorporated by a Change Order or by Construction Change Directive, which outlines the modifications to the Work and lists the increase or reduction in the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. Any such increase in the Contract Sum shall be based upon the Contractor's actual cost of completion of any such additional or changed work. Any such increase or decrease in the Contract Time shall be supported by contemporaneous schedules showing the project at the time of the change order both with and without the proposed change order work. The change in Contract Time shall be equal to or less than the change in the project end date between those two schedules. The Contractor shall prepare all Change Orders and present them to the Architect for approval using the form included in the Contract Documents. The Contractor must submit the Change Order in a timely fashion so that it will mitigate to the extent possible any critical path delay to the Project. The Contractor shall account for the Architect and Owner's approval time when planning its Change Order submissions. Each Change Order will be approved or rejected by the Owner and Architect in a reasonable period of time. The Contractor shall not proceed with commencement of the Change Order Work without the proper written approval to proceed by the Owner and Architect. 5.1.3 The Contract Sum and the Contract Times may be amended by agreed-upon Change Orders. 5.1.4 The Contractor shall use a form agreed to by the Architect and the Owner, unless otherwise agreed, to obtain price quotations required in the negotiation of change orders. 5.1.5 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. 5.1.6 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, or Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 5.1.7 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed would cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices may be equitably adjusted. 5.1.8 In order to facilitate checking for quotations of extras or credits, all proposals shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of costs clearly showing labor, materials and subcontracts. Each labor and materials component shall be itemized to show quantities, unit costs and the resulting mathematical extensions. Subcontract cost items shall be itemized in the same manner. Proposals submitted by the General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 22 of 43 Contractor without the required itemization of costs will be returned by the Architect without review and the Contractor will be responsible for any delays to the Work that result. 5.2 CHANGE ORDERS 5.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and .3 the extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time. 5.2.2 The Contractor shall submit Change Orders to the Architect for approval using a format agreed to by the Project Team. 5.2.3 The Contractor shall review Change Orders submitted by other parties prior to submitting them to the Architect in order to clarify and validate acceptable Change Orders and to return unsubstantiated or spurious Change Orders to the originating party. 5.2.4 The Contractor shall submit Change Orders in a timely fashion, mitigating critical path delay to the Project. The Contractor shall account for the Architect and Owner's approval time when planning its Change Order submissions. Each Change Order will be approved or rejected by the Owner and Architect in a reasonable period of time following submission of al information necessary for the Owner and Architect to review the Change Order. Change Orders submitted without complete information may be returned to the Contractor without review. 5.2.5 The Contractor shall not proceed with commencement of the Change Order Work without the proper written approval to proceed by the Owner and Architect. 5.2.6 Any increase in the Contract Sum shall be based on the Contractor's actual cost of completion, as defined in Subparagraph 5.3.7, of any such additional or changed Work, or if the parties agree, to one of the methods listed in 5.3.3. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. 5.2.7 Any increase or decrease in the Contract Time shall be supported by a contemporaneous period analysis which shows the impact of the proposed change order work. The adjustment in Contract Time shall be no greater than the change in the project end date shown by the contemporaneous period analysis. 5.2.8 The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that adjustment to the Contract Time and Contract Sum as shown on a Change Order represents full and complete compensation to the Contractor on account of the change and the Contractor waives any claim for additional adjustment to Contract Time and Contract Sum beyond those amounts shown on the Change Order. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 23 of 43 5.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 5.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. 5.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. 5.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on the Contractor's actual cost of completion, as defined in Subparagraph 5.3.7, of any such additional or changed Work, or if the parties agree before the Contractor begins performing the applicable Work,to one of the methods listed below. .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; or .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties. 5.3.4 Any increase or decrease in the Contract Time shall be supported by a contemporaneous period analysis using the Contractor's Construction Schedule which shows the impact of the proposed Construction Change Directive. The adjustment in Contract Time shall be no greater than the change in the project end date shown by the contemporaneous period analysis. 5.3.5 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work. 5.3.6 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. 5.3.7 The Contractor's actual cost of a change shall include, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, an allowance for overhead and profit in accordance with the schedule set forth in Article 6 of the Construction Agreement. In such case the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Owner may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purpose of this Subparagraph 5.3.7 shall: .1 include costs of direct labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and worker's compensation insurance; .2 include costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 24 of 43 .3 include indirect costs such as rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 exclude indirect costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work; and .5 exclude indirect costs of supervision and field office personnel unless it can be shown to the satisfaction of the Architect that supervision and field office personnel were added to the Project as a direct result of the change and are substantiated by timesheets for Subcontractors. 5.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. 5.3.9 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties' agreement with part or all of such costs. For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute, the Architect will make an interim determination by Change Order for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs. That determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in accordance with Article 7. 5.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. t 5.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK i 5.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. ARTICLE 6: TIME 6.1 DEFINITIONS 6.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents between the Date of Commencement and Substantial Completion of the Work. Contract Time is shown and measured by the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 6.1.2 The Date of Commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement between the Owner and the Construction Manager. 6.1.3 The achievement of Substantial Completion will be certified by the Architect. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 25 of 43 6.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. 6.1.5 The term "delay" shall mean critical path delay which results in later than planned achievement of Substantial Completion or Final Completion, as determined by a Contemporaneous Period Analysis. 6.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 6.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of this contract. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 6.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. The Date of Commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the Date of Commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to proceed given by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests. 6.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 6.2.4 Whenever it becomes apparent that the Project completion date may not be met, the Contractor shall take whatever actions are reasonable and effective, and which will substantially eliminate the backlog of work and which will return the Contractor's Construction Schedule to show on-time completion of the Project. 6.2.4.1 If the Contractor fails to take reasonable, effective action to put the Project back on schedule within four days after receiving written notice from the Owner, or provide its plan to do so, the Owner may direct the Contractor to take action to put the Project back on schedule. This action may include, but not be limited to, some or all o£ .1 increasing manpower; .2 increasing the working hours per shift, shifts per day, or days per week; .3 increasing the amount of equipment; .4 re-scheduling activities to achieve maximum practical concurrcncy of activities; or .5 engage other contractors or subcontractors. Costs related to such actions shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 6.2.5 If each of three successive applications, indicate that the actual Work completed is less than 90 percent of the Work estimated in the Contractor's Construction Schedule to be completed by the respective dates, the Owner may at the Owner's option, treat the Contractor's delinquency as a default. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 26 of 43 6.2.6 If the Owner has determined that the Contractor should be permitted to extend the time for completion as provided in Paragraph 6.3, the Contractor's Construction Schedule shall be adjusted accordingly. 6.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 6.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work (which changes in the Work have been identified by a Change Order as causing delay), or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, extreme weather conditions not reasonably anticipated, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending litigation by other causes which the Owner determines may justify delay, then the Contractor shall provide the Owner with options for expediting the Work to mitigate the delay and the associated cost for each option. Following such presentation, the Owner may have the Work expedited, have the Contract Time extended by Change Order, or a combination thereof. 6.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 7. 6.3.3 This Paragraph 6.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 7. CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 7.1.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or i interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, and extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. 7.1.2 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by the Contractor must be initiated within 7 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 7 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later; otherwise they shall be waived. Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Owner and to the Architect and must state when full information substantiating the claim will be provided, specifically what information (deliverable) will be provided and recommendations for mitigating the impact(s) of the event giving rise to the Claim. 7.1.3 Mitigation. Both parties accept the responsibility to mitigate all damages and will seek to accurately inform the other party of the potential for cost and time impacts to the project and the opportunities to minimize or avoid these impacts. Both parties recognize that this responsibility to mitigate requires timely response, accompanied by sufficiently detailed supporting schedule and cost documentation to allow informed decisions by all parties. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 27 of 43 7.1.4 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Work of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 7.1.5 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 7 days after first observance of the conditions. The Owner will immediately investigate such conditions to determine if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of performance of any part of the Work. Adjustments to the Contract Time will only be made if the discovery of the concealed or unknown condition causes a delay to the critical path of the CPM project schedule. If the Owner determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents or from those that should have been anticipated, the Owner shall so notify the Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by the Contractor in opposition to such determination must be made within 7 days after notice of the decision. If the conditions encountered are materially different and, if appropriate, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted. If the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the adjustment, if any, shall be resolved pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 7.2. 7.1.6 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum for the Work of the Project, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph 8.2. If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved ['or reasons including but not limited to (1) a written interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) failure of payment by the Owner, (4) termination of the Contract by the Owner, (5) Owner's suspension or (6) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with this Paragraph 7.1. The Contractor shall have the burden of substantiating its claim and shall furnish the Owner with such documentation relating thereto as the Owner may require, in addition to that submitted by the Contractor. 7.1.7 Claims for Additional Time: 7.1.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of effect on the critical path of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay, only one Claim is necessary. 7.1.7.2 The Contractor shall have the burden of demonstrating the effect of the claimed delay on the Contract Time, and shall furnish the Owner with such documentation relating thereto as the owner may require, including but not limited to a contemporaneous Contractor's Construction Schedule update demonstrating, at the time of the occurrence of the delaying activity, the change to the Substantial Completion date of the Project due solely to the inclusion of the delaying activity. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 28 of 43 7.1.7.3 If abnormal weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal. Abnormal weather conditions are defined as abnormal for the period of time, conditions which could not have been reasonably anticipated, and affecting the Contractor's ability to perform work on the critical path of the CPM project schedule. If another Contractor performs similar work in the Mount Vernon area during the period the Contractor claims a weather delay, the Contractor's Claim for additional time will not be granted. The Contract Time will not be adjusted for normal inclement weather which can be expected in Mount Vernon due to precipitation or temperature, based upon actual data from the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) for Mount Vernon. The Contractor agrees that the measure of abnormal inclement weather due to: .1 Precipitation. Are those days when precipitation for the day exceeds the previous five year average for the day by one-half inch or more; .2 Temperature. Are those days when the highest temperature for the day is below the previous five-year average for the day and is also below thirty-two degrees Fahrenheit. 7.1.7.4 No extension of time will be made for abnormal inclement weather after the principal portions of the Work are enclosed except for site work which critically affects the Contract Time or Specific Dates. For the purpose of this provision, the term "enclosed" is defined to mean when the Work is sufficiently closed in (exterior walls up and roof in place) so as to permit any structure, or major portion thereof which is part of the Work, to be adequately heated so as to allow the various trades to perform their work. The Owner, the Architect and the Contractor shall jointly agree when the structure is "enclosed" and the Owner shall issue, upon the request of the Contractor, a letter certifying the date the Work became enclosed for the purposes thereof. i 7.1.7.5 The Contractor must consider weather in the Contractor's Construction Schedule by adding duration to those activities which are weather dependent and which occur during seasons when weather may be an issue. At the beginning of construction, the Contractor shall identify these activities and the amount the duration was increased to allow for weather. Throughout the progress of the Work and in its monthly schedule updates, the Contractor shall maintain and present a log of planned weather days versus actual incurred weather days. 7.1.7.6 The Contractor shall not, as a result of delays from any causes, be entitled to damages arising out of actual or alleged loss of efficiency; morale, fatigue, attitude, or labor rhythm; constructive acceleration; extended home office overhead; expectant underrun; trade stacking; reassignment of workers; concurrent operations; dilution of supervision; learning curve; beneficial or joint occupancy; logistics; ripple; season change;profit or fee upon damages for delay;impact damages or similar damages. 7.1.7.7 The Contractor shall not recover any amounts from the Owner for delay in performance of the Work unless the delay was unreasonable and was caused by the Owner or persons acting for the Owner. In no case shall the Contractor be entitled to damages for delay where it could have reasonably avoided the delay by the exercise of due diligence. If the delay has been caused by anyone other than the Owner or persons acting for the Owner, the Contractor may seek an extension of the Contract time, but the Owner is under no obligation to grant such an extension. The Owner shall not be included as a party to any General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 29 of 43 proceeding, whether in arbitration or litigation, in which the Contractor or any other contractor seek damages directly or indirectly from one or more third parties allegedly responsible for such delay. 7.1.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other parry within a reasonable time not exceeding 7 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. 7.2 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 7.2.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract shall be subject to the dispute resolution process set forth in this Paragraph 7.2. 7.2.2 The Owner and Contractor shall each propose a Dispute Resolution Neutral (DRN) to serve as a facilitator of the dispute resolution process outlined in this Paragraph 7.2. The proposed DRNs shall be familiar with the construction industry and be reviewed and approved by the other party. The Owner and Contractor shall mutually select one of these individuals to act as the DRN of the project. If the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on the DRN, the presiding judge of the Skagit County Superior Court shall appoint one of the candidates. The DRN, shall be available to assist in resolving any disputes, claims, or other controversies that might arise from the commencement of construction through issuance of the final certificate of occupancy-and-acceptance-of-the-Project by-the-Owner, T-he-DRN-shall-have-no-adjudicatory authority and, therefore, shall act solely as a mediator in working with the parties. The services of the Project Neutral shall be provided on an hourly basis and the cost will be borne in equal parts by the Owner, Contractor and any other necessary parties, including, but not limited to Subcontractors. 7.2.3 In the event agreement cannot be reached as to a Claim or other issue or matter in dispute, the Owner and the Contractor agree to follow the approach set forth below to resolve the dispute(s). They also agree to include all provisions of this Paragraph 7.2 in all contracts and agreements relating to or arising out of the Project. Should good faith negotiations (step 1) not result in a settlement to the dispute, the remaining steps of the process shall be invoked in sequence to resolve the dispute. Step 1: Direct Discussion/Negotiation Negotiations shall be between all parties directly involved in the dispute, each of which shall appoint a negotiation representative. This process shall begin at project management level, where relevant facts and documentation shall be presented. The negotiations shall be elevated to the project executive level if the claim/dispute cannot be settled during initial discussions. The DRN can be called upon by either party to be a participant to this process. Step 2: Senior Management Review Senior Management of both parties shall meet to resolve the dispute. In such a meeting, the Owner's Project Representative and the Contractor's Project Executive shall present respective facts and General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 30 of 43 positions and all relevant documentation. If the parties are unable to resolve their differences in a one-day session, the meeting may continue from time to time, as they may agree. Submission to Senior Management may also include authorization to a corporate officer of each party with settlement power to meet and attempt resolution by themselves. The DRN can be requested by any participating party to be a participant to this process. Step 3: Mediation Mediation shall include all individuals directly involved in the dispute and a mediator. The mediator can be the DRN, or the mediator can be selected and mutually agreed by Owner, Contractor, and DRN. In the absence of agreement by the parties involved, they shall utilize the American Arbitration Association Construction Mediation Process. The costs of the mediation and the mediator, whether by agreement or using the American Arbitration Association, shall be shared equally by the parties. Step 4: Adjudication If the dispute is not resolved in Step 3, all parties may unanimously agree to binding arbitration or a private judging process. In the absence of unanimous agreement to arbitration or a private judging process, the dispute shall be subject to litigation in the Skagit County Superior Court. When arbitration or private judging is chosen to adjudicate the dispute, the process shall include all parties to the dispute, with attorneys, and its results shall be binding on the parties. ARTICLE 8:HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND EMERGENCIES 8.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 8.1.1 The Architect is not responsible for the survey, indemnification, or removal or any hazardous materials, including asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), on the Project. A "hazardous material" is any material or substance that is identified or defined as a hazardous or toxic material, substance or waste, or as a pollutant or contaminant under any federal, state or local law, ordinance or regulation pertaining to the environment, pollution or public or workplace health or safety, or materials or substances which are regulated by any such law, ordinance or regulation including, without limitation, asbestos and polychlorinated biphenyls. 8.1.2 If any hazardous material is encountered at the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. The Owner shall obtain the service of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present, to verify that it has been rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the contractor and Architect the names and qualifications or persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment or such material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 31 of 43 harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down, delay and start-up, which adjustments shall be accomplished as provided under the Contract. 8.1.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors, Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) and provided that such damage, loss or expense is not due to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity. 8.1.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Article for materials and substances brought to the site by the Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the Contract Documents. 8.1.5 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. 8.2 EMERGENCIES 8.2.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided under the Contract. ARTICLE 9: UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 9.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 9.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor must inform the Architect immediately and if thereafter required in writing by the Architect, uncover the Work for the Architect's examination and replace the Work at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. 9.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to it's being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be at the Owner's expense with an appropriate change in the Contract Sum and Contract Time if applicable. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, correction shall be at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time unless the Owner or a separate contractor caused the condition in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 32 of 43 9.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 9.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.2.1.1 The Contractor shall within three (3) working days correct Work, or provide its written plan for correcting such Work, rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. 9.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Article 14 of the Construction Agreement, if, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct, begin to correct, or give to the Owner its plan to correct within seven days after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice within 21 days after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an r opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct, begin to correct or provide to the Owner its plan to correct nonconforming Work within seven days after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4. 9.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. 9.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Paragraph 9.2. 9.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 9.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 33 of 43 correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.2.5 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 9.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Subparagraph 9.2.2 relates only to the specific right of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's warranty and other obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 9.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK 9.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 10:PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10.1 CONTRACT SUM 10.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 10.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 10.2.1 A Schedule of Values shall be submitted in accordance with Article 11 of the Construction Agreement. 10.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 10.3.1 No later than the 7th day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for activities completed or in progress in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported in detail by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. Concurrent with its Application for Payment the Contractor shall submit its updated Contractor's Construction Schedule, and demonstrate to the Architect that as-built information has been properly recorded for all Work for which payment is being requested. Neither the Architect nor the Owner shall have any responsibility to review the Contractor's Application for Payment until these two conditions are met. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 34 of 43 10.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders, provided this has been approved by the Owner in advance. 10.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier. 10.3.1.3 Each Application for Payment shall be based upon the schedule of values submitted by the Contractor. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. 10.3.1.4 Applications for Payment shall show the percentage of completion and the remaining duration (in working days) of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. The percentage of completion shall be the lesser of. (1) the percentage of that portion of the Work which has actually been completed; or (2) the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the expense which has actually been incurred by the Contractor on account of that portion of the Work for which the Contractor has made or intends to make actual payment prior to the next Application for Payment by (b)the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work. 10.3.1.5 Typographical and/or arithmetical errors in Applications for Payment or Change Orders shall not be grounds for additional payments. 10.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation into the Work provided that the Contractor's Construction Schedule shows that the material and equipment will be incorporated into the Work within the ninety days. If approved in writing in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditional upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or ' otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site and shall only occur if the delivery and storage of such material and equipment is included as an activity in the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 10.3.2.1 The Contractor, his Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall obtain prior written approval from the Owner for permission to store materials to be incorporated in the Work, for which Progress Payments will be requested, at off-site locations. Before approval of payment, the Owner will require proper proof of insurance naming the Owner as an additionally insured party, and a letter in which is furnished: .1 the name of the Contractor and/or Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor leasing the storage area; .2 the location of such leased space; .3 the leased area: the entire premises of certain areas of a warehouse giving the number of floors or portions thereof; General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 35 of 43 .4 the date on which the material is first stored; .5 the value of the material stored; and .6 transfer of Title to the Owner, Right of Entry and Removal. 10.3.2.2 The Contractor, its Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors shall notify the Architect and the Owner to inspect, at least once each month, the materials being stored at any location. 10.3.2.3 The Contractor, his Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors shall mark each sealed carton with the name and address of the Project,the Contractor and the Owner. 10.3.2.4 A perpetual inventory shall be maintained for all materials held in storage for which payment has been requested and shall be included in each Application for Payment. 10.3.2.5 Payment for materials stored off-site shall be at the sole discretion of the Owner. Any additional costs to the Owner resulting from storage of material off site for which payment is requested, such as, but not limited to, travel expenses and time for inspectors, shall be withheld from subsequent payments made to the Contractor. 10.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. 10.3.4 The Application for Payment shall constitute a representation by the Contractor to the Owner that, to the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, the construction has progressed to the point indicated, the quality of the Work covered by the Application is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount requested. 10.3.5 All payments are subject to applicable state laws including but not limited to Chapter 60.28 RCW. 10.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 10.4.1 The Architect will issue a Certificate For Payment in accordance with Article 11 of the Construction Agreement, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 10.5.1. 10.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work including observations at the site and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 36 of 43 the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for ` Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on- site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 10.4.3 Provided a properly submitted, complete and correct Application for Payment is received by the 7" day of the month, the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor no later than forty-five (45) days after the Owner, the Architect and the Contractor agree on the amounts approved in the Application For Payment. Any payment shall be net of retainage of exceed five percent (5%) of the moneys earned by the contractor as a trust fund for the protection and payment of: (a) The claims of any person arising under the contract; and (b) the state with respect to taxes imposed pursuant to Title 82 RCW which may be due from such contractor. 10.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION 10.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary as determined by the Architect and Owner, to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's and Owner's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 10.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 10.4.1. If the Contractor, Owner, and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a ( Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also decide not to certify the entire Application for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole Certificate for Payment previously issued, if in the Architect's and Owner's opinion this is necessary to protect the Owner ' from loss, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Subparagraph 3.3.2, because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor not covered by insurance; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 37 of 43 10.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. 10.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 10.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect. 10.6.2 The Contractor shall within three working days of receipt of payment from the Owner, pay each Subcontractor out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. 10.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 10.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 10.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraph 10.6.2, 10.6.3 and 10.6.4. 10.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 10.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. 10.6.8 Until Construction Work in an established phase is substantially complete, the Owner will pay 95 percent of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments. The Owner may subsequently withhold the full Contract retainage if the manner of completion of the Work and its progress do not remain satisfactory to the Owner, of if the Surety withholds its consent, or for other good and sufficient reasons. 10.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 38 of 43 10.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect, then the Contractor may, upon fourteen additional days written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's actual costs of shut-down, delay and start-up, plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall have a duty to minimize costs of shut-down, delay and start-up. 10.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 10.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. A final Certificate of Occupancy for the entire project will be a condition precedent to the Architect issuing a Certificate of Substantial Completion. 10.8.2 The Contractor shall obtain and deliver promptly to the Owner any final Certificate of Occupancy and any certificates of final inspection of any part of the Contractor's Work and operating permits for any mechanical apparatus, such as elevators, escalators, boilers, air compressors, etc., which may be required by law to permit full use and occupancy of the premises by the Owner. Receipt of such permits or certificates by the Owner shall be a condition precedent to Substantial Completion of the Work, but shall not in itself, establish Substantial Completion. Determination of Substantial Completion remains the responsibility of the Architect. i 10.8.3 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment along with a CPM schedule that defines the specific time for completion or correction of each item on the list. In no case shall completion or correction of each item extend beyond the date of Final Completion established in the Contractor's Construction Schedule. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 10.8.4 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection with the Owner's Representative and the Contractor to prepare its own list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment and determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying for the cost of the Architect's third inspection for Substantial Completion and every one thereafter. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 39 of 43 10.8.5 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion using AIA standard form, or other form if agreed by the Parties, which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall include a list prepared by the Architect of each and every item of work remaining to be corrected before the Work is complete. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 10.8.6 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. With respect to each item on any list of incomplete attached to the Certificate of Substantial Completion as provided in Paragraph 10.8.5, the Architect shall assign a monetary value to each item. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof, the Contractor shall prepare an interim requisition for partial reduction of retainage in the mount of the Contract balance less 300% of the monetized value of the list of incomplete items so prepared by the Architect, and the Architect shall certify that payment of the Contract balance less 300% of the monetized value of the list of incomplete items is due and payable and the Owner shall make payment accordingly. Final payment shall then be due when the Contractor has completed all of the items on the monetized list. 10.8.7 All penetrations, permanent or temporary, whether in new construction or existing construction, in walls, floors or ceilings, shall be sealed and/ or patched in accordance with the Contract Documents. For each unsealed / unpatched penetration discovered during the Architect's inspection for Substantial Completion, the Architect shall reduce payment due to the Contractor by an amount of $750 per occurrence or the estimated cost of correction, whichever is greater. 10.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE 10.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under the Contract and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 10.8.3. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 40 of 43 10.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. The condition of the Work shall be recorded by the Architect in a written manner and by the Contractor using a digital video camera. A copy of the digital video so recorded shall be provided by the Contractor to the Architect and to the Owner. 10.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 10.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 10.10.1Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 10.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's entitlement to final payment, have been fulfilled. The Architect shall ensure that all items shown on the list it prepared under subparagraph 10.8.5 have been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents before issuing a final Certificate for Payment. With respect to each item on the list prepared by the Architect pursuant to subparagraph 10.8.5 above, the Architect shall, to the best of his ability, assign a monetary value to each item. The Contractor shall then prepare an interim requisition for partial reduction of retainage in the amount of the final payment less 300% of the monetized value of the l list so prepared, and the Architect shall certify that payment of the contract balance less the value of the monetized punch list is due and payable. Final payment shall then be due when Contractor has completed the items on the monetized punchlist, and the procedure set forth in this Subparagraph shall be repeated until the Work is complete and the balance due the Contractor is paid. 10.10.2Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required f by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment, (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner, (6) Submission of required as-built information to the Owner and Owner has received from the (1) Department of Revenue a certificate that all taxes, increases and penalties due from the Contractor, and all taxes due and to become due with respect to the Contract have been paid in full or that they are, in the department's opinion, General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 41 of 43 readily collectible without recourse to the state's lien on the retained percentage; and (2) Department of Labor and Industries Certification that the Contractor and any sub-contractors have complied with Chapter 39.12 RCW (Prevailing Wages). If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. If a lien bond and/or labor material payment bond are provided by Contractor, the Contractor shall not be required to furnish releases or waivers of liens from the subcontractors or materialmen. 10.10.3After the expiration of the forty-five day period for giving notice of lien provided in RCW 60.28.01](2), and after receipt of the department of revenue's and Department of Labor and Industries' certificates, and the Owner is satisfied that the taxes certified as due or to become due by the Department of Revenue are discharged, and the claims of materialmen and laborers who have filed their claims, together with a sum sufficient to defray the cost of foreclosing the liens of such claims, and to pay attorneys' fees, have been paid, the Owner may withhold from the remaining retained amounts for claims the public body may have against the contractor and shall pay the balance, if any, to the contractor the fund retained by it or release to the contractor the securities and bonds held in escrow. If such taxes have not been discharged or the claims, expenses, and fees have not been paid, the Owner shall either retain in its fund, or in an interest bearing account, or retain in escrow, at the option of the Contractor, an amount equal to such unpaid taxes and unpaid claims together with a sum sufficient to defray the costs and attorney fees incurred in foreclosing the lien of such claims, and shall pay, or release from escrow, the remainder to the contractor. 10.10.4If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. 10.10.5The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents; .4 as described in Subparagraph 10.10.3 above; or .5 faulty or defective Work appearing after Substantial Completion. General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 42 of 43 10.10.6Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 11:MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 11.1 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 11.1.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for and observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. 11.1.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 11.1.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for and observe such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Subparagraph 11.1.3, shall be at the Owner's expense. 11.1.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 11.1.1 and 11.1.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's expense. 11.1.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect with a copy to the Owner. 11.1.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. 11.1.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid critical path delay in the Work. 11.2 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 11.2.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: General Conditions of the Construction Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor,Page 43 of 43 .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment; and .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under Article 14 of the Construction Agreement, the date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Article 9, or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last. SKAGIT COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL DISTRICT NO. 1 By: By: Brian Ivie, President& CEO Date: Date: CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 00 65 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT RETAINAGE OPTION FORM Owner Skagit Reaional Health Project Cascade Valley Hospital SPD Expansion Proiect Contractor Date Pursuant to Chapter 39, Laws of 1970, extraordinary session (RCW 60.28.010), you are required to exercise your option, IN WRITING, on whether or not monies reserved from the amounts due you on this project shall be placed in escrow. You are therefore directed to complete and return this form as soon as possible. CONTRACTOR ' S OPTION I request the retainage on the above contract be retained in a non-interest bearing fund by the Owner. I request the retainage on the above contract be deposited by the Owner in an interest bearing account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan association and that interest on such account be paid to the Contractor. I request the retainage on the above contract be placed in escrow to be invested. If this option is taken the Contractor must make arrangements with a bank or trust company and file escrow agreements, in triplicate, with the Owner. Signature Title END OF SECTION RETAINAGE OPTION FORM 00 65 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 00 65 50 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ESCROW AGREEMENT Escrow No. Agency And Contract No. ESCROW AGREEMENT To (Bank or Trust Company) (Branch) (Street) (City) (Zip Code) The undersigned, hereinafter referred to as the Contractor, has directed Owner, hereinafter referred to as the Agency, to deliver to you its warrants or checks which shall be payable-to-you-and-the-Contractor iointly. Such-warrants-or-checks-are-to-be-held-and-disposed-of-byyou in accordance with the following instructions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. INSTRUCTIONS 1 The Agency shall deliver to you from time to time checks or warrants payable to endorse in the Contractor's name any such check or warrant so that you may receive the proceeds thereof and invest the same. The power of endorsement hereby granted to you by the Contractor shall be deemed a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable during the term of this Escrow. Although you may be a payee named in such warrants or checks as shall be delivered to you, your duties and responsibilities with respect o the same shall be only those duties and responsibilities which a depository bank would have pursuant to Article 4 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Washington for an item deposited with it for collection as of the date such check or warrant shall be delivered to you. The proceeds from collections shall be used by you to purchase, as directed by the Contractor, bonds or other securities chosen by the Contractor and approved by you, and the Agency. For purpose of each such purchase, you may follow the last written direction received by you from the Contractor, provided such direction otherwise conforms with the restrictions on investments recited herein. Attached is a list of such bonds, or other securities approved by the Agency. No further approval is necessary if any of these bonds or securities are selected by the Contractor. Other bonds or securities except stocks, may be selected by the Contractor, subject to express written approval of you and the Agency. Purchase of such bonds or other securities shall be in a form which shall allow you alone to reconvert such bonds or other securities into money if you are required to do so by the Fiscal Officer for the Agency as provided in paragraph 4 of this Escrow Agreement. The :Investments selected by the Contractor, approved by the Agency and purchased by you must mature on or prior to the date set for the completion of the Contract, including extensions thereof of thirty (30)days following the final acceptance of said improvement or work. ESCROW AGREEMENT 00 65 50- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 00 65 50 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ESCROW AGREEMENT 2. When and as interest on the securities held by you pursuant to this Agreement accrues and is paid, you shall collect such interest and forward it to the Contractor at its address designated below unless with our written consent you are otherwise directed in writing by the Contractor. 3. You are not authorized to deliver to the Contractor all or any part of the securities held by you pursuant to this Agreement (or any monies derived from the sale of such securities, or the negotiation of the Agency's warrants or checks) except in accordance with written instructions from the Fiscal Officer for the Agency. The Fiscal Officer for the Agency shall inform you and keep you informed in writing of the name of the person or persons with authority to give you such written instructions. Compliance with such instructions shall relieve you of any further liability related thereto. The estimated completion date on the contract underlying this Escrow Agreement is Upon request by you, the Agency shall advise you in writing of any change in the estimated completion date. If the estimated completion date is changed, you are authorized to reinvest the monies held hereunder in accordance with the new estimated completion date. 4. In the event the Fiscal Officer for the Agency orders you to do so in writing, and notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, you shall, within thirty-five (35) days of receipt of such order, reconvert into money the securities held by you pursuant to this Agreement and return such money together with any other monies, including accrued interest on such securities, held by you hereunder, to Owner. 5 The Contractor agrees to pay you as compensation for your services hereunder as follows: Payment of all fees shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and shall not be deducted from any property placed with you pursuant to this Agreement until and unless the Fiscal Officer for the Agency directs the release to the Contractor of the securities and monies held hereunder, whereupon you shall be granted a first lien upon such property released and shall be entitled to reimburse yourself from such property for the entire amount of your fees and any unanticipated amounts which might be owing as provided for herein. In the event that you are made a party to any litigations with respect to the property held by you hereunder, or in the event that the conditions of this escrow are not promptly fulfilled, or that you are required to render any services not provided for in these instructions, or that there is any assignment of the interests of this escrow or any modification hereof, you shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for such extraordinary services from the Contractor and reimbursement from the Contractor for all costs and expenses, including attorney fees occasioned by default, delay, controversy or litigation. 6 Should you at any time and for any reason desire to be relieved of your obligations as escrow holder hereunder, you shall give written notice to the Agency and the Contractor. The Agency and Contractor shall, within twenty (20) days of the receipt of such notice, jointly appoint a successor escrow holder and instruct you to delivery all securities and funds held hereunder to said successor. If you are not notified of the appointment of the successor escrow holder within twenty (20) days, you may return the subject matter hereof to the Owner, and upon so doing, it absolves you from all further charges and obligations in connection with this Escrow. 7 This Agreement shall not be binding until executed by the Contractor and the Agency and accepted by you. ESCROW AGREEMENT 00 65 50 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 00 65 50 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ESCROW AGREEMENT 8. This instrument contains the entire agreement between you, the Contractor and the Agency with respect to this Escrow and you are not a party to nor bound by any instrument or agreement other than this; you shall not be required to take notice of any default or any other matter, not be bound by nor required to give notice or demand, not be required to take any action whatever except as herein expressly provided; you shall not be liable for any loss or damage not caused by your own negligence or willful misconduct. 9 The foregoing provisions shall be binding upon the assigns, successors, personal representatives and heirs of the parties hereto. The undersigned have read and hereby approve the instructions as given governing the administration of this Escrow and do hereby execute this Agreement on this day of . 2021 (Contractor) (Agency) By By Title (Address) The above Escrow instructions received and accepted this day of . 2021 (Bank of Trust Company) By (Authorized Signature) ESCROW AGREEMENT 00 65 50 -3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 00 65 50 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ESCROW AGREEMENT BONDS AND SECURITIES ACCEPTABLE BY AGENCY 1 Bill, Certificates, notes of bonds of the United States. 2. Other obligations of the United States or its agencies. 3 Obligations of any corporation wholly owned by the Government of the United States. 4. Indebtedness of the Federal National Mortgage Association. 5. Time deposits in commercial banks. DESIGNATE BELOW THE TYPE OF INVESTMENTS SELECTED END OF SECTION ESCROW AGREEMENT 00 65 50 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 00 66 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PREVAILING WAGES SECTION 00 66 00—PREVAILING WAGES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 PREVAILING WAGES A Current published prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities of the Work, as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, shall be used. Contractor remains solely responsible for verifying that the rates are accurate, current, and inclusive for all parts of this Work. Any off-site prefabrication may also require prevailing wages and the contractor should contact the Department of Labor and Industries directly to ascertain those rates. Rates can be obtained through L&I website: hftp://www.Ini.wa.gov/TradesLicensing/PrevWage/default.asp 13. Contractor shall post copies of statements of intent to pay prevailing wages on job site or in accordance with RCW 39.12.020. PART 2 PRODUCTS (not applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (not applicable) END OF SECTION PREVAILING WAGES 00 66 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Information. B. Work covered by Contract Documents C. Owner-Furnished products D. Access to site E. Coordination with occupants F. Work Restrictions G. Specification and drawing conventions 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 50 00—Temporary Facilities: Limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.03 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Cascade Valley Hospital—SPD Remodel and Boiler Replacement 1. Project Location: Cascade Valley Hospital, 330 S Stillaguamish Avenue, Arlington, WA 98223 B. Owner: Skagit County Public Hospital District#1, DBA Skagit Regional Health, 1415 E Kincaid Street, Mt. Vernon, WA 98273 1. Owner's Representative: Michael Yengich, will serve as Owner's Construction Representative (Project Manager)for this project to provide assistance in administering the Contract for Construction Between Owner and Contractor. C Architect of Record: Zervas Group Architects, 209 Prospect Street, Suite 1, Bellingham, WA 98225. Phone: 360-734-4744 1. Project Architect: Andrew Krzysiek 2. Project Manager: Jennifer Moehl D Mechanical Engineer: Harris Group, 20201 Cedar Valley Road, Suite 120, Lynnwood, WA 98036. Phone: 425-774-3829. 1. Project Engineer: Kevin Yamada E Electrical Engineer: K Engineers, 208 Third Street, Lynden, WA 98264. Phone: 360-354- 4757. 1. Project Engineer: Bill Diephuis F Project Description: Project consists of approximately 5,000 sq.ft. of interior alteration at material's management, instrument processing, and boiler room within the hospital's sterile processing department to expand the existing sterile processing and replace the boilers. Work to include new non-load bearing partitions, finishes, and equipment. As well as relocated plumbing fixtures, light fixtures and HVAC. 1.04 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and Specifications dated March 15, 2021 1.05 CONTRACT(S) A. Project will be constructed under a general construction contract. SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT SUMMARY OF WORK 1.06 TIMING & SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION A. Time is of the essence for this Project. Bidders and sub-bidders should be prepared to take whatever action is necessary to complete the Work in a timely manner, including but not limited to working overtime hours, all within the Contract Sum and at no additional cost to the Skagit Regional Health. Bidders and sub-bidders who are not prepared to take such actions to timely complete the Project should not bid this Project. B. The Work shall be conducted in a single sequence, and contract time shall begin upon Notice to Proceed. C. Before commencing Work, Contractor to submit a copy of project construction schedule showing critical dates, sequence, commencement and completion dates for all phases of the Work D. Project shall be substantially complete by September 3, 2021. 1.08 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes receiving, unloading, handling, storing, protecting, and installing Owner-Furnished products and equipment. B. The Owner will arrange for the following: 1. Coordinate pick-up of owner furnished items by the Contractor. 2. Delivery of Owner-furnished items according to Contractor's construction schedule. 3. After delivery, Contractor will inspect delivered items for damage. a. If Owner-furnished items are damaged, defective, or missing, Owner will arrange for replacement. 4. Manufacturer's field services 5. Owner will furnish Contractor the earliest possible delivery date for Owner-furnished products and equipment. Using-Owner-furnished earliest possible delivery dates, Contractor shall designate delivery dates of Owner-furnished items in Contractor's project construction schedule. C. The Contractor is responsible for the following: 1. Receiving, unloading, and handling Owner-furnished items at Project site. 2. Protecting Owner-furnished items from damage during storage and handling, including damage from exposure to the elements. a. If Owner-furnished items are damaged as a result of Contractor's operations, Contractor shall repair or replace them and bear all associated costs. 3. Rough-in Owner-furnished products and equipment. Work includes providing support systems, necessary blocking/backing, plumbing, mechanical, and electrical connections. D. Owner-furnished products and equipment include, but not limited to the following: 1. Furniture 2. Sterile Processing Equipment and Accessories 3. Appliances 4. Paper Towel and Soap Dispensers 5. Audio Visual Equipment 6. Copy Machines, Telephones, and Computers SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT SUMMARY OF WORK 1.08 ACCESS TO SITE A. Contractor shall have use of Project site for construction operations as indicated in drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this Section. B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Limits: Confine construction operations to the Contract limits shown within Drawings. 2. Walkways and Public Right of Ways: Keep walkways, right of ways, and entrances serving neighboring premises clear at all times. Do not use these areas for staging, parking or storage of materials. a. Coordinate temporary closures of the right of way with Owner and City of Arlington prior to any work activities. b. Contractor staging area: All construction equipment and supplies shall be stored in this area. Protect existing asphalt and repair and damage caused by construction activities. 1.09 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS AND NEIGHBORING FACILITIES A. The project area lies within an occupied essential hospital facility. The Contractor and Subcontractors are required to factor this into their bids and coordinate their work as required, taking into consideration the following: 1. Owner will occupy the adjacent Cascade Valley Hospital site and with the exception of areas under construction and will fully occupy the existing, adjacent campus during construction. 2. Provide noise and dust enclosure wall(s)with lockable entrances the entire construction area during each phase of construction. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to provide signage to avoid conflicts between staff and clients/patients. 3. Access and safety for staff, clients/patients and others involved in the operation of Cascade Valley Hospital and neighboring uses must be maintained at all times. 4. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. 5. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Coordinate with District Representative and regarding construction activities and school schedules. 6. Maintain access to existing walkways and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 7. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations or to schedule access or work in occupied areas. B. Owner Limited Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed portions of the Work, prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and limited occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. 1. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before limited Owner occupancy. 2. On occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of Work. 3. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of Work. SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT SUMMARY OF WORK 1.10 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Contractor shall not restrict Owner's or public access to existing neighboring properties and right of ways. 3. Comply with City of Arlington ordinances regarding work hours, noise, etc. B. On-Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed during normal business working hours of 7:00 AM to 6:00 PM, Monday through Friday, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Weekend Hours: Limit work hours to 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM. 3. Early Morning Hours: Conform to regulations by authorities having jurisdiction for restrictions on noisy work and Owner. 4. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: Limit to normal utility working hours, unless Contractor pays for any overtime or extra charges. 5. Hours for jack hammering, powder-driven anchors, saw-cutting and other noisy activities: Limit to general weekday work hours. 6. Major deliveries to not occur 30 minutes before and after Cascade Valley Hospital shift changes. C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect and Owner not less than three days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner. 1. Notify Architect and Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations. E. Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times. 1.11 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words"shall," "shall be," or"shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon () is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. r_.. Drawing Cnnrdination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products: SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT SUMMARY OF WORK 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations. 3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual. PART 2 PRODUCTS—(Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION—(Not Used) END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00- 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 2500 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDRUES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01 60 00 "Product Requirements" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after Contract award. 1.02 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK: Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustments to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710, "Architect's Supplemental Instruction." 1.03 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustments to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1 Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2 Within the time specified in the Proposal Request after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change_ a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, permits, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. C. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: if latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change: 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3 Indicate applicable taxes, permits, delivery charges, equipment rental, and of trade discounts. 4 Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 5 Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 25 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 25 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDRUES C. Proposal Request Form: For Change Order proposals, use AIA Document G709 for proposal requests. 1.04 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. PART 2 -PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 25 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 2900 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01 25 00 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 2. Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittals Schedule. 1.02 DEFINITIONS: Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's applications for Payment. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b. Submittals Schedule. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than fourteen (14) days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment B. Format and Content: Use the Technical Specification table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Provide a breakdown of the contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Technical Specification table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate. 2. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 1.04 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. B Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is the 151h day of each month. The period covered by each Application for Payment starts on the day following the end of the preceding period and ends 15 days before the date for each progress payment. C. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment. D Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person� authorized to sign legal documents o�� behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 29 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PAYMENT PROCEDURES 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. E. Transmittal: Submit 4 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (current, approved). 4. Products list. 5. Submittals Schedule (current, approved). 6. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 7. Copies of building permits. 8. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 9. Initial progress report. 10. Report of preconstruction conference. 11. Certificates of insurance. 12. Performance and payment bonds. 13. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. 14. Initial settlement survey and damage report, if required. H Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. I Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement. 9. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 3000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals. B. Related Sections include the following 1 Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment. 2, Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule. 3. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's approval Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General: Electronic copies of drawings of the Contract Drawings will be provided for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. B-. Coordination, Coordinate-preparation-and-processing-of-submittals-with-performance-of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in "Construction Progress Documentation" Section 01 32 00 for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities. D. Processing Time: Allow 15 days for submittal review, not including time for resubmittals. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. 1. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. E. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. F. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 30 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 3000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES G Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. H. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect in connection with construction. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACTION SUBMITTALS A General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit five copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. 2. Contractors option to submit electronic files in lieu of paper copies is acceptable, however, physical samples demonstrating color, texture, and appearance are still required. B Product Data (for Basis of Design and comparable products by Other Acceptable Manufacturers): Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1 If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2 Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3 Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. C. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. g. Printed performance curves. h. Operational range diagrams. i. Mill reports. j. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals. k. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. I. Compliance with recognized testing agency labels and seals. M. Application of testing agency labels and seals. n. Notation of coordination requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1 Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. C. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and control wiring. f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 30 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 3000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES h. Schedules. i. Design calculations. j. Compliance with specified standards. k. Notation of coordination requirements. I. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed wiring. 3. Sheet size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches. D Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, or paint samples and manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available where specified in individual Sections. E Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation". F. Submittals_ Schedule: Comply with requirements in Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation." G Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures." H. Schedule of Values Comply with requirements in Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures." I Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated-to-a-special-design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontractor or supplying products. 2 Number and title of related Specification Selection(s) covered by subcontract. 3 Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. 2.02 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of Contractor, testing agency, or design professional responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company. B Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures." C Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, if applicable: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 30 00 -3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 3000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1. Preparation of substrates. 2. Required substrate tolerances. 3. Sequence of installation or erection. 4. Required installation tolerances. 5. Required adjustments. 6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection. D. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect will review submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows: ARCHITECT'S REVIEW No exceptions taken Rejected Comments Note Markings Attached C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 30 00 -4 Skagit Regional Health 01 3000 Basement Lab Alteration SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 3.03 PRE-CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following for approval before starting work: 1. Agreement 2. Satisfactory proof of insurance coverage 3 Performance and Labor and Material Payment Bonds (if required) 4 List of Subcontractors 5 Schedule of values (cost breakdown to be used for applications) 6 Construction schedule END OF SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 30 00 -5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General project coordination procedures. 2. Conservation. 3. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 4. Project meetings. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section 1. Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Section 01 77 00"Closeout Procedures" for coordinating Contract closeout. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1 Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2 Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3 Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B Administrative Procedures: Coordinate schedule and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6 Preinstallation conferences. 7 Project closeout activities. C Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. 1 Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1.03 SUBMITALS: Staff Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of principal staff assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, cellular, and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. Submit home office and/or project office fax number. 1.04 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Architect will schedule and conduct weekly project meetings. 1. Attendees: Participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required will be informed of date and time of each meeting. 2. Agenda: Architect will prepare the meeting agenda and distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Architect will record significant discussions and agreements achieved and will distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, within 3 days of the meeting. B Preconstruction Conference: Architect will schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 5 days after execution of the Agreement. The conference will be held at Project site or another convenient location. The meeting will be conducted to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with tho Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2 Agenda: Discussion of items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. C. Critical work sequencing. d. Designation of responsible personnel. e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. f. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. g. Distribution of the Contract Documents. h. Submittal procedures. i. Preparation of Record Documents. j. Use of the premises and surrounding areas. k. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. I. Parking availability, use, and permits required. M. Office, work, and storage areas. n. Equipment deliveries and priorities. o. First aid. P. Security. q. Progress cleaning. r. Working hours. S. Waste Disposal. t. Environmental Hazards. U. Protection of pedestrians. C Preinstallation Conferences: Contractor shall conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction and as specified. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1 Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect and Owner of schedule meeting dates. 2 Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparation for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. C. Deliveries. d. Submittals. e. Possible conflicts. f. Time schedules. g. Weather limitations. h. Manufacturer's written recommendations. i. Warranty requirements. j. Compatibility of materials. k. Acceptability of substrates. I. Temporary facilities and controls M. Space and access limitations. n. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. o. Testing and inspecting requirements. P. Required performance results. q. Protection of construction and personnel. r. Disposition of waste equipment or materials. S. Elimination of environmental hazards. 3 Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements. 4 Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Progress Meetings: Architect will conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. Dates of meetings will be coordinated with preparation of payment requests. 1 Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2 Agenda: Minutes of the previous progress meeting will be reviewed and corrected or approved. Other items of significance that could affect progress will also be reviewed. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Contractor shall review progress since the last meeting and determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site Utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 -3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 9) Work hours. 10) Hazards and risks. 11) Progress cleaning. 12) Quality and work standards. 13) Change Orders. 14) Documentation of information for payment requests. 3 Reporting: Architect will distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. Minutes shall include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. a. Schedule Updating: Contractor shall revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. 1.05 REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIs) A Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents, and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. RFIs shall originate with Contractor. RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractor will be returned with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Date. 3. Name of Contractor. 4. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 5. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 6. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 7. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 8. Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 9. Contractor's signature. 10. Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include dimensions, thickness, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments. C Hard-Copy RFIs: Form at the end of this Section 1. Identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page number. D. Software-Generated RFIs: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format. E Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and return it. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. . Request for approval vISGbSt IiSb ILUi . C. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION f. Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will start again. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures". a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. G RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 -5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION Project. R.F.I. Number. From To: Date: A/E Project Number: Re Contract For: Specification Section Paragraph: Drawing Reference: Detail: Request: Signed by Date: Response. ❑Attachments Response Form: To: Date Rec'd: Date Ret'd: Signed by: Date: Copies: ❑Owner ❑Consultants ❑ ❑File PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 -6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 3200 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CONSTRUCTION PROCESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule 2. Special reports. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit 6 printed copies of initial schedule large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period. 1.03 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. PART 2—SCHEDULE 2.01 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning & Scheduling." B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of Final Completion. C Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion. 2.02 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE) A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format. B. Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Outline significant construction activities for the first 60 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work based on indicated activities. C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a CPM network analysis diagram. 1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 30 days after date established for the Notice to Proceed. CONSTRUCTION PROCESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 3200 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CONSTRUCTION PROCESS DOCUMENTATION 2. Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including subcontractor's personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM schedule information. 3 Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates. 4. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, including but not limited to: a. Date for notice to proceed. b. Date for substantial completion. c. Shop drawing submittals and approvals. d. Work activities. e. Material ordering and delivery to job site. f. Utility shutdowns. g. Intermediate completion dates(if applicable). h. Owner relocation of contents(if applicable). i. Show interrelationships and dependencies. j. Indicate critical path of activities. - k.Planned and actual performance. 5. Interval Schedule: Prepare and update weekly a 4 week interval schedule. Show 1 week of actual progress (planned vs. actual performance). Forecast 3 weeks of start and completion dates for each activity, task or event in comparison to the prepared schedule. a. Activities in interval schedule shall relate directly to activities in the construction schedule. 2.03 SPECIAL REPORTS A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At weekly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1 Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3 As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity. E Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. CONSTRUCTION PROCESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 3200 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CONSTRUCTION PROCESS DOCUMENTATION 2 When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION PROCESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00 -3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 4000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Quality control services include inspections and tests and related actions including reports, performed by independent agencies, governing authorities, and the Contractor. They do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by the Architect. B. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements, including removal or replacement of deficient or unsatisfactory work. C. Inspections required: (Refer also to Structural Notes): 1. Foundation: Optimum density, compaction tests of fill under footings and slabs. Inspect footing excavations just prior to concrete placement to --verify that-material-is-at-proper-moisture-level-and-density: - 2. Concrete work including slump, air content and strength, cylinders and placement of concrete (except for non-structural slabs-on-grade). 3. Reinforcing: Placement of all reinforcing per plans, (except for non- structural slabs on grade), cover, size, number and laps. 4. Anchor bolts. 5. Structural steel. 6. Welding. 7. Structural panel diaphragms and shear walls. 8. Base for exterior paving and utility line backfill: Optimum density compaction tests. 9. Other special inspections required by IBC. 1.02 RESPONSIBILITIES A The Owner will engage the services of an independent agency to perform inspections and tests specified. B Retesting: The contractor is responsible for retesting where results of required inspections, tests or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate compliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was the Contractor's responsibility. Cost of retesting construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on original construction. C Associated Services: The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests and similar services and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include but are not limited to: 1 Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests. 2 Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assisting the agency in taking samples. 3 Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of samples to testing laboratories. 4. Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. 5 Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site. QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01 40 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 4000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES D. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent testing agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Specification Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and Contractor in performance of its duties, and shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. The agency shall notify the Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficien- cies observed in the Work during performance of its services. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter, or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents, or approve or accept any portion of the Work. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor. E Coordination: The Contractor and each agency engaged to perform inspections, tests and similar services shall coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. In addition, the Contractor and each agency shall coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples and similar activities. F. Inspections required by IBC: Contractor shall provide adequate notice to the Building Department when work is ready for inspection and shall cause the work to remain accessible and exposed until approved by the Building Official. Contractor shall be responsible for removal or replacement of any material required to allow inspections and to correct any work found to be deficient or unsatisfactory. 1.03 MOLD INSPECTION A Inspection and certification by Contractor: 1. Contractor shall inspect and certify that all materials, including but not limited to wood framing and sheathing are free of damaging or toxic mold, damaging or toxic fungus and other damaging or toxic foreign substances. The Contractor shall employ the services of a certified industrial hygienist to inspect and certify that the materials are free of damaging or toxic fungus, damaging or toxic mold or damaging or toxic substances. 2. Materials that are overly saturated with water shall be replaced or properly dried. Replacement or drying of materials is at the discretion of the Owner. 3. Certification; the Contractor shall employ the services of a certified industrial hygienist with at least 2 years experience in sampling for mold, fungus and toxic substances. The hygienist shall inspect the framing for evidence of mold, fungus and toxic substances, collect samples and provide written interpretation of the results. Sample analysis shall follow analytical methods recommended by the American Industrial Hygienists Association (AIHA) or the American Conference of Government Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). Contractor shall replace or remedy all materials as required by the owner or hygienist and shall provide final Certification from the hygienist that the materials are free from damaging or toxic fungus, damaging or toxic mold or damaging or toxic substances. PART 2 -SUBMITTALS 2.01 TESTING AGENCY A. The independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service, to the Architect, in duplicate. QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01 40 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 4000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 2.02 REPORT DATA A. Written reports of each inspection, test or service shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. 6. Designation of the Work and test method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete inspection or test data. 9. Test results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Ambient conditions at the time of sample-taking and testing. 11. Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting. PART 3 -QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.01 QUALIFICATION FOR SERVICE AGENCIES A Inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, shall be prequalified as complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" by the American Council of Independent Laboratories, and which specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. 3.02 INDEPENDENT INSPECTION AND TESTING AGENCY A. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state in which the Project is located. PART 4- REPAIR AND PROTECTION 4.01 GENERAL A. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for Section 01 73 10 "Cutting and Patching." 4.02 PROTECTION A. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired construction. 4.03 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services. END OF SECTION QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01 40 00 -3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 4200 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT REFERENCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the conditions of the Contract. B "Approved": The term "approved," when used in conjunction with Architect's action on Contractor's submittals applications, and requests, is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" mean directed by Architect, requested by Architect, and similar phrases. D "Indicated": The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules in Specifications and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help the user locate the reference. E. "Regulations": The term "regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish"; The term "furnish" means to supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G "Install": The term "install" describes operations at Project site including unloading, temporary storage, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H "Provide": The term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Day": Day shall refer to calendar day J "Installer": An installer is Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor, as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. K The term "experienced," when used with the term "installer," means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with the special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name. L. "Project site" is the space available for performing construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other work as part of Project. The extent of Project site is shown on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 42 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT REFERENCES 1.02 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of the date if the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated. C Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities ore quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. D Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged on construction on Project must be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with Contract Documents. 1 Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from the publication source and make them available on request. E. Abbreviations and Names: Abbreviations and acronyms are frequently used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents to represent the name of a trade association, standards-developing organization, authorities having jurisdiction, or other entity in the context of referencing a standard or publication. F. Standard data of the following organizations are referenced in the specifications, and the organization names are abbreviated as noted. AAMA: American Architectural Manufacturer's Association ACI: American Concrete Institute AIA: American Institute of Architects AIMA: Acoustical and Insulating Materials Association AISC: American Institute of Steel Construction AISI: American Iron and Steel Institute AMCA: Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI: American National Standards Institute APA: American Plywood Association ARIB: Asphalt Roofing Industry Bureau ASCE: American Society of Civil Engineers ASME: American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM: American Society for Testing & Materials AWI: Architectural Woodwork Institute REFERENCES 01 42 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 42 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT REFERENCES AWS: American Welding Society AWWA: American Water Work Association CRSI: Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSI: Construction Specifications Institute FGMA: Flat Glass Marketing Association ICC: International Code Council IBC: International Building Code IEBC: International Existing Building Code IMC: International Mechanical Code IPC: International Plumbing Code IEEE: Institute of Electrical & Electronic Engineers IPCEA: Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturer's Association SDI: Steel Door Institute, 1230 Keith Building, Cleveland SMCNA: Sheet Metal&Air Conditioning Contractor National Association UL: Underwriter's Laboratories WABO Washington Association of Building Officials WSDOT: Washington State Department of Transportation WWPA: Western Wood Products Association PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION REFERENCES 01 42 00 -3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 5000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Sewers and drainage. 2. Water service and distribution. 3. Sanitary facilities, including toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water facilities. 4. Heating and cooling facilities. 5. Ventilation. 6. Electric power service. 7. Lighting. 8. Telephone service. C Support facilitie_s_include,_b_ut_are_not_limited_to,_the_following: 1. Temporary roads and paving. 2. Dewatering facilities and drains. 3. Project identification and temporary signs. 4. Waste disposal facilities. 5. Field offices. 6. Storage and fabrication sheds. 7. Temporary stairs. 8. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to the following 1 Environment protection 2. Stormwater control. 3. Plant protection. 4. Site enclosure fence. 5. Security enclosure and lockup. 6 Barricades, warning signs, and lights. 7. Temporary enclosures. 8. Temporary partitions. 9. Fire protection. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect and Owner's Construction Representative permanent or temporary roofing is complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures. 1.03 USE CHARGES A General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect and shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, the following 1. Owner's construction forces. 2. Occupants of Project. 3. Architect. 4. Testing agencies. 5. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction. B Water Service: Pay water service use charges, whether metered or otherwise, for water used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 5000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C Electrical Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges, whether metered or otherwise, for electricity used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: Temporary Utility Reports: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and similar procedures performed on temporary utilities. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to: Building Code Regulations Health and Safety Regulations Utility Company Regulations Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules Environmental Protection Regulations B. Provide products for and the execution of the work in this section that will satisfy NECA, OSHA, and local codes. Provide products that satisfy requirements of NEMA and are UL listed. Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's"Temporary Electrical Facilities," and NFPA 241. C Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions. D Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service. 1 Temporary use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. B. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities by all parties engaged in the Work: 1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat. 2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously unused materials in serviceable condition may be used if approved by Architect. Provide materials suitable for use intended. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 5000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS B. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch 9-gage, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric fencing: minimum 6 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch-OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch-OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete galvanized steel bases for supporting posts. C. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed index of 25. D. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section "Painting." E. Tarpaulins: Fire-resistive labeled with flame-spread rating of 15 or less. F. Water: Potable. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Field Offices: Prefabricated or Mobile units with lockable entrances, operable windows, and serviceable finishes; adequate heat; on foundations adequate for normal loading. C. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures. 1 Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure. D. Self-Contained-Toilet Units:Sinale=occupant units-of-chemical;aerated-recirculation, or combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. E. Drinking-Water Fixtures: Containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-water drinking-water units including paper cup supply. F. Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use for type of fuel being consumed. G. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110-to 120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light. H Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 5000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS B Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.02 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company recommendations. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. 2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility is available, provide trucked-in services. 3. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to Project site where Owner's easements cannot be used for that purpose. B Sewers and Drainage: If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can be discharged lawfully. If sewers are not available or cannot be used, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, stabilization ponds, and similar facilities. If neither sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off-site in a lawful manner. 1. Filter out excessive soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils, and similar contaminants that might clog sewers or pollute waterways before discharge. 2. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by sewer department officials. 3. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition. After heavy use, restore normal conditions promptly. 4. Provide temporary filter beds, settlement tanks, separators, and similar devices to purify effluent to levels acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize temporary water piping before use. 1. Provide rubber hoses as necessary to serve Project site. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 1 Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste containers for disposal of used material. 2 Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. Provide separate facilities for male and female personnel. 3 Drinking-Water Facilities: Provide bottled-water, drinking-water units. E. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 5000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. Maintain a minimum temperature of 50 deg F in permanently enclosed portions of building for normal construction activities, and 65 deg F for finishing activities and areas where finished Work has been installed. F Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimized energy consumption. G Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, overload-protected disconnecting means, automatic ground-fault interrupters, and main distribution switchgear. H. Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools -and-equipment. 1. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratio. 2 Provide 4-gang outlets, spaced so 100-foot extension cord can reach each area for power hand tools and task lighting. Provide a separate 125-V ac, 20-A circuit for each outlet. I Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. 1 Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. 2. Install exterior-yard site lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations, traffic conditions, and signage visibility when the Work is being performed. J Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period for common-use facilities used by all personnel engaged in construction activities. 1 Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. Provide a dedicated telephone line for facsimile machine in field office. 2 At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. C. Contractor's home office. d. Architect's office. e. Engineer's offices. f. Owner's office. g. Principal subcontractor's field and home offices. 3.03 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other tee��poran y construction and support facilities for easy access. 2. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 5000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 3. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate to support loads and to withstand exposure to traffic during construction period. Locate temporary roads and paved areas as indicated within construction limits indicated on Drawings. C. Existing gravel base used for temporary access 1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as required to minimize dust. 2 Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regrading, proofrolling, compaction, and testing. 3. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation of final course according to Division 2 section "Hot- Mix Asphalt Paving." D Traffic Controls: Provide temporary traffic controls at junction of temporary roads with public roads. Include warning signs for public traffic and "STOP" signs for entrance onto public roads. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. E. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections for temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and operations not directly associated with construction activities included in individual Sections. Where feasible, use same facilities. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1 Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining property nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2 Before connection and operation of permanent drainage piping system, provide temporary drainage where roofing or similar waterproof deck construction is complete. 3 Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. F Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare Project identification and other signs in sizes indicated. Install signs where indicated to inform public and persons seeking entrance to Project. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs. 1. Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics for Project identification signs. Comply with details indicated. 2. Provide Project Identification sign on 4' x 8' plywood. Owner will provide information for sign lettering. 3. Prepare temporary signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors. 4. Construct signs of exterior-type Grade B-B high-density concrete form overlay plywood in sizes and thicknesses indicated. Support on posts or framing of preservative-treated wood or steel. 5. Paint sign panel and applied graphics with exterior-grade alkyd gloss enamel over exterior primer. G. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Comply with Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements"for progress cleaning requirements. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 5000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1 If required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide separate containers, clearly labeled, for each type of waste material to be deposited. 2. Develop a waste management plan for Work performed on Project. Indicate types of waste materials Project will produce and estimate quantities of each type. Provide detailed information for on-site waste storage and separation of recyclable materials. Provide information on destination of each type of waste material and means to be used to dispose of all waste materials. H. Common-Use Field Office: Provide an insulated, weathertight, field office for use as a common facility by all personnel engaged in construction activities; of sufficient size to accommodate required office personnel and meetings of ten persons at Project site. Keep office clean and orderly. 1 Furnish and equip offices with minimum furniture as follows: a. Desk and four chairs, four-drawer file cabinet, a plan table, a plan rack, and bookcase. b. Provide a room of not less than 200 sq. ft. for Project meetings. Furnish _ -_room_with_conference-table,-fold ing-chairs, and A-foot-sq uare-tack board.- _. Provide an electric heater with thermostat capable of maintaining a uniform indoor temperature of 68 degrees. d. Provide fluorescent light fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc at desk height. Provide 110-to 120V duplex outlets spaced at not more than 12-foot intervals, 1 per wall in each room. e. Provide two telephone outlets and a fax machine. I. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility services. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within-building-or-elsewhere-on- site. 1 Construct framing, sheathing and siding using fire-retardant-treated lumber and plywood. 2 Paint exposed lumber and plywood with exterior-grade acrylic-latex emulsion over exterior primer. J. Provide all other construction aids and miscellaneous facilities, such as scaffolds, platforms, swing stages, ramps and bridges, incidental sheeting and shoring, and waste chutes as required. 3.04 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near Project site. B. Stormwater Control: Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains C. Plant Protection: install #emporai y fencing located as indicated to protect vegetation� from construction damage. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 5000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS D. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, install portable chain-link enclosure fence with lockable entrance gates. Locate where indicated, or enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. Install in a manner that will prevent people, dogs, and other animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Provide gates in sizes and at locations necessary to accommodate delivery vehicles and other construction operations. E. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. F Barricades, Warnings, Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erecting structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and public of possible hazard. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. G Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects. 2. Vertical Openings: Close openings of 25 sq. Ft. or less with plywood or similar materials. 3. Horizontal Openings: Close openings in floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with load-bearing, wood-framed construction. 4. Install tarpaulins securely using fire-retardant-treated wood framing and other materials. 5. Where temporary wood or plywood enclosure exceeds 100 sq. Ft. in area, use fire-retardant-treated material for framing and main sheathing. H. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise. 1. Construct dustproof partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch studs, 5/8-inch gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side, and 1/2-inch fire-retardant plywood on construction side. I Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241. 1 Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and accessible from space being served, with sign mounted above. a. Field Offices: Class A stored-pressure water-type extinguishers. b. Other locations: Class ABC dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures. C. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose; provide not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell. 2 Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe location. 3 Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire- protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire-exposure areas. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 5000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 4. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition. 5. Permanent Fire Protection: At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fire-protection facility, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. 6. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and first-aid fire-protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 3.05 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from -damage caused-by_freezing_temperatures-and-similar-elements. - --- - - -- 1 Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. 2. Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations. C Temporary Facility Changeover: Except for using permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. D Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identified signs. 2. Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent paving. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 6000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements: selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; product substitutions; and comparable products. B. Related Sections include the following: 1 Section 01 42 00 "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified. 2. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for contract closeout. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make and model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Document. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Product List: Prepare a list of products specified in tabular form acceptable to the Architect. Include generic names of products required. Include the manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each item listed. B Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. C Basis-of-Design and Other Acceptable Manufacturer's Product Specifications Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 01 30 00 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 6000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a single source. 1. When specified products are available only from sources that do not, or cannot, produce a quantity adequate to complete project requirements in a timely manner, consult with the Architect to determine the most important product qualities before proceeding. Qualities may include attributes, such as visual appearance, strength, durability, or compatibility. When a determination has been made, select products from sources producing products that possess these qualities, to the fullest extent possible. B. Certify that all products are asbestos free and do not contain any hazardous materials. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A nPlivPr, store, and handle prnrlimts iising means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packing system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect Products on-delivery to-ensure-compliance-with the-Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 5. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 6. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 7. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 8. Protect stored products from damage. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT OPTIONS A General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged, and unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation. 1 Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 4 Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Architect's 5 Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 6000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS B. Product Selection Procedure: Procedure for product selection. 1 Basis-of-Design Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis-of-Design Product" are included provide either the specified product or a comparable product. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product manufacturer and product name. Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. a. Substitutions may be considered but must be approved by the Architect and the Owner. 2.02 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Timing: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect and Owner. B. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. 2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Document. 3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. 4. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. 5 Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule. 6 Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. 7. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. 8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. 9. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. 10. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. 2.03 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product: 1 Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2 Detailed comparison of significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 60 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of Architects and Owners. 5. Samples, if requested. PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. General installation of products. 3. Progress cleaning. 4. Starting and adjusting. 5. Protection of installed construction. 6. Correction of the Work. B. Related Sections include the following 1 Section 01 73 10 "Cutting and Patching". 2. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures". PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services. B Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning site work, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting the Work. 1 Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; and underground electrical services. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. C Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 2 Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 3. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 4 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 3.02 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B Field Measures: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work area indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. - Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the -need--for-clarification-of-the-Contract-Documents,--submit-a-request-for-information-to Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect and Owner's Construction Representative promptly. B General: Engage a licensed surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices 1 The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment stakes, slope stakes, and grades necessary for the construction. Except for the survey control data to be furnished by the Engineer, calculations, surveying, and measuring required for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the Contractor's responsibility. 2 Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. D. Contractor Surveying: Copies of the Owner provided primary survey control data are available for the bidder's inspection at the architect's office. 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment stakes, slope stakes, and grades necessary for the construction of buildings, grading, utilities, walls, clearing limits, structures, curbs, pavement, and fence lines. Except for the survey control data to be furnished by the Owner, calculations, surveying, and measuring required for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the Contractor's responsibility. E. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS work. Verify column grid stakes. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. 3.04 INSTALLATION A General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated: 1 Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2 Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3 Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 8 feet in spaces without a suspended ceiling. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instruction and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. F. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. 1 Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2 Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. G. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. H Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 3.05 PROGRESS CLEANING A General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more that one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1 Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2 Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). 3 Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS C Work Areas: Clean Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1 Remove liquid spills promptly. 2 Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Cutting and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. 1. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. H Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted. I During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. J. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. K Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.06 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper operation. C. Test each piece if equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification requirements in Section 01 40 00"Quality Control Services" EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 3.07 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instruction for temperature and relative humidity. 3.08 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Section 01 73 00 "Cutting and Patching." 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching, and properly adjusting operating equipment. B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. END OF SECTION EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 -5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7310 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Divisions 2 through 28 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable for cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of the nthPr Work 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. B Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3. Exterior storefront wall construction. 4. Equipment supports. 5. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. 6. Noise and vibration control elements and systems. D Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1.04 WARRANTY A Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 10 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7310 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CUTTING AND PATCHING PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1 Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers 2 Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to avoid interruption of services to occupied areas. 3.03 PERFORMANCE A General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1 In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings weathertight when not in use. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 10 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7310 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CUTTING AND PATCHING 2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Div. 2 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and electrical services: Cut off pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. 7. Keep water or debris from entering existing construction. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 1 Inspection: WhprP fpasihlP, test and inspPrt patrhpd areas after romplPtion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. END OF SECTION CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 10 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7419 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CONST. WASTE MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. The Owner desires that this project shall generate the least amount of waste possible and that processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors shall be employed. B. Of the waste material that is generated, as much as economically feasible shall be reused, salvaged, or recycled. Recycle and/or salvage at least 50% of the non-hazardous construction and demolition. Recycle and/or salvage an additional 25% (75% total) of non- hazardous construction and demolition debris. This is consistent with the intent of RCW 39.04.135 and is mandated whenever practicable. D. With these goals, the contractor shall develop a Waste Management Plan for this project. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Chemical Waste: Includes petroleum products, bituminous materials, salts, acids, alkalis, herbicides, pesticides, organic chemicals and inorganic wastes. B. Class III Landfill: A landfill that accepts non-hazardous waste such as household, commercial and industrial waste, including construction, remodeling, repair and demolition operations. C. Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils, solvents, caulk, or the like. D. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes typically including building materials, packaging, trash, debris, and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair and demolition operations. E. Environmental Pollution and Damage: The presents of chemical, physical, or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human health or welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances of importance to human life; affect other species of importance to humanity; or degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic, cultural or historical purposes. F. Hazardous: Exhibiting the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity or reactivity. G. Inert Fill: A permitted facility that accepts inert waste such as asphalt and concrete exclusively. 1. Inert Solids / Inert Waste: Non-liquid solid waste including, but not limited to, soil and concrete, that does not contain hazardous waste or soluble pollutants at concentrations in excess of water-quality objectives established by a regional water board pursuant to local regulations and does not contain significant quantities of decomposable solid waste. H. Nonhazardous: Exhibiting none of the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity, or reactivity. CONSTRUCTION WASTE 01 74 19- 1 MANAGEMENT& DISPOSAL CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7419 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CONST. WASTE MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL I Nontoxic: Neither immediately poisonous to humans nor poisonous after a long period of exposure. J. Recyclable: The ability of a product or material to be recovered at the end of its life cycle and remanufactured into a new product for reuse by others. K. Recycle: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for remanufacture into a new product for reuse by others. L. Recycling: The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials for the purpose of using the altered form. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating, or thermally destroying waste. M. Return: To give back reusable items or unused products to vendors for credit. N. Reuse: To reuse a construction waste material in some manner on the project site. O. Salvage: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for resale or reuse by others. P. Sanitary Wastes: 1. Garbage: Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooking, distribution or consumption of food. 2. Sewage: Domestic sanitary sewage. Q. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by storm or well production runoff water. R. Source Separation: The act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from the first time they become waste. S. Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure. T. Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused, returned, recycled, or salvaged. U. Waste: Extra material or material that has reached the end of its useful life in its intended use. Waste includes salvageable, returnable, recyclable, and reusable material. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 33 00 for submittal procedures. B. Landfill Alternatives Proposal — Draft Waste Management Plan: Within 14 working days after receipt of Notice to Proceed, or prior to any trash or waste removal, whichever occurs first, Contractor shall submit to the A/E and Owner for review and approval three (3) copies of the Draft Waste Management Plan projecting trash/waste that will require disposal and alternatives to landfilling, with net costs. The plan shall contain, as a minimum, the following: 1. An analysis of trash/waste to be generated and landfill options as specified for Waste Management Plan described below. 2. Describe as many alternatives to landfilling as possible. a. List each material proposed to be salvaged, reused, or recycled during the course of the Project. b. Estimate quantities for each waste stream. c. State the proposed recycle or disposal method for each waste stream. CONSTRUCTION WASTE 01 74 19 -2 MANAGEMENT& DISPOSAL CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7419 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CONST. WASTE MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL d. State on-site storage method for each waste stream. e. State transportation method for each waste stream. f. State the estimated net cost resulting from each alternative, after subtracting revenue from sale of recycled or salvaged materials and landfill tipping fees saved due to diversion of materials from the landfill. 3. Provide alternatives to landfilling for at least the following materials: a. Aluminum and plastic beverage containers. b. Corrugated cardboard. c. Wood pallets. d. Clean dimensional wood: May be used as blocking or furring. e. Land clearing debris. f. Excavated soils. g. Concrete: May be crushed and used as riprap, aggregate, sub-base material, or fill. h. Bricks. i. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). j. Precast concrete panels. k. Asphalt paving: May be recycled into paving for project. I. Metals, including packaging banding, metal studs and trim, ductwork, piping, sheet metal, structural steel, reinforcing bars, door frames, and other items made of steel, iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel, aluminum, copper, zinc, lead, brass, and bronze. m. Glass. n. Gypsum drywall and plaster. o. Carpet, carpet cushion, carpet tile, and carpet remnants, both new and removed: DuPont(http://flooring.dupont.com) and Interface (www.interfaceinc.com) conduct reclamation programs. p. Asphalt roofing shingles. q. Paint. r. Plastic sheeting. s. Rigid foam insulation. t. Plumbing fixtures. u. Mechanical and electrical equipment v. Fluorescent lamps (light bulbs). w. Acoustical ceiling tile and panels. 4. Include the names for each subcontractor who will transport solid or hazardous waste from the site and the name of the receiving facility that will accept waste for disposal. C. Review: The Draft Waste Management Plan will be reviewed by the A/E for comment with a copy going to the Owner. 1. The plan is checked to make sure all materials that may be economically recycled are listed. 2. The plan is also checked for the haulers, recyclers and disposal facilities, to include recycling, general waste and hazardous waste facilities. 3. Plan review comments are made by the A/E. Once no further comments are necessary, the contractor may proceed with its plan. CONSTRUCTION WASTE 01 74 19- 3 MANAGEMENT& DISPOSAL CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7419 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CONST. WASTE MANAGEMENT& DISPOSAL D. Waste Management Plan: Include the following information: 1. Analysis of the trash and waste projected to be generated during the entire project construction cycle, including types and quantities. 2. Landfill Options: The name, address, and telephone number of the landfill(s) where trash/waste will be disposed of, the applicable landfill tipping fee(s), and the projected cost of disposing of all project trash/waste in the landfill(s). 3. Landfill Alternatives: List all waste materials that will be diverted from landfills by reuse, salvage, or recycling. a. List each material proposed to be salvaged, reused, or recycled. b. List the local market for each material. c. State the estimated net cost, versus landfill disposal. 4. Meetings: Describe regular meetings to be held to address waste prevention, reduction, recycling, salvage, reuse, and disposal. 5. Materials Handling Procedures: Describe the means by which materials to be diverted from landfills will—be protected from—contami nation—and—prepa red—for acceptance—by designated facilities; include separation procedures for recyclables, storage, and packaging. 6. Transportation: Identify the destination and means of transportation of materials to be recycled; i.e. whether materials will be site-separated and self-hauled to designated centers, or whether mixed materials will be collected by a waste hauler. 7. Recycling Incentives: Describe procedures required to obtain credits, rebates, or similar incentives. E. Implementation: The Contractor shall submit monthly a progress report summary of waste generated at the project. The summary shall be submitted on a form acceptable to the Owner and shall contain the following information: 1. For each material recycled, reused, or salvaged from the project, the amount (in tons or cubic yards), the date removed from the job site, the receiving party, the transportation cost, the amount of any money paid or received for the recycled or salvaged material, the net total cost or savings of salvage or recycling the material. Include manifests, weight ticket receipts or invoices. 2. The amount (in tons or cubic yards) of material landfilled from the project, the location of the receiving facility, the total amount of tip fees paid at the landfill, and the total disposal cost. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts and invoices. F. Recycling Incentive Programs: 1. Where revenue accrues to Contractor, submit copies of documentation required to qualify for incentive. 2. Where revenue accrues to Owner, submit any additional documentation required by Owner in addition to information provided in periodic Waste Disposal Report. 1.05 RESOURCES A. Contractor may request specific technical assistance or referrals from the following resources: Waste Reduction Specialist Solid Waste Services Program Department of Ecology (360) 407-6352 CONSTRUCTION WASTE 01 74 19 -4 MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7419 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CONST. WASTE MANAGEMENT& DISPOSAL 1.06 ADDITIONAL RECYCLING REQUIREMENTS A. Handling 1. Materials shall be free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination and other substances deleterious to recycling process. Clean materials which are contaminated prior to placing in collection containers. 2. Arrange for collection by or delivery to the appropriate recycling center or transfer station that accepts construction and demolition waste for purpose of recycling. B. Participation In Re-Use Programs 1. Industrial Materials Exchange (IMEX) program sponsored by the Local Hazardous Waste Management Program in King County. a. IMEX is a free service designed to help businesses find markets for materials that traditionally would be discarded. The premise of the IMEX program is that material discarded by one business may be a resource for another business. b. To obtain a current Materials Listings Catalog, call IMEX at(206) 296-4899. 2. Habitat for Humanity - South Puget Sound, a non-profit housing organization that rehabilitates and builds housing for low income families. a. Sites requiring donated materials vary. Contact HFH at(360) 956-3456. C. Rebate, Tax Credits, Etc.: Rebates, tax credits and other savings obtained for recycled or re- used materials shall accrue to Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Notify Owner's Representative when Contractor is aware of materials, equipment or products that meet the aesthetic and programmatic intent of Contract Documents, but which are more environmentally-sensitive than materials, equipment or products specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. B. For each proposed product substitution, submit the following information in addition to requirements specified in Section 01 60 00: 1. Relative amount of waste produced, compared to specified product. 2. Cost savings on waste disposal, compared to specified product, to be deducted from the Contract Sum. 3. Proposed disposal method for waste product. 4. Markets for recycled waste product. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. Manager: Designate an on-site person or persons responsible for instructing workers and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste Management Plan. B. Communication: Distribute copies of the Waste Management Plan to job site foreman, each subcontractor, Owner, and Architect. CONSTRUCTION WASTE 01 74 19 - 5 MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7419 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CONST. WASTE MANAGEMENT& DISPOSAL C. Instruction: Provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the project. D. Meetings: Discuss trash/waste management goals and issues at project meetings. 1. Pre-bid meeting. 2. Pre-construction meeting. 3. Regularjob-site meetings. 4. Job safety meetings. E. Facilities: Provide specific facilities for separation and storage of materials for recycling, salvage, reuse, return, and trash disposal, for use by all contractors and installers. 1. As a minimum, provide: a. Separate area for storage of materials to be reused on-site, such as wood cut-offs for blocking. b. Separate dumpsters for each category of recyclable. c. Recycling bins at worker lunch area. 2. Provide containers as required. 3. Provide temporary enclosures around piles of separated materials to be recycled or salvaged. 4. Provide materials for barriers and enclosures that are nonhazardous, recyclable, or reusable to the maximum extent possible; reuse project construction waste materials if possible. 5. Locate enclosures out of the way of construction traffic. 6. Provide adequate space for pick-up and delivery and convenience to subcontractors. 7. If an enclosed area is not provided, clearly lay out and label a specific area on-site 8. Keep recycling and trash/waste bin areas neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials. F. Hazardous Wastes: Separate, store, and dispose of hazardous wastes according to applicable regulations. G. Recycling: Separate, store, protect, and handle at the site identified recyclable waste products in order to prevent contamination of materials and to maximize recyclability of identified materials. Arrange for timely pickups from the site or deliveries to recycling facility in order to prevent contamination of recyclable materials. H. Reuse of Materials On-Site: Set aside, sort, and protect separated products in preparation for reuse. I. Salvage: Set aside, sort, and protect products to be salvaged for reuse off-site. J. Disposal Operations: 1. Promptly and legally transport and dispose of removed and demolished items and waste materials that are not identified-d to be recycled or reused. 2. Do not burn, bury or otherwise dispose of rubbish and waste materials on project site. 3. Aggregating material and/or hauling it off site shall not occur between the hours of 10:00 PM and 7:00 AM unless it complies with Specification Section 01 50 00—3.04H. END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION WASTE 01 74 19 -6 MANAGEMENT& DISPOSAL CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7700 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1 Inspection procedures. 2. Project Record Documents. 3. Operation and maintenance manuals. 4 Final cleaning. B. Related Sections include the following' 1 Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial and Final Completion. 2 Divisions 2 through 28 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for products of those Sections. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following: (List items below that are incomplete in request.) 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list) and the value of incomplete work (by item and in total). 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 4. Submit specific warranties, workmanship/maintenance bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. 5. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 6. Terminate and remove facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 7. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 8. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 9. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B Inspection Procedures: Upon receipt of the Contractor's request for inspection, the Architect/Engineer will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. Following the initial inspection, the Architect/engineer will either prepare the certificate of substantial completion or will advise the Contractor of work which must be performed before the certificate will be issued. The Architect/Engineer will repeat the inspection when requested and when assured that the Work has been substantially completed. The Architect will perform one initial inspection and one re-inspection. Additional inspections will be done at Contractor's expense. 1.03 FINAL COMPLETION A General: Complete the following before requesting the Architect/Engineer's final inspection for certification of final acceptance, and final payment as required by the General Conditions. List known exceptions, if any, in the request. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7700 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1. Submit the final payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 3. Submit a certified copy of the Architect/ Engineer's final punchlist of itemized work to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and has been endorsed and dated by the Architect/Engineer. 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data either as of the date of substantial completion, or else when the Owner took possession of the responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 5. Submit consent of surety. 6. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement, acceptable to the Owner. 7. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 8. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement survey, property survey, and similar final record information. 9. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock of material and similar physical items to the Owner. 10. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities and services from the project site, along with construction tools and facilities, mock-ups, and similar elements. 11. Complete final cleaning up requirements, including touch-up painting of marred surfaces. 12. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes. 13. Reinspection Procedure: The Architect/Engineer will reinspect the work upon receipt-of-the contractor's-notice that-the-work,—inr.lading-piLinc.hlist-items-resulting from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for these items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances that are acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect/Engineer will either prepare a certificate of final acceptance or will advise the Contractor of work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. If necessary, the reinspection procedure will be repeated. Additional inspections will be done at Contractor's expense. 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General: Do not use Project Record Document for construction purposes. Protect Project Record Documents from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. B Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of blue- or black-line white prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked- up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. C. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. d. Mark Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on Contract Drawings. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7700 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 2 Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. 3 Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 4 Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Orders, alternate numbers, and similar identification where applicable. 5 Identify, sign and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. a. Scan and produce digital copy in PDF file format. b. Organize physical copy into manageable sets; bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. C. Record Specifications: Submit one physical copy and one digital copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. Mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2 Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3 Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data, where applicable. D Record Product Data: Submit one physical copy and one digital copy of each Product Data submittal. Mark one set to indicate the actual product installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2 Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3 Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Record Specifications, where applicable. E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Assemble 3 complete sets of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as follows: 1 Maintenance Data: a. Manufacturer's information, including list of spare parts. b. Name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier. C. Maintenance procedures. d. Maintenance and service schedules for preventative and routine maintenance. e. Maintenance record forms. f. Source of spare parts and maintenance materials. g. Copies of maintenance service agreements. h. Copies of warranties and bonds. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7700 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES B. Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind and index data in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, with pocket-inside the covers to receive folded oversized sheets. Identify each binder on front and spine with the printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project name, and subject matter of contents. 1.06 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A General Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of operating equipment and other work that requires regular or continuing maintenance, to meet at the site with the Owners personnel to provide necessary basic instruction in the proper operation and maintenance of the entire work. Where installers are not experienced in the required procedures, include instruction by the manufacturer's representatives. As part of this instruction provide a detailed review of the following items: Maintenance manuals, record documents, spare parts and materials, tools, lubricants, fuels, identification systems, control sequences, hazards, cleaning, and warranties, bonds, maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. As part of this instruction for operating equipment demonstrate the following—procedures:--Start-up,—shut-down,—emergency -operations,—noise—and vibration - adjustments, safety procedures, economy and efficiency adjustments, and effective energy utilization. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 FINAL CLEANING A General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct clean ing-and-waste=removal-operations-to-comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1 Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project. a. Clean Project site, in areas disturbed by construction activities, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. C. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. d. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. e. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. f. Remove labels which are not required as permanent labels. g. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows, to a polished condition. Remove putty and other substances which are not noticeable as vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. h. Clean exposed exterior and interim hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free cunditiurr, free of dust, stains, films and similar noticeable distracting substance. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 7700 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES i Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment clean. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. j. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. k Removal of Protection: Except as otherwise indicated or requested by the Architect/Engineer, remove temporary protection devices and facilities which were installed during the course of the work to protect previously completed work during the remainder of the construction period. I Compliance: Comply with safety standards and governing regulations for cleaning operations. Do not burn waste materials at the site. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile or other harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated work have become the Owner's property, dispose of these materials to the Owner's best advantage as directed. M. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. END OF SECTION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0241 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Selective demolition of building elements for alteration purposes, excluding removal of hazardous materials and toxic substances. B. Abandonment and removal of existing utilities and utility structures. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary: Limitations on Contractor's use of site and premises. B. Section 01 10 00 - Summary: Sequencing and staging requirements. C. Section 01 10 00 - Summary: Description of items to be removed by Owner. D. Section 01 10 00 - Summary: Description of items to be salvaged or removed for re-use by Contractor. E. Section 01 50 00 -Temporary Facilities and Controls: Site fences, security, protective barriers, and waste removal. F. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Handling and storage of items removed for salvage and relocation. G. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Project conditions; protection of bench marks, survey control points, and existing construction to remain; reinstallation of removed products; temporary bracing and shoring. H. Section 01 74 19 -Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Limitations on disposal of removed materials; requirements for recycling. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 29 CFR 1926 - U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Demolition Plan: Submit demolition plan as specified by OSHA and local authorities. 1. Indicate extent of demolition, removal sequence, bracing and shoring, and location and construction of barricades and fences. 2. Identify demolition firm and submit qualifications. 3. Include a summary of safety procedures. C. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities and subsurface construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCOPE A. Remove portions of existing building and finishes as indicated in Documents. 1. Remove portions that are not identified specifically, but necessary to complete installation of new building systems 2. Refer to Mechanical and Electrical Documents for additional demolition requirements. B. Remove other items indicated, for salvage, relocation, and recycling. 1. Refer to Drawings for items to be salvaged and either relocated or turned over to Owner. 3.02 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public. 1. Obtain required permits. DEMOLITION 0241 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0241 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DEMOLITION 2. Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures. 3. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. a. Construction area atmosphere to be sealed off from adjacent areas. Temporary barriers to inhibit migration of dust, noise, and debris from entering adjacent spaces. b. Refer to the Infection Control Risk Assessment(I.C.R.A.) plan in the Drawings for Department of Health (D.O.H.) requirements. 4. Use physical barriers to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public. 5. Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants. 6. Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations. B. Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from Owner. C. Do not begin removal until built elements to be salvaged or relocated have been removed. D. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. 1. Provide bracing and shoring. 2. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures and building systems. 3. Stop work immediately if adjacent structures and building systems appear to be in danger. E. Minimize production of dust due to demolition operations; do not use water if that will result in ice, flooding, sedimentation of public waterways or storm sewers, or other pollution. F. If hazardous materials are discovered during removal operations, stop work and notify Architect and Owner; hazardous materials include regulated asbestos containing materials, lead, PCB's, and mercury. G. Perform demolition in a manner that maximizes salvage and recycling of materials. 1. Dismantle existing construction and separate materials. 2. Set aside reusable, recyclable, and salvageable materials; store and deliver to collection point or point of reuse. 3.03 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and comply with their requirements; obtain required permits. B. Protect existing utilities to remain from damage. C. Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction. D. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing life safety systems that are in use without at least 7 days prior written notification to Owner. E. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing utility branches or take-offs that are in use without at least 3 days prior written notification to Owner. F. Locate and mark utilities to remain; mark using highly visible tags or flags, with identification of utility type; protect from damage due to subsequent construction, using substantial barricades if necessary. G. Remove exposed piping, valves, meters, equipment, supports, and foundations of disconnected and abandoned utilities. 3.04 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as indicated. DEMOLITION 0241 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0241 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DEMOLITION 2. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 3. Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be apparent upon examination prior to starting demolition. B. Separate areas in which demolition is being conducted from other areas that are still occupied. 1. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of construction specified in Section 01 50 00 in locations indicated on drawings. 2. Provide sound and dust retardant partitions of construction indicated on drawings in locations indicated on drawings. C. Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required for replacement or modifications; take care to prevent water and humidity damage. D. Remove existing work whether indicated or not that is required to accomplish new work. 1. Remove items indicated on drawings. 2. Whether indicated or implied, remove existing construction to accomplish and complete new work. 3. Repair and replace existing construction in like kind. E. Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, and Telecommunications): Remove existing systems and equipment as indicated. 1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components. 2. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service. 3. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities before removal. 4. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and taa with identification. a. Unless noted otherwise or when not feasible remove back to first'T' fitting, main duct (trunk), or junction box. F. Protect existing work to remain. 1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary. 2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. 4. Patch as specified for patching new work. 3.05 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Remove debris, junk, and trash from site. 1. Stock piling of debris within construction area not permitted. B. Remove from site all materials not to be reused on site; comply with requirements of Section 01 74 19 -Waste Management. C. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. D. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION DEMOLITION 0241 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 03 30 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete formwork. B. Floors and slabs on grade. C. Concrete reinforcement. D. Joint devices associated with concrete work. E. Concrete curing. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 92 00-Joint Sealants: Products and installation for sealants and joint fillers for saw cut joints and isolation joints in slabs. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; 2010. B. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; 1991 (Reapproved 2009). C. ACI 211.2 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete; 1998 (Reapproved 2004). D. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete; 2010 (Errata 2012). E. ACI 302.1 R -Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2004 (Errata 2007). F. ACI 304R -Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; 2000. G. ACI 308R -Guide to Curing Concrete; 2001 (Reapproved 2008). H. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2014 (Errata 2016). I. ACI 347R -Guide to Formwork for Concrete; 2014. J. ASTM A615/A615M -Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2016. K. ASTM A1064/A1064M -Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete; 2015. L. ASTM C1602/C1602M -Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete; 2012. M. ASTM C33/C33M -Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2016. N. ASTM C39/C39M -Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2016b. O. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2016a. P. ASTM C150/C150M -Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2016. Q. ASTM C309-Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete; 2011. R. ASTM C330/C330M -Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete; 2014. S. ASTM C494/C494M - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete; 2016. T. ASTM C618 -Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2015. U. ASTM C881/C881M - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete; 2015. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 03 30 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE V. ASTM C1059/C1059M -Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete; 2013. W. ASTM C1240 - Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures; 2015. X. ASTM C1315 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete; 2011. Y. ASTM C1602/C1602M -Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete; 2012. Z. ASTM E1643 - Standard Practice for Selection, Design, Installation and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs; 2011. AA. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 2011. AB. ICRI 310.2R -Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, Polymer Overlays, and Concrete Repair; 2013. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Adminisbal.ive Requirements, fur submil.l.al procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified requirements and installation instructions. C. Mix Design: Submit proposed concrete mix design. 1. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 301, Section 4 - Concrete Mixtures. D. Samples: Submit samples of underslab vapor retarder to be used. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A—Perform work-of--this-section-in-accordance-with ACI 3n1 ?nrJ Art 31R 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Moisture Emission-Reducing Curing and Sealing Compound, Membrane-Forming: Provide warranty to cover cost of flooring delamination failures for 10 years. 1. Include cost of repair or removal of failed flooring, remediation with a moisture vapor impermeable surface coating, and replacement of flooring with comparable flooring system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. Formwork Design and Construction: Comply with guidelines of ACI 347R to provide formwork that will produce concrete complying with tolerances of ACI 117. B. Form Materials: Contractor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand hydrostatic head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi). 1. Type: Deformed billet-steel bars. 2. Finish: Unfinished, unless otherwise indicated. B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR): Galvanized, plain type, ASTM A1064/A1064M. 1. Form: Flat Sheets. z. WWR Style: 4 x 8-W6 x W10. C. Reinforcement Accessories: 1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gauge, 0.0508 inch. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 03 30 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I - Normal Portland type. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M. C. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C330/C330M. D. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. E. Calcined Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class N. F. Silica Fume: ASTM C1240, proportioned in accordance with ACI 211.1. G. Water: ASTM C1602/C1602M; clean, potable, and not detrimental to concrete. 2.04 ADMIXTURES A. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. B. High Range Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type G. C. Water Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type E. D. Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type C. E. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type B. F. Shrinkage Reducing Admixture: 1. ASTM C494/C494M, Type S. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Underslab Vapor Retarder: 1. Installation: Comply with ASTM E1643. 2. Accessory Products: Vapor retarder manufacturer's recommended tape, adhesive, mastic, prefabricated boots, etc., for sealing seams and penetrations. 2.06 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS A. Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable acrylic latex, complying with ASTM C1059/C1059M, Type II. B. Epoxy Bonding System: 1. Complying with ASTM C881/C881M and of Type required for specific application. C. Slab Isolation Joint Filler: 1/2 inch thick, height equal to slab thickness, with removable top section that will form 1/2 inch deep sealant pocket after removal. D. Slab Contraction Joint Device: Preformed linear strip intended for pressing into wet concrete to provide straight route for shrinkage cracking. E. Slab Construction Joint Devices: Combination keyed joint form and screed, galvanized steel, with rectangular or round knockout holes for conduit or rebar to pass through joint form at 6 inches on center; ribbed steel stakes for setting. 2.07 CURING MATERIALS A. Curing and Sealing Compound, Moisture Emission-Reducing, Membrane-Forming: Liquid, membrane-forming, clear sealer, for application to newly-placed concrete; capable of providing adequate bond for flooring adhesives, initially and over the long term; with sufficient moisture vapor impermeability to prevent deterioration of flooring adhesives due to moisture emission. 1. Use this product to cure and seal all slabs to receive adhesively applied flooring or roofing. 2. Comply with ASTM C309 and ASTM C1315 Type I Class A. 3. VOC Content: Less than 100 g/L. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 03 30 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.08 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations. B. Proportioning Structural Lightweight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.2 recommendations. C. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates recommended or required by manufacturer. D. Normal Weight Concrete: 1. Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M at 28 days: 3,000 pounds per square inch. 2. Fly Ash Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 3. Calcined Pozzolan Content: Maximum 10 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 4. Silica Fume Content: Maximum 5 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 5. Water-Cement Ratio: Maximum 40 percent by weight. 6. Maximum Aggregate Size: 5/8 inch 2.09 MIXING _A. Transit-Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94/C94M B. Adding Water: If concrete arrives on-site with slump less than suitable for placement, do not add water that exceeds the maximum water-cement ratio or exceeds the maximum permissible slump. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A.—Prepare existing concrete su faces_to_be_repaired_accor_ding-to-IJCR! .31n.2R. B. Where new concrete is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare existing surface by cleaning and applying bonding agent in according to bonding agent manufacturer's instructions. 1. Use epoxy bonding system for bonding to damp surfaces, for structural load-bearing applications, and where curing under humid conditions is required. 2. Use latex bonding agent only for non-load-bearing applications. C. Interior Slabs on Grade: Install vapor retarder under interior slabs on grade. Comply with ASTM E1643. Lap joints minimum 6 inches. Seal joints, seams and penetrations watertight with manufacturer's recommended products and follow manufacturer's written instructions. Repair damaged vapor retarder before covering. 3.03 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete coverage required for protection. B. Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both directions. Splice laps with tie wire. 3.04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1 R. C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices will not be disturbed during concrete placement. D. Finish floors level and flat, unless otherwise indicated, within the tolerances specified below. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 03 30 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.05 SLAB JOINTING A. Locate joints as indicated on drawings. B. Anchor joint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement. C. Isolation Joints: Use preformed joint filler with removable top section for joint sealant, total height equal to thickness of slab, set flush with top of slab. 3.06 FLOOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: 1. Exposed Concrete Floors: 114 inch in 10 feet. 2. Under Seamless Resilient Flooring: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 3. Under Carpeting: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. B. Correct the slab surface if tolerances are less than specified. C. Correct defects by grinding or by removal and replacement of the defective work. Areas requiring corrective work will be identified. Re-measure corrected areas by the same process. 3.07 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1 R, and as follows: 1. Other Surfaces to Be Left Exposed: Trowel as described in ACI 302.1 R, minimizing burnish marks and other appearance defects. 3.08 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. C. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms: 1. Initial Curing: Start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry. Keep continuously moist for not less than three days by water ponding, water-saturated sand, water-fog spray, or saturated burlap. 2. Final Curing: Begin after initial curing but before surface is dry. 3.09 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Architect. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is identified. 3.10 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected concrete floor surface until fully cured. END OF SECTION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 06 10 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire retardant treated wood materials. B. Concealed wood blocking, nailers, and supports. C. Miscellaneous wood nailers, furring, and grounds. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum-based sheathing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. B. ASTM C557 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing; 2003 (Reapproved 2009). C. ASTM D3498 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Field-Gluing Wood Structural Panels (Plywood or Oriented Strand Board) to Wood Based Floor System Framing; 2019a. D. ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2016. E. AWPA U1 - Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; 2012. F. PS 20 -American Softwood Lumber Standard; 2010. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. B. Fire Retardant Treated Wood:_ Prevent exposure to precipitation during snipping, storage. or installation. 1.05 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1. If no species is specified, provide any species graded by the agency specified; if no grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by any grading agency meeting the specified requirements. 2. Grading Agency: Any grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standard Committee (www.alsc.org) and who provides grading service for the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark unless otherwise indicated. B. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS A. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. B. Moisture Content: S-dry or MC19. C. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring: 1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade. 2. Boards: Standard or No. 3. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 06 10 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ROUGH CARPENTRY 1. Metal and Finish: Hot-dipped galvanized steel complying with ASTM A153/A153M for high humidity and preservative-treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. 2. Drywall Screws: Bugle head, hardened steel, power driven type, length three times thickness of sheathing. B. Sill Gasket on Top of Foundation Wall: 1/4 inch thick, plate width, closed cell plastic foam from continuous rolls. 1. Install beneath new wall plates for acoustical separation. C. Construction Adhesives: Adhesives complying with ASTM C557 or ASTM D3498. 2.04 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. 1. Fire-Retardant Treated Wood: Mark each piece of wood with producer's stamp indicating compliance with specified requirements. B. Fire Retardant Treatment: 1. Manufacturers: a. Arch Wood Protection, Inc: www.wolmanizedwood.com. 2. Interior Type A: AWPA U1, Use Category UCFA, Commodity Specification H, low temperature (low hygroscopic) type, chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread index of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant combustion when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes. a. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. b. Treat rough carpentry items as indicated . c. Do not use treated wood in applications exposed to weather or where the wood may become wet. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Install sill gasket under sill plate of framed walls bearing on foundations; puncture gasket cleanly to fit tightly around protruding anchor bolts. B. Coordinate installation of rough carpentry members specified in other sections. 3.02 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking. C. Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and immediately after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants. 3.03 BLOCKING, NAILERS,AND SUPPORTS A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. B. In metal stud walls, provide continuous blocking around door and window openings for anchorage of frames, securely attached to stud framing. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch from true position, maximum. B. Variation from Plane (Other than Floors): 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum, and 1/4 inch in 30 feet maximum. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 06 10 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ROUGH CARPENTRY 3.05 CLEANING A. Waste Disposal: Comply with the requirements of Section 01 74 19 -Construction Waste Management and Disposal. 1. Comply with applicable regulations. 2. Do not burn scrap on project site. 3. Do not burn scraps that have been pressure treated. 4. Do not send materials treated with pentachlorophenol, CCA, or ACA to co-generation facilities or"waste-to-energy" facilities. B. Do not leave any wood, shavings, sawdust, etc. on the ground or buried in fill. C. Prevent sawdust and wood shavings from entering the storm drainage system. END OF SECTION ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 06 20 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Finish carpentry items. B. Hardware and attachment accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Support framing, grounds, and concealed blocking. B. Section 09 21 16 -Gypsum Board Assemblies: Non-structural metal framing. C. Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting: Painting of finish carpentry items. D. Section 12 32 00- Manufacturered Casework: Manufacturing of casework and cabinets. E. Section 12 36 00 - Countertops: Countertops for manufactured casework. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI A208.1 -American National Standard for Particleboard; 2009. B. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) -Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2014. C. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) - North American Architectural Woodwork Standards, U.S. Version 3.0; 2016. D. BHMA A156.9-American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware; 2010. E. HPVA HP-1 -American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood; 2009. F. NEMA LD 3 - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005. G. PS 1 - Structural Plywood; 2009. H. PS 20 -American Softwood Lumber Standard; 2010. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate the work with plumbing rough-in, electrical rough-in, and installation of associated and adjacent components. B. Sequence installation to ensure utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Provide instructions for attachment hardware and finish hardware. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods, jointing details, and accessories. 1. Scale of Drawings: 1-1/2 inch to 1 foot, minimum. 2. Provide the information required by AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS). D. Provide three samples of each specific system or item with applied finish. Sample sizes to be minimum 6 inch by 6 inch. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in fabricating the products specified in this section with minimum five years of documented experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect from moisture damage. FINISH CARPENTRY 06 20 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 06 20 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FINISH CARPENTRY PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS), unless noted otherwise. B. Surface Burning Characteristics: Provide materials having fire and smoke properties as required by applicable code. 2.02 WOOD-BASED COMPONENTS A. Wood fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2.03 SHEET MATERIALS A. Softwood Plywood, Not Exposed to View: Any face species, medium density fiberboard core; PS 1 Grade A-B, glue type as recommended for application. B. Softwood Plywood, Exposed to View: Face species as indicated, plain sawn, medium density fiberboard core; PS 1 Grade A-B, glue type as recommended for application. C. Hardwood Plywood: Face species as indicated, plain sawn, book matched, medium density fiberboard core; HPVA HP-1, Front Face Grade AA, Back Face Grade 1, glue type as recommended for application. D. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1; Composed of wood chips, sawdust, or flakes of medium density, made with waterproof resin binders; of grade to suit application; sanded faces. 2.04 PLASTIC LAMINATE MATERIALS A. Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD 3, HGS; color as selected by Architect. B. Low Pressure Laminate: Melamine; white color and gloss surface texture. C. Laminate Backing Sheet: NEMA LD 3, BKL; undecorated plastic laminate. D. Laminate Adhesive: Type recommended by laminate manufacturer to suit application; not containing formaldehyde or other volatile organic compounds. 2.05 FASTENINGS A. Adhesive for Purposes Other Than Laminate Installation: Suitable for the purpose; not containing formaldehyde or other volatile organic compounds. B. Fasteners: Of size and type to suit application; zinc-plated finish in concealed locations and stainless steel finish in exposed locations. C. Concealed Joint Fasteners: Threaded steel. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Lumber for Shimming and Blocking: Softwood lumber of Doug Fir species. B. Plastic Edge Trim: Extruded convex shaped; smooth finish; self locking serrated tongue; of width to match component thickness; color as selected. C. Primer: Alkyd primer sealer. D. Wood Filler: Solvent base, tinted to match surface finish color. 2.07 HARDWARE A. Hardware: Comply with BHMA A156.9. 2.08 FABRICATION A. Shop assemble work for delivery to site, permitting passage through building openings. B. Fit exposed sheet material edges with 3/8 inch matching hardwood edging. Use one piece for full length only. C. Cap exposed plastic laminate finish edges with plastic trim. FINISH CARPENTRY 06 20 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 06 20 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FINISH CARPENTRY D. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. E. Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit corners and joints hairline; secure with concealed fasteners. Slightly bevel arises. Locate counter butt joints minimum 2 feet from sink cut-outs. F. Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse face of plastic laminate finished surfaces. 2.09 SHOP FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. C. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler that matches surrounding surfaces and is of type recommended for the applicable finish. D. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS), Section 5 - Finishing for grade specified and as follows: 1. Transparent: a. System - 1, Lacquer, Nitrocellulose. b. Stain: As selected by Architect. c. Sheen: Satin. E. Back prime woodwork items to be field finished, prior to installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. B. Verify mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting work of this section are placed and ready to receive this work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) requirements for grade indicated. B. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb and level. C. Carefully scribe work abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim to conceal larger gaps. D. Install prefinished paneling with full bed contact adhesive applied to substrate. E. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.03 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. Apply preservative treatment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Brush apply one coats of preservative treatment on wood in contact with cementitious materials. Treat site-sawn cuts. C. Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members. 3.04 PREPARATION FOR SITE FINISHING A. Set exposed fasteners. Apply wood filler in exposed fastener indentations. Sand work smooth. B. Before installation, prime paint surfaces of items or assemblies to be in contact with cementitious materials. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment with Abutting Materials: 1/32 inch. END OF SECTION FINISH CARPENTRY 06 20 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 06 83 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fiberglass reinforced plastic panels. B. Trim. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 61 16 -Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions. B. Section 09 51 00 -Acoustical Ceilings: Ceiling suspension system. C. Section 09 78 00 - Interior Wall Paneling: Decorative FRP wall paneling. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 9 CFR 416.2 - Regulatory Requirements Under the Federal Meat Inspection Act and the Poultry Products Inspection Act, Part 416-Sanitation; current edition. B. ASTM D256 - Standard Test Methods for Determining the Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance of Plastics; 2010 (Reapproved 2018). C. AS-TM-D2583---Standard-Test Method-for-Indentation-Hardness-of-Rigid-Plastics-by-Means-of - Barcol Impressor; 2013a. D. ASTM D5319 - Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber Reinforced Polyester Wall and Ceiling Panels; 2017. E. ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2016. F. FDA Food Code -Chapter 6 - Physical Facilities; Current Edition. G. FM 4880 -Approval Standard for Class 1 Fire Rating of Building Panels or Interior Finish Materials; 2015. H !SO 2812-1 - Paints and varnishes-- Determination of resistance to liquids-- Part 1: Immersion in liquids other than water; 2017. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. C. Samples: Submit two samples 4 by 8 inch in size illustrating material and surface design of panels. D. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store panels flat, indoors, on a clean, dry surface. Remove packaging and allow panels to acclimate to room temperature for 48 hours prior to installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels: 1. Crane Composites, Inc: www.cranecomposites.com/#sle. 2. Nudo Products, Inc: www.nudo.com/#sle. 3. Panolam Industries International, Inc; Panolam FRP: www.panolam.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PANEL SYSTEMS A. Wall Panels: 1. Panel Size: 4 by 8 feet. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING 00 83 16 - 1 CITY OF ARLINGTON 18204 59th Avenue NE,Arlington,WA 98223 INSPECTIONS: 360-403-3417-Permit Center:360-403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT Permit#:3784 330 S STILLAGUAMISH AVE PERMIT EXPIRES 180 DAYS AFTER DATE OF ISSUANCE. Parcel#:31051100102900 Valuation: 522000.00 OWNER APPLICANT CONTRACTOR PUBLIC HOSPITAL DISTRICT#3 Skagit Regional Health Regency NW Construction,Inc. 330 S STILLAGUAMISH 1415 E Kincaid Street 15600 NE 8th St Ste B1 #440 ARLINGTON,WA 98223 Mount Vernon,WA 98273 Bellevue,WA 98009 360-428-6416 4258645918 L[C:REGENNC041J5 EXP:03/02/2022 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR LIC#: EXP: LIC#: EXP: JOB DESCRIPTION PERMIT TYPE: CODE YEAR: 2018 STORIES: CONST.TYPE: DWELLING UNITS: OCC GROUP: BUILDINGS: OCC LOAD: PERMIT APPROVAL The issuance or granting of this permit shall not be construed to be a permit for,or approval of,any violation of this Code or any other ordinance or order of the City,of any state or federal law,or of any order,proclamation,guidance advice or decision of the Governor of this State. To the extent the issuance or granting of this permit is interpreted to allow construction activity during any period of time when such construction is prohibited or restricted by any state or federal law,or order,proclamation,guidance advice or decision of the Governor of this State,this permit shall not authorize such work and shall not be valid.The building official is authorized to prevent occupancy or use of a structure where in violation of this Code,any other City ordinances of this jurisdiction or any other ordinance or executive order of the City,or of any state or federal law,or of any order,proclamation, guidance advice or decision of the Governor.The building official is authorized to suspend or revoke this permit if it is determined to be issued in error or on the basis of incorrect,inaccurate or incomplete information,or in violation of any City ordinance,regulation or order,slate or federal law,or any order,proclamation,guidance or decision of the Governor. I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY;NO PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RCW 18.27. THIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED. IBC110/IRCI10. SALES TAX NOTICE: Sales tax relating to construction and construction materials in the City of Arlington must be reported on your sales tax return form and coded City of Arlington#3101. ature Print Name f Date Released By `Date CONDITIONS Adhere to approved plans.Approved plans and permit shall be onsite during construction.Call for inspections. THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZES ONLY THE WORK NOTED.THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY. ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN(CURBS,SIDEWALKS,DRIVEWAYS, MARQUEES,ETC.)WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT FUS Date Description Fee Amount 07/19/2021 Building Permit Fee $5,015.87 07/19/2021 Processing/Technology Fee $25.00 07/19/2021 State Surcharge-Commercial $25.00 07/19/2021 Building Plan Review Fee $3,260.95 07/19/2021 Building Permit Fee $0 97 Total Due: $8,327.79 Total Payment: $3,261.92 Balance Due: $5,065.87 CALL FOR INSPECTIONS Call by 3:30 pm for next day inspection,allow 48 hours for Fire Inspections When calling for an inspection please leave the following information: Permit Number,Type of Inspectiion being requested,and whether you prefer morning or afternoon 1 Permit#: 3784 Permit Date: 03/22/21 Project Name: Skagit Regional Health Company/Applicant Name: Skagit Regional Health Company/Applicant Address: 1415 E Kincaid Street City, State, Zip: Mount Vernon, WA 98273 Contact: Mike Yengich Phone: 360-428-6416 Email: myengich@skagitregionalhealth.org Permit Type: Valuation: 522000.00 Square Feet: 0 Number of Stories: 4 Type of Construction: 1113 Occupancy Type: Scope of Work: Interior remodel to expand the existing sterile processing department MIC/Opportunity Zone: Permit Issued: Permit Expires: 09/18/2021 DNU: Status: IN PROCESS Assigned To: Kristin Foster Property Parcel# Address Legal Description Owner Name Owner Phone Zoning 31051100102900 330 S STILLAGUAMISH PUBLIC HOSPITAL 651 Medical&Other AVE DISTRICT#3 Health Services Plan Reviews Date Review Type Description Assigned To Review Status 03/22/2021 Commercial T.I. PW Admin Rev In Review 03/22/2021 Commercial T.I. PW-Sew-Rev In Review 03/22/2021 Commercial T.I. PW-Wat-Rev In Review 03/22/2021 Commercial T.I. Building In Review Notes Date Note Created By: 03/22/2021 Email to PW once we receive the electronic files. Kristin Foster .' • �'. _ 1 03/22/2021 Contractor TBD Kristin Foster Uploaded Files Date File Name 03/22/2021 8386092-3784 Ap lica ion.pdf COMMERCIAL REMODEL PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community & Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE -Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone(360) 403-3551 The following minimum information Is required for your Commercial/Multi-Family Building Permit Application. Mark each box to designate that the Information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of your submittal documents. Incomplete applications will not be accepted. ❑ One (1) City of Arlington Commercial/Multi-Family Permit Application (One (1) permit application per building or structure is required) ❑ One (1) City of Arlington Commercial/Multi-Family Submittal Requirements Form ❑ Two (2) Architectural Drawings ❑ Two (2) Structural Drawings ❑ Two (2) Structural Calculations ❑ One (1) Project Specification Manuals(if applicable) ❑ One (1) NREC Code Compliance Forms ❑ One (1) Special Inspection Requirements Forms ❑ One (1) Occupant's Statement of Intended Use Form Drawings shall be BOUND SEPARATELY BY TYPE, architectural, structural and landscape, and then ROLLED TOGETHER IN COMPLETE SETS An intake appointment is required for all new Commercial or Multi-Family Building Permit Applications. To schedule an appointment please contact the City of Arlington Permit Center at (360) 403 3551 or by emall to Pre App Appointment Request. I acknowledge that all Items designated above are included as part of this application. REV 2019 Page 1 of 7 i COMMERCIAL REMODEL PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community & Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE • Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone(360) 403-3551 A. FEES DUE AT TIME OF PERMIT ISSUANCE B. CODES The City of Arlington currently enforces the following: International Codes 1. 2015 International Building Code(IBC) 2. 2015 International Residential Code (IRC) 3. 2015 International Mechanical Code(IMC) 4. 2015 International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC) 5. 2015 International Fire Code(IFC) 6. 2015 Uniform Plumbing Code(UPC) 7. 2015 International Property Maintenance Code(IPMC) 8. 2015 International Existing Property Code (IEBC) 9. 2015 Washington State Energy Code(WESC) 10. 2017 Accessible&Usable Buildings and Facilities(ICC/A117.1) Washington State Amendments 1. WAC 51-50 Washington State Building Code 2. WAC 51-51 Washington State Residential Code 3. WAC 51-52 Washington State Mechanical Code 4. WAC 51-54 Washington State Fire Code 5. WAC 51-56&51-57 Washington State Plumbing Code and Standards 6. WAC 51-11 Washington State Energy Code 7. WAC 296-46B Electrical Safety Standards,Administration, and Installation C. CITY OF ARLINGTON DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Design Wind Speed: 85 miles per hour(Exposure C) Ground Snow Load: 25 pounds per square foot Seismic Zone: D2 Rainfall: 2 inches per hour for roof drainage design. Frost Line Depth: 18 inches Soil Bearing Capacity: 1,500 psf unless a Geo-Technical Report is provided. (IBC Table 1804.2&IRC R401.4.1) D. PLANS AND DRAWINGS Submit two (2)complete sets of drawings and plans. Drawings and plans must be submitted on minimum 18"X 24", or maximum 30"X 42"paper.All sheets are to be the same size and sequentially labeled. Plans are required to be clearly legible,with scaled dimensions, in indelible ink,blue line,or other professional media.Plans will not be accepted that are marked preliminary or not for construction,that have red lines,cut and paste details or those that have been altered after the design professional has signed the plans. Please Note:A separate submittal of plans is required for each building or structure. REV 2019 Page 2 of 7 • COMMERCIAL REMODEL PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community & Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone(360) 403-3551 DETAILED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of your submittal documents A. ❑ SITE PLAN—.REQUIRED WITH ALL SUBMITTALS (May be included as part of the Architectural Drawing cover Sheet) 1. Drawing shall be prepared at scale not to exceed 1"=20 feet. 2. Show building outline and all exterior improvements. 3. Provide property legal description and show property lines. 4. Provide dimensions from the property lines to a minimum of two building corners(or two identifiable locations for irregular plan shapes). 5. Show building setbacks,easements and street access locations. 6. Indicate North direction. 7. Indicate finish floor elevation for the first level. 8. Provide topographical map of the existing grades and the proposed finished grades with maximum five feet elevation contour lines. 9. Show the location of all existing underground utilities,including water,sewer, gas and electrical. 10. Flood hazard areas,floodways,and design flood elevations as applicable. B. ❑ ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS 1. ❑ Cover Sheet a) Building Information 1. Specify model code information. 2. Construction Type. 3. Number of stories and total height in feet. 4. Building square footage(per floor and total) 5. IBC Occupancy Type(show all types by floor and total). 6. Mixed-use ratio(if applicable) 7. Occupant load calculation (show by occupancy type and total) 8. List work to be performed under this permit b) Design Team Information 1. Design Professional in Responsible Charge 2. Architects 3. Structural Engineers 4. Owner 5. Developer 6. Any other Design Team Members 2 ❑ Floor Plan a) Plan view 118"minimum scale. Details a minimum Y.-inch scale. b) Plans must show the entire tenant space. c) Specify the use of each roomlarea. d) Provide an occupant load calculation on the floor plan. (on every floor,in all rooms and spaces) e) Show ALL exits on the plans;include new,existing or eliminated. f) Show Barrier-Free information on the drawings. g) Show the location of all permanent rooms,walls and shafts. h) Note the uses in the adjacent tenant spaces,if applicable. i) Provide a door and door hardware schedule. j) Show the location of all new walls, doors,windows,etc. REV 2019 Page 3 of 7 COMMERCIAL REMODEL O 4 PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community & Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 - Phone(360) 403-3551 k) Provide details and assembly numbers for any fire resistive assemblies. 1) Indicate on the plans all rated walls,doors, windows and penetrations. m) Provide a legend that distinguishes existing walls, walls to be removed and new walls. 3. ❑ Reflected Ceiling Plan a) Plan view 1/8"minimum scale. Details a minimum %-inch scale. b) Provide ceiling construction details. c) Provide suspended ceiling details complying with IBC 803-9.1.1. Show seismic bracing details. d) Show the location of all emergency lighting and exit signage e) Detail the seismic bracing of the fixtures. f) Include a lighting fixture schedule. 4. ❑ Framing Plan a) Specify the size, spacing, span and wood species or metal gage for all stud walls. b) Indicate all wall, beam and floor connections. c) Detail the seismic bracing for all walls. d) Include a stair section showing rise,run,landings, headroom,handrail and guardrail dimensions. 5. ❑ Storage Racks (if applicable) a) Structural calculations are required for seismic bracing of storage racks eight feet or greater in height. b) Eight feet or less,show a positive connection to floor or walls. NOTE:High pile storage shall meet the requirements of current International Building and Fire Codes. C. ❑ SPECIAL INSPECTION 1. Where special inspection is required by IBC 1704, the registered design professional in responsible charge shall prepare a special inspection program that will be submitted to the City of Arlington and approved prior to issuance of the building permit to comply with IBC 106.1. D. ❑ WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 1.One(1)completed Washington State Non-Residential Energy Code Envelope Summary forms. E. OCCUPANT'S STATEMENT OF INTENDED USE 1. The Occupant's Statement of Intended Use form shall be completely filled out and may require the submittal of a Hazardous Materials inventory Statement(HMIS). Contact the Arlington REV 2019 Page 4 of 7 C.AN � �• COMMERCIAL REMODEL PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community & Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE • Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone(360) 403-3551 The building permit does not include any mechanical, electrical, plumbing or fire sprinkler/alarm work. These permits are Issued separately.Mechanical,electrical, plumbing, or fire sprinkler/alarm permits require a separate permit application and may also require separate plan review. Please note that any tenant improvement work in a space that involves food handling or preparation requires Snohomish County Health District approval before the permit can be issued. You must provide the Permit Center a copy of the approval letter or the approved plans. Contact the Snohomish County Health District at (425) 339-5250 with any questions or for more information. An intake appointment is required for all large Tenant Improvement Building Permit Applications. To determine if your project requires an intake appointment,to schedule an appointment or to ensure that you have the most current information, please contact the City of Arlington Permit Center at(360)403-3551 or by email to ced6barlinglonwa.gov Application by courier or mail will not be accepted. Incomplete applications will not be accepted. acknowledge that all items designated as submittal requirements must accompany my Building Permit Application to be considered a complete submittal. REV 2019 Page 5 of 7 i COMMERCIAL REMODEL PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community & Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE • Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone(360) 403-3551 Project Name/Tenant SPD Expansion Site Address330 S Stillabuamish Avenue Bldg./Unit/Suite IBC Construction Type 116 IBC Occupancy Type 12 Description of Use Hospital Building Square Footage 57,536 Number of Stories4 Square Footage per Floor14,384 Will there be any Installation, modification or removal of the following? (Check all that apply) Automatic fire extinguishing systems ❑ Compressed gas systems Fire alarm and detection systems ❑ Fire pumps ❑ Flammable and combustible liquids(tanks,piping etc...) ❑ Hazardous materials ❑ High piled/rack storage ❑ Industrial ovens/furnace ❑ Private fire hydrants ❑ Spraying or dipping operations ❑ Standpipe systems ❑ Temporary membrane structure, tents(>200sq ft)or canopies (>400 sq ft) Provide details on any of the above checked items: One fire extinguisher will be relocated due to demolition.The fire alarm and sprinkler systems will be modified to accomodate the proposed plan. Installation,changes, modifications or removal of any of the above may require additional submittals,information,or permits during the plan review or construction process. hereby certify that the above information is correct and that the construction on, and the occupancy and the use of the above-described propertylwill be in act o1dqce with the laws, rules and regulation of the State of Washington. - cPKrrrfA./J'i.4Woeh_1 .I LL Applicants Signature Jennifer Moehl March 15, 2021 Print Applicants Name Date FOR STAFF USE ONLY Received , 1�+ ��y kllu 19 2m Permit A By Amount Received Receipt# Dale eceiv REV 2019 Page 7 of 7 ` r COMMERCIAL REMODEL PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community & Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone(360) 403-3551 THIS APPLICATION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY TWO(2)SETS OF CONSTRUCTION PLANS,TWO(2) SETS OF SPECIFICATIONS, TWO(2)SETS OF STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS,ONE (1)SETS OF NREC ENERGY CODE APPLICATIONS AND ONE(1) OCCUPANTS'S STATEMENT OF INTENDED USE. Type of Permit: (,Of) Commercial Remodel O Commercial Addition ( ) Tenant Improvement Project Address: 330 S Stillaguamish Avenue Parcel ID#: 31051100102900 Project Description: Interior remodel to existing sterile processing Legal Description: see drawings Project Valuation: 522,000 Owner: Skagit County PHD #1 dba Skagit Regional Health Phone Number: 360-428-2500 Address: 1415 E Kincaid Street City:Mount Vernon State: WA Zip Cod.. Contact Person:Mike Yengich Phone Number: 360-428-6416 Cell Phone: 360-770-1498 E-mail: myengich@skagitregionalhealth.org Address:1415 E Kincaid Street City:Mount Vernon State: WA Zip Code:98273 Contractor: Phone Number: Address: City: State: Zip Code: Contractor's License Number. Expiration: Plumbing Contractor: Phone Number: Address: City: State: Zip Code: Contractor's License Number: Expiration: Mechanical Contractor: Phone Number: Address: City: State: Zip Code: _ Contractor's License Number: Expiration: REV 2019 Page 6 of 7 a� CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0683 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING 2. Panel Thickness: 0.10 inch. 3. Surface Design: Smooth. 4. Color: As indicated in drawings. 5. Attachment Method: Adhesive only, with trim and sealant in joints. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Panels: Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP), complying with ASTM D5319. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread index of 25 and smoke developed index of 450; when system tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Class 1 fire rated when tested in accordance with FM 4880. 3. Scratch Resistance: Barcol hardness score greater than 35, when tested in accordance with ASTM D2583. 4. Impact Strength: Greater than 6 ft lb force per inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM D256. 5. Sanitation and Cleanability: Comply with 9 CFR 416.2. 6. Surface Characteristics and Cleanability: Provide products that are smooth, durable, and easily cleanable, in compliance with FDA Food Code, Chapter 6 - Physical Facilities. 7. Chemical Cleanability: Excellent chemical resistance to common cleaners and detergents when tested in accordance with ISO 2812-1. B. Trim: Kemlite Polypropylene Moldings; Match existing materials at Cooridor 012. C. Adhesive: Type recommended by panel manufacturer. D. Sealant: Type recommended by panel manufacturer; white. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions and substrate flatness before starting work. B. Verify that substrate conditions are ready to receive the work of this section. C. Verify that layout of panels will not interfere with other work; make adjustments in layout as necessary. Provide shop drawings of revised layout prior to installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION -WALLS A. Install panels in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Cut and drill panels with carbide tipped saw blades, drill bits, or snips. C. Apply adhesive to the back side of the panel using trowel as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. D. Apply panels to wall with seams plumb and pattern aligned with adjoining panels. E. Install panels with manufacturer's recommended gap for panel field and corner joints. F. Place trim on panel before fastening edges, as required. G. Fill channels in trim with sealant before attaching to panel. H. Install trim with adhesive and screws or nails, as required. I. Seal gaps at floor, ceiling, and between panels with applicable sealant to prevent moisture intrusion. J. Remove excess sealant after paneling is installed and prior to curing. END OF SECTION FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING 06 83 16 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 07 90 05 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sealants and joint backing. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Firestopping sealants. B. Section 08 80 00 - Glazing: Glazing sealants and accessories. C. Section 09 21 16 -Gypsum Board Assemblies: Acoustic sealant. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2014. B. ASTM C919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications; 2012. C. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014a. D ASTM C:1193 -Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2016. E. SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, and color availability. C. Samples: Submit two samples, 2 inch in size illustrating sealant colors for selection. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve airtight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Gunnable and Pourable Sealants: 1. BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems: www.buildingsystems.basf.com. 2. Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com. 3. Sika Corporation: www.usa-sika.com. 4. Surebond: www.surebond.com. 2.02 SEALANTS A. Sealants and Primers- General: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168. B. General Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C834, Type OP, Grade NF single component, paintable. 1. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2. Applications: Use for: JOINT SEALERS 07 90 05 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 07 90 05 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT JOINT SEALERS a. Interior wall and ceiling control joints. b. Joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces. c. Other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated. C. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Locations: 1. Applications: Use for concealed locations only: a. Sealant bead between top stud runner and structure and between bottom stud track and floor. D. Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25 minimum; Uses NT, A, G, M, O; single component, neutral curing, non-sagging, non-staining, fungus resistant, non-bleeding. 1. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; ASTM D1667, closed cell PVC; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193. D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. C. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919. D. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Width/depth ratio of 2:1. 2. Neck dimension no greater than 1/3 of the joint width. 3. Surface bond area on each side not less than 75 percent of joint width. E. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. G. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. H. Tool joints concave. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. JOINT SEALERS 07 90 05 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 07 90 05 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT JOINT SEALERS 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION JOINT SEALERS 07 90 05 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0811 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non-fire-rated hollow metal doors and frames. B. Hollow metal frames for wood doors. C. Fire-rated hollow metal doors and frames. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 14 16 - Flush Wood Doors: Non-hollow metal doors for hollow metal frames. B. Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware. C. Section 08 80 00 -Glazing: Glass for doors and borrowed lites. D. Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting: Field painting. 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. HMMA: Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association. B. SDI: Steel Door Institute. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards-Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ANSI/SDI A250.3 -Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Factory Applied Finish Coatings for Steel Doors and Frames; 2007 (R2011). C. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames(SDI-100); 2014. D. ANSI/SDI A250.10-Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 2011. E. ASTM A653/A653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2015. F. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2016. G. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength; 2015. H. BHMA A156.115 -American National Standard for Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Steel Frames; 2014. I. ICC A117.1 -Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2009. J. ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products; current edition. K. NAAMM HMMA 830 - Hardware Selection for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2002. L. NAAMM HMMA 831 - Hardware Locations for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2011. M. NAAMM HMMA 840 -Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2007. N. NFPA 80- Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2016. O. NFPA 252 -Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; 2012. P. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory; current listings at database.ul.com. Q. UL 10C - Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0811 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES B. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations, reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes; and one copy of referenced standards/guidelines. C. Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing, frame profiles, and any indicated finish requirements. D. Installation Instructions: Manufacturer's published instructions, including any special installation instructions relating to this project. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certification that products meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Manufacturer's Qualification Statement. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section, with not less than three years documented experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with NAAMM HMMA 840 or ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100) in accordance with specified requirements. B. Protect with resilient packaging; avoid humidity build-up under coverings; prevent corrosion and adverse effects on factory applied painted finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: 1. Ceco Door, an Assa Abloy Group company: www.assaabloydss.com/#sle. 2. Republic Doors, an Allegion brand: www.republicdoor.com/#sle. 3. Steelcraft, an Allegion brand: www.allegion.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to the Door and Frame Schedule on the drwings for frame sizes, fire ratings, sound ratings, finishing, door hardware to be installed, and other variations, if any. B. Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with more than one type of requirement, comply with the specified requirements for each type; for instance, an exterior door that is also indicated as being sound-rated must comply with the requirements specified for exterior doors and for sound-rated doors; where two requirements conflict, comply with the most stringent. C. Hardware Preparations, Selections, and Locations: Comply with BHMA Al56.115, NAAMM HMMA 830 NAAMM HMMA 831, or ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100) in accordance with specified requirements. 2.03 HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. Door Finish: Factory primed and field finished. B. Fire-Rated Doors: 1. Fire Rating: As indicated on Door Schedule, tested in accordance with UL 10C and NFPA 252 ("positive pressure fire tests"). 2. Provide units listed and labeled by UL (DIR) or ITS (DIR). a. Attach fire rating label to each fire rated unit. 3. Door Core Material: Manufacturers standard core material/construction in compliance with requirements. 4. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inches, nominal. 5. Door Face Sheets: Flush. 6. Door Finish: Factory primed and field finished. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13-2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0811 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 2.04 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Comply with standards and/or custom guidelines as indicated for corresponding door in accordance with applicable door frame requirements. B. Interior Door Frames, Non-Fire Rated: Full profile/continuously welded type. 1. Frame Finish: Factory primed and field finished. C. Door Frames, Fire-Rated: Knock-down type. 1. Fire Rating: Same as door, labeled. 2. Frame Finish: Factory primed and field finished. D. Frames for Wood Doors: Comply with frame requirements in accordance with corresponding door. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Verify that finished walls are in plane to ensure proper door alignment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and related requirements of specified door and frame standards or custom guidelines indicated. B. Install fire rated units in accordance with NFPA 80. C. Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction. D. Install door hardware as specified in Section 08 71 00. E. Comply with glazing installation requirements of Section 08 80 00. END OF SECTION HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 08 14 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Flush wood doors; flush configuration; non-rated and acoustical. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 12 13 - Hollow Metal Frames. B. Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware. C. Section 08 80 00 -Glazing. D. Section 09 21 16 -Gypsum Board Assemblies. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) -Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2014. B. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) - North American Architectural Woodwork Standards, U.S. Version 3.0; 2016. C. NEMA LD 3 - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005. D. UL 10C - Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, type and characteristics. C. Shop Drawings: Show doors and frames, elevations, sizes, types, swings, undercuts, beveling, blocking for hardware, factory machining, factory finishing, cutouts for glazing and other details. D. Specimen warranty. E. Samples: Submit three samples of door veneer, 12 by 12 inch in size illustrating plastic laminate pattern and color. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. G. Warranty, executed in Owner's name. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package, deliver and store doors in accordance with specified quality standard. B. Accept doors on site in manufacturer's packaging, and inspect for damage. C. Protect doors with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic; do not store in damp or wet areas or areas where sunlight might bleach veneer; seal top and bottom edges with tinted sealer if stored more than one week, and break seal on site to permit ventilation. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Interior Doors: Provide manufacturer's warranty for the life of the installation. C. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphing core construction. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 08 14 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. High Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL) Faced Doors: 1. VT Industries, Inc: www.vtindustries.com. 2. Oregon Door; www.oregondoor.com 3. Lynden Door; www.lyndendoor.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 DOORS AND PANELS A. Doors: See drawings for locations and additional requirements. 1. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, Heavy Duty performance, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise. 2. High Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL) Faced Doors: 5-ply unless otherwise indicated. B. Interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches thick unless otherwise indicated; flush construction. 1. Provide solid core doors at each location. 2. Fire Rated Doors: Tested to ratings indicated on drawings in accordance with UL 10C - Positive Pressure; Underwriters Laboratories Inc (UL) or Intertek/Warnock Hersey (WHI) labeled without any visible seals when door is open. 3. High pressure decorative laminate (HPDL) finish. 2.03 DOOR AND PANEL CORES A. Non-Rated Solid Core and 20 Minute Rated Doors: Type particleboard core (PC), plies and faces as indicated. B. Fire-Rated Doors: Mineral core type, with fire resistant composite core (FD), plies and faces as indicated above; with core blocking as required to provide adequate anchorage of hardware without through-bolting. 2.04 DOOR FACINGS A. High Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL) Facing: NEMA LD 3, HGS; Formica: Pencil Wood 7747-58; Textured, Matte Finish. B. Facing Adhesive: Type I -waterproof. 2.05 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Fabricate doors in accordance with door quality standard specified. B. Cores Constructed with stiles and rails: 1. Provide solid blocks at lock edge for hardware reinforcement. C. Glazed Openings: Non-removable stops on non-secure side; sizes and configurations as indicated on drawings. D. Factory machine doors for hardware other than surface-mounted hardware, in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions. E. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings, with edge clearances in accordance with specified quality standard. F. Provide edge clearances in accordance with the quality standard specified. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Hollow Metal Door Frames: See Section 08 12 13. B. Glazing: See Section 08 80 00. C. Glazing Stops: Wood, of same species as door facing, butted corners; prepared for countersink style tamper proof screws. D. Door Hardware: See Section 08 71 00. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 0814 16 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 08 14 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out-of-tolerance for size or alignment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard. B. Factory-Finished Doors: Do not field cut or trim; if fit or clearance is not correct, replace door C. Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware. D. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. E. Coordinate installation of glazing. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Comply with specified quality standard for fit and clearance tolerances. B. Comply with specified quality standard for telegraphing, warp, and squareness. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. B. Adjust closers for full closure. END OF SECTION FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0831 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall and ceiling mounted access units. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware: Mortise cylinder and core hardware. B. Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting: Field paint finish. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide sizes, types, finishes, hardware, scheduled locations, and details of adjoining work. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate exact position of each access door and/or panel unit. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation requirements. E. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of each access unit. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS ASSEMBLIES A. Wall-Mounted Security Units: 1. Size and Location: as appropriate for application. Refer to Mechanical drawings. 2. Gypsum Board Mounting Criteria: Provide drywall bead frame with door surface flush with wall surface. 3. Special Requirement: Anti-ligature type. B. Ceiling-Mounted Security Units: 1. Size and Location: as appropriate for application. Refer to Mechanical drawings. a. Size - Lay-In Grid Ceilings: To match module of ceiling grid. 2. Special Requirement: Anti-ligature type. 2.02 WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED ACCESS UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. ACUDOR Products Inc: www.acudor.com. 2. Babcock-Davis: www.babcockdavis.com. 3. Cendrex, Inc: www.cendrex.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Wall and Ceiling Mounted Units: Factory fabricated door and frame, fully assembled units with corner joints welded, filled and ground flush; square and without rack or warp; coordinate requirements with type of installation assembly being used for each unit. 1. Material: Steel. 2. Door Style: Single thickness with rolled or turned in edges. 3. Special Requirements: Anti-ligature type. 4. Steel Finish: Primed and field finished. a. Finish: color to match wall or ceiling finish at installed location. 5. Hardware: a. Hinges for Non-Fire-Rated Units: Concealed, constant force closure spring type. b. Latch/Lock: Tamperproof tool-operated cam latch. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that rough openings are correctly sized and located. B. Begin installation only after substrates have been properly prepared, and if the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 0831 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0831 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to proceeding with this work. B. Prepare surfaces using methods recommended by manufacturer for applicable substrates in accordance with project conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install frames plumb and level in openings, and secure units rigidly in place. C. Position units to provide convenient access to concealed equipment when necessary. END OF SECTION ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 0831 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0871 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FINISH HARDWARE PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Hardware for swinging, sliding, and folding doors except special types of unique and non-matching hardware specified in other sections. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Manufacturers named in Part 2 of this section with not less than 5 years experience in manufacturing commercial door hardware of the type indicated. 2. Hardware Supplier: a. A recognized architectural finish hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same state as the project for a period of not less than 5 years. b. Hardware supplier's organization shall include an experienced Architectural Hardware Consultant(AHC), certified by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI), who is physically available, at reasonable times during the course of the work, for consultation about project's hardware requirements, to Owner, Architect and Contractor. Mail or telephone correspondence is not acceptable. c. Hardware supplier shall have local warehousing facilities and shall maintain an adequate parts inventory of items supplied for future service to the owner. Supplier will be a factory authorized distributor of all hardware specified. 3. Installer: Company specializing in installing work of this section with not less than 3 years experience and acceptable to the manufacturer and the hardware supplier. The hardware installer shall meet with the representative of the hardware supplier to jointly inventory all hardware items. Upon satisfactory inventory of products, the hardware installer accepts responsibility for all hardware items inventoried. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Provide hardware for openings,whether specified or not, in compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80, IBC 2013 and local building code requirements. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL or WHI for types and sizes of doors required and complies with requirements of door and door frame labels. 2. Provide hardware which meets or exceeds handicap accessibility per local building code requirements. Conform to the Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA)of 1990. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Under provisions of Section 01 34 00, submit the following: 1. Product information: Manufacturers published technical product data for all specified door hardware items indicating compliance with the requirements. 2. Hardware Schedule: a. Hardware schedules are intended for the Contractor's coordination of the work. Review and acceptance by the Architect or Owner does not relieve the Contractor of his exclusive responsibility to fulfill the requirements as shown and specified. b. Submit hardware schedule in the manner and format as suggested by the Door and Hardware Institute(DHI)complying with the actual construction progress schedule requirements for each draft. 3. Templates: Hardware supplier will furnish hardware templates to the Contractor for each fabricator of doors, frames, and other work to be shop prepared or factory prepared for the installation of hardware. FINISH HARDWARE 0871 00- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0871 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FINISH HARDWARE 4 Warranty: Provide the manufacturer's standard warranty for each product, not to be less than one year after acceptance of the building by the owner. Door closers shall not be warranted for less than ten years. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. General: 1. Provide all door hardware for complete work, in accordance with the drawings and as specified herein. 2. Quantities listed, in any instance, are for the Contractor's convenience only and are not guaranteed. 3. Provide items and quantities not specifically mentioned to ensure a proper and complete operational installation. Match the quality and finish of items specified. 4. Provide miscellaneous hardware as listed in hardware groups. 2.02 HINGES A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: MCKINNEY B. Number of Hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated, but not less than 3 hinges per door leaf for doors 90" or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30"of additional height. 2.03 LOCKSETS, LATCHSETS, PRIVACY SETS AND CYLINDERS: A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: CORBIN-RUSSWIN B. Lock Throw: Provide 3/4" minimum throw of mortise type latches and deadbolts used. Cylindrical latches will be 1/2" minimum. Comply with UL requirements for throw of bolts and latch bolts on rated fire openings. 2.04 KEYS, KEYING,AND KEY CONTROL A. Keys: 1. Quantities: These quantities are to establish a maximum allowable quantity of cut keys to service the project and may not necessarily be assigned as noted. A lesser quantity of cut keys required will not result in any credits, nor a quantity of uncut keys to be issued unless noted otherwise. a. 3 change keys per each cylinder unit. b. 5 master keys per master. c. 10 construction keys. 2. Deliver keys to the Owner's representative: Send masterkeys to Owner via U.S. registered mail direct from hardware supplier. B. Keying: 1. Comply with Owner's written instructions for masterkeying and, except as otherwise indicated, provide individual change keys for each lock which is not designated to be keyed alike with a group of related locks. FINISH HARDWARE 0871 00-2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0871 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FINISH HARDWARE 2.05 EXIT DEVICES AND MULLIONS A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: CORBIN/RUSSWIN B. Provide risers, as needed, to prevent interference with door glazing kits. C. Spacers as needed for proper application of removable mullions on narrow stop type frames shall be an integral part of the frame and supplied by the frame manufacturer. 2.06 CLOSERS: A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: NORTON B. Provide parallel arms for all overhead closers, except as otherwise indicated. Provide drop plates as needed to prevent glazing interference. 2.07 OVERHEAD STOPS A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: None Used B. Mount stops to the maximum degree of opening available before conflict with adjacent structures, or, if adjacent structures are not considered, to the maximum allowable by stop manufacturer's template. 2.08 WALL AND FLOOR STOPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: ROCKWOOD B. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide stops(wall, floor or overhead)at each leaf of every swinging door leaf. 2.09 PROTECTION PLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: ROCKWOOD B. Sizes: Fabricate protection plates(armor, kick or mop) not more than 2" less than door width on stop side and not more than 1" less than door width on pull side, x the height indicated. C. Metal Plates: Stainless Steel, 18 gauge(0.050)thick. Satin finish (US32D, 630), beveled four edges(B4E). 2.10 GASKETS AND SWEEPS A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: None Used B. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide continuous weatherstripping at each edge of every exterior door leaf. Provide type, sizes and profiles indicated as drawn or scheduled. FINISH HARDWARE 0871 00-3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0871 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FINISH HARDWARE 2.11 THRESHOLDS A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: None Used B. Where there is conflict between scheduled thresholds and details, details shall have precedence. Revise details only if necessary to comply with handicap accessibility requirements. Notify the Architect of such required modifications. 2.12 SILENCERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: ROCKWOOD 2.13 FINISHES A. Exposed surfaces of hardware shall be Brushed Chrome(US26D, 626), unless otherwise indicated. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions, requirements of NFPA 80, UBC, ADA, and Washington State Rules and Regulations for Barrier Free Facilities and recommendations of the DHI. B. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. C. Where not factory machined, machine cut for hardware per template, as required 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: 1. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. 2. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. B. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. FINISH HARDWARE 08 71 00-4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0871 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FINISH HARDWARE 3.03 HARDWARE SCHEDULE Hardware Group#1 —Doors#013A 3 ea. Hinges TA2714NRP 4.5 x 4.5 US26D 1 ea. Electrified Hinge QC8-TA2714 4.5 x 4.5 US26D 1 ea. Electrified Exit Device ED5400 x N9906 630 CT6R M54 M55 1 ea. Exit Device ED5400 x N950 630 M54 M55 1 ea. Cylinder Core 8000-6 1 ea. Closer PR7500 689 1 ea. Automatic Operator 6920 628 1 ea. Wall Activation Switches 6S1 1 ea. Kick Plates K1050 10"x 2" LTDW 4BE 630 1 ea. Wall Stops 409 US32D 3 ea. Silencers 608 1 ea. Card Access Reader By Access Control Contractor 1 ea. Card Access Equipment By Access Control Contractor Hardware Group#2—Doors#025, 025E 3 ea. Hinges TA2714NRP 4.5 x 4.5 US26D 1 ea. Electrified Hinge QC8-TA2714 4.5 x 4.5 US26D 1 ea. Electrified Exit Device ED5400 x N9906 630 CT6R M54 M55 1 ea. Exit Device ED5400 x N950 630 M54 M55 1 ea. Cylinder Core 8000-6 1 ea. Closer PR7500 689 1 ea. Automatic Operator 6920 628 1 ea. Wall Activation Switches 6S1 1 ea. Kick Plates K1050 10"x 2" LTDW 4BE 630 1 ea. Wall Stops 409 US32D 3 ea. Silencers 608 1 ea. Card Access Reader By Access Control Contractor 1 ea. Card Access Equipment By Access Control Contractor 1 ea. Hands Free Operator By Access Control Contractor Hardware Group#3—Doors#013 6 ea. Hinges TA2714NRP 4.5 x 4.5 US26D 2 ea. Electrified Hinge QC8-TA2714 4.5 x 4.5 US26D 1 ea. Electrified Exit Device ED5400 x N9906 630 CT6R M54 M55 1 ea. Exit Device ED5400 x N950 630 M54 M55 1 ea. Cylinder Core 8000-6 2 ea. Closer PR7500 689 1 ea. Automatic Operator 6920 628 1 ea. Wall Activation Switches 6S1 2 ea. Kick Plates K1050 10"x 2" LTDW 4BE 630 2 ea. Wall Stops 409 US32D 6 ea. Silencers 608 1 ea. Card Access Reader By Access Control Contractor 1 ea. Card Access Equipment By Access Control Contractor FINISH HARDWARE 0871 00-5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0871 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FINISH HARDWARE Hardware Group#4—Doors#025A 3 ea. Hinges TA2714NRP 4.5 x 4.5 US26D 1 ea. Electrified Hinge QC8-TA2714 4.5 x 4.5 US26D 1 ea. Electrified Exit Device ED5400 x N9906 630 CT6R M54 M55 1 ea. Exit Device ED5400 x N950 630 M54 M55 1 ea Cylinder Core 8000-6 1 ea Closer PR7500 689 1 ea. Automatic Operator 6920 628 1 ea. Kick Plates K1050 10"x 2" LTDW 4BE 630 1 ea.Wall Stops 409 US32D 3 ea. Silencers 608 1 ea. Hands Free Operator By Access Control Contractor Hardware Group#5—Doors#025C 3 ea. Hinges TA2714 4.5 x 4.5 US26D 1 ea. Privacy Set w/Occ Indicator ML2030 NSM 630 M19VN 1 ea. Cylinder Core 8000-6 1 ea. Kick Plate K1050 10"x 2" LTDW 4BE 630 1 ea. Wall Stop 409 US32D 3 ea. Silencers 608 Hardware Group#6—Existing Door from Corridor 012 into Dirty Room 025A 3 ea. Hinges TA2714NRP 4.5 x 4.5 US26D 1 ea. Electrified Hinge QC8-TA2714 4.5 x 4.5 US26D 1 ea. Electrified Exit Device ED5400 x N9906 630 CT6R M54 M55 1 ea. Exit Device ED5400 x N950 630 M54 M55 1 ea. Cylinder Core 8000-6 1 ea. Closer PR7500 689 1 ea. Automatic Operator 6920 628 1 ea. Wall Activation Switches 6S1 1 ea. Card Access Reader By Access Control Contractor 1 ea. Card Access Equipment By Access Control Contractor 1 ea. Hands Free Operator By Access Control Contractor END OF SECTION FINISH HARDWARE 0871 00-6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 09 05 61 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section applies to floors identified in Contract Documents that are receiving the following types of floor coverings: 1. Resilient tile and sheet. 2. Thin-set ceramic the and stone tile. B. Removal of existing floor coverings. C. Preparation of new and existing concrete floor slabs for installation of floor coverings. D. Remediation of concrete floor slabs due to unsatisfactory moisture or alkalinity (pH) conditions. 1. Contractor shall perform all specified remediation of concrete floor slabs. If such remediation is indicated by testing agency's report and is due to a condition not under Contractor's control or could not have been predicted by examination prior to entering into the contract, a contract modification will be issued. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. RFCI (RWP) - Recommended Work Practices for Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings; Resilient Floor Covering Institute; October 2011. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Visual Observation Report: For existing floor coverings to be removed. B. Floor Covering and Adhesive Manufacturers' Product Literature: For each specific combination of substrate, floor covering, and adhesive to be used; showing: 1. Moisture and alkalinity (pH) limits and test methods. 2. Manufacturer's required bond/compatibility test procedure. C. Testing Agency's Report: 1. Description of areas tested; include floor plans and photographs if helpful. 2. Summary of conditions encountered. 3. Copies of specified test methods. 4. Recommendations for remediation of unsatisfactory surfaces. 5. Submit report directly to Owner. 6. Submit report not more than two business days after conclusion of testing. D. Adhesive Bond and Compatibility Test Report. E. Copy of RFCI (RWP). 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Moisture and alkalinity (pH) testing will be performed by an independent testing agency employed and paid by Owner. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Independent testing agency experienced in the types of testing specified. 1. Submit evidence of experience consisting of at least 3 test reports of the type required, with project Owner's project contact information. C. Contractor's Responsibility Relating to Independent Agency Testing: 1. Provide access for and cooperate with testing agency. 2. Confirm date of start of testing at least 10 days prior to actual start. 3. Allow at least 4 business days on site for testing agency activities. 4. Achieve and maintain specified ambient conditions. 5. Notify Owner when specified ambient conditions have been achieved and when testing will start. D. Remedial Coating Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section, trained by or employed by coating manufacturer, and able to COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING 09 05 61 - 1 PREPARATION CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 09 05 61 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION provide at least 3 project references showing at least 3 years' experience installing moisture emission coatings. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperature in spaces where concrete testing is being performed, and for at least 48 hours prior to testing, at not less than 65 degrees F or more than 85 degrees F. B. Maintain relative humidity in spaces where concrete testing is being performed, and for at least 48 hours prior to testing, at not less than 40 percent and not more than 60 percent. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONCRETE SLAB PREPARATION A. Follow recommendations of testing agency. B. Perform following operations in the order indicated: 1. Existing concrete slabs (on-grade and elevated) with existing floor coverings: a. Visual observation of existing floor covering, for adhesion, water damage, alkaline deposits, and other defects. b. Removal of existing floor covering. 2. Preliminary cleaning. 3. Specified remediation, if required. 4. Patching, smoothing, and leveling, as required. 5. Other preparation specified. 6. Adhesive bond and compatibility test. 7. Protection. 3.02 REMOVAL OF EXISTING FLOOR COVERINGS A. Comply with local, State, and federal regulations and recommendations of RFCI Recommended Work Practices for Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings, as applicable to floor covering being removed. B. Dispose of removed materials in accordance with local, State, and federal regulations and as specified. 3.03 ADHESIVE BOND AND COMPATIBILITY TESTING A. Comply with requirements and recommendations of floor covering manufacturer. END OF SECTION COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING 09 05 61 -2 PREPARATION CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0921 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Performance criteria for gypsum board assemblies. B. Metal stud wall framing. C. Metal channel ceiling framing. D. Acoustic insulation. E. Gypsum sheathing. F. Cementitious backing board. G. Gypsum wallboard. H. Joint treatment and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking product and execution requirements. B. Section 07 92 00 -Joint Sealants: Sealing acoustical gaps in construction other than gypsum board or plaster work. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AISI S100-12 - North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members; American Iron and Steel Institute; 2012. B. ANSI A108.11-SystemDeleted -American National Standard for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units; 2010 (Revised). C. ASTM A653/A653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2015. D. ASTM C475/C475M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2015. E. ASTM C645 -Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members; 2014. F. ASTM C754 -Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2015. G. ASTM C840 -Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2013. H. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2014. I. ASTM C1047 - Standard Specification for Accessories For Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base; 2014a. J. ASTM C1178/C1178M -Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel; 2013. K. ASTM C1396/C1396M -Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2014a. L. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber; 2016. M. ASTM E90 -Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements; 2009. N. ASTM E413 -Classification for Rating Sound Insulation; 2016. O. GA-216 -Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2013. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on partition head to structure connectors, showing compliance with requirements. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 0921 16 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0921 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing gypsum board installation and finishing, with minimum three years of experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA-216. B. Interior Partitions, Indicated as Acoustic: Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics: 1. Acoustic Attenuation: STC of 45-49 calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, based on tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E90. 2.02 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS A. Manufacturers- Metal Framing, Connectors, and Accessories: 1. Clarkwestern Dietrich Building Systems LLC: www.clarkdietrich.com. B. Non-structural Framing System Components: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the spacing indicated, with maximum deflection of wall framing of L/120 at 5 psf 1. Studs: C-shaped with knurled or embossed faces. 2. Runners: U shaped, sized to match studs. 3. Ceiling Channels: C-shaped. 4. Furring Members: Hat-shaped sections, minimum depth of 7/8 inch. 5. Resilient Furring Channels: Single or double leg configuration; 1/2 inch channel depth. C. Ceiling Hangers: Type and size as specified in ASTM C754 for spacing required. D. Partition Head to Structure Connections: Provide mechanical anchorage devices that accommodate deflection using slotted holes, screws, and anti-friction bushings, preventing rotation of studs while maintaining structural performance of partition. 1. Structural Performance: Maintain lateral load resistance and vertical movement capacity required by applicable code, when evaluated in accordance with AISI S100-12. 2. Material: ASTM A653/A653M steel sheet, SS Grade 50/340, with G60/Z180 hot-dipped galvanized coating. 3. Deflection and Firestop Track: a. Provide mechanical anchorage devices as described above that accommodate deflection while maintaining the fire-rating of the wall assembly. 2.03 BOARD MATERIALS A. Manufacturers-Gypsum-Based Board: 1. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum: www.gpgypsum.com. 2. USG Corporation: www.usg.com. B. Gypsum Wallboard: Paper-faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Use for vertical surfaces and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Thickness: a. Vertical Surfaces: 5/8 inch. b. Ceilings: 5/8 inch. C. Backing Board For Wet Areas: One of the following products: 1. Application: Surfaces behind tile in wet areas including toilet rooms. 2. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. 3. Glass Mat Faced Board: Coated glass mat water-resistant gypsum backing panel as defined in ASTM C1178/C1178M. a. Standard Type: Thickness 5/8 inch. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 0921 16 - 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 09 21 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 2.04 GYPSUM WALLBOARD ACCESSORIES A. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665: preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unfaced. Thickness: 1. Full depth of stud cavity. B. Acoustic Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex or water-based elastomeric sealant; do not use solvent-based non-curing butyl sealant. C. Finishing Accessories: ASTM C1047, galvanized steel or rolled zinc, unless noted otherwise. 1. Types: As detailed or required for finished appearance. 2. Special Shapes: In addition to conventional corner bead and control joints, provide U-bead, L-bead, and LC-bead at exposed panel edges. D. Joint Materials: ASTM C475/C475M and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project conditions. 1. Tape: 2 inch wide, coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners at glass-faced board. 2. Paper Tape: 2 inch wide, creased paper tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise indicated. 3. Ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound. 4. Chemical hardening type compound. E. High Build Drywall Surfacer: Vinyl acrylic latex-based coating for spray application, designed to take the place of skim coating and separate paint primer in achieving Level 5 finish. F. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Cold-Formed Steel Studs Less than 0.033 inches in Thickness and Wood Members: ASTM C1002; self-piercing tapping screws, corrosion-resistant. G. Anchorage to Substrate: Tie wire, nails, screws, and other metal supports, of type and size to suit application; to rigidly secure materials in place. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Metal Framing: Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Suspended Ceilings and Soffits: Space framing and furring members as indicated. 1. Level ceiling system to a tolerance of 1/1200. C. Studs: Space studs at 16 inches on center 1. Extend partition framing to structure where indicated and to ceiling in other locations. 2. Partitions Terminating at Ceiling: Attach ceiling runner securely to ceiling track in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Partitions Terminating at Structure: Attach top runner to structure, maintain clearance between top of studs and structure, and connect studs to track using specified mechanical devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; verify free movement of top of stud connections; do not leave studs unattached to track. D. Openings: Reinforce openings as required for weight of doors or operable panels, using not less than double studs at jambs. 3.03 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. B. Acoustic Sealant: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Seal around all penetrations by conduit, pipe, ducts, and rough-in boxes, except where firestopping is provided. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 0921 16 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0921 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 3.04 BOARD INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C840, GA-216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. B. Single-Layer Nonrated: Install gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. C. Cementitious Backing Board: Install over steel framing members where indicated, in accordance with ANSI A108.11-SystemDeleted and manufacturer's instructions. D. Installation on Metal Framing: Use screws for attachment of gypsum board except face layer of nonrated double-layer assemblies, which may be installed by means of adhesive lamination. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and as indicated. B. Corner Beads: Install at external corners, using longest practical lengths. C. Edge Trim: Install at locations where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3.06 JOINT TREATMENT A. Glass Mat Faced Gypsum Board and Exterior Glass Mat Faced Sheathing: Use fiberglass joint tape, embed and finish with setting type joint compound. B. Paper Faced Gypsum Board: Use paper joint tape, bedded with ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound and finished with ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound. C. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows: 1. Level 5: Walls and ceilings to receive wall coverings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Level 4: Walls and ceilings to receive paint finish and other areas specifically indicated. 3. Level 3: Walls to receive textured wall finish. 4. Level 2: In utility areas, behind cabinetry, and on backing board to receive tile finish. 5. Level 1: Wall areas above finished ceilings, whether or not accessible in the completed construction. 6. Level 0: Temporary partitions. D. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. E. Where Level 5 finish is indicated, spray apply high build drywall surfacer over entire surface after joints have been properly treated; achieve a flat and tool mark-free finish. F. Fill and finish joints and corners of cementitious backing board as recommended by manufacturer. 3.07 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. END OF SECTION GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 0921 16 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0951 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. B. Acoustical units. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 21 16 -Gypsum Board Ceilings. B. Section 21 13 00 - Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems: Sprinkler heads in ceiling system. C. Section 23 37 13 - Diffuser Registers and Grilles: Air diffusion devices in ceiling. D. Section 26 50 00 - Lighting: Light fixtures in ceiling system. E. Section 27 43 00 - Paging System: Speakers in ceiling system. F. Section 28 31 00 - Fire Alarm System: Fire alarm components in ceiling system. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C423 -Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method; 2009a. B. ASTM C635/C635M -Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings; 2013a. C. ASTM C636/C636M -Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels; 2013. D. ASTM E580/E580M -Standard Practice for Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Subject to Earthquake Ground Motions; 2014. E. ASTM E1264-Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products; 2014. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Sequence work to ensure acoustical ceilings are not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B. Do not install acoustical units until after interior wet work is dry. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate grid layout and related dimensioning. C. Product Data: Provide data on suspension system components and acoustical units. D. Samples: Submit two samples 6 by 6 inch in size illustrating material and finish of acoustical units. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Acoustical Units: Quantity equal to 5 percent of total installed. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Suspension System Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Acoustical Unit Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 0951 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0951 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and maximum humidity of 40 percent prior to, during, and after acoustical unit installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acoustic Tiles/Panels: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc: www.armstrong.com. 2. Rockfon: www.rockfon.com. 3. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Suspension Systems: 1. Same as for acoustical units. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Acoustical Panels: Painted mineral fiber, ASTM E1264 Type III, with the following characteristics: 1. Size: 24 by 48 inches. 2. Thickness: 3/4 inches. 3. Composition: Wet felted. 4. Edge: Tegular. 5. Surface Color: White. 6. Surface Pattern: Non-directional fissured. 7. Suspension System: Exposed grid. 8. Products: a. Armstrong Cortega. Match existing system, refer to Drawings. B. Acoustical Panels; Type Stone Wool Panels: 1. Rockfon Medical Air or equal. 2. ASTM E1264 Classification: Type XX, Pattern E. 3. Size: 24 by 48 inches. 4. Light Reflectance: 0.83, determined in accordance with ASTM E1264. 5. NRC: 0.85. 6. Fire Class: Class A. 7. Thickness: 1". 8. Panel Edge: Square. 9. Weight: One pound per square foot, minimum. 10. Cut tile edges must be painted and/or sealed. 2.03 SUSPENSION SYSTEM(S) A. Metal Suspension Systems- General: Complying with ASTM C635/C635M; die cut and interlocking components, with perimeter moldings, hold down clips, stabilizer bars, clips, and splices as required. B. Exposed Steel Suspension System: Formed steel, commercial quality cold rolled; heavy-duty. 1. Profile: Tee; 15/16 inch wide face. 2. Construction: Double web. 3. Finish: White painted. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application, seismic requirements, and ceiling system flatness requirement specified. B. Hanger Wire: 12 gauge, 0.08 inch galvanized steel wire. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 0951 00-2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0951 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS C. Perimeter Moldings: Same metal and finish as grid. 1. At Exposed Grid: Provide L-shaped molding for mounting at same elevation as face of grid. D. Gypsum Board: Fire rated type; 5/8 inch thick, ends and edges square, paper faced. E. Acoustical Sealant For Perimeter Moldings: Non-hardening, non-skinning, for use in conjunction with suspended ceiling system. F. Touch-up Paint: Type and color to match acoustical and grid units. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. 3.02 INSTALLATION -SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Install suspension system in accordance with ASTM C636/C636M, ASTM E580/E580M, and manufacturer's instructions and as supplemented in this section. B. Rigidly secure system, including integral mechanical and electrical components, for maximum deflection of 1:360. C. Perimeter Molding: Install at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces and at junctions with other interruptions. 1. Use longest practical lengths. D. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. E. Suspension System, Non-Seismic: Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. F. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. G. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. H. Support fixture loads using supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or support components independently. I. Do not eccentrically load system or induce rotation of runners. J. Perimeter Molding: Install at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces and at junctions with other interruptions. 1. Use longest practical lengths. 2. Overlap and rivet corners. 3.03 INSTALLATION -ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. C. Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces. D. Install units after above-ceiling work is complete. E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents. F. Cutting Acoustical Units: 1. Cut to fit irregular grid and perimeter edge trim. 2. Make field cut edges of same profile as factory edges. 3. Double cut and field paint edges. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 0951 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0951 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS G. Where round obstructions occur, provide preformed closures to match perimeter molding. H. Gasket or clip down tiles to prevent passage of particles. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: 2 degrees. END OF SECTION ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 0951 00-4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 09 65 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient tile flooring. B. Resilient base. C. Installation accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 05 61 - Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation: Removal of existing floor coverings, cleaning, and preparation. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E648 -Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; 2014c. B. ASTM F970 -Standard Test Method for Static Load Limit; 2007 (Reapproved 2011). C. ASTM F1066 - Standard Specification for Vinyl Composition Floor Tile; 2004 (Reapproved 2014). D. ASTM F1700 - Standard Specification for Solid Vinyl Floor Tile; 2013a. E. ASTM F1861 - Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base; 2008 (Reapproved 2012). F. NFPA 253 -Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; 2015. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate seaming plans and floor patterns. D. Verification Samples: Submit two samples, 12 by 12 inch in size illustrating color and pattern for each resilient flooring product specified. E. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re-waxing. F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Flooring Material: 100 square feet of each type and color. 3. Extra Wall Base: 50 linear feet of each type and color. G. Warranty, executed in Owner's name. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store all materials off of the floor in an acclimatized, weather-tight space. B. Protect roll materials from damage by storing on end. C. Do not double stack pallets. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET FLOORING A. Vinyl Sheet Flooring: Homogeneous, with color extending throughout thickness. 1. Manufacturers: a. Mannington Commercial: www.manningtoncommercial.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. 2. Minimum Requirements: Comply with ASTM F1913. 3. Thickness: 0.080 inch nominal. 4. Sheet Width: 78 inch minimum. RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 09 65 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT RESILIENT FLOORING 5. Static Load Resistance: 750 psi minimum, when tested as specified in ASTM F970. 6. Seams: Heat welded, pick-proof. 7. Integral coved base, Refer to Drawings for installation details. 8. Color: As indicated on drawings. 9. Coefficient of Friction: >_0.6 2.02 RESILIENT BASE A. Resilient Base -Type ASTM F1861, Type TS rubber, vulcanized thermoset; style as scheduled. 1. Manufacturers: a. Johnsonite, a Tarkett Company: www.johnsonite.com. b. Roppe Corp: www.roppe.com. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2. Critical Radiant Flux (CRF): Minimum 0.45 watt per square centimeter, when tested in accordance with ASTM E648 or NFPA 253. 3. Helght: 6Inch. 4. Thickness: 0.125 inch. 5. Length: Roll. 6. Color: As indicated on drawings. 7. Accessories: Premolded external corners, internal corners, and end stops. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by adhesive material manufacturer. B. Primers, Adhesives, and Seam Sealer: Waterproof; types recommended by flooring manufacturer. C. Moldings, Transition and Edge Strips: Same material as flooring. D. Filler for Coved Base: Plastic. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are flat to tolerances acceptable to flooring manufacturer, free of cracks that might telegraph through flooring, clean, dry, and free of curing compounds, surface hardeners, and other chemicals that might interfere with bonding of flooring to substrate. B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive resilient base. C. Cementilious Subfloor Sur Faces: Verify that substrates are ready for resilient flooring installation by testing for moisture and alkalinity (pH). 1. Obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer and adhesive materials manufacturer. D. Verify that required floor-mounted utilities are in correct location. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare floor substrates for installation of flooring in accordance with Section 09 05 61. 3.03 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of subfloor conditions. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. C. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. D. Fit joints and butt seams tightly. E. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. F. Where type of floor finish, pattern, or color are different on opposite sides of door, terminate flooring under centerline of door. RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00-2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 09 65 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT RESILIENT FLOORING G. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, where flooring terminates, and where indicated. 1. Metal Strips: Attach to substrate before installation of flooring using stainless steel screws. 2. Resilient Strips: Attach to substrate using adhesive. H. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. 3.04 INSTALLATION -SHEET FLOORING A. Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to longer room dimensions, to produce minimum number of seams. Lay out seams to avoid widths less than 1/3 of roll width; match patterns at seams. B. Seams are prohibited in toilet rooms. C. Seal seams by heat welding where indicated. D. Coved Base: Install as detailed on drawings, using coved base filler as backing at floor to wall junction. Extend sheet flooring vertically to height indicated, and cover top edge with metal cap strip. 3.05 INSTALLATION - RESILIENT BASE A. Fit joints tightly and make vertical. Maintain minimum dimension of 18 inches between joints. B. Install base on solid backing. Bond tightly to wall and floor surfaces. C. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions. D. Where seamless transition from existing is not possible, remove existing base and replace with new. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic on resilient flooring for 48 hours after installation. END OF SECTION RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0991 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Field application of paints, stains, and varnishes. C. Materials for backpriming woodwork. D. Scope: Finish interior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and unless otherwise indicated. 1. Prime surfaces to receive wall coverings. 2. Mechanical and Electrical: a. In finished areas, paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, mechanical equipment, and electrical equipment, unless otherwise indicated. b. In finished areas, paint shop-primed items. c. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts and convector and baseboard heating cabinets that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint to visible surfaces. d. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, and convector and baseboard cabinets to match face panels. E. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items factory-finished unless otherwise indicated; materials and products having factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished. 4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, bar code labels, and operating parts of equipment. 5. Stainless steel, anodized aluminum, bronze, terne coated stainless steel, and lead items. 6. Floors, unless specifically indicated. 7. Ceramic and other tiles. 8. Glass. 9. Acoustical materials, unless specifically indicated. 10. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Comply with ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D16 -Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2016. B. ASTM D4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood-Based Materials; 2015. C. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual; Current Edition, www.paintinfo.com. D. SSPC-SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning; 2015. E. SSPC-SP 6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning; 2007. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide complete list of products to be used, with the following information for each: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0991 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INTERIOR PAINTING 2. MPI product number(e.g. MPI #47). 3. Cross-reference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. 4. Manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Samples: Submit three paper"draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size, illustrating range of colors available for each finishing product specified. 1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures. E. Maintenance Data: Submit data including finish schedule showing where each product/color/finish was used, product technical data sheets, material safety data sheets (MSDS), care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, repair of painted and finished surfaces, and color samples of each color and finish used. F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Paint and Finish Materials: 1 gallon of each color; from the same product run, store where directed. 3. Label each container with color in addition to the manufacturer's label. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified, with minimum three years documented experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified with minimum 3 years experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. C. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide paints and finishes used in any individual system from the same manufacturer; no exceptions. B. Paints: 1. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com/. 2. Benjamin Moore Paints: www.benjaminmoore.com. C. Transparent Finishes: 1. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. 2. Benjamin Moore Paints: www.benjaminmoore.com. D. Stains: 1. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0991 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INTERIOR PAINTING 2. Benjamin Moore Paints: www.benjaminmoore.com. E. Primer Sealers: Same manufacturer as top coats. 2.02 PAINTS AND FINISHES -GENERAL A. Paints and Finishes: Ready mixed, unless intended to be a field-catalyzed paint. 1. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 2. Supply each paint material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. 3. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. B. Sheens: Provide the sheens specified; where sheen is not specified, sheen will be selected later by Architect from the manufacturer's full line. C. Colors: As indicated on drawings. 1. In finished areas, finish pipes, ducts, conduit, and equipment the same color as the wall/ceiling they are mounted on/under. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - INTERIOR A. Interior Surfaces to be Painted, Unless Otherwise Indicated: Including gypsum board, wood, shop primed steel, and galvanized steel. 1. Two top coats and one coat primer. 2. Top Coat(s): Institutional Low Odor/VOC Interior Latex; MPI #143, 144, 145, 146, 147, or 148. 3. Primer: As recommended by top coat manufacturer for specific substrate. B. Medium Duty Door/Trim: For surfaces subject to frequent contact by occupants, including metals: 1. Two top coats and one coat primer. 2. Top Coat(s): High Performance Architectural Interior Latex; MPI #138, 139, 140, or 141. C. Medium Duty Vertical and Overhead: Including gypsum board and shop primed steel. 1. Two top coats and one coat primer. 2. Top Coat(s): High Performance Architectural Interior Latex; MPI #138, 139, 140, or 141. D. Transparent Finish on Wood. 1. Stain: Semi-Transparent Stain for Wood; MPI #90. 2. Sealer: Alkyd, Sanding Sealer, Clear; MPI #102. 3. Top Coat(s): Polyurethane Varnish, Oil Modified; MPI #56 or 57. 2.04 PRIMERS A. Primers: Provide the following unless other primer is required or recommended by manufacturer of top coats. 1. Interior Institutional Low Odor/VOC Primer Sealer; MPI #149. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean-up materials as required for final completion of painted surfaces. B. Patching Material: Latex filler. C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin application of paints and finishes until substrates have been properly prepared. B. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0991 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INTERIOR PAINTING C. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially effect proper application. D. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. E. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Interior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D4442. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to application. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. C. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. E. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. F. Gypsum Board: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair. G. Galvanized Surfaces: H. Ferrous Metal: 1. Solvent clean according to SSPC-SP 1. 2. Shop-Primed Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Re-prime entire shop-primed item. 3. Remove rust, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances using using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer and blast cleaning according to SSPC-SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". Protect from corrosion until coated. I. Wood Surfaces to Receive Opaque Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. Back prime concealed surfaces before installation. J. Wood Surfaces to Receive Transparent Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to sealing, seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after sealer has dried; sand lightly between coats. Prime concealed surfaces with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with thinner. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual". C. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. D. Apply each coat to uniform appearance in thicknesses specified by manufacturer. E. Sand wood and metal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required finish. F. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. G. Wood to Receive Transparent Finishes: Tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 0991 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INTERIOR PAINTING H. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.04 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes until completion of project. B. Touch-up damaged finishes after Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 10 26 01 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WALL AND CORNER GUARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Bumper rails. B. Corner guards. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Blocking for wall and corner guard anchors. B. Section 09 72 00-Wall Coverings: Terminating wall covering at corner guard. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Indicate physical dimensions, features, anchorage details, and rough-in measurements. C. Samples: Submit two sections of bumper rail, 24 inch long, illustrating component design, configuration, color and finish. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wall and Corner Guards: 1. Refer to Drawings for manufacturer and product.. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Bumper Rails: Factory- or shop-fabricated, with preformed end caps and internal and external corners: 1. Performance of Installed Assembly: 2. Material: High impact vinyl, color as scheduled. 3. Mounting: Surface. 4. Return rail to wall. B. Corner Guards- Surface Mounted: 1. Material: Type 304 stainless steel, No. 4 finish. 2. Performance: Resist lateral impact force of 100 Ibs at any point without damage or permanent set. 3. Length: One piece, Refer to Drawings. 4. Preformed end caps. C. Mounting Brackets and Attachment Hardware: Appropriate to component and substrate. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate components with tight joints, corners and seams. B. Pre-drill holes for attachment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that rough openings, concealed blocking, and anchors are correctly sized and located. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, level and plumb, secured rigidly in position to wall framing members only. Refer to Drawings for heights, locations and terminations. WALL AND CORNER GUARDS 10 26 01 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 10 26 01 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WALL AND CORNER GUARDS 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Required Height: 1/8 inch. B. Maximum Variation From Level or Plane For Visible Length: 1/8 inch. END OF SECTION WALL AND CORNER GUARDS 10 26 01 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 10 28 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Commercial toilet accessories. B. Healthcare accessories. C. Grab bars. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 30 00 -Tiling: Ceramic washroom accessories. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards-Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ASTM A269/A269M - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service; 2015a. C. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. D. ICC A117.1 -Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2009. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate the work with the placement of internal wall reinforcement and concealed ceiling supports to receive anchor attachments. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit data on accessories describing size, details of function, and attachment methods. C. Samples: Submit one image of each accessory, illustrating color and finish. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring special attention. E. Warranty, executed in Owner's name. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Commercial Toilet, Shower, and Bath Accessories: 1. Bradley Corporation: www.bradIeycorp.com. 2. Georgia-Pacific Professional: www.blue-connect.com. 3. Bobrick; www.bobrick.com.. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Accessories-General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with anchors and fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. 1. Refer to Drawings for type and model number. B. Keys: Provide two keys for each accessory to Owner; master key lockable accessories. C. Adhesive: Two component epoxy type, waterproof, pick-proof. D. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized; tamper-proof; security type. E. Expansion Shields: Fiber, lead, or rubber as recommended by accessory manufacturer for component and substrate. TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 10 28 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 2.03 TOILET ACCESSORIES A. Refer to Drawings for Size and Location. B. Paper Towel Dispenser: OFCI. C. Soap Dispenser: OFCI. 2.04 SHOWER ACCESSORIES 2.05 HEALTHCARE ACCESSORIES A. PPE Dispensers 1. Glove Box Dispenser: OFCI. 2. PPE Dispensing System: OFCI. 3. Hand Sanitizer Dispenser: OFCI. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify exact location of accessories with Owner for installation. C. For electrically-operated accessories, verify that electrical power connections are ready and in the correct locations. D. See Section 06 10 00 for installation of blocking, reinforcing plates, and concealed anchors in walls and ceilings. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site for timely installation. B. Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions in locations indicated on drawings. B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. C. Mounting Heights: As required by accessibility regulations, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Refer to Drawings for typical mounting heights. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed accessories from damage due to subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 104400 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire extinguishers. B. Fire extinguisher cabinets. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking product and execution requirements. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 10 -Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers; 2013. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide extinguisher operational features. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations of cabinets and cabinet physical dimensions. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special criteria and wall opening coordination requirements. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Maintenance Data: Include test, refill or recharge schedules and re-certification requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide fire extinguishers, cabinets and accessories produced by a single manufacturer. B. Provide fire extinguishers of type approved by UL, State Fire Marshal's Office, and local regulatory agencies, if any. C. Fire-Rated, Fire Protection Cabinets: Listed and labeled to comply with requirements in ASTM E814 for fire-resistance rating of walls where they are installed. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty after date of shipment against defects in materials or workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fire Extinguishers: 1. Ansul, a Tyco Business: www.ansul.com. 2. Kidde, a unit of United Technologies Corp: www.kidde.com. 3. Pyro-Chem, a Tyco Business: www.pyrochem.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets and Accessories: 1. Ansul, a Tyco Business: www.ansul.com. 2. Kidde, a unit of United Technologies Corp: www.kidde.com. 3. Pyro-Chem, a Tyco Business: www.pyrochem.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers- General: Comply with product requirements of NFPA 10 and applicable codes, whichever is more stringent. B. Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type Fire Extinguishers: Carbon steel tank, with pressure gauge. 1. Effectiveness Rating: Class A, B, and C fires. 2. Finish: Baked polyester powder coat, red color. 2.03 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. Cabinet Construction: Non-fire rated. FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10 44 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 10 44 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 1. Steel Trim and Door. B. Cabinet Configuration: Recessed type. 1. Size to accommodate accessories. 2. Trim: Flat square edge, with 3/8 inch flat face. C. Door: 0.036 inch metal thickness, reinforced for flatness and rigidity with nylon catch. Hinge doors for 180 degree opening with two butt hinges. D. Door Glazing: Acrylic plastic, clear, 1/8 inch thick, flat shape and set in resilient channel glazing gasket. E. Cabinet Mounting Hardware: Appropriate to cabinet, with pre-drilled holes for placement of anchors. F. Finish of Cabinet Exterior Trim and Door: Baked enamel, white color. G. Finish of Cabinet Interior: White colored enamel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify rough openings for cabinet are correctly sized and located. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Secure rigidly in place. C. Place extinguishers in cabinets. END OF SECTION FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10 44 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 10 51 29 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PHENOLIC LOCKERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Phenolic lockers. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking and nailers. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards-Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2016. C. ICC A117.1 -Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2009. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's published data on locker construction, sizes and accessories. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate locker plan layout and numbering plan. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Show locker fillers, trim, base, and accessories. 3. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for items installed in lockers. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate component installation assembly. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect locker finish and adjacent surfaces from damage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Phenolic Lockers: 1. Columbia Lockers, a division of PSiSC; Phenolic Lockers: www.psisc.com/#sle. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 LOCKER APPLICATIONS A. Staff Lockers: Phenolic lockers, wall mounted with matching closed base. 1. Width: 12 inches. 2. Depth: 15 inches. 3. Height: 72 inches. 4. Locker Configuration: Two tier. 5. Fittings: a. Hat shelf. b. Single shoe shelf. c. Hooks: Two double prong. 6. Locking: Padlock hasps, for padlocks provided by Owner. 7. Provide sloped top. 2.03 PHENOLIC LOCKERS A. Lockers: Factory assembled, made of phenolic core panels with mortise and tenon joints and stainless steel mechanical joint fasteners; fully finished inside and out; each locker capable of standing alone. 1. Doors: Full overlay, covering full width and height of locker body; square edges. 2. Panel Core Exposed at Edges: Machine polished, without chips or tool marks; square edge unless otherwise indicated. PHENOLIC LOCKERS 1051 29 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 10 51 29 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PHENOLIC LOCKERS 3. Where locker ends or sides are exposed, finish the same as fronts or provide extra panels to match fronts. 4. Door and Frame Color: As indicated in drawings. 5. Body Color: Manufacturer's standard white or light color. 6. Fasteners for Accessories and Locking Mechanisms: Tamperproof type. B. Component Thicknesses: 1. Doors: 1/2 inch minimum thickness. 2. Locker Body: One of the following combinations: a. Tops, bottoms, and shelves 3/8 inch; sides and backs 5/16 inch; minimum. 3. End Panels and Filler Panels: 1/2 inch minimum thickness. 4. Sloped Tops: 1/2 inch minimum thickness. 5. Toe Kick Plates: 1/2 inch minimum thickness. C. Phenolic Core Panels: Nonporous phenolic resin and paper core formed under high pressure, with natural colored finished edges, integral melamine surface, matte finish, and uniform surface appearance; glued laminated panels not acceptable. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index of 75 or less, and smoke developed index of 450 or less; when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. D. Hinges: Stainless steel satin finish; minimum of 180 degree opening; either exposed barrel 5-knuckle hinge attached to back of door and inside of body with tamperproof screws, or concealed cabinetwork style hinge attached with tamperproof screws. E. Coat Hooks: Stainless steel; attached with tamperproof screws. F. Number Plates: Manufacturer's standard, minimum 4-digit, permanently attached with adhesive; may be field installed. G. Padlock Hasp: Surface mounted, 0.125-inch, 11-gauge, Type 304 stainless steel with satin finish. H. Lock Strike: Stainless steel, or black high impact ABS plastic strike plate attached to locker body with throughbolts. I. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. J. Anchors: Material, type, size, and finish as required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post-installed anchors. Use nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls and at floors. K. Wood support base: 2 by 4 inch nomial size lumber treated with manufacturer's standard preservative-treatment process. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine walls and floors or support bases, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify that prepared bases are in correct position and configuration. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Place and secure on prepared base. C. Install lockers plumb and square. D. Secure lockers with anchor devices to suit substrate materials. Minimum Pullout Force: 100 pounds. E. Install end panels, filler panels, and sloped tops. PHENOLIC LOCKERS 1051 29 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 10 51 29 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PHENOLIC LOCKERS F. Install accessories. G. Replace components that do not operate smoothly. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean locker interiors and exterior surfaces. END OF SECTION PHENOLIC LOCKERS 10 51 29 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 11 71 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Owner provided equipment cut sheets for Sterile Processing Department. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT 1. CART WASHER 2. PROCESSING SINK 3. PASS THROUGH 4. INSTRUMENT WASHER PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install each item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions, mechanical and electrical requirements, IBC, ADA, and Washington State Rules and Regulations for Barrier Free Facilities and recommendations of the DOH. HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 11 71 00- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 11 71 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 1. CART WASHER—STEELCO LC20/2 CONNECTION DETALS 1_ELECTRICAL Tensrorre-Voltage: 2064f r's-+ =1501 tz Potenza-Power. 4,5 kW d 15 A Fusi-Nij- use rat-^g 3X25A Cawo a seztone mn-Cable and n*L sec^io^ 14xAWGIG 2_COED WATER '!VOTES' 73F-n—ectzn raie Fkw rage: gpm hin flow pressure: 15 PSI Max.wess:ve 1 lb PSI g Max.iernpFatwe 98'F Max.handrress: I 7'f ffd ppm CaCO3) 3_WARM WATER Conrrecbon_ W mate How rate: —pm MwL flow pressure: 15 PSI a Max.pressure 116 PSI Max.tc-rn -. tine 158'F Max.hardness: 7'f r70 mm CaCO31 Max.comiurtib*�pH: na 17._.8 pH 4_DEFAI WATER C.cnrecam-- 304ff nale How raw: ._3 gpm WL flaw pressure: 15 PSI g Max oress;;-e 1 lb PSI o Max.tern w re 1 c£`r Max.hardness 1,5 T(15 Pprn Car--%?) coMuct"; NS,4xr _..8 pH 5_COMPRESSED AIR L-onrec9m: d Peak ow. SupOy pressure: 87-115 R SI 0 6._VAPORE-STEAM Connecbm: NB 34'-DN20 Peak flaw rate 220 IbAi Mir foow Vessum 20 PSI Mausr pvssve 65 PSI TemDer3tum: 273._313'F 7_CONDENSA-CONDENSATE Cron necban_ N®39'-DNL20 Peak flaw rate_ 26 gallb `Tess e � stearm et Max ten o mture: 120°C II_EX14AU'STAIR -NOTES) Con nemm: 0 6 41" Peak flaw rate.- 300 CFM Pre^sstre: 0---0,02 PSI g MeanffiAm tenverat: MearvUm net.hum drty. smf lon S.MAIN DRAIN Conrwcbm: 1 0 2,36- Fkaor hole: 0 3,�? Peak flaw rate: 26 m na Max 1em _. ure 14D'F HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 11 71 00-2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 11 71 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT OTHERS DETAILS ENVIRONMENT Tempe►altvr" einve huiTmdrty. wlerr&0%i41...88"FK sc4 f,1O4'F] Eq nDese nr,lev.d 1 <70 dBtAl HEAT EMISSIONS Mactorn&e frames: 6486 BTLn Max. in exhaust aff: 22li?l BTU'h Max.from rdems: 2731 K. WEIGHTS Netho tlotale-Total Diet: 1873.8 b Lordo toll*-Total'Gross: 2204.6 lb Max all useMax.on working: 21345.rj lb Ca-co a in*m-Floor load: 9210V Max c-vm su DiedinD- Max.k>ad on foot 44b Ib CONFIGURATION Gxy GerIeration: G2 A)Cirmdming healing type_ STEAM 6)Air&ying heat%type: :STEAM C7 Tanks w,ates V:STEAM INSTALLED OPTK NALS TD)Them s--nfecbon VRS)Chain owhngvaWe cu I � I I � 39.6` REMOV1FiLE PANEL F:?A MAINTENANCE ! I N THIS ODE 20 3" t I —_aaa as Q' oi vl 1 7 In 6.8" GI, I I�i 4 I r I � DOOR 35,5" 20.3" 11.8" 1 i MAN0ENZt)nE/kEEP AT I / I LEAST 12" FREE FOR MAINTENANCE HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 11 71 00-3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 11 71 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 2. PROCESSING SINK Min.Height 35"[890mm] Marc Fleiotd 42" 1090mm] Width 20-[632mm) Length Single Basin Sink 72.5-[1840Ymr1 Daible Resin Sink 942T PZ394mrrr] Triple Basin Sink 120-[3048mm) Approx.Shipping Weight Single Basin Sink 290 Ibs.[131.5 kg] Double Basin Sink 350 tbs.[159 kql] Triple Basin Sink 450 lbs.r2D4 kW 17-[432mm]Wide Standard Basin Dimensions 24' 910mm Long 10-f 264—]Deep 120Volt,MHz,single phase, Power Requirement 15 amp GFCI protected electric outlet HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 11 71 00-4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 11 71 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 3. PASS THRU WINDOW—STERLING P1500 Technical Specifications Rough Opening Dimensions 32"[813mm] x 3T'[940mm] WxH Soiled Side Table 32" [813mm]x 31" [787mm] Dimensions W x D Clean Side Table 32" [813mm] x 1 T'[432mm] Dimensions W x D Variable Height Table Height 29"[737mm]-35"[889mm] Based on cart height minus 1" [25mm] for table top thickness. Leveling Feet Adjustment Leveling feet are adjustable up to 1-112'[38mm] Wall Depth Variable Depth 4"[102mm]-8"[203mm] Stainless steel table tops Materials Tempered glass windows Weather resistant EPDMI gasket mounted between doors Shipping Weight 350 Ibs[159kg] 32"[813mrn] --WALL THICKNESS 4'[t02mrn]-8"[203mm] i ROUGH OPENING 3T'[940mrn] TOP OF TABLE 1 r CART 1 � I f 1J [25rmn] 29"-35" [737mm-889mm] VARIABLE DIMENSION DETERMINED BY CART HEIGHT LESS 1"[25rrwn]FOR FINISHED TABLE THICKNESS FLOOR 1 FRONT ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 11 71 00-5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 11 71 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT Pass Thru Window Measurements FRONT ELEVATION - O. ELEVATION SOILED SIDE r----------------1 ., I f--32 [8131nnt]—� I I I I I I I I /I I I i 31" [787mm] I I I I � I I I /. 17"[432mm] 32" , I —[25mml CLEAN SIDE [813mm] 1-518" [41 mm] HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 11 71 00-6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 11 71 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT CLEAN SIDE SOILED SIDE --WALL OPENING 36" [914 mm] 1"[25mm] 17" 31" [787mm] 6" (432mm] (152mm] 29"-35" B"[152mm] [737mm-889mm] VARIABLE DIMENSION LEVELING FEET DETERMINED BY CART ADJUSTMENT HEIGHT LESS 1" [25mm] FOR UP TO 1-112" TABLE THICKNESS (38mm] \ HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 11 71 00-7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 11 71 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT General Assembly Illustration 410 x 1J14"[44.5mm]STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERSINK SCREWS (INSTALLER SUPPLIED) �/ SILICONE DEAD FRAME ASSEMBLY c� FRAME ,, Y SSEMBLY 1 i CLEAN SIDE SOILD SIDE i 910 x 1-3/4"[44.5mm]STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERSINK SCREWS (INSTALLER SUPPLIED) HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 11 71 00-8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 11 71 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 4.WASHER I DISINFECTOR—STERLING P1500 External Dimensions 29-318"x 86-114"x 39-9116" (W x H x D) [746mm x 2185 mm x 1004mm] Chamber Dimensions 25-3116"x 26-318"x 30-5116" (W x H x D) [640mm x 670mm x 770mm] Loading Height 26-318"[670mm] Total Weight,tincrated 683lbs_[310 kg] Total Chamber Volume 11.7 ft [330 liters] Operative Chamber 15.2 ft-[430 liters] Volume Connection: 314'NPT Cord water, Temperature:41-86F[5-30C] Flow Pressure:29-116 psi[200-800 kPa] Capacity:4 gaUmin [1511min] Connection: 3/4'NPT Hot water Temperature:41-158F[5-70C] Flow Pressure:29-116 psi[200-800 kPa] Capacity:4 gallmin[15 Ilmin] Connection:314' NPT RO/Filtered Water Temperature:41-158F[5-70C] Flow Pressure:29-116 psi[200-800 kPay] Capacity:4 gallmin [15 Ilmin] Connection: 112' NPT Steam Connection Flow Pressure:29-58 psi[200-400 kPa] (Optional) Capacity:2 lbs.lmin_[1 Kglmin-] Consumption pi cycle:13-22 Ibs_[6-10 Kg) Connection:2"[50mm] Gravity Fed Drain:Minimum 2"ID Floor Sink: 12'x 12"recommended,located Drain within footprint Optional Stearn Connection Condensate Drain: 112"NPT Air Flow Volume 7416 tt'lhr. [210 m3lhr.] (Dry Phase) 123.6 W/min[3.5 m'lmin)] .tricai Options Steding P1500A80E 480V,60Hz, 14kW, 17A,3N-+ PE Sterling P1500-208E 208V, 601-tz, 1DkW,29A, 3-+PE Sterling P1500480S 480V,60Kz,6.4kW,9A,3N-+ PE Sterling P1500-2085 208V,60F1z,6.4kW, 18A,3-+ PE HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 11 71 00-9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 11 71 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT Dimensions for Standard P1500 f, 29Vte"[742mm] 2•[50 EXHAUST v4` F/ 841h' [2145" mrv� 27ohe' Lj lik" 1n:•�ajir� Loading ® 0 A. A 25'%- L 1 -J=4'� ♦ [870 mm] 31 h2gB5ffvTq FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW Recommended wall opening: 66-114"X 29-318"X 39-9116" This is to accommodate the critical measurement for the transport cart alignment 471ti(1200"MINIMUM AREA FOR UNLOADING -- lb-[13nJ NPT t3-W" I5+arts' I �p�. 19 mSTEAM �C-�4Qnm] f402mnj 13�Yi [301►mr] CONDENSATION [�r0� ( J STEAM SUPPLY DRAIN '+' 71,46' .+'!,'(13. NPT [202 rrxn] NETWORK 131a"[45mm] CONNECTION DRAIN 14�`(80mm] W4TER 99 ' �N"NPT 2ft & 311b. 1b11R[100 mm] FITTINGS [e POWER emm] 1800 81 . 3*1 [?211"M [36mmJ L21;rrng TOP VIEW 47114-11200mm]MINIMUM AREA FOR.LOADING SECTiONAAVIEW HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 11 71 00- 10 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 11 71 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT Dimensions for P1500 with Condenser 54'ts[136" 2A31is'[742mm] [�-----397hs'[1002rrvn] r[56rrm] 119' [2145 mm] i'060" 279fifi [700 mm] Unloaomg Loading r q 2gW l — ♦ [670 rrm] 31t�`(&5rrvn] FRONTVIaV SIDE btEW Recommended wail opening: 86-114"X 29-3M' X 39-9116" This is to accommodate the critical measurement for the transport cart alignment Q 47114'(1200 mm)M MLW AREA FOR UNLOADING � — � th_`[13men]NPT 13;e' t 5131+i 7� 193lc' Sj�A&A I [340mn1) [4J2;;4 1 d+1r' [301 mm] CONDENSATION f353�mm] [2BOrrm] STEAIASLPPLY DRAIN + K. .{..17(t 3rrxn)NPT [202 mm] NETWORK I I 1 '[45mm] CONNECTION ]SS�lnsm] DRAIN 1 Its.(W WATER 1944, e2'(o50mm] (30'rrm] 315f+s'[100mm] FITTINGS 2� 3t'h- cPc'`O�VVER 'd9mm [NODmrTq 8+1/1b 1 The -kppLti+ $�6' C`2111NT] [38mm] [2111mm) I_L ===MW=9r= TOP VIEW 47114'[1200mm]MINI ML,%i AREA FOP..LOADENG SECTION AA VIEW HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 11 71 00- 11 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 11 71 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT END OF SECTION HEALTHCARE EQUIPMENT 11 71 00- 12 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 12 32 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT MANUFACTURED CASEWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Labor, materials, tools, equipment and services for all manufactured casework and cabinets as indicated, all custom casework, reception desks, work counters, and movable casework items, in accordance with provisions of the contract documents. Furnish, deliver and install all items of this section. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 06 10 00— Rough Carpentry: blocking B. Section 09 65 00 - Resilient Flooring: Rubber Base C. Section 12 36 00 - Countertops. D. See Division 21 -23 for Mechanical. E. See Division 26 -28 for Electrical. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Construct casework to the standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute, Premium Grade. B. Comply with recommendations and specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials, Architectural Woodwork Institute, National Electrical Manufacturer's Association, National Particle Board Association and appropriate Commercial Standards and Federal Specifications, as modified and supplemented on the Drawings and herein. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Submittal Procedures. B. Submit Shop Drawings: Submit complete shop drawings with elevations minimum Y4" = 12" or larger. Floor plans to be %" = 12" or larger, sections and details to be 1 '/2" = 12" or larger. Show sizes, dimensions and connections to other items for coordination with other trades. Show complete details of construction C. Show directional arrows indicating direction of any directional woods or laminates. D. Technical Data: Submit complete material specifications as well as samples required. E. Certificate of Compliance: The manufacturer shall submit a written guarantee certifying complete compliance with all details of this specification. Certificate must be on company letterhead and signed by an individual authorized to legally bind said company. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CABINETS A. Basis of design: AWI Premium grade, flush with 3 mm PVC edge banding. 2.02 LAMINATED PLASTIC A. Laminated plastic shall meet NEMA published LD-3 -1980 standards. 1. Refer to Drawings for Manufacturer and Color. B. Vertical grade laminate to be nominal .030" thick, have textured surface and meet NEMA standard GP28 & PF30. 1. Wood grain laminates to be installed with grain vertical. C. Laminated plastic countertops shall be finished with high pressure plastic laminate, texture finish, .039" thick. Materials to meet NEMA standards GP50 or PF42 respectively. Plastic laminate balancing sheet, minimum .020" thickness required on all countertops. D. Balancing sheet on inside of doors and drawer faces shall be minimum .027" thick high pressure laminate, white, almond or greystone color to match cabinet interior and shall meet NEMA standard CL20 for vertical grade, matte finish or polyester laminate, 60% plastic laminate overlay, white, almond or greystone color, factory bonded with 250 p.s.i. at 300 degree F. MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 12 32 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 12 32 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 2.03 MONOLITHIC FLAKEBOARD A. 3-ply board of balanced construction, outer layers of wood flakes. B. Density, minimum 45 lbs. per cubic foot, moisture content 8% or less. C. Screw holding, face, shall test at 225#withdrawal. D. Surface hardness, 900 p.s.i. E. Binder, resin. Water soluble glues or binders are unacceptable. F. Federal Specification LLL-B800A& Commercial Standard CS326-666. 2.04 MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD A. Factory prefinished fiberboard. B. Face smooth, uniform, free from defects, white, almond or greystone color to match cabinet interior. 2.05 PLYWOOD A. All plywood, where exposed or semi-exposed, shall be 5-ply, solid face, back and core laminated with Type 2 water resistant glue. 2.06 FINISHES A. Exposed Surfaces: 1. Exposed surfaces of cabinets shall include the exterior of door and drawer fronts, exposed cabinet ends and backs, tops of cabinets under 72" above the floor. Sloping tops of cabinets that are visible shall be considered exposed. Open units and units behind glass doors, including the shelves of such units, are considered exposed. 2. Exposed surfaces shall be finished with High Pressure laminated plastic. Laminate color and patterns are as shown on the Drawings. Exposed finished end may match face or be a second color as selected. B. Semi-Exposed Surfaces: 1. Semi-exposed portions of cabinets shall include interior components of all cabinets such as ends, backs, bottoms, shelves, partitions, drawer sides, drawer backs, drawer bottoms and other similar members exposed to view. Under side of wall cabinets and tops 72" above the floor shall be considered semi-exposed. 2. Semi-exposed Surfaces: Except as otherwise noted, all semi-exposed surfaces to be furnished in one color(white, almond, gray, or black)to be selected by architect, which at manufacturer's options may be PVC, melamine or polyester overlay. C. Concealed Surfaces: 1. Concealed portions include those surfaces not exposed to view upon completion of installation such as unfinished outside ends, rear of backs, underside of bottoms under 30" above floor, tops of cabinets over 72" unless seen from above, security panels and lock rails. Toe kicks receiving base by others shall be considered concealed. Concealed surfaces shall be provided with backer sheet where necessary to eliminate warpage. D. Exposed Edges: 1. Exposed edges shall include all edges normally exposed to view, including edges on underside of wall hung cabinets. Only front edge of adjustable shelves shall be considered exposed. Exposed edges are to be selected by architect from manufacturer's standard offering. Edges of semi-exposed components such as shelves, partitions, drawer sides and bottom edges of wall hung cabinets shall be colored to match selected semi-exposed surface color. 2.07 DESIGN CONCEPT A. All hinged doors, drawers and face panels shall be manufactured with a full overlay system. MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 12 32 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 12 32 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 2.08 MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Exterior Laminate: High Pressure laminated plastic equal to or exceeding NEMA LD3-1985 standards for high pressure laminated plastic, with low glare, fine textured finish. Provide (0.030-inch thick) vertical grade at all exposed surfaces except for Plastic Laminate on countertops which shall be .050 inch thick. 1. Refer to Drawings for Manufacturer and Color. B. Cabinet liner: High Pressure Laminate equal to or exceeding NEMA standards for liner grade, (.020 inch thick). Provide as balancing sheet on rear of all door and drawer fronts. C. Laminate Adhesive: High Pressure laminated plastic shall be bonded to core with a liquid polyvinyl acetate or a urea resin adhesive at temperatures above 60 degree F, at a pressure no less than 15 lbs. per square inch. Laminate and core are to be laminated and cured in a controlled environment between 40% and 60% relative humidity. Contact adhesives are not acceptable. D. PVC Edges: High grade polyvinyl chloride edging, applied by machine with hot melt, waterproof adhesive, under heat and pressure. Edges and corners to be trimmed and buffed smooth. Provide 3 mm (1/8 inch)thick edging for all doors, drawer fronts and face panels. Provide .020 thick PVC for all other exposed edges. E. Composition Board: High grade industrial monolithic particle flakeboard with an average 45 to 48 lbs. per cubic foot density and a minimum of 8% and maximum of 12% moisture content. Provide for all panels except as otherwise noted. F. Hardboard: Standard brown color, smooth two sides, oil impregnated wood fiber, uniform and free of defects. Cabinet backs and drawer bottoms to be provided with 1/4" hardboard smooth one side, painted in semi-exposed color and provided with an acrylic top coat. G. Hardware 1. Frameless Concealed Hinges; BHMA A156.9,1301602, 120 degree opening. 2. Wire Pulls; Back mounted, solid metal, 5 inch centers, 2-1/2 inches deep, 5/16 diameter 3. Catches: Magnetic catches, BHMA A156.9 4. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: BHMA A156.9, B04071; with shelf rest 5. Drawer Slides: BHMA A156.9 6. Door and Drawer Locks: BHMA A156.9, E07121 / E07041 a. Confirm locations with Owner prior to fabrication. 7. Door and Drawer Silencers: BHMA Al56.16, L03011 8. Hardware Finishes: Satin stainless steel 2.09 COMPONENT CONSTRUCTION A. Doors: Minimum .745 inches thick. Furnish three (3) hinges and two (2) magnetic catches on all doors 48 inches high and over. B. Drawers. Fabiicale drawer fronts same as doors. Sides shall be Y2-Inch and subfronts and backs shall be 3%-inch thick. Drawers shall be dowel construction, assembled true and square within a clamp and shall be provided with 8mm hardwood fluted dowels at a minimum of 1 %4 inch on center at each joint. Provide all drawers with %4 inch MDF bottoms housed into sides, subfront and back and glue entire perimeter with hotmelt adhesive. Drawers exceeding 24" in width shall be %2 inch thick MDF bottoms. Drawers shall be mounted with positive "IN" and "OUT" stops to provide permanent alignment and quiet operation. Drawer fronts that impact cabinet body will not be allowed. C. Cabinet ends, tops, bottom, dividers, partitions, fixed shelves and other components not specified otherwise shall be minimum .745 inches thick. D. Adjustable Cabinet Shelves: Shelves over 30 %2 inches wide shall be one inch thick. No shelves are to be provided over 48 inches long. All shelves shall be adjustable on minimum of 32mm (1 % inch). MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 12 32 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 12 32 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT MANUFACTURED CASEWORK E. Small cubicle shelves and partitions: % inch hardboard or natural color smooth two sides, with front edges sanded. F. Finished Backs: High-Pressure laminated plastic exterior, applied to composition board with cabinet liner interior. Minimum .745 inch thick. G. Scribes and Fillers: Shall be .745 inch thick finished in laminated plastic on composition core to match color of adjacent cabinets. H. Adjustable Wall Shelving: Shall be composition board, finished both surfaces with almond colored low pressure laminate, minimum .745 inches thick. Edgeband all four edges. Provide adjustable wall standards at a minimum of 32" o.c. unless shown otherwise. 2.10 UNIT TYPE CONSTRUCTION A. Prefinished Fixed Casework: 1. Laminating: All laminating and fabrication shall be performed in a heated and humidity conditioned environment to prevent shrinkage, warpage and delaminations. All substrate and finish materials shall be stored in this environment a minimum of 48 hours prior to processing. Maintain a minimum of 60 degree F and between 40% and 60% relative humidity. 2. All parts shall be accurately machined and fit for square and true cases. Case joints shall be dowelled with a minimum of six (6) 10mm hardwood fluted dowels per 24 inch deep cabinet joint, and shall be glued and clamped. All backs shall be dadoed into cabinet ends and furnished with 2 '% inch composition board rails at the top and bottom the full width of cabinet, concealed behind back. Rails are to be provided at a maximum spacing of 42 inches on center. 3. Toe kicks shall be notched to form toe kick at 4 inches high. End panels to extend to the floor for maximum strength and to provide protection during shipping. The front kick board shall be of% inch thick plywood. 4. All base units to have a% inch solid subtop, except for sink cabinets which shall be provided with 4" wide front to back rails at each side. 5. All edges on underside of wall hung cabinets shall be edgebanded. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Coordinate with work of all other trades. B. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous Items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. C. Installation shall be supervised by factory trained and authorized personnel. 3.02 DIMENSIONS A. Verify dimensions of all cabinet locations in building before fabrication. B. Except as altered by field verification, all cabinet nominal dimensions are to be within 1 '/2 inch of that specified. C. Maximum filler size allowable is 2 inches wide unless otherwise shown and approved on shop drawings. 3.03 CASEWORK INSTALLATION A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging and comply with manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. B. Install, plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim or level as required, using concealed concealed where practicable. Relocateable cabinets shall be adjusted accordingly without attachment. MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 12 32 00 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 12 32 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT MANUFACTURED CASEWORK C. Where required assemble adjacent units into one integral unit with joints flush, tight and uniform. Align similar adjoining doors and drawers to a tolerance of 1132 inch. D. Adjust casework and hardware so the doors and drawers operate smoothly without warp or blind. Lubricate operating hardware as recommended by manufacturer. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Repair or remove and replace defective work as directed by the Architect or Owner's representative upon completion of installation. B. Clean factory finished casework, touch up as required, and remove and refinish damaged or soiled areas. C. Clean cabinetry 'broom clean' and free of debris. Installer shall be responsible for the immediate removal of all trash, crating, etc., associated with the cabinet installation. END OF SECTION MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 12 32 00 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 12 36 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COUNTERTOPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Countertops for manufactured casework. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 12 32 00 - Manufactured Wood Casework. B. Section 12 35 53.19 -Wood Laboratory Casework: Laboratory countertops. C. Section 22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures: Sinks. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E84-Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2016. B. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) -Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2014. C. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) - North American Architectural Woodwork Standards, U.S. Version 3.0; 2016. D. NEMA LD 3 - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005. E. SEFA 2 - Installations; 2010. F. SEFA 3 - Laboratory Work Surfaces; 2010. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Specimen warranty. C. Shop Drawings: Complete details of materials and installation; combine with shop drawings of cabinets and casework specified in other sections. D. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, minimum size 6 inches square, representing actual product, color, and patterns. E. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for maintenance and repair of countertop surfaces. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COUNTERTOPS A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise. B. Quality Standard: SEFA 3 for laboratory worksurfaces. C. Plastic Laminate Countertops: High-pressure decorative laminate (HPDL) sheet bonded to substrate. 1. Refer to Drawings for manufacturer and product. 2. Exposed Edge Treatment: Molded 3MM black PVC edge banding, sized to completely cover edge of panel. COUNTERTOPS 12 36 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 12 36 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COUNTERTOPS 3. Back and End Splashes: Same material, same construction. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Adhesives: Chemical resistant waterproof adhesive as recommended by manufacturer of materials being joined. B. Joint Sealant: Mildew-resistant silicone sealant, clear. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate tops and splashes in the largest sections practicable, with top surface of joints flush. 1. Join lengths of tops using best method recommended by manufacturer. 2. Fabricate to overhang fronts and ends of cabinets 1 inch except where top butts against cabinet or wall. 3. Prepare all cutouts accurately to size; replace tops having improperly dimensioned or unnecessary cutouts or fixture holes. B. Provide back/end splash wherever counter edge abuts vertical surface unless otherwise indicated. 1. Secure to countertop with concealed fasteners and with contact surfaces set in waterproof glue. 2. Height: 4 inches, unless otherwise indicated. C. Wall-Mounted Counters: Provide skirts, aprons, brackets, and braces as indicated on Drawings, finished to match. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. C. Verify that wall surfaces have been finished and mechanical and electrical services and outlets are installed in proper locations. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install laboratory worksurface countertops in compliance with requirements of SEFA 2. B. Securely attach countertops to cabinets using concealed fasteners. Make flat surfaces level; shim where required. C. Attach plastic laminate countertops using screws with minimum penetration into substrate board of 3/4 inch. D. Seal joint between back/end splashes and vertical surfaces. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Variation From Horizontal: 1/8 inch in 10 feet, maximum. B. Offset From Wall, Countertops: 1/8 inch maximum; 1/16 inch minimum. C. Field Joints: 1/16 inch wide, maximum. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean countertops surfaces thoroughly. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. COUNTERTOPS 12 36 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 12 36 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COUNTERTOPS B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION COUNTERTOPS 12 36 00-3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 21 05 00- COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PART ] -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Mechanical Methods" for submittal requirements and drawing requirements. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following to complement other Division 21 Sections 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Mechanical sleeve seals. 3. Sleeves. 4. Escutcheons. 5. Fire-suppression demolition. 6. Supports and anchorages. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in chases. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION 21 05 00- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Characteristics for Fire-Suppression Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE, TUBE,AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 21 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B 1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.2 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 21 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ( ASTM B 813. r D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series or BAgl,unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. B. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. t i C. Pressure Plates: Composite. Include two for each sealing element. D. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.4 SLEEVES i A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION 21 05 00- 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E,Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized,plain ends. C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 2.5 ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. B. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass. C. Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FIRE-SUPPRESSION DEMOLITION A. Refer to Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching", Division 02 Section "Selective Structure Demolition", and Division 23 Section "Mechanical Methods" for general demolition requirements and procedures. B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. 2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. 3. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. 4. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. 5. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS-COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 21 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. j F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. Install piping at indicated slopes. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Install piping to allow application of insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls,ceilings, and floors. M. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. N. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section 'Penetration Firestopping" for materials. O. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. P. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements. 3.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 21 Sections specifying piping systems. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION 21 05 00- 4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B 1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. 3.4 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor fire-suppression materials and equipment. END OF SECTION 21 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SECTION 21 05 48 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. This Section includes vibration isolators,vibration isolation bases. 2. This Section includes seismic restraint requirements for suspended pipes, and mechanical equipment with and without vibration isolation. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. IBC: International Building Code. B. ICC-ES: ICC-Evaluation Service. C. SEI/ASCE 7: American Society of Civil Engineers; Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 210500 for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates,and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. I. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device. 2. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of seismic-restraint component used. 3. Interlocking Snubbers: Include ratings for horizontal,vertical, and combined loads. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Vibration isolators. 2. Anchor Bolts, Washers, and Bushings 3. Seismic Restraint Devices 4. Vibration Isolation Equipment Bases. C. Shop Drawings: In addition to requirements set forth in Section 23 05 00, shop drawings for the listed systems shall also include detailing of riser supports, vibration isolation base details, seismic-restraint systems, and suspended elements. Provide submittals of the following piping systems within the entire building: l { VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 21 05 48 - 1 AND EQUIPMENT l CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 1. For Vibration Isolated Elements: a. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, spring deflection changes, and seismic loads. Include certification that riser system has been examined for excessive stress and that none will exist. b. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides and rails, base weights, equipment static loads, power transmission, component misalignment, and cantilever loads. C. Seismic-Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of seismic restraints and snubbers. Show anchorage details and indicate layout, quantity, diameter, anchor depth of embedment and, if mounted on housekeeping pads, indicate anchor minimum edge distance requirements. 2. For Suspended Elements: Prior to installation, submit seismic restraint manufacturer's layout of all required bracing locations on contractor shop drawings. Layout to be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Layout to include manufacturer's bracing legend indicating: a. Type of braced element. b. Seismic restraint hardware call-out. C. Minimum required vertical support rod diameter. d. Maximum allowable brace spacing. e. Brace reaction at full design load. f. Minimum required seismic restraint anchorage. g. Installation detail drawing number. h. Anchorage installation detail drawing number. D. Design Calculations: For vibration isolation and seismic-restraint details indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. l. Dcsign Calculations: Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment weight and operation, seismic forces required to select vibration isolators, seismic restraints, and for designing vibration isolation bases. a. Coordinate design calculations with wind load calculations required for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Division 23 Sections for equipment mounted outdoors. b. To support selection and arrangement of seismic restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. B. Welding certificates. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 21 05 48 - 2 AND EQUIPMENT CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in the jurisdiction where the Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of vibration isolation bases and seismic restraints that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. This professional engineer shall develop a Quality Assurance Plan. B. Testing Agency Qualifications (Owner will engage): An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated,that is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities ` having jurisdiction. C. Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the IBC unless requirements in this Section are more stringent. D. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code- Steel." 1.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide a Quality Assurance Plan that complies with SEI/ASCE 7, Appendix IIA for the following mechanical systems or equipment. 1. Flammable, combustible, or highly toxic piping systems and their associated mechanical units in Seismic Design Categories C, D, E, or F. 2. Installation of vibration isolation systems where the maximum clearance (air gap) between the equipment support frame and restraint is less than or equal to 1/4-inch. 3. Installation of seismic restraint systems for Seismic Use Group II and III. B. The Contractor shall submit a written Contractor's statement of responsibility to the regulatory authority having jurisdiction and the Owner prior to the commencement of work. The Contractor's statement of responsibility shall contain the following: 1. Acknowledgement of awareness of the special requirements contained in the Quality Assurance Plan. 2. Acknowledgement that control will be exercised to obtain conformance with the design documents approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 3. Procedure for exercising control within the Contractor's organization, the method and frequency of reporting, and the distribution of the reports. 4. Identification and qualifications of the person exercising such control and their position in the organization. C. The Owner shall employ a special inspector to observe the construction of all seismic systems in accordance with the Quality Assurance Plan. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 21 05 48 - 3 AND EQUIPMENT CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design seismic and vibration isolation systems, including drawings, calculations, and material specifications prepared according to current IBC and SEI/ASCE 7 (2005)for obtaining approval from authorities having jurisdiction. Seismic and vibration systems shall be selected for the approved Project equipment and piping components. B. Seismic-Restraint Loading: 1. Site Class as Defined in the IBC: D. 2. Assigned Seismic Use Group or Building Risk Category as Defined in the IBC: IV. a. Component Importance Factor: 1.5 for all life safety systems and equipments required to function after an earthquake and all mechanical equipment that would impede egress from building. All systems and equipment that contain hazardous content. All other systems, equipment and piping shall be Ip=1.0. b. Component Importance Factor: 1.5 for all life safety systems and equipments required to function after an earthquake and all systems, and equipment,needed for continued operation of the facility or whose failure could impair the continued operation of the facility. 3. Component Response Modification Factor (Rp) and Component Amplification Factor (Ap): From SEI/ASCE 7 (2005), Table 13.6-1, Seismic Coefficients for Mechanical and Electrical Components. 4. Seismic Design Category: D. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Vibration Isolation: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 1. Amber/Booth Company, Inc. 2. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 3. Korfund/Vibration Mountings and Controls, Inc. 4. Mason Industries,Inc. B. Seismic Restraint for Suspended Elements: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 1. International Seismic Application Technology(ISAT). 2. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 3. Korfund/Vibration Mountings and Controls,Inc. 4. Mason Industries, Inc.Tolco. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 21 05 48 -4 AND EQUIPMENT CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 2.3 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A, Type V-1, Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene or natural rubber, molded with a nonslip, ribbed or waffle-pattern steel load distribution plates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Models W and WM. 2. Material: Standard neoprene. 3. Durometer Rating: 40. 4. Thickness: 5/16 inch thick. 5. Isolator shall be loaded to limit surface pressure to a maximum of 50 psi. B. Type V-2, Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene or natural rubbermolded with a nonslip, ribbed or waffle-pattern steel load distribution plates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model Super W and Super WM. 2. Material: Standard neoprene. 3. Durometer Rating: 50. 4. Thickness: 3/4-inch thick. 5. Isolator shall be loaded to limit surface pressure to a maximum of 50 psi. C. Type V-3, Elastomeric Mounts: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene isolator elements with factory-drilled, encapsulated top plate for bolting to equipment and baseplate for bolting to structure. Color-code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model ND. 2. Durometer Rating: 40 to 50, unless a higher or lower rating is necessary to meet the load and deflection requirements. D. Type V-4, Restrained Elastomeric Mounts: All-directional elastomeric mountings with seismic restraint. Color-code to identify capacity range. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Models RBA and RCA. 2. Materials: Steel housing containing two separate and opposing, molded, bridge-bearing neoprene elements that prevent central threaded sleeve and attachment bolt from ' contacting the casting during normal operation. 3. Neoprene: Shock-absorbing materials compounded according to the standard for bridge- bearing neoprene as defined by AASHTO, M251. 4. Durometer Rating: 30 to 60, as required to meet load requirements. E. Type V-5, Spring Isolators: Freestanding, laterally stable, open-spring isolators. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model SLF or SLFH. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 21 05 48 - 5 AND EQUIPMENT CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to 1/4-inch- thick, neoprene isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 100 psi. Provide resilient isolation washers and bushings at baseplate anchor bolts. 7. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. F. Type V-6, Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic restraint. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model SLR/SLRS. 2. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to wind loads or if weight is removed; factory-drilled baseplate bonded to 1/4-inch thick, elastomeric isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. G. Type V-7, Housed Spring Mounts: Housed spring isolator with integral seismic snubbers. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model SSLFH. 2. Housing: Steel housing to provide all-directional seismic restraint. 3. Base: Factory drilled for bolting to structure with 1/4-inch thick neoprene pad attached to baseplate. 4. Snubbers: Vertically adjustable to allow a maximum of 1/4-inch travel before contacting a resilient collar. Snubbing in all modes with adjustment to limit upward, downward,and horizontal travel to a maximum rating of 1.0g. 5. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 6. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 7. Isolator to be equipped with leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment with height-saving brackets. 8. Isolator to be installed with neoprene washers and bushings at baseplate anchor bolts. H. Type V-8, Elastomeric Hangers: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene isolator elements with steel housings for hanger rods. Molded element shall include a neoprene bushing to prevent rod from contacting the hanger box. Color-code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model HD. 2. Durometer Rating: 40 to 50, unless a higher or lower rating is necessary to meet the load and deflection requirements. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 21 05 48 - 6 AND EQUIPMENT CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT I. Type V-9, Spring Hangers: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model 30N. 2. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Elements: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer- reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. 7. Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. J. Type V-10, Spring Hangers with Vertical-Limit Stop: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression and with a vertical-limit stop and deflection scale. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model PC30N. 2. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Elements: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer- reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. 7. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer encapsulated in a molded neoprene rebound washer on lower threaded rod. 8. Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. K. Type TR-1, Thrust Restraint: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in compression and with a load stop. Include rod and angle-iron brackets for attaching to equipment. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Models WBI and WBD. 2. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 21 05 48 - 7 AND EQUIPMENT l_, CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 7. Coil Spring: Factory set and field adjustable for a maximum of 1/4-inch movement at start and stop. L. Pipe Riser Resilient Support: All-directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of 2 steel tubes separated by a minimum of 1/2-inch-thick, 60 durometer neoprene. Include steel and neoprene vertical-limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. Design support for a maximum load on the isolation material of 500 psi and for equal resistance in all directions. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model ADA. M. Resilient Pipe Guides: Telescopic arrangement of 2 steel tubes separated by a minimum of 1/2- inch- thick, 60-durometer neoprene. Factory set guide height with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion and contraction. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion to meet location requirements. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model VSG. 2.4 ANCHOR BOLTS, WASHERS,AND BUSHINGS A. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1-piece, molded, bridge-bearing neoprene complying with AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer rating of 50 with a flat washer face. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model HG. 2. Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings,and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs. 3. Bushing Assemblies for Wall-Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of attachment devices used. B. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type in zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to AS'1M E 488. Minimum length of eight times diameter. 1. Basis of Design: Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ Mechanical Anchor for seismic restraints. 2. Basis of Design: Hilti Undercut HDA anchors for direct attachment to equipment 10 hp and greater. 2.5 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES A. General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and applications shall be as defined by authority having jurisdiction. 1. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be subjected. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 21 05 48 - 8 AND EQUIPMENT CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT B. Type S-1, Seismic Snubbers: Factory fabricated using welded structural-steel shapes and plates, anchor bolts, and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model Z-1011. 2. Anchor bolts for attaching to concrete shall be seismic-rated, drill-in, and female-wedge or stud-wedge type. 3. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1-piece, molded, bridge-bearing neoprene complying with AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer rating of 50. C. Type S-2, Suspended Elements: 1. Design Requirements: Seismic restraint hardware to be furnished in manufacturer's pre- assembled "kits" labeled for installer cross reference with manufacturer's layout performed on contractor shop drawings. Kits to be labeled as to "kit number," "trade" and"floor." Kits to include: a. All required seismic bracketry correctly sized for attachment to vertical support rods. b., Rod stiffeners as required based on rod diameter and length. C. Correct anchorage hardware for connection to concrete deck, structural steel, or wood structural members. d,. Complete installation instructions. 2.6 FACTORY FINISHES A. Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested equipment before shipping. I. Epoxy Powder coating or electro-galvanized isolation on springs and housings. Zinc plate all bolts,nuts and washers. PART 3 -EXECUTION r 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic control devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 21 05 48 - 9 AND EQUIPMENT CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps. B. Hanger Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger rod stiffeners where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. C. Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.3 VIBRATION CONTROL AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Coordinate the location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." B. Installation of vibration isolators must not cause any change of position of equipment or piping resulting in stresses or misalignment. C. Equipment Restraints: 1. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch. 2. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. D. Piping Restraints: 1. Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127. 2. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet o.c. 3. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet. E. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. F. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. G. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall. H. Attachments to Structure: 1. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. 2. Install seismic-restraint devices using anchor bolts that meet building code requirements for testing and approval. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 21 05 48- 10 AND EQUIPMENT r CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 3. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and oversize mounting hole. 4. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall. 5. If specific attachment to structure is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams at upper chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. Obtain approval of the structural engineer prior to installation. I. Drilled-in Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque,using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless-steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.4 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A. Install flexible connections in piping where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent sections or ( branches are supported by different structural elements, and where the connections terminate r with connection to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting the connections as they approach equipment. Comply with requirements in Section 211200 "Fire-Suppression Standpipes," Section 211313 "Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems," and Section 211316 "Dry-Pipe Sprinkler Systems" for piping flexible connections. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after piping system is at operating weight. t B. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. I C. Adjust active height of spring isolators. D. Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. END OF SECTION 21 05 48 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 21 05 48- 11 AND EQUIPMENT CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS SECTION 2113 00—WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 10 for cabinets and fire extinguishers. 2. Division 23 Section"Common Mechanical Materials and Methods." 3. Division 23 Section"Identification for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." 4. Division 21 Section "Fire Pumps." 5. Division 21 Section "Clean-Agent Extinguishing Systems." 6. Division 28 Section "Fire Detection and Alarm" for alarm devices not in this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fire-suppression piping and equipment for the following building systems: 1. Wet-pipe fire-suppression system, including piping, valves, specialties, automatic sprinklers and accessories. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Hose Connection: Valve with threaded outlet matching fire hose coupling thread for attaching fire hose. B. Hose Station: Hose connection, fire hose rack,and fire hose. C. Working Plans: Documents, including drawings, calculations, and material specifications prepared according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 14 for obtaining approval from authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design sprinkler system according to the following and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Modify existing fire sprinkler system for new floor plan layout. B. Design sprinkler system according to the following and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction. WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 1. Perform a flow test as described in the Preparation Article in Part 3 of this specification section. Use results for system design calculations. 2. Include 10 psi margin of safety for available water flow and pressure. 3. Include losses through water-service piping,valves, and backflow preventers. 4. Minimum Flow Density (per square foot) for Closed Head Automatic-Sprinkler Piping Design: As follows: a. Light-Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. b. Ordinary-Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm over 1500- sq. ft. area. C. Ordinary-Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.20 gpm over 1500- sq. ft. area. d. Extra-Hazard, Group I Occupancy: 0.30 gpm over 2500-sq. ft. area. e. Extra-Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.40 gpm over 2500-sq. ft. area. f. Special Occupancy Hazard: As determined by authorities having jurisdiction. 5. The area of operation reduction allowed by NFPA Standard 13 will not be permitted where quick response sprinkler heads are used in accordance with the provisions of this specification section. 6. Minimum Flow Density for Deluge-Sprinkler Piping Design: Shall be the same as above except applied over entire area. 7. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: As follows: a. Light Hazard: 225 sq. ft. b,. Ordinary Hazard: 130 sq. ft. C. Other Areas: According to NFPA 13 recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. C. Components and Installation: Capable of producing piping systems with 175- si minimum P P P g P�P g Y P g t working-pressure rating, unless otherwise indicated. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 23 05 00 for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Submit product data, flow test report (if required) and drawings with hydraulic calculations in one single package prior to installation. C. Product Data: For the following: 1. Pipe and fitting materials and methods of joining for standpipe piping. 2. Pipe and fitting materials and methods of joining for sprinkler piping. 3. Pipe hangers and supports. 4. Piping seismic restraints. 5. Valves, including specialty valves, accessories, and devices. 6. Backflow Preventers: Include pressure drop curve and maintenance and testing information. 7. Alarm devices. Include electrical data. t l WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 2 l CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 8. Air compressors. Include electrical data. 9. Fire department connections. Include type; number, size, and arrangement of inlets; caps and chains; size and direction of outlet; escutcheon and marking; and finish. 10. Hose connections. Include size,type,and finish. l l. Hose stations. Include size, type, and finish of hose connections; type and length of fire hoses; finish of fire hose couplings; type, material, and finish of nozzles; and finish of rack. 12. Excess-pressure pumps. Include electrical data. 13. Sprinklers, escutcheons, and guards. Include sprinkler flow characteristics, mounting, finish, and other pertinent data. D. Fire-Hydrant Flow Test Report: As specified in "Preparation"Article. E. Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction. Include hydraulic calculations, if applicable. F. Field Test Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13 and NFPA 14. Include "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping" and "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Underground Piping." G. Maintenance Data: For each type of standpipe and sprinkler specialty to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 01. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has designed and installed fire- suppression piping similar to that indicated for this Project and obtained design approval and inspection approval from authorities having jurisdiction. The field installation shall be supervised at all times by a journeyman sprinkler fitter. B. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field test reports by a qualified professional engineer. Base calculations on requirements of"System Performance Requirements" article. C. The system shall be designed by a NICET Level 3 certified sprinkler designer. D, Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of fire-suppression piping that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. E. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms whose equipment, specialties, and accessories are listed by product name and manufacturer in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" and FM's "Fire Protection Approval Guide" and that comply with other requirements indicated. F. Standpipe and Sprinkler Components: Listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS G. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100,by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. H. NFPA Standards: Equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing complying with the following: 1. NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems." 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. l. Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished, wall-mounting steel cabinet and hinged cover, with space for a minimum of six spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench. Include the number of sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and wrench for sprinklers. Include separate cabinet with sprinklers and wrench for each type of sprinkler on Project. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I. Specialty Valves and Devices: a. Firematic Sprinkler Devices, Inc. E b. Grinnell Corp. € C. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. d. Star Sprinkler Corp. e. Viking Corp. E f. Victaulic Co. of America. 2. Water-Flow Indicators and Supervisory Switches: a. Gamewell Co. b. Grinnell Corp. C. Pittway Corp.; System Sensor Div. d. Potter Electric Signal Co. e. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. f. Viking Corp. g. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 3. Sprinkler, Drain and Alarm Test Fittings: a. Fire-End and Croker Corp. b. Grinnell Corp. C. Victaulic Co. of America. c WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 4. Sprinkler,Branch-Line Test Fittings: a. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co.,Inc. b. Fire-End and Croker Corp. C. Smith Industries,Inc.; Potter-Roemer Div. 5. Sprinkler,Inspector's Test Fittings: a. Fire-End and Croker Corp. b. G/J Innovations,Inc. C. Triple R Specialty of Ajax, Inc. 6. Sprinklers: a. Firematic Sprinkler Devices,Inc. b. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corp. C. Grinnell Corp. d. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. e. Star Sprinkler Corp. £ Viking Corp. g. Victaulic Co. of America. 7. Fire-Protection-Service Valves: a. Grinnell Corp. b. McWane, Inc.;Kennedy Valve Div. C. Nibco, Inc. d. Stockham Valves&Fittings, Inc. e. Victaulic Co. of America. 8. Backflow Preventers: a. Ames Co.,Inc. b. CMB Industries, Inc.; Febco Backflow Preventers. C. Conbraco Industries, Inc. d. Mueller Co.; Hersey Meters Div. C. Sparco,Inc. f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. g. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. 9. Keyed Couplings for Steel Piping: a. Ductilic, Inc. b. Grinnell Corp. C. National Fittings,Inc. d. Star Pipe Products,Inc.; Star Fittings Div. e. Victaulic Co. of America. 10. Keyed Couplings for Ductile-Iron Piping: a. Victaulic Co. of America. WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 'Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. 2.3 PIPES AND TUBES A. Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, mechanical joint type; with cement-mortar lining and seal coat according to AWWA C104. Include gland, rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts according to AWWA C111. B. Standard-Weight Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, ASTM A 135, or ASTM A 795; Schedule 40 in NPS 6 and smaller,and Schedule 30 in NPS 8 and larger. C. Schedule 10 Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, Schedule 10 in NPS 5 and smaller and NFPA 13 specified wall thickness in NPS 6 to NPS 10. D. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88,water tube, drawn temper. 2.4 PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS A. Ductile-Iron Fittings: ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting complying with AWWA pipe size; with ends factory grooved according to AWWA C606. Include cement-mortar lining and seal coat according to AWWA C104 or epoxy, interior coating according to AWWA C550. B. Cast-Iron Threaded Flanges: ASME B 16.1. C. Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B 16.4. D. Steel, Threaded Couplings: ASTM A 865. E. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M,ASME B 16.9, or ASME B 16.11. F. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B 16.5. G. Steel, Grooved-End Fittings: UL-listed and FM-approved, ASTM A 536, ductile iron; with dimensions matching steel pipe and ends factory grooved according to AWWA C606. H. Cast-Bronze Flanges: ASME B 16.24. I. Copper, Grooved-End Fittings: ASTM B 75, copper tube or ASTM B 584, bronze castings. l 2.5 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods" for pipe-flange gasket materials and welding filler metals. B. Ductile-Iron, Keyed Couplings: UL 213 and AWWA C606, for ductile-iron pipe dimensions. Include ASTM A 536, ductile-iron housing,rubber gaskets, and steel bolts and nuts. WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS C. Ductile-Iron, Flanged Joints: AWWA C115, ductile-iron or gray-iron pipe flanges, rubber gaskets,and steel bolts and nuts. D. Steel, Keyed Couplings: UL 213 and AWWA C606, for steel-pipe dimensions. Include ASTM A 536, ductile-iron housing, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts and nuts. Include listing for dry-pipe service for couplings for dry piping. E. Copper, Keyed Couplings: UL 213 and equivalent to AWWA C606, for copper-tube dimensions. Include ASTM A 536, ductile-iron housing with copper-colored enamel finish, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts and nuts. F. Transition Couplings: AWWA C219, sleeve type, or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to, and with ends compatible with piping to be joined. 2.6 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT A. Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Piping: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105, film, 0.008- inch minimum thickness,tube or sheet. 2.7 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES A. Refer to Division 23 Section "General-Duty Valves for Mechanical Piping" for gate, ball, butterfly, globe, and check valves not required to be UL listed and FM approved. 2.8 FIRE-PROTECTION-SERVICE VALVES A. General: UL listed and FM approved, with minimum 175-psig nonshock working-pressure rating. Valves for grooved-end piping may be furnished with grooved ends instead of type of ends specified. B. Gate Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: UL 262; cast-bronze, threaded ends; solid wedge; OS&Y; and rising stem. C. Indicating Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Smaller: UL 1091; butterfly or ball-type, bronze body with threaded ends; and integral indicating device. 1. Indicator: Electrical 115-V ac, prewired,two-circuit, supervisory switch. D. Gate Valves,NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: UL 262, iron body, bronze mounted,taper wedge, OS&Y, and rising stem. Include replaceable,bronze,wedge facing rings and flanged ends. E. Swing Check Valves,NPS 2 and Smaller: UL 312 or MSS SP-80, Class 150; bronze body with bronze disc and threaded ends. F. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: UL 312, cast-iron body and bolted cap, with bronze disc or cast-iron disc with bronze-disc ring and flanged ends. WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 2.9 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Alarm Check Valves: UL 193, 175-psig working pressure; designed for horizontal or vertical installation, with cast-iron flanged inlet and outlet, bronze grooved seat with O-ring seals, and single-hinge pin and latch design. Include trim sets for bypass, drain, electric sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gages,retarding chamber, and fill-line attachment with strainer. 1. Option: Grooved-end connections for use with keyed couplings. 2. Drip Cup Assembly: Pipe drain without valves,and separate from main drain piping. 3. Drip Cup Assembly: Pipe drain with check valve to main drain piping. B. Dry-Pipe Valves: UL 260; differential type; 175-psig working pressure; with cast-iron flanged inlet and outlet, bronze seat with O-ring seals, and single-hinge pin and latch design. Include UL 1486 quick-opening devices trim sets for air supply, drain priming level alarm q P g � P g connections, ball drip valves, pressure gages, priming chamber attachment, and fill-line attachment. 1. Option: Grooved-end connections for use with keyed couplings. 2. Air-Pressure Maintenance Devices: Automatic device to maintain correct air pressure in piping. Include shutoff valves to permit servicing without shutting down sprinkler piping, bypass valve for quick filling, pressure regulator or switch to maintain pressure, strainer, pressure ratings with 14-to 60-psig adjustable range, and 175-psig maximum inlet pressure. 3. Air Compressor: Fractional horsepower, 120-V ac, 60 Hz, single phase. C. Pre-Action and Deluge Valves: UL 260, cast-iron body, 175-psig working pressure; hydraulically operated, differential-pressure type. Include flanged inlet and outlet, bronze seat with O-ring seals, trim sets for bypass, drain, electric sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gages, drip cup assembly piped without valves and separate from main drain line, fill-line attachment with strainer,and push-rod chamber supply connection. 1. Option: Grooved-end connections for use with grooved-end piping. 2. Air-Pressure Maintenance Devices: Automatic device to maintain correct air pressure in piping. Include shutoff valves to permit servicing without shutting down sprinkler piping, bypass valve for quick filling, pressure regulator or switch to maintain pressure, strainer, pressure ratings with 14-to 60-psig adjustable range, and 175-psig maximum inlet pressure. 3. Air Compressor: Fractional horsepower, 120-V ac, 60 Hz, single phase. D. Pressure-Regulating Valves: UL 1468, 400-psig minimum rating, brass. Include NPS 1-1/2 or NPS 2-1/2, female NPS inlet and outlet; adjustable setting feature; and straight or 90-degree angle pattern design as indicated. 1. Finish: Rough chrome-plated. E. Ball Drip Valves: UL 1726, automatic drain valve, NPS 3/4, ball check device with threaded ends. i WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 2.10 SPRINKLERS A. Automatic Sprinklers: With heat-responsive element complying with the following: 1. UL 199, for applications except residential. 2. UL 1767, for early suppression, fast-response applications. B. Sprinkler Types and Categories: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice for "Ordinary" temperature classification rating, quick response, unless otherwise indicated or required by application. 1. Open Sprinklers: UL 199,without heat-responsive element. a. Orifice: 1/2 inch,with discharge coefficient K between 5.3 and 5.8. b. Orifice: 17/32 inch,with discharge coefficient K between 7.4 and 8.2. C. Sprinkler types, features, and options include the following: 1. Concealed ceiling sprinklers, including cover plate. 2. Extended-coverage sprinklers. 3. Flush ceiling sprinklers, including escutcheon. 4. Institution sprinklers,made with small,breakaway projection. 5. Open sprinklers. 6. Pendent sprinklers. 7. Pendent, dry-type sprinklers. 8. Recessed sprinklers, including escutcheon. 9. Sidewall sprinklers. 10. Sidewall, dry-type sprinklers. 11. Upright sprinklers. D. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome-plated, rough bronze, and factory-painted. E. Special Coatings: Wax and corrosion-resistant paint. F,. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler mounting applications. Esculcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed-type sprinklers are specified with sprinklers. 1. Ceiling Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, two piece, with 1/2-inch to 3/4-inch vertical adjustment. 2. Sidewall Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, one piece, flat. G. Sprinkler Guards: Wire-cage type, including fastening device for attaching to sprinkler. 2.11 SPECIALTY SPRINKLER FITTINGS A. Specialty Fittings: UL listed and FM approved; made of steel, ductile iron, or other materials compatible with piping. B. Pre-Action or Deluge System Fittings: UL listed for dry-pipe service. C. Press-Seal Fittings: UL 213, steel housing with butylene O-rings and pipe stop. WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS D. Locking-Lug Fittings: UL 213,ductile-iron body with locking-lug ends. E., Drop-Nipple Fittings: UL 1474,with threaded inlet,threaded outlet, and seals; adjustable. F. Sprinkler, Drain and Alarm Test Fittings: UL-listed, cast- or ductile-iron body; with threaded inlet and outlet,test valve, and orifice and sight glass. G. Sprinkler, Branch-Line Test Fittings: UL-listed, brass body; with threaded inlet and capped drain outlet and threaded outlet for sprinkler. H. Sprinkler, Inspector's Test Fittings: UL-listed, cast- or ductile-iron housing; with threaded inlet and drain outlet and sight glass. 2.12 ALARM DEVICES A. General: Types matching piping and equipment connections. B. Water-Motor-Operated Alarms: UL 753, mechanical-operation type with pelton-wheel operator with shaft length, bearings, and sleeve to suit wall construction and 10-inch- diameter, cast- aluminum alarm gong with red-enamel factory finish. Include NPS 3/4 inlet and NPS 1 drain connections. C. Water-Flow Indicators: UL 346; electrical-supervision, vane-type water-flow detector; with 250-psig pressure rating; and designed for horizontal or vertical installation. Include two single-pole, double-throw, circuit switches for isolated alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory-set, field-adjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that sends signal if removed. D. Pressure Switches: UL 753; electrical-supervision-type, water-flow switch with retard feature. Include single-pole, double-throw, normally closed contacts and design that operates on rising pressure and signals water flow. E. Valve Supervisory Switches: UL 753; electrical; single-pole, double throw; with normally closed contacts. Include design that signals controlled valve is in other than fully open position. F. Indicator-Post Supervisory Switches: UL 753; electrical; single-pole, double throw; with 1 normally closed contacts. Include design that signals controlled indicator-post valve is in other than fully open position. 1 l 2.13 PRESSURE GAGES ! A. Pressure Gages: UL 393,3-1/2-to 4-1/2-inch- diameter dial with dial range of 0 to 250 psig. 2.14 CONTROL PANELS A. Description: Single-area, two-area, or single-area cross-zoned type as indicated. Control panel includes NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure, detector, alarm, and solenoid-valve circuitry for operation of deluge valves. Panels contain power supply; battery charger; standby batteries; l 1 WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00 - 10 1 L, CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS field-wiring terminal strip; electrically supervised solenoid valves and polarized fire alarm bell; lamp test facility; single-pole, double-throw auxiliary alarm contacts; and rectifier. I. Panels: UL listed and FM approved when used with thermal detectors and Class A detector circuit wiring. Electrical characteristics are 120-V ac, 60 Hz, with 24-V do rechargeable batteries. 2. Manual Control Stations: Electric operation, metal enclosure, labeled "MANUAL CONTROL STATION" with operating instructions and a cover held closed by breakable strut. 3. Manual Control Stations: Hydraulic operation, with union, NPS 1/2 pipe nipple, and bronze ball valve. Include metal enclosure labeled "MANUAL CONTROL STATION" with operating instructions and a cover held closed by breakable strut. 2.15 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. General: ASSE standard,backflow preventers. 1. NPS 2(DN 50)and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends. 2. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Bronze, cast-iron, steel, or stainless steel body with flanged ends. a. Interior Lining: AWWA C550 or FDA approved, epoxy coating for backflow preventers having cast-iron or steel body. 3. Interior Components: Corrosion-resistant materials. 4. Exterior Finish: Polished chrome plate if used in chrome-plated piping system. 5. Strainer: On inlet, if indicated. B. Double-Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies: ASSE 1015, suitable for continuous pressure application. include shutoff valves on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet; test cocks; and two positive-seating check valves. Pressure Loss: 5 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. C. Double-Check Detector Assembly Backflow Preventers: ASSE 1048, FM approved or UL listed, and suitable for continuous pressure application. Include outside screw and yoke gate valves on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet. Include test cocks; two positive-seating check valves; and bypass with displacement-type water meter, valves, and double-check Backflow preventer. Pressure Loss: 5 psig maximum,through middle 1/3 of flow range. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Perform fire-hydrant flow test according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 291. Use results for system design calculations required in "Quality Assurance" Article in Part 1 of this Section. B. Report test results promptly and in writing. WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 11 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine walls and partitions for suitable thickness, fire- and smoke-rated construction, framing for hose-station cabinets, and other conditions where hose connections and stations are to be installed. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Do not use welded joints with galvanized steel pipe. B. Flanges, unions, and transition and special fittings with pressure ratings the same as or higher than system's pressure rating may be used in aboveground applications, unless otherwise indicated. r C. Piping between Fire Department Connections and Check Valves: Use galvanized, standard- weight steel pipe with grooved ends; steel, grooved-end fittings; steel, keyed couplings; and grooved joints. i D. Wet Standpipes: Standard-weight steel pipe with grooved ends; steel, grooved-end fittings; steel,keyed couplings; and grooved joints. E. Dry Standpipes: Galvanized, standard-weight steel pipe with grooved ends; steel, grooved-end fittings; steel, keyed couplings; and grooved joints. F. Wet-Pipe Sprinklers: Use the following: C 1. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Standard-weight steel pipe with threaded ends, cast-iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. ( 2. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Standard-weight steel pipe with plain ends, locking-lug fittings, and twist-locked joints. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Standard-weight steel pipe with plain ends, steel welding ( fittings, and welded joints. { 4. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Galvanized, standard-weight steel pipe with threaded ends; cast- iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 5. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Galvanized, standard-weight steel pipe with plain ends; locking- lug fittings; and twist-locked joints. i 6. NPS 2: Standard-weight steel pipe with plain ends, locking-lug fittings, and twist-locked joints. 7. NPS 2: Standard-weight steel pipe with grooved ends; steel, grooved-end fittings; steel, keyed couplings; and grooved joints. 8. NPS 2: Standard-weight steel pipe with plain ends, steel welding fittings, and welded joints. 9. NPS 2: Galvanized, standard-weight steel pipe with plain ends; locking-lug fittings; and twist-locked joints. 10. NPS 2: Galvanized, standard-weight steel pipe with grooved ends; steel, grooved-end fittings; steel,keyed couplings; and grooved joints. 11. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Galvanized, standard-weight steel pipe with grooved ends; steel, grooved-end fittings; steel,keyed couplings; and grooved joints. t WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00 - 12 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 12. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Schedule 10 steel pipe with roll-grooved ends; steel, grooved-end fittings; and grooved joints. 13. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Schedule 10 steel pipe with plain ends, steel welding fittings, and welded joints. G. Dry-Pipe,Preaction and Deluge Sprinklers: Use the following: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Galvanized, standard-weight steel pipe with threaded ends; cast- iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Galvanized, standard-weight steel pipe with plain ends; locking lug fittings; and twist-locked joints. 3. NPS 2: Galvanized, standard-weight steel pipe with plain ends; locking lug fittings; and twist-locked joints. 4. NPS 2: Galvanized, standard-weight steel pipe with grooved ends; steel, grooved-end fittings; steel,keyed couplings; and grooved joints. 5. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Galvanized, standard weight steel pipe with grooved ends; steel, grooved-end fittings; steel,keyed couplings; and grooved joints. 3.4 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Fire-Protection-Service Valves: UL listed and FM approved for applications where required by NFPA 13 and NFPA 14. a. Shutoff Duty: Use gate valves. 2. General-Duty Valves: For applications where UL-listed and FM-approved valves are not required by NFPA 13 and NFPA 14. a. Shutoff Duty: Use gate,ball,or butterfly valves. 3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint construction. B. Ductile-Iron-Piping, Grooved Joints: Use ductile-iron pipe with radius-cut-grooved ends; ductile-iron, grooved-end fittings; and ductile-iron, keyed couplings. Assemble joints with couplings, gaskets, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling manufacturer's written instructions. C. Steel-Piping, Grooved Joints: Use Schedule 40 steel pipe with cut or roll-grooved ends; steel, grooved-end fittings; and steel, keyed couplings. Assemble joints with couplings, gaskets, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling manufacturer's written instructions. Use gaskets listed for dry-pipe service for dry piping. WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 13 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS D. Copper-Tubing, Grooved Joints: Use copper tube with roll-grooved ends; copper, grooved-end fittings; and copper, keyed couplings. Assemble joints with couplings, gaskets, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling manufacturer's written instructions. Use gaskets listed for dry-pipe service for dry piping. E. Twist-Locked Joints: Follow fitting manufacturer's written instructions. F. Dissimilar-Piping-Material Joints: Construct joints using adapters or couplings compatible with both piping materials. Use dielectric fittings if both piping materials are metal. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods" for dielectric fittings. 3.6 PIPING INSTALLATION r A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping installation. B. Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated, as far as practical. 1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before deviating from approved working plans. C. Use approved fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. D. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. Unions are not required on flanged devices or in piping installations using grooved joints. E. Install flanges or flange adapters on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and l larger connections. l F. Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler piping, complete with shutoff valve, sized and located according to NFPA 13. G. Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage. H. Install sprinkler zone control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to standpipes when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes. i I. Install drain valves on standpipes. J. Install alarm devices in piping systems. K. Hangers and Supports: Comply with NFPA 13 for hanger materials. Install according to NFPA 13 for sprinkler piping and to NFPA 14 for standpipes. L. Earthquake Protection: Install piping according to NFPA 13 to protect from earthquake damage. i WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 14 L. CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS M. Install piping with grooved joints according to manufacturer's written instructions. Construct rigid piping joints,unless otherwise indicated. N. Install pressure gages on riser or feed main, at each sprinkler test connection, and at top of each standpipe. Include pressure gages with connection not less than NPS 1/4 and with soft metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gage and valve. Install gages to permit removal, and install where they will not be subject to freezing. 3.7 SPECIALTY SPRINKLER FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install specialty sprinkler fittings according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 23 Section "General-Duty Valves for Mechanical Piping" for installing general-duty valves. Install fire-protection specialty valves, trim, fittings, controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 14, manufacturer's written instructions, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Gate Valves: Install fire-protection-service valves supervised-open, located to control sources of water supply except from fire department connections. Provide permanent identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve. C. Valves for Wall Fire Hydrants: Install gate valve with nonrising stem in supply pipe. D. Install check valve in each water-supply connection. Install backflow preventers instead of check valves in potable-water supply sources. E. Alarm Check Valves: Install valves in vertical position for proper direction of flow, including bypass check valve and retard chamber drain-line connection. F. Dry-Pipe Valves: Install trim sets for air supply, drain, priming level, alarm connections, ball drip valves, pressure gages, priming chamber attachment, and fill-line attachment. 1. Air-Pressure Maintenance Devices for Dry-Pipe Systems: Install shutoff valves to permit servicing without shutting down sprinkler system; bypass valve for quick system filling; pressure regulator or switch to maintain system pressure; strainer; pressure ratings with 14-to 60-psig adjustable range; and 175-psig maximum inlet pressure. 2. Install air compressor and compressed-air supply piping. 3. Install compressed-air supply piping from building compressed-air piping system. G. Deluge and Pre-Action Valves: Install in vertical position, in proper direction of flow, in main supply to deluge system. 3.9 SPRINKLER APPLICATIONS A. General: Use sprinklers according to the following applications: WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 15 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 1. Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers or as indicated. 2. Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Recessed sprinklers or as indicated. 3. Wall Mounting: Recessed horizontal sidewall sprinklers or as indicated. 4. Spaces Subject to Freezing Served by Wet-Pipe System: Dry-pendent type and/or dry- sidewall type sprinklers. 5. Deluge-Sprinkler Systems: Upright and pendent, open sprinklers. 6. Special Applications: Use extended-coverage, flow-control, and quick-response sprinklers where indicated. 7. Sprinkler Finishes: Use sprinklers with the following finishes: a. Upright, Pendent, and Sidewall Sprinklers: Chrome-plated in finished spaces exposed to view; rough bronze in unfinished spaces not exposed to view; wax coated where exposed to acids,chemicals,or other corrosive fumes. b. Concealed Sprinklers: Rough brass,with factory-painted white cover plate. C. Recessed Sprinklers: Bright chrome,with bright chrome escutcheon. d. Residential Sprinklers: Dull chrome. 3.10 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of acoustical panels and tiles. B. Do not install pendent or sidewall, wet-type sprinklers in areas subject to freezing. Use dry- type sprinklers with water supply from heated space. 3.11 CONNECTIONS A. Connect water-supply piping and standpipes and sprinklers to fire pumps. Include backflow preventers. B. Connect water supplies to standpipes and sprinklers. Include backflow preventers. C. Install ball drip valves at each check valve for fire department connection. Drain to floor drain or outside building. D., Connect piping to specialty valves, hose valves, specialties, fire department connections, and accessories. E. Electrical Connections: Power wiring is specified in Division 26. i F.. Connect alarm devices to fire alarm. l G. Connect compressed-air supply to dry-pipe sprinkler piping. i 3.12 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION i A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in NFPA 13 and NFPA 14 and in Division 23 Section "Identification for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 16 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Flush,test, and inspect sprinkler piping according to NFPA 13, "System Acceptance" Chapter. B. Flush,test, and inspect standpipes according to NFPA 14, "Tests and Inspection" Chapter. C. Replace piping system components that do not pass test procedures and retest to demonstrate compliance. Repeat procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. D„ Report test results promptly and in writing to Architect and Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 3.14 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. B. Remove and replace sprinklers having paint other than factory finish. 3.15 PROTECTION A. Protect sprinklers from damage until Substantial Completion. 3.16 START-UP PROCEDURES A. Verify that specialty valves, trim, fittings, controls, and accessories are installed and operate correctly. B. Verify that specified tests of piping are complete. C. Verify that damaged sprinklers and sprinklers with paint or coating not specified are replaced with new, correct type. D. Verify that sprinklers are correct types, have correct finishes and temperature ratings, and have guards as required for each application. E. Verify that potable-water supplies have correct types of backflow preventers. F. Verify that hose connections and fire department connections have threads compatible with local fire department equipment. G. Fill wet-pipe sprinkler piping with water. H. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. I. Adjust operating controls and pressure settings. J. Coordinate with fire alarm tests. Operate as required. K. Coordinate with fire-pump tests. Operate as required. WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 17 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 01 1000 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 3.17 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate equipment, specialties, and accessories. Review operating and maintenance information. B. Schedule demonstration with Owner with at least seven days'advance notice. END OF SECTION 21 13 00 l r l l l i 1. WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 13 00- 18 t CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Common Work Results for HVAC" for submittal requirements and drawing requirements. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following to complement other Division 22 Sections: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. Mechanical sleeve seals. 4. Sleeves. 5. Escutcheons. 6. Grout. 7. Plumbing demolition. 8. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 9. Supports and anchorages. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than plumbing and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and plumbing equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in chases. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Characteristics for Plumbing Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Dielectric Unions: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Eclipse,Inc.; Rockford-Eclipse Div. C. Epco Sales Inc. d. Hart Industries International, Inc. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. f. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. 2. Dielectric Flanges: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Co. C. Epco Sales Inc. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. l 3. Dielectric Couplings: a. Calpico,Inc. b. Lochinvar Corp. 4. Dielectric Nipples: a. Grinnell Corp.; Grinnell Supply Sales Co. b. Victaulic Co. of America. 5. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: a. Calpico,Inc. b. Metraflex Co. C. Thunderline/Link-Seal. d. Innerlynx COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00- 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 2.2 PIPE, TUBE,AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 23 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. C. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series or BAgl,unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder- joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. E. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining;threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. F. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain,threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 2.5 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. B. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00- 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING C. Pressure Plates: Composite. Include two for each sealing element. D. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.6 SLEEVES A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E,Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized,plain ends. C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. 2.7 ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. B. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass. C. Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass. i PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PLUMBING DEMOLITION E A. Refer to Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" and Division 02 Section "Selective Structure Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures. B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove plumbing systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. 2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00-4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 3. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. 4. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. 5. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. 3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing. G. Install piping at indicated slopes. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Install piping to allow application of insulation plus 1-inch clearance around insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install piping tight to slabs, beams,joists, columns, walls, and other building elements. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for ceiling panel removal. M. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. N. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00- 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING O. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping"for materials. P. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. Q. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements 3.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B l.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 1 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION- COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment according to approved submittal data. C. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. D. Install plumbing equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. E. Install equipment giving right of way to piping installed at required slope. END OF SECTION COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00- 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 33 for gas meters outside the building. 2. Division 23 Section "Facility Natural-Gas Piping" for gas meters inside the building. 3. Division 22 Section "Steam and Condensate Heating Piping" for steam and condensate meters. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following meters and gages for mechanical systems: 1. Thermometers. 2. Gages. 3. Trumpet valves and gages 4. Portable instrument connections. 5. Flowmeters. 6. Thermal-energy meters. t 1.3 DEFINITIONS l A. CR: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic rubber. B. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated; include performance curves. B. Shop Drawings: Schedule for thermometers, gages and flowmeters indicating manufacturer's number, scale range, and location for each. t C. Product Certificates: For each type of thermometer, gage, flowmeter signed by product manufacturer. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For flowmeters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 19- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Accurately record actual locations of instrumentation on floor plans and diagrams. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Metal-Case, Liquid-In-Glass Thermometers: a. Trerice, H. O. Co. b. Weiss Instruments,Inc. C. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit;Dresser Industries;Instrument Div. 2. Direct-Mounting,Vapor-Actuated Dial Thermometers: a. Marsh Bellofram. b. Trerice, H. O. Co. C. Weiss Instruments, Inc. d. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries;Instrument Div. 3. Remote-Mounting,Vapor-Actuated Dial Thermometers: a. Marsh Bellofram. b.. Trerice, H. O. Co. C. Weiss Instruments,Inc. d., Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries;Instrument Div. 4, Pressure Gages: a. Marsh Bellofram. b. Trerice, H. O. Co. C. Weiss Instruments, Inc. d. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries;Instrument Div. 5. Trumpet Valve and Gage a. Flow Conditioning Corp. 6. Portable Instrument Connections: a. Flow Design, Inc. b. MG Piping Products Co. C. National Meter,Inc. d. Peterson Equipment Co.,Inc. e. Sisco Manufacturing Co. £ Trerice,H. O. Co. METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 19-2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING g. Watts Industries,Inc.; Water Products Div. 7. Venturi Flowmeters: a. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. b. Badger Meter,Inc.; Industrial Div. C. Flow Design,Inc. d. Victaulic Co. of America. 8. Turbine Flowmeters: a. Badger Meter, Inc.; Industrial Div. b. Engineering Measurements Company. C. ONICON Incorporated. d. Sponsler Company,Inc. e. Venture Measurement. 2.2 METAL-CASE, LIQUID-IN-GLASS THERMOMETERS A. Case: Die-cast aluminum with enamel finish, 7 inches long. B. Tube: Red readingwith magnifying lens. C. Tube Background: Satin-faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings or white face with black markings. D. Window: Glass or polycarbonate. t ! E. Connector: Adjustable type, 180 degrees in vertical plane, 360 degrees in horizontal plane,with locking device. F. Stem: Copper-plated steel, aluminum, or brass for thermowell installation and of material and length to suit installation. G. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. 2.3 DIRECT-MOUNTING,VAPOR-ACTUATED DIAL THERMOMETERS 1 A. Case: Dry or liquid-filled type to suit application, stainless steel or cast aluminum, 4-1/2-inch diameter. B. Element: Bourdon tube or other type of pressure element. C. Movement: Mechanical, connecting element and pointer. D. Dial: White face with black markings. E. Pointer: Black metal. METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 19-3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING F. Window: Glass. G. Ring: Stainless steel. H. Connector: Rigid,bottom or back type to suit application. L Thermal System: Liquid- filled bulb in brass stem for thennowell installation and of length to suit installation. J. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. 2.4 REMOTE-MOUNTING,VAPOR-ACTUATED DIAL THERMOMETERS A. Case: Dry type, stainless steel or cast aluminum, 4-1/2-inch diameter with holes for panel mounting. B. Element: Bourdon tube or other type of pressure element. C. Movement: Mechanical, connecting element and pointer. D. Dial: White face with black markings. E. Pointer: Black metal. F. Window: Glass. G. Ring: Stainless steel. H. Connector:. Bottom or back union type to suit application. I. Thermal System: Liquid- filled bulb in copper-plated steel, aluminum, or brass stem for thennowell installation with capillary tube of length to suit installation. J. Accuracy: Plus or minus I percent of range or plus or minus I scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. 2.5 THERMOWELLS A. Manufacturers: Same as manufacturer of thermometer being used. B. Description: Pressure-tight, socket-type metal fitting made for insertion into piping and of type, diameter, and length required to hold thermometer. 2.6 PRESSURE GAGES A. Direct-Mounting, Dial-Type Pressure Gages: Indicating-dial type complying with ASME B40.100. METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 19-4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 1. Case: Dry or liquid-filled type to suit application, stainless steel or cast aluminum, 4-1/2- inch diameter. 2. Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Pressure Connection: Brass, NPS 1/4, bottom-outlet type unless back-outlet type is indicated. 4. Movement: Mechanical,with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 5. Dial: Satin-faced,nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. 6. Pointer: Black metal. 7. Window: Glass. 8. Ring: Stainless steel. 9. Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half scale. 10. Vacuum-Pressure Range: 30-in. Hg of vacuum to 15 psig of pressure. 11. Range for Fluids under Pressure: Two times operating pressure. B. Remote-Mounting,Dial-Type Pressure Gages: ASME B40.100, indicating-dial type. 1. Case: Dry type, stainless steel or cast aluminum, 4-1/2-inch diameter with holes for panel mounting. 2. Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube,unless otherwise indicated. 3. Pressure Connection: Brass, NPS 1/4, bottom-outlet type unless back-outlet type is indicated. 4. Movement: Mechanical,with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 5. Dial: White face with black markings. 6. Pointer: Black metal. 7. Window: Glass. 8. Ring: Stainless steel. 9. Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half scale. 10. Vacuum-Pressure Range: 30-in. Hg of vacuum to 15 psig of pressure. 11. Range for Fluids under Pressure: Two times operating pressure. I C. Pressure-Gage Fittings: t 1. Valves: NPS 1/4 brass or stainless-steel needle type. 2. Syphons: NPS 1/4 coil of brass tubing with threaded ends. 3. Snubbers: ASME B40.5, NPS 1/4 brass bushing with corrosion-resistant, porous-metal disc of material suitable for system fluid and working pressure. 2.7 TRUMPET VALVE AND GAGE A. Description: Brass manifold with hydronic indicator gage, spring return pushbutton valves, ports to connect to system, test port, and universal mounting bracket for horizontal or vertical pipe. B. Hydronic Indicator Gage: Shall meet ASA Grade A specifications for pressure gages, accurate to 1%. Case shall be 4'/2" diameter, stem mounted, heavy steel with screwed ring and unbreakable crystal. Indicator shall have recalibrator, compound scale calibrated in both psig and feet W.C. from full vacuum to selected pressure, and quick-set dial for pressure comparison. Maximum indicator pressure shall at least equal pump shut-off head and shall exceed this minimum by no more than 50 psig. METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 19- 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2205 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 2.8 PORTABLE INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS A. Description: Corrosion-resistant brass or stainless-steel body with core inserts and gasketed, and threaded cap,with extended stem for units to be installed in insulated piping. B. Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 500 psig at 200 deg F. C. Core Inserts: One or two self-sealing rubber valves. 1. Insert material for air,water, oil, or gas service at 20 to 200 deg F shall be CR. 2. Insert material for air or water service at minus 30 to plus 275 deg F shall be EPDM. D. Test Kit: Furnish one test kit containing one pressure gage and adaptor, two thermometers, and carrying case. Pressure gage, adapter probes, and thermometer sensing elements shall be of diameter to fit portable instrument connections and of length to project into piping. 1. Pressure Gage: Small bourdon-tube insertion type with 2- to 3-inch diameter dial and probe. Dial range shall be 0 to 200 psig. 2. Low-Range Thermometer: Small bimetallic insertion type with 1-to 2-inch diameter dial and tapered-end sensing element. Dial ranges shall be 25 to 125 deg F. 3. High-Range Thermometer: Small bimetallic insertion type with 1- to 2-inch diameter dial and tapered-end sensing element. Dial ranges shall be 0 to 220 deg F. 4. Carrying case shall have formed instrument padding. 2.9 VENTURI FLOWMETERS A. Description: Differential-pressure design for installation in piping; with calibrated flow- measuring element, separate flowmeter, hoses or tubing, valves, fittings, and conversion chart compatible with flow-measuring element, flowmeter, and system fluid. B. Construction: Bronze, brass, or factory-primed steel; with brass fittings and attached tag with flow conversion data. C. Pressure Rating: 250 psig. D. Temperature Rating: 250 deg F. E. End Connections for NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded. F. End Connections for NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged. G. Range: Flow range of flow-measuring element and flowmeter shall cover operating range of equipment or system served. H. Permanent Indicators: Suitable for wall or bracket mounting, calibrated for connected flowmeter element, and having 6-inch- diameter, or equivalent, dial with fittings and copper tubing for connecting to flowmeter element. 1. Scale: Gallons per minute. 2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent between 20 and 80 percent of range. METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 19- 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING I. Portable Indicators: Differential-pressure type calibrated for connected flowmeter element and having two 12-foot hoses in carrying case. 1. Scale: Gallons per minute. 2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 2 percent between 20 and 80 percent of range. J. Operating Instructions: Include complete instructions with each flowmeter. 2.10 TURBINE FLOWMETERS A. Description: Insertion type for inserting turbine into piping and measuring flow directly in gallons per minute. i B. Construction: Bronze or stainless-steel body; with plastic turbine or impeller and integral direct-reading scale. C. Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum. D. Temperature Rating: 250 deg F minimum. E. Display: Visual instantaneous rate of flow. F. Accuracy: Plus or minus 2-1/2 percent. PART 3 -EXECUTION { 3.1 THERMOMETER APPLICATIONS A. Install thermometers in the following locations and where shown on drawings: 1. Inlet and outlet of each hydronic coil. 2. Inlet and outlet of each hydronic coil. 3. Outside-air,return-air, and mixed-air ducts. B. Provide the following temperature ranges for thermometers: 1. Heating Hot Water: 30 to 240 deg F,with 2-degree scale divisions. 2. Chilled Water: 0 to 100 deg F,with 2-degree scale divisions. 3. Condensate: 30 to 300 deg F,with 5-degree scale divisions. 4. Air Ducts: Minus 40 to plus 110 deg F,with 2-degree scale divisions. 3.2 GAGE APPLICATIONS A. Install dry-case-type pressure gages for discharge of each pressure-reducing valve and where shown on drawings. METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 19-7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING B. Install liquid-filled-case-type pressure gages at chilled- and condenser-water inlets and outlets of chillers. C. Install liquid-filled-case-type pressure gages at suction and discharge of each pump. 3.3 TRUMPET VALVE AND GAGE APPLICATIONS A. Install trumpet valve and hydronic indicator gage at large circulating pumps as detailed on the drawings. Make connections across pump inlet and discharge, and across suction diffuser or strainer. 3.4 INSTALLATIONS A. Do not install instrumentation when areas are under construction, except for required rough-in, taps, supports, and portable instrument connections. B. Install direct-mounting thermometers and adjust vertical and tilted positions. C. Install remote-mounting dial thermometers on panel, with tubing connecting panel and thermometer bulb supported to prevent kinks. Use minimum tubing length. D. Install thermowells with socket extending one-third of diameter of pipe and in vertical position in piping tees where thermometers are indicated. E. Duct Thermometer Support Flanges: Install in wall of duct where duct thermometers are indicated. Attach to duct with screws. F. Install direct-mounting pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at most readable position. G. Install remote-mounting pressure gages on panel. H. Install needle-valve and snubber fitting in piping for each pressure gage for fluids (except steam). I. Install needle-valve and syphon fitting in piping for each pressure gage for steam. J. Install portable instrument connections in tees in piping. K. Install flow indicators, in accessible positions for easy viewing, in piping systems. L. Assemble and install connections, tubing, and accessories between flow-measuring elements and flowmeters as prescribed by manufacturer's written instructions. M. Install flowmeter elements in accessible positions in piping systems. N. Install differential-pressure-type flowmeter elements with at least minimum straight lengths of pipe upstream and downstream from element as prescribed by manufacturer's written instructions. METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 19-8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING O. Install permanent indicators on walls or brackets in accessible and readable positions. P. Install connection fittings for attachment to portable indicators in accessible locations. Q. Mount meters on wall if accessible; if not,provide brackets to support meters. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance for meters, gages, machines, and equipment. B. Connect flowmeter-system elements to meters. C. Connect flowmeter transmitters to meters. D. Connect thermal-energy-meter transmitters to meters. E. Ground equipment according to Division 26. F. Connect wiring according to Division 26. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Calibrate meters according to manufacturer's written instructions, after installation. B. Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility. END OF SECTION 22 05 19 METERS AND GAGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 19-9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Special purpose valves are specified in other Division 23 piping system sections. 2. Valve tags and charts are specified in Division 23 Section "Identification of Mechanical Piping and Equipment." 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general duty valves common to several mechanical piping systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 22 05 00 for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates,and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Ball Valves 2. Swing Check Valves,2-Inches and Smaller 3. Silent Check Valves, 2-Inches and Smaller C. Shop Drawings: None required. D. Reports and Certificates: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Summary table indicating each type of valve and application required for project. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility: Comply with the requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Materials and Equipment," under "Source Limitations" Paragraph. B. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9 for building services piping and ASME B31.1 for power piping. C. MSS Compliance: Comply with the various MSS Standard Practice documents referenced. GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 23 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. 3, Set globe and gate valves closed to prevent rattling. 4. Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. 5. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. 6. Block check valves in either closed or open position. B. Use the following precautions during storage: E 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store indoors and maintain valve temperature higher than ambient dew-point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use a sling to handle large valves. Rig to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels and stems as lifting or rigging points. PART 2 -PRODUCTS r t 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ball Valves: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.;Apollo Division b. Hammond Valve Corporation C. Nibco Inc. d. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc. 2. Swing Check Valves: a. Crane Company;Valves and Fitting Division b. Hammond Valve Corporation C. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc. d. Nibco Inc. F 3. Silent Check Valves: r a. Hammond Valve Corporation b. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc. C. Nibco Inc. GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 23 - 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 2.2 BASIC, COMMON FEATURES A. Design: Rising stem or rising outside screw and yoke stems,except as specified below. 1. Nonrising stem valves may be used only where headroom prevents full extension of rising stems. B. Pressure and Temperature Ratings: As indicated in the "Application Schedule" of Part 3 of this Section and as required to suit system pressures and temperatures. C. Sizes: Same size as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated. D. Operators: Use specified operators and handwheels, except provide the following special operator features: l. Handwheels: For valves other than quarter turn. 2. Lever Handles: For quarter-turn valves 6 inches and smaller, except for plug valves, which shall have square heads. Furnish Owner with one wrench for every 10-plug valves. 3. Chain-Wheel Operators: For valves 4 inches and larger, installed 96 inches or higher above finished floor elevation. 4. Gear-Drive Operators: For quarter-turn valves 8 inches and larger. E. Extended Stems: Where insulation is indicated or specified, provide extended stems arranged to receive insulation. F. Bypass and Drain Connections: Comply with MSS SP-45 bypass and drain connections. G. Threads: ASME B 1.20.1. H. Flanges: ASME B 16.1 for cast iron, ASME B 16.5 for steel, and ASME B 16.24 for bronze valves. I. Solder Joint: ASME,B16.18. 1. Caution: Where soldered end connections are used, use solder having a melting point below 840 deg F for gate, globe, and check valves; below 421 deg F for ball valves. 2.3 BALL VALVES A. Ball Valves, 2-Inches and Smaller: MSS SP-110, 600-psi CWP, Class 150, ASTM B 584 bronze body and end piece(s), 2-piece or 3-piece construction as required in the Application Schedule; stainless steel ball, full port, blowout proof, stainless steel stem; teflon seats and seals; threaded or soldered end connections as called for in Part 3. Vinyl-covered steel lever handle. 1. Options: a. Stem Extension: For valves installed in insulated piping (if required in Application Schedule) equip with 2-Inch extended handle of non-thermal material. GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 23 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING Provide protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation. ( b. Memory Stop: For operator handles(if required in Application Schedule). 2.4 CHECK VALVES A. Swing Check Valves, 2 Inches and Smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 125, 200-psi CWP or Class 150, 300-psi CWP as required in the Application Schedule; horizontal swing, Y-pattern, ASTM B 62 cast-bronze body and cap, rotating bronze disc with renewable seat and disc, threaded or soldered end connections as required by Application Schedule. B. Silent Check Valves, 2-Inches and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Class 125, 250-psig CWP, inline spring actuated lift type, ASTM B 584 bronze body, stainless steel spring, Buna-N seat, threaded connections. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine piping system for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of valves. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and (- handling. C. Operate valves from fully open to fully closed positions. Examine guides and seats made �. accessible by such operation. D. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. t E. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Check gasket material for proper size, material composition suitable for service, and freedom from defects and damage. F. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install valves as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. l C. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow servicing, I maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 23 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING D. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. E. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem a minimum of 30' above horizontal at or above the center of the pipe. F. Install valves in a position to allow full stem movement. G. For chain-whecl operators, extend chains to 60 inches above finished flour elevation. H. Installation of Check Valves: Install for proper direction of flow as follows: I. Swing Check Valves: Horizontal position with hinge pin level or vertical upflow position. 2. Silent Check Valves: Horizontal or vertical position. 3.3 SOLDERED CONNECTIONS (FOR DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS ONLY) A. Cut tube square and to exact lengths. B. Clean end of tube to depth of valve socket with steel wool, sand cloth, or a steel wire brush to a bright finish. Clean valve socket. C. Apply proper soldering flux in an even coat to inside of valve socket and outside of tube. D. Open gate and globe valves to fully open position. E. Remove the cap and disc holder of swing check valves having composition discs. F. Insert tube into valve socket, making sure the end rests against the shoulder inside valve. Rotate tube or valve slightly to ensure even distribution of the flux. G. Apply heat evenly to outside of valve around joint until solder melts on contact. Feed solder until it completely fills the joint around tube. Avoid hot spots or overheating valve. Once the solder starts cooling, remove excess amounts around the joint with a cloth or brush. 3.4 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Note the internal length of threads in valve ends and proximity of valve internal seat or wall to determine how far pipe should be threaded into valve. B. Align threads at point of assembly. C. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads, except where dry seal threading is specified. D. Assemble joint, wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded. GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 23 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 3.5 FLANGED CONNECTIONS A. Align flange surfaces parallel. B. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly with a torque wrench. C. For dead-end service, butterfly valves require flanges both upstream and downstream for proper shutoff and retention. 3.6 VALVE END SELECTION A. Select valves with the following ends or types of pipe/tube connections: f ( l. Copper Tube Size, 2-Inches and Smaller: Threaded ends, except solder ends can be used for plumbing cold water,hot water, non-potable water and compressed air systems. 2. Copper Tube Size, 2'/z-Inches and Larger: Flanged ends. Grooved ends acceptable if specified in Division 22 Sections "Water Distribution Piping" and/or Division 23 "Hydronic Piping." 3. Steel Pipe Sizes, 2-Inches and Smaller: Threaded ends. j 4. Steel Pipe Sizes, 2'/z-Inches and Larger: Flanged ends. Grooved ends acceptable if f specified in Division 23 Section"Hydronic Piping." r 3.7 APPLICATION SCHEDULE (. A. General Application: Use gate, ball, and butterfly valves for shutoff duty; globe for throttling duty as indicated. Refer to piping system Specification Sections for specific valve applications and arrangements. f j B. Domestic Water Systems: Use the following valve types: 1. Ball Valves: 2-piece with stem extension. 2. Swing Check Valves, 2-Inches and Smaller: Class 125, bronze body, use for all applications except at pump discharge. 3. Silent Check Valves, 2-Inches and Smaller: Class 125, bronze body; use at pump discharge. C. Heating Water Systems: Use the following valve types: 1. Ball Valves: 2-piece with stem extension and memory stop. 2. Swing Check Valves, 2-Inches and Smaller: Class 125, bronze body, use for all applications except at pump discharge. 3. Silent Check Valves, 2-Inches and Smaller: Class 125, bronze body; use at pump discharge. I i i . GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 23 - 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if leak persists. END OF SECTION 23 05 23 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 22 05 23 - 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING & EQIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. This Section includes vibration isolators,vibration isolation bases. 2. This Section includes seismic restraint requirements for suspended pipes, and mechanical equipment with and without vibration isolation. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. IBC: International Building Code. B. ICC-ES: ICC-Evaluation Service. C. SEUASCE 7: American Society of Civil Engineers; Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 210500 for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. 1. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device. 2. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of seismic-restraint component used. a. Tabulate types and sizes of seismic restraints. b., Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with requirements. 3. Interlocking Snubbers: Include ratings for horizontal,vertical, and combined loads. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Vibration isolators. 2. Anchor Bolts,Washers, and Bushings 3. Seismic Restraint Devices C. Shop Drawings: In addition to requirements set forth in Section 23 05 00, shop drawings for the listed systems shall also include detailing of riser supports, vibration isolation base details, seismic-restraint systems, and suspended elements. Provide submittals of the following piping i systems within the entire building: VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING&EQUIPMENT 22 05 48 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING & EQIPMENT 1. For Vibration Isolated Elements: a. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, spring deflection changes, and seismic loads. Include certification that riser system has been examined for excessive stress and that none will exist. b. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary ujutur slides and rails, base weights, equipment static loads, power transmission, component misalignment, and cantilever loads. C. Seismic-Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of seismic restraints and snubbers. Show anchorage details and indicate layout, quantity, diameter, anchor depth of embedment and, if mounted on housekeeping pads, indicate anchor minimum edge distance requirements. 2. For Suspended Elements: Prior to installation, submit seismic restraint manufacturer's layout of all required bracing locations on contractor shop drawings. Layout to be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Layout to include manufacturer's bracing legend indicating: a. Type of braced element. b. Seismic restraint hardware call-out. C. Minimum required vertical support rod diameter. d. Maximum allowable brace spacing. e. Brace reaction at full design load. f. Minimum required seismic restraint anchorage. g. Installation detail drawing number. h. Anchorage installation detail drawing number. D. Design Calculations: For vibration isolation and seismic-restraint details indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment weight and operation, seismic forces required to select vibration isolators, seismic restraints, and for designing vibration isolation bases. a. Coordinate design calculations with wind load calculations required for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Division 23 Sections for equipment mounted outdoors. b. To support selection and arrangement of seismic restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. B. Welding certificates. VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 05 48 - 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING & EQIPMENT 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in the jurisdiction where the Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of vibration isolation bases and seismic restraints that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. This professional engineer shall develop a Quality Assurance Plan. B. Testing Agency Qualifications (Owner will engage): An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the IBC unless requirements in this Section are more stringent. 1.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide a Quality Assurance Plan that complies with SEI/ASCE 7, Appendix IIA for the following mechanical systems or equipment. 1. Flammable, combustible, or highly toxic piping systems and their associated mechanical units in Seismic Design Categories C, D,E, or F. 2. Installation of vibration isolation systems where the maximum clearance (air gap) between the equipment support frame and restraint is less than or equal to 1/4-inch. 3. Installation of seismic restraint systems for Seismic Use Group Il and III. B. The Contractor shall submit a written Contractor's statement of responsibility to the regulatory authority having jurisdiction and the Owner prior to the commencement of work. The Contractor's statement of responsibility shall contain the following: 1, Acknowledgement of awareness of the special requirements contained in the Quality Assurance Plan. 2. Acknowledgement that control will be exercised to obtain conformance with the design documents approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 3. Procedure for exercising control within the Contractor's organization, the method and frequency of reporting, and the distribution of the reports. 4. Identification and qualifications of the person exercising such control and their position in the organization. C. The Owner shall employ a special inspector to observe the construction of all seismic systems in accordance with the Quality Assurance Plan. VIBRATION& SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING &EQUIPMENT 22 05 48 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING & EQIPMENT PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design seismic and vibration isolation systems, including drawings, calculations, and material specifications prepared according to current IBC and SEI/ASCE 7(2005)for obtaining approval from authorities having jurisdiction. Seismic and vibration systems shall be selected for the approved Project equipment and piping components. B. Seismic-Restraint Loading: 1. Site Class as Defined in the IBC: D. 2. Assigned Seismic Use Group or Building Risk Category as Defined in the IBC: IV. a. Component Importance Factor: 1.5 for all life safety systems and equipments required to function after an earthquake and all mechanical equipment that would impede egress from building. All systems and equipment that contain hazardous content. All other systems, equipment and piping shall be Ip=1.0. b. Component Importance Factor: 1.5 for all life safety systems and equipments required to function after an earthquake and all systems, and equipment,needed for continued operation of the facility or whose failure could impair the continued operation of the facility. 3. Component Response Modification Factor (Rp) and Component Amplification Factor (Ap): From SEI/ASCE 7 (2005), Table 13.6-1, Seismic Coefficients for Mechanical and Electrical Components. 4. Seismic Design Category: D. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Vibration Isolation: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 1. Amber/Booth Company,Inc. 2. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 3. Korfund/Vibration Mountings and Controls, Inc. 4. Mason Industries,Inc. B. Seismic Restraint for Suspended Elements: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 1. International Seismic Application Technology (ISAT). 2. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 3. Korfund/Vibration Mountings and Controls,Inc. 4. Mason Industries,Inc.Tolco. VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING &EQUIPMENT 22 05 48 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING & EQIPMENT 2.3 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Type V-1, Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene or natural rubber, molded with a nonslip, ribbed or waffle-pattern steel load distribution plates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Models W and WM. 2. Material: Standard neoprene. 3. Durometer Rating: 40. 4. Thickness: 5/16 inch thick. 5. Isolator shall be loaded to limit surface pressure to a maximum of 50 psi. B. Type V-2, Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene or natural rubbermolded with a nonslip, ribbed or waffle-pattern steel load distribution plates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model Super W and Super WM. 2. Material: Standard neoprene. 3. Durometer Rating: 50. 4. Thickness: 3/4-inch thick. 5. Isolator shall be loaded to limit surface pressure to a maximum of 50 psi. C. Type V-3, Elastomeric Mounts: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene isolator elements with factory-drilled, encapsulated top plate for bolting to equipment and baseplate for bolting to structure. Color-code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. ( 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model ND. 2. Durometer Rating: 40 to 50, unless a higher or lower rating is necessary to meet the load and deflection requirements. i 2.4 ANCHOR BOLTS, WASHERS, AND BUSHINGS A. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1-piece, molded, bridge-bearing neoprene complying with AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer rating of 50 with a flat washer face. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model HG. 2. Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs. 3. Bushing Assemblies for Wall-Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of attachment devices used. B. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type in zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. Minimum length of eight times diameter. VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING &EQUIPMENT 22 05 48 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION &SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING & EQIPMENT I. Basis of Design: Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ Mechanical Anchor for seismic restraints. 2. Basis of Design: Hilti Undercut HDA anchors for direct attachment to equipment 10 hp and greater. 2.5 RESTRAINED VIBRATION ISOLATION ROOF-CURB RAILS A. Type RC-1, Description: Factory-assembled, fully enclosed, insulated, air- and watertight curb rail designed to resiliently support equipment and to withstand 125-mph wind impinging laterally against side of equipment. Design restraints to meet seismic requirements of Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model SRSC. B. Lower Support Assembly: Sheet-metal "Z" section containing adjustable and removable steel springs that support upper floating frame. Upper frame shall provide continuous support for equipment and shall be captive to resiliently resist wind and seismic forces. Lower support assembly shall have a means for attaching to building structure and a wood nailer for attaching roof materials, and shall be insulated with a minimum of 2 inches of rigid, glass-fiber insulation on inside of assembly. C. Spring Isolators: Adjustable, restrained spring isolators shall be mounted on 1/4-inch- thick, elastomeric vibration isolation pads and shall have access ports, for level adjustment, with removable waterproof covers at all isolator locations. Isolators shall be located so they are accessible for adjustment at any time during the life of the installation without interfering with the integrity of the roof. 1. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic restraint. a. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops and adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt. b. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. C. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. d. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully eonpies5ed, without deformation or failure. 2. Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in single or multiple layers,molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized steel baseplates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. a. Material: Standard neoprene. b. Durometer Rating: 50. C. Number of Layers: 1 minimum. D. Snubber Bushings: All-directional, elastomeric snubber bushings at least 1/4 inch thick. VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 05 48 - 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING & EQIPMENT E. Water Seal: Galvanized sheet metal with EPDM seals at corners, attached to upper support frame, extending down past wood nailer of lower support assembly, and counter flashed over roof materials. 2.6 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be subjected. B. Type S-1, Seismic Snubbers: Factory fabricated using welded structural-steel shapes and plates, anchor bolts, and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model Z-1011. 2. Anchor bolts for attaching to concrete shall be seismic-rated, drill-in, and female-wedge or stud-wedge type. 3. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1-piece, molded, bridge-bearing neoprene complying with AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer rating of 50. C. Type S-2, Suspended Elements: 1. Design Requirements: Seismic restraint hardware to be furnished in manufacturer's pre- assembled "kits" labeled for installer cross reference with manufacturer's layout performed on contractor shop drawings. Kits to be labeled as to "kit number," "trade" and"floor." Kits to include: a. All required seismic bracketry correctly sized for attachment to vertical support rods. b. Rod stiffeners as required based on rod diameter and length. C. Correct anchorage hardware for connection to concrete deck, structural steel, or wood structural members. d. Complete installation instructions. 2. Rigid seismic restraint brace arm assemblies: Designed for strut nut attachment to minimum 12 gage steel channel with pregalvanized zinc finish per ASTM A525, solid, punched or short slot per engineering calculations. a. Basis of Design: Hinged seismic brackets. b. Assembly: Brackets to be provided from manufacturer with integral 1/2" hex bolts and strut nuts. 3. Cable seismic restraint brace arm assemblies: Minimum 7 x 19 pre-stretched galvanized steel aircraft cable appropriately sized for the system load. a. Basis of Design: Pre engineered brackets. b. Design Requirements: Hinged seismic brackets. C. Assembly: Brackets factory pre-tied to made-to-length aircraft cable, with integral method for length adjustment by installer. 4. Cast-In Place Deck Inserts: For vertical supports and seismic restraint anchorage. VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING &EQUIPMENT 22 05 48 - 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING & EQIPMENT a. Basis of Design: Pre-engineered inserts. b. Design Requirements: For form pour slabs, for metal decks with concrete, internally threaded to accept threaded rod diameters, with enforcement agency approval. Coordinate installation locations with manufacturer's lay out of seismic restraint locations on contractor's shop drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic control devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Hanger Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger rod stiffeners where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. B. Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.3 VIBRATION CONTROL AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Installation of vibration isolators must not cause any change of position of equipment or piping resulting in stresses or misalignment. B. Equipment Restraints: 1. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch. 2. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. C. Piping Restraints: 1. Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127. 2. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet o.c. 3. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet. VIBRATION& SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING&EQUIPMENT 22 05 48 - 8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING & EQIPMENT D. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. E. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. F. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall. G. Attachments to Structure: 1. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. 2. Install seismic-restraint devices using anchor bolts that meet building code requirements for testing and approval. 3. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and oversize mounting hole. 4. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to r provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to i wall. 5. If specific attachment to structure is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams at upper chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. Obtain approval of the structural engineer prior to installation. H. Drilled-in Anchors: l. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved ( full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless-steel anchors for exterior applications. l 3.4 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A. Install flexible connections in piping where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where the connections terminate with connection to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting the connections as they approach equipment. Comply with requirements in Section 220516 "Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping". VIBRATION& SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING&EQUIPMENT 22 05 48 - 9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING & EQIPMENT 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after piping system is at operating weight. B. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. C. Adjust active height of spring isolators. D. Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. END OF SECTION VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING &EQUIPMENT 22 05 48 - 10 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 11 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 33 for exterior water service piping and water meters. 2. Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for pipe hangers and seismic restraints. 3. Division 23 Section "Identification" for pipe identification requirements. 4. Division 23 Section "Pipe Insulation for Mechanical Systems" for pipe insulation requirements. 5. Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages for Mechanical Piping" for thermometers, pressure gages, and fittings. 6. Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical Piping and Equipment"for seismic restraint of pipe. 7. Division 22 Section "Water Distribution Piping Specialties" for water distribution piping specialties. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes water distribution piping from locations indicated to fixtures and equipment inside building. 1.3 DEFINITIONS i A. Domestic Water Piping: Water piping inside building that conveys potable water to fixtures and equipment throughout the building. B. Non-Potable Water Piping: Water piping inside building that conveys non-potable water to fixtures and equipment throughout the building. 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Water Distribution Piping: 125 psig. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 16- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 11 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 23 05 00 "Common Work Results for HVAC" for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals for the following: 1. Hard copper tubing. 2. Ductile-iron pipe. 3. Pipe and tube fittings. C. Reports and Certificates: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Test Reports specified in "Field Quality Control." D. Shop Drawings: None required. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide listing/approval stamp, label,or other marking on piping made to specified standards. B. Comply with ASME B31.9, 'Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. C. Comply with ANSI/NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects," Sections 1 through 9 for potable-water piping and components. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE AND TUBE MATERIALS A. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications"Article. B. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L,water tube, annealed temper. C. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88,Type L,water tube, drawn temper. D. Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, 250-psig minimum pressure rating with mechanical joint bell, plain spigot end, and AWWA C104 cement-mortar lining. Include AWWA CI I ductile- iron gland, rubber gasket, and steel bolts. E. Pre-Insulated Piping (1/2 inch through 1-1/2 inch nominal pipe size): PEX-a piping, with a closed-cell polyethylene foam insulation. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 l 6- 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2211 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 2.2 PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS A. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube fitting materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications"Article. B. Copper, Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18 cast-copper alloy or ASME B16.22 wrought copper. C. Copper, Grooved-End Fittings shall be Victaulic full flow copper fittings with grooved ends. Standard fittings shall be copper per ASTM B-75 alloy C 12200; bronze and cast per ASTM B- 584 copper alloy CDA 836 per ANSI B 16.18. D. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder joint end. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping. E. Copper Unions: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body with ball-and-socket joint, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder joint, threaded, or solder joint and threaded ends. Include threads conforming to ASME B 1.20.1 on threaded ends. F. Ductile-Iron, Mechanical-Joint Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern; with 250-psig minimum pressure rating and AWWA C104 cement-mortar lining. Include AWWA CI I I ductile- or gray-iron glands,rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. G. Ductile-Iron Flanged Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern; with 250- psig minimum pressure rating and AWWA C104 cement-mortar lining. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. General: Applications of the following piping joining materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. B. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for commonly used joining materials. C. Solder: ASTM B 32,Alloy Sn95, Sn94, or E; lead free. D. Brazing Filler Metal: AWS A5.8, BCuP, copper phosphorus or BAg, silver classification. E. Copper keyed couplings shall have angle bolt pads and shall be cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 with a copper color alkyd enamel paint coating, Style 606 as manufactured by Victaulic Company of America. Couplings rated to 300 psi. Gaskets shall be flush-seal style Grade'F'. FPDM compound molded of materials conforming to ASTM B-2000, UL/ULC classified to ANSI/NSF 61 for cold and hot potable water service. F. Transition Couplings: Coupling or other manufactured fitting same size as,with pressure rating at least equal to, and with ends compatible with piping to be joined. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 16- 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2211 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 2.4 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT A. Polyethylene Encasement for Piping: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105 polyethylene film, 0.008- inch minimum thickness, tube or sheet. 2.5 VALVES A. Refer to Division 23 Section "General-Duty Valves for Mechanical Piping " for general-duty valves. B. Refer to Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for special-duty valves. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used in applications below,unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated. C. Aboveground, Domestic Water Piping: Use the following: I. 4-Inch NPS and Smaller: a. Hard copper tube, Type L; copper, solder joint fittings; and soldered joints. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: I. Shutoff Duty: Use ball valves. 2. Balancing: Use circuit balancing valve. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for basic piping installation. 3.4 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install piping with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 16- 4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 11 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for basic piping joint construction. B. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with coupling, gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions. C. Mechanically Formed Copper Tube Tee Fittings: Mechanically formed tee fitting, as created by T-Drill Industries, Inc. is an acceptable method of installation. Installers shall be trained and certified in using this technique. Limited to applications where the branch line is smaller than the main line. Form tee in copper tube according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions. Use tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole, form collar for outlet, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into collar. Soft Solder joints shall not be permitted. ( 3.6 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Sectional Valves: Install sectional valves close to main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment, and where indicated. Use gate or ball valves for piping 2-inch NPS and smaller. Use gate or butterfly valves for piping 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger. B. Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valves on each water supply to equipment, close to main, on each plumbing fixture without supply stops, and where indicated. Use ball valves for piping 2- inch NPS and smaller. Use gate or butterfly valves for piping 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger. C. Drain Valves: Install hose end drain valves for equipment, at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping. ( 1. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, and branches. 2. Install stop-and-waste drain valves where indicated. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Support pipe in accordance with Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." Install the following: 1. Riser clamps, MSS Type 8 or Type 42, for vertical runs. 2. Adjustable steel clevis hangers, MSS Type 1, for individual, straight, horizontal runs of cold water and hot water 100 feet and less. 3. Adjustable roller hangers, MSS Type 43, for individual, straight, horizontal runs of hot 1 water longer than 100 feet. 4. Pipe rolls, MSS Type 44, for multiple, straight, horizontal runs of hot water 100 feet or longer. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 5. Spring hangers,MSS Type 52, for supporting base of vertical runs. B. Install supports according to Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 16- 5 t L.. CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2211 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING C. Install seismic restraints according to Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor and at maximum distance of 15 feet (whichever is less). E. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers,with 3/8-inch minimum rods. F. Horizontal pipe hanger spacing and rod diameters: Nom. Pipe Steel Pipe Max. Copper Tube Min. Rod Size(inches) Span (Feet) Max. Span(Feet) Diameter(Inches) Up to 1 7 5 3/8 1-1/4 7 7 3/8 1-1/2 9 8 3/8 2 10 8 3/8 2-1/2 11 9 1/2 3 12 10 1/2 4 14 12 5/8, 1/2 for copper 5 16 13 5/8, 1/2 for copper 6 17 14 3/4, 5/8 for copper 8 19 16 7/8, 3/4 for copper 10 22 18 7/8, 3/4 for copper 12 23 19 7/8, 3/4 for copper G. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 START-UP PROCEDURES A. Fill water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. B. Perform the following steps before putting into operation: 1. Close drain valves. 2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. 3. Open throttling valves to proper setting. 4. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and plugs used for temporary sealing of piping during installation. 5. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. 6. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and that cartridges are clean and ready for use. END OF SECTION WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 2211 16- 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 11 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods" for piping joining ! materials,joint construction, basic installation requirements, and labeling and identifying requirements; and escutcheons, dielectric fittings, sleeves, and sleeve seals that are not in this Section. 2. Division 23 Section "General-Duty Valves for Mechanical Piping" for general-duty ball, butterfly, check,gate, and globe valves. 3. Division 23 Section "Identification for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for labeling and identifying requirements. 4. Division 22 Section "Water Distribution Piping" for water-supply piping and connections. 5. Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for pipe hangers and seismic restraints. 6. Division 26 sections for power-supply wiring, field installed disconnects, electrical devices,and motor controllers. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes water distribution piping specialties for the following: 1. Water distribution systems. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Water Distribution Piping: 125 psig. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each plumbing specialty indicated. Include rated capacities of selected equipment and shipping, installed, and operating weights. Indicate materials, finishes, dimensions, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components; and piping and wiring connections for the following plumbing specialty products: 1. Balancing valves. 2. Thermostatic water mixing valves. 3. Strainers. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2211 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 4. Trap seal primer valves. 5. Miscellaneous water distribution piping specialties. B. Reports: None required. C. Maintenance Data: For specialties to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 01. Include the following: 1. Thermostatic water mixing valves. 2. Trap seal primer valves. 3. Miscellaneous water distribution piping specialties. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A., Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on water distribution piping specialties made to specified standards. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated water distribution piping specialties specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. l. Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in National Electrical Code,Article 100. 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. C. Comply with ASME B31.9, 'Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. D. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code," for electrical components. E. Comply with Washington State Department of Health Publication 331-137 `Backflow Prevention Assemblies Approved for Installation in Washington State." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Balancing Valves: a. Amtrol, Inc. b. Armstrong Pumps,Inc. C. Flow Design,Inc. d. ITT Fluid Technology Corp.;ITT Bell &Gossett Div. e. Taco,Inc. f. Tour&Anderson, Inc.;Valve Div. g. Watts Industries; Water Products Div. 2. Thermostatic Water Mixing Valves: WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19- 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 11 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES a. Lawler Manufacturing Co.,Inc. b. Leonard Valve Co. C. Mark Controls Corp.; Powers Process Controls. d. Symmons Industries,Inc. e. T& S Brass and Bronze Works,Inc. 3. Strainers: a. Ames Co.,Inc. b. Cla-Val Co. C. CMB Industries; Febco Div. d. Conbraco Industries,Inc. e. FLOMATIC Corp. f. Grinnell Corp.; Mueller Co. Marketing Group for Hersey Products Div. g. IMI Cash Valve. h. Watts Industries,Inc.; Water Products Div. i. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. 4. Trap Seal Primer Systems: a. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc., or approved equivalent. 5. Miscellaneous Water Distribution Piping Specialties: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. b. Josam Co. C. Tyler Pipe, Wade Div. d. Zurn Industries, Inc. t 2.2 BALANCING VALVES A. Circuit Balancing Valves: Adjustable, with 2 readout ports and memory setting indicator. ( Include manufacturer's standard hoses, fittings, valves, differential pressure meter, and carrying case. 1. 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: Bronze body with brass ball, adjustment knob, calibrated nameplate, and threaded or solder joint ends. 2. 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: Bronze, Y-pattern body with adjustment knob and threaded ends. 3. 2-1/2-Inch NPS and Larger: Cast-iron, Y-pattern body with bronze disc and flanged or grooved ends. t B. Memory-Stop Balancing Valves, 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: MSS SP-110, ball valve, rated for 400-psig minimum CWP. Include 2-piece, ASTM B 62 bronze body with standard port, chrome-plated brass ball,replaceable seats and seals, blowout-proof stem, solder joint ends, and vinyl-covered steel handle with memory-stop device. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19- 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 11 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 2.3 THERMOSTATIC WATER MIXING VALVES A. General: ASSE 1017, manually adjustable, thermostatic water mixing valve with bronze body. Include check stop and union on hot- and cold-water-supply inlets, adjustable temperature setting. 2.4 STRAINERS A. Strainers: Y-pattern, unless otherwise indicated, and full size of connecting piping. Include ASTM A 666, Type 304, stainless-steel screens with 3/64-inch round perforations, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Pressure Rating: 125-psig minimum steam working pressure, unless otherwise indicated. 2. 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: Bronze body,with female threaded ends. 3. 2-1/2-Inch NPS and Larger: Cast-iron body, with interior AWWA C550 or FDA- approved epoxy coating and flanged ends. 4. Y-Pattern Strainers: Screwed screen retainer with centered blowdown. a. Drain: Pipe plug. b. Drain: Factory- or field-installed,hose-end drain valve. 5. T-Pattern Strainers: Malleable-iron or ductile-iron body with grooved ends; access end cap with drain plug and access coupling with rubber gasket. 6. Basket Strainers: Bolted flange or clamp cover, and basket with lift-out handle. a. Simplex Type: Single unit,with one basket. b. Duplex Type: Double unit, with bronze or stainless-steel diverter valve and 2 baskets. C. Drain: Pipe plug. d. Drain: Factory- or field-installed,hose-end drain valve. B. Drainage Basket Strainers: Non-pressure-rated, cast-iron or coated-steel body; with bolted flange or clamp cover and drain with plug. 1. Basket: Bronze or stainless steel with 1/8- or 3/16-inch- diameter holes and lift-out handle. 2. Female threaded ends for 2-inch NPS and smaller, and flanged ends for 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger. 2.5 TRAP SEAL PRIMER VALVES A. Trap Seal Primer System: Factory-fabricated, automatic-operation assembly for wall mounting with the following: 1. Piping: 3/4-inch NPS, ASTM B 88, Type L; copper, water tubing inlet and manifold with number of 1/2-inch NPS outlets as indicated. 2. Cabinet: Steel box with stainless-steel cover. 3. Electric Controls: 24-hour timer, solenoid valve, and manual switch for 120-V, ac power. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 2211 19-4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2211 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 4. Water Hammer Arrester: ASSE 1010. 5. Vacuum Breaker: ASSE 1001. ti 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Water Hammer Arresters: ASME Al 12.26.1M,ASSE 1010, or PDI-WH 2O1, bellows or piston type with pressurized cushioning chamber. Sizes are based on water-supply fixture units, ASME A112.26.1M sizes A through F and PDI-WH 201 sizes A through F. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTY INSTALLATION A. General: Install water distribution piping specialty components, connections, and devices F according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install strainers on supply side of each control valve, pressure regulator, and solenoid valve, and where indicated. C. Install trap seal primer valves with valve outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of one percent and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow. D. Fasten wall-hanging water distribution piping specialties securely to supports attached to building substrate if supports are specified and to building wall construction if no support is indicated. c E. Fasten recessed, wall-mounting water distribution piping specialties to reinforcement built into walls. F. Secure supplies to supports or substrate. G. Install individual stop valve in each water supply to water distribution piping specialties. Use t ball, gate, or globe valve if specific valve is not indicated. H. Install water-supply stop valves in accessible locations. 1. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. J. Include wood-blocking reinforcement for recessed and wall-mounting water distribution piping specialties. K. Include access for trap primers. L. Install water hammer arrestors near quick acting valves at the end of pipe runs and batteries of fixtures, including flush valves, washing machines, dishwashers, and as indicated. Provide access. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19- 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 11 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following are specific connection requirements: 1. Install piping connections between water distribution piping specialties and piping specified in other Division 22 Sections. 2. Install piping connections indicated between appliances and equipment specified in other Sections; connect directly to plumbing piping systems. 3. Install piping connections indicated as indirect wastes from appliances and equipment specified in other Sections,to spill over receptors connected to plumbing piping systems. B. Install hoses between water distribution piping specialties and appliances as required for connections. C. Arrange for electric-power connections to water distribution piping specialties and devices that require power. Electric power is specified in Division 26 Sections. D., Supply Runouts to water distribution piping specialties: Install hot- and cold-water-supply piping of sizes indicated,but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. E. Ground electric-powered water distribution piping specialties. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. F. Arrange for electric-power connections to water distribution piping specialties and devices that require power. Electric power, wiring, and disconnect switches are specified in Division 26 Sections. 3.3 START-UP PROCEDURES A. Before startup, perform the following checks: 1. System tests are complete. 2. Damaged and defective specialties and accessories have been replaced or repaired. 3. Clear space is provided for servicing specialties. B. Before operating systems,perform the following steps: 1. Close drain valves. 2. Open general-duty valves to fully open position. 3. Remove and clean strainers. 4. Verify that drainage and vent piping are clear of obstructions. Flush with water until clear. C. Startup Procedures: Follow manufacturer's written instructions. If no procedures are prescribed by manufacturer, proceed as follows: WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 2211 19- 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 11 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 1. Energize circuits for electrically operated units. Start and run units through complete sequence of operations. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Startup Services: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup services and train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below: 1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup of and servicing trap seal primer systems. 2. Review data in the maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 01. 3. Schedule training with Owner with at least 7 days' advance notice. i 3.5 PROTECTION A. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION i WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19- 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 13 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for support installation. 2. Division 23 Section "Pipe Insulation for Mechanical Systems" for drainage piping insulation. 3. Division 23 Section "General-Duty Valves for Mechanical Piping" for valves used in drainage piping. 4. Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical Piping and Equipment"for pipe seismic restraints. 5. Division 22 Section "Drainage Piping Specialties" for drainage and vent piping system specialties. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sanitary drainage and vent piping, and storm drainage piping inside building and to locations indicated. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 23 05 00 "Common Work Results for HVAC" for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals for the following: 1. Cast-iron soil piping. 2. Galvanized steel piping. 3. Copper tubing. C. Reports and Certificates: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Test Reports specified in "Field Quality Control." D. Shop Drawings: None required. DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 13 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Service Entrance Piping: Drainage piping at entry into building between outside building sewer piping and inside drainage piping. i B. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Piping inside building that conveys wastewater and vapors from fixtures and equipment throughout the building. 1.5 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Systems: 10-foot head of water. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A, Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on piping made to specified standards. B. Comply with ASME B31.9, 'Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. C. Comply with the latest version of CISPI 301-04a and ASTM 888-04a. i PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. 2.2 CAST-IRON SOIL PIPING A. Hubless Pipe and Fittings: CISPI 301, ASTM A 888, pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute. 1. Couplings: Assembly of metal housing, corrosion-resistant fasteners, and ASTM C 564 neoprene rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. a. Standard Duty Couplings: Complying with CISPI 310, Type 301 stainless steel, minimum 0.0075-inch (36 gage) stainless steel corrugated shield, and stainless steel bands. b. Heavy-Duty Couplings: Complying with FM 1680 Class 1, Type 304 stainless steel, minimum 0.016-inch (28 gage) stainless steel shield, and stainless steel bands. DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16- 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 13 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 2.3 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPING A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade A or B, Schedule 40, galvanized. Include ends matching joining method. I. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53 or ASTM A 106, Schedule 40, galvanized, seamless steel pipe. Include ends matching joining method. 2. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Class 150; hexagonal-stock body with ball-and- socket, metal-to-metal,brorize sealing surface; and fernale threaded ends. 3. Cast-Iron, Threaded, Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.12, galvanized. 2.4 COPPER TUBING A. Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B 306, drainage tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Drainage Fittings: ASME B 16.23, cast copper or ASME B 16.29, wrought copper, solder joint fittings. 2.5 VALVES A. Refer to Division 23 Section "General-Duty Valves for Mechanical Piping" for general-duty valves. Use valves specified for "Domestic Water Systems" applications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated. C. Aboveground, Soil,Waste, and Vent Piping: Use the following: 1. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings: a. Couplings: Standard duty couplings. b. Couplings: Heavy-duty couplings. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use gate or ball valves. DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16- 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 13 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Refer to Division 22 05 00 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for basic piping installation. 3.4 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." B. Make changes in direction for drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not make change in direction of flow greater than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if different sizes of piping are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. C. Install drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes,unless otherwise indicated: 1. All building drainage systems at 1/4 per foot downward in direction of flow. 2. Vent Piping: 1/8-inch per foot down toward vertical fixture vent. D. Install engineered, controlled-flow, storm drainage systems in locations indicated. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction. E. Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slab on grade if slab E_ is without membrane waterproofing. 3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for basic piping joint construction. B. Cast-Iron, Soil-Piping Joints: Make joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 3.6 VALVE INSTALLATION t A. Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valve on each pump discharge and where indicated. Use gate or ball valves for piping 2-inch NPS and smaller. Use gate valves for piping 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger. B. Check Valves: Install swing check valve on each pump discharge, downstream from shutoff valve. i l DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16- 4 l I� CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 13 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for pipe hanger and support devices. Install the following: 1. Riser clamps, MSS Type 8 or Type 42, for vertical runs. 2. Adjustable steel clevis hangers, MSS Type 1, for individual, straight, horizontal runs 100 feet and less. 3. Adjustable roller hangers, MSS Type 43, for individual, straight, horizontal runs longer than 100 feet. 4. Spring cushion rolls, MSS Type 49, if indicated, for individual, straight, horizontal runs longer than 100 feet. 5. Pipe rolls, MSS Type 44, for multiple, straight, horizontal runs 100 feet or longer. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 6. Spring hangers,MSS Type 52, for supporting base of vertical runs. B. Install supports and seismic restraints according to Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" and "Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints." C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor(I 5-ft. maximum). D. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers,with 3/8-inch minimum rods. E. Install hangers for horizontal piping with following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: Nom. Pipe Cast-Iron Pipe Copper DWVMax. Min. Rod Diameter(Inches) Size(Inches) Max. Span (Feet) Span (Feet) Up to 3/4 7 5 3/8 1 7 6 3/8 1-1/4 7 6 3/8 1-1/2 9 6 3/8 2 10 8 3/8 2-1/2 11 9 1/2 3 12 10 1/2 4 14 12 5/8 6 17 14 5/8 1. Support vertical cast-iron pipe and copper tube at each floor, not to exceed 15-feet. 2. Support horizontal hubless cast iron pipe at every other joint, unless over four feet, then support at every joint not to exceed 10-feet. 3. Support horizontal ABS pipe at every four feet. Allow for expansion every 30-feet. F. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16- 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2313 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Connect service entrance piping to exterior sewage and drainage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. B. Connect drainage piping to service entrance piping, and extend to and connect to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect soil, waste, and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 22 Section 'Plumbing Fixtures." 2. Plumbing Specialties: Connect soil, waste, and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 22 Section 'Domestic Water Piping Specialties." 3. Equipment: Connect waste piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve, if indicated, and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger. l 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect soil, waste, and vent piping as follows: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. a. Roughing-In Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. ( b. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to = observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. (, 3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Test drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedure, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that has been covered or concealed before it has been tested and approved. 3. Roughing-In Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping, except outside leaders, on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10 feet of head. Water level must not drop DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16- 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 13 16 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING from 15 minutes before inspection starts through completion of inspection (24 hours). Inspect joints for leaks. 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent- stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair leaks and defects using new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare and submit reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Clean interior of piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. END OF SECTION DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16- 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 13 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES { PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods" for piping joining t materials,joint construction, basic installation requirements, and labeling and identifying requirements; and escutcheons, dielectric fittings, sleeves, and sleeve seals that are not in this Section. 2. Division 23 Section "General-Duty Valves for Mechanical Piping" for general-duty ball, butterfly,check, gate, and globe valves. 3. Division 23 Section "Identification for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for labeling and identifying requirements. 4. Division 22 Section "Drainage and Vent Piping" for drainage and vent piping and connections. 5. Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for pipe hangers and seismic restraints. 6. Division 26 Sections for power-supply wiring, field installed disconnects, electrical devices,and motor controllers. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes drainage piping specialties for the following: 1. Soil,waste, and vent systems. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with following minimum working-pressure ratings,unless otherwise indicated: 1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each plumbing specialty indicated. Include rated capacities of selected equipment and shipping, installed, and operating weights. Indicate materials, finishes, dimensions, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components; and piping and wiring connections for the following plumbing specialty products: i. 1. Cleanouts. 2. Drains. DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 13 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 3. Miscellaneous drainage piping specialties. B. Reports: Specified in "Field Quality Control" Article. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on plumbing specialties made to specified standards. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated plumbing specialties specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in National Electrical Code,Article 100. 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. C. Comply with ASME B31.9, 'Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. D. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code," for electrical components. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cleanouts: a. Josam Co. b. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. C. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. d. Zurn Industries,Inc.; Hydromechanics Div. 2. Drains: a. Josam Co. b. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. C. Tyler Pipe, Wade Div. d. Zurn Industries, Inc. 2.2 CLEANOUTS A. General: Size cleanouts as indicated on drawings, or where not indicated, same size as connected drainage piping. DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19-2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 13 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 1. Provide wall cleanouts on each end of water closet ends and one over main drops in addition, provide all cleanouts required per code. B. Cleanouts: ASME A1122.36.2M, cast-iron body with straight threads and gasket seal or tapered threads for plug, flashing flange and clamping ring, and a brass closure plug. Cleanouts for installation in floors not having membrane waterproofing may be furnished without clamping ring. I. Tiled Areas: Round cleanout top with the recess top. 2. Quarry Tiled Areas: Square nickel-bronze cleanout cover. 3. Walls: Round cleanout cover with stainless steel finish. 4. All Other Areas: Round cleanout top with nickel-bronze finish. 2.3 DRAINS A. General: Size outlets as indicated on drawings. B. Floor Drains: ASME Al12.21.1M, cast-iron body, with seepage flange and clamping device, and trap seal primer valve connection. Floor drains for installation in floors not having membrane waterproofing may have seepage flange with clamping device. Floor drains for use as area drains in exterior slab on grade may be furnished with anchor flange instead of seepage flange and clamping device. Provide the following options as indicated: I. Trap primer connection. 2. Round strainer with integral funnel. 3. Polished nickel bronze top. 4. Slotted top. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTY INSTALLATION A. General: Install drainage piping specialty components, connections, and devices according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install expansion joints on vertical risers, stacks, and conductors as indicated. C. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain in as indicated, and where not � g P�P� g g piping g indicated, according to the following: 1. Size same as drainage piping up to 4-inch NPS. Use 4-inch NPS for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping 4-inch NPS and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping. 4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack. D. Install cleanout deck plates, of types indicated, with top flush with finished floor, for floor cleanouts for piping below floors. DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19- 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 13 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES E. Install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall, for cleanouts located in concealed piping. F. Install floor drains according to manufacturer's written instructions, in locations indicated. G. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained as indicated. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor or as indicated. Size outlets as indicated. H. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance. J. Fasten wall-hanging drainage piping specialties securely to supports attached to building substrate if supports are specified and to building wall construction if no support is indicated. K. Fasten recessed, wall-mounting drainage piping specialties to reinforcement built into walls. L. Install traps on drainage piping specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated. M. Locate drainage piping as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures and drains. N, Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. O. Include wood-blocking reinforcement for recessed and wall-mounting drainage piping specialties. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following are specific connection requirements: 1. Install piping connections between drainage piping specialties and piping specified in other Division 22 Sections. 2. Install piping connections indicated as indirect wastes from appliances and equipment specified in other Sections,to spill over receptors connected to plumbing piping systems. B. Install hoses between drainage piping specialties and appliances as required for connections. C. Arrange for electric-power connections to plumbing specialties and devices that require power. Electric power is specified in Division 26 Sections. D. Drainage Runouts to Drainage Piping Specialties: Install drainage and vent piping, with approved trap, of sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 2213 19- 4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 1319 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES E. Ground electric-powered drainage piping specialties. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. F. Arrange for electric-power connections to plumbing specialties and devices that require power. Electric power,wiring, and disconnect switches are specified in Division 26 Sections. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Provide services of factory-authorized service representative to ( supervise the field assembly of components and installation of grease recovery units, including piping and electrical connections,and to report results in writing. 1. Test and adjust drainage piping specialty controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and components. t 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION t r DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19- 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 40 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 23 Section "General-Duty Valves for Mechanical Piping" for general-duty valves used as supply stops. 2. Division 22 Section "Water Distribution Piping Specialties" for backflow preventers and other specialties not specified in this Section. 3. Division 23 Section "Pipe Insulation for Mechanical Systems" for piping. 4. Division 22 Section "Drainage and Vent Piping"for pipe and fittings. 5. Division 22 "Water Distribution Piping" for pipe and fittings. 6. Division 26 "Electrical" for wiring for electrical appurtenances. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes plumbing fixtures and trim, faucets, other fittings, and related components. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Accessible: Plumbing fixture, building, facility, or portion thereof that can be approached, entered, and used by physically handicapped, disabled, and elderly people. B. Fitting: Device that controls flow of water into or out of plumbing fixture. Fittings specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, showerheads and tub spouts, drains and tailpieces, traps and waste pipes. Pipe fittings, tube fittings, and general-duty valves are included where indicated. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 01 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each plumbing fixture category and type specified. Include selected fixture, trim, fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports. Indicate materials and finishes, dimensions, construction details,and flow-control rates. C. Wiring diagrams from manufacturer for electrically operated units. D. Maintenance data for plumbing fixtures and components to include in the operation and maintenance manuals specified in Division 01. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 40 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PLUMBING FIXTURES 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category from one source and by a single manufacturer. 1. Exception: Where fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for this category. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements of CABO A117.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; regarding plumbing fixtures for physically handicapped people. r C. Energy Policy Act Requirements: Comply with requirements of Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy Act,"regarding water flow rate and water consumption of plumbing fixtures. D. Backflow Prevention Requirements: Comply with the requirements of Washington State Department of Health regulation for "Backflow Prevention Assemblies Approved for Installation in Washington State". E. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated fixtures and components specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL)as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. ( F. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are ( compatible. f 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver plumbing fixtures in manufacturer's protective packing, crating, and covering. B. Store plumbing fixtures on elevated platforms in dry location. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Coordinate roughing-in and final fixture locations and verify that plumbing fixtures can be installed to comply with original design and referenced standards. 1 . PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00- 2 l CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 40 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PLUMBING FIXTURE SUPPORTS A. Water Closet Carrier: Provide concealed cast-iron carrier, Zurn Z-1203/Z-1204 series adjustable pattern,vertical or horizontal style. Support fixture independent of wall construction, installed per manufacturer's instructions. Setting accuracy checked by template. Provide support feet set on sub-floor or cast in sub floor, no topping permitted. Provide synthetic rubber gaskets. Fixture attachment bolts, and nuts, brass acorn type, chrome plated. B. Urinals: Provide concealed carrier, Zurn Z-1221 series, set on sub floor or cast in sub floor, no topping permitted. C. Wall Hung Fixtures: Provide other wall hung fixtures with concealed fixture hanger constructed for fixture, cast iron feet set on sub floor or cast in sub floor, no topping permitted. Concealed arm fixture supports, Zurn Z-1231, required where suitable for fixture. Exposed arm supports, Zurn Z-1236, white enamel finish where fixture is mounted on plaster walls, vitreous enamel where mounted against ceramic or glazed finish walls. D. Carriers and supports shall be selected to suit the construction and the space available. E. Supports shall be Zurn models listed, or J.R. Smith„ Josam, Watts or Wade equivalent 2.2 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Funnel Floor Drain: See plumbing fixture schedule. B. Sink: See plumbing fixture schedule. 2.3 FITTINGS A. Fittings for Equipment Specified in Other Sections: Fittings include the following: l. Supply Inlets: Brass pipe or copper tube, size required for final connection. 2. Supply Stops: Chrome-plated brass, angle or straight; compression, wheel-handle type; same size as supply inlet and with outlet matching supply riser. 3. Supply Risers: flexible copper tube with knob end. Use chrome-plated tube for exposed applications. 4. Traps: 0.045-inch thick tubular brass, slip joint inlet, cleanout, wall flange, escutcheons, and size to match equipment. Use chrome-plated tube for exposed applications. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in for potable, hot- and cold-water supply piping systems; soil, waste, and vent piping systems; and supports. Verify that locations and sizes of piping and locations and PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00- 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 40 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PLUMBING FIXTURES types of supports match those indicated, before installing and connecting fixtures. Use manufacturer's roughing-in data when roughing-in data are not indicated. B. Examine walls, floors,and cabinets for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be installed. C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Include supports for plumbing fixtures according to the following: 1. For wall hung water closets, urinals, lavatories, sinks, drinking fountains, and electric water coolers where indicated. 2. Reinforcement: For floor-mounted lavatories and sinks that require securing to wall and recessed,box-mounted, electric water coolers. 3. Fabricate reinforcement from 2-by-4-inch or 1/4-by-6-inch steel plates attached to studs, in wall construction, to secure fixtures to wall. Include length that will extend beyond ends of fixture mounting bracket and attach to at least 2 studs. B. Include fitting insulation kits for accessible fixtures according to the following: I. Sinks: Cover hot- and cold-water supplies, stops and handles, drain, trap, and waste to wall. f ( 3.3 PLUMBING FIXTURE INSTALLATION i A. Assemble plumbing fixtures and trim, fittings, faucets, and other components according to manufacturers'written instructions. B. Install fixtures level and plumb according to manufacturers' written instructions, roughing-in drawings, and referenced standards. C. Install wall-hanging, back-outlet water closets with support manufacturer's tiling frame or setting gage. D. Install wall-hanging,back-outlet urinals with gasket seals. E. Fasten wall-hanging plumbing fixtures securely to supports attached to building substrate when I supports are specified,and to building wall construction where no support is indicated. t. F. Fasten wall-mounted fittings to reinforcement built into walls. G. Secure supplies to supports or substrate within pipe space behind fixture. H. Install water-supply stop valves in accessible locations. I. Install supply, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop valves. J. Install faucet, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts when faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters when required. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00- 4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 40 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PLUMBING FIXTURES K. Install traps on fixture outlets. Omit traps on fixtures having integral traps. Omit traps on indirect wastes, except where otherwise indicated. L. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons where required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. M. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and counters using sanitary-type, 1-part, mildew- resistant, silicone sealant according to sealing requirements specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." Match sealant color to fixture color. N. Coordinate exact location and mounting height of all fixtures with the architectural drawings. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following are specific connection requirements: 1. Install piping connections between plumbing fixtures and piping systems and plumbing equipment specified in other Division 22 Sections. B. Supply and Waste Connections to Plumbing Fixtures: Refer to plumbing fixture schedule on drawings for fitting sizes and connection requirements for each plumbing fixture. C. Supply and Waste Connections to Equipment Specified in Other Sections: Connect equipment with supply inlets, supply stops, supply risers, and traps specified in this Section. Use fitting sizes required to match connected equipment. Connect fittings to plumbing piping. D. Ground equipment. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. E. Arrange for electric-power connections to fixtures and devices that require power. Electric power is specified in Division 26 Sections. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify Thal installed fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where installed. B. Check that fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified components. C. Inspect installed fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. D. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized and demonstrate proper operation. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00- 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 40 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PLUMBING FIXTURES 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A.. Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures, fittings, and controls. B. Operate and adjust disposers, hot-water dispensers, and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning units and controls. C. Adjust water pressure at drinking fountains, electric water coolers, faucets, shower valves, and flushometer valves having controls,to produce proper flow and stream. D., Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops. E. Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. Include the following: 1. Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers and spouts. 2. Remove sediment and debris from drains. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings. B. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities, except when approved in writing by Owner. l END OF SECTION t l i PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00- 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following to complement other Division 23 Sections: 1. Submittals. 2. Coordination Drawings. 3. Record Documents. 4. Maintenance Manuals. 5. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 6. Concrete base construction requirements. 7. Escutcheons. 8. Dielectric fittings. 9. Flexible connectors. 10. Mechanical sleeve seals. 11. Nonshrink grout for equipment installations. 12. Field-fabricated metal equipment supports. 13. Installation requirements common to equipment specification sections. 14. Rough-ins. 15. Mechanical demolition. 16. Mechanical Installations. 17. Cutting and patching. 18. Touchup painting and finishing. 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Intent: l. The intent of the Contract Documents is for the Contractor to include all work necessary for the complete mechanical systems,tested and ready for operation. 2. By submitting a proposal, the Contractor represents that it has made a thorough examination of the site, of the work, and all existing conditions and limitations, and that it has examined the Contract Documents in complete detail and has determined beyond doubt that the drawings, specifications, and existing conditions are sufficient, adequate and satisfactory for the construction of the work under the Contract. 3. Where minor adjustments of the work are necessary for purposes of fabrication or installation of items, or resolution of conflicts between items within the intent of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall make such adjustments with no added compensation. Where such adjustments affect functional or aesthetic design of the work, they shall first be submitted to the Architect for review and approval. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC B. Conditions: I. Conform to all Bidding Requirements, General Conditions and Amendments to the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Special Conditions and General Requirements, Division 01,which govern the work specified herein. 2. The Contractor is obligated to comply with the above in addition to the requirements of this Section. 3. Modifications by this Section do not nullify any other portions of the above referenced conditions. C. Make complete mechanical installation, connecting to all equipment shown on the plans, or called for in the specifications. Mechanical contractor to provide any additional extra dampers and valves not shown on plans to obtain design criteria as required by the balancing contractor. D. Plans and Specifications: Plans and specifications shall be taken together. 1. Contractor shall provide all equipment, materials and work shown on the plans and/or called for in these specifications. 2. Provide work specified and not indicated on plans, or work indicated on plans and not specified, as though mentioned in both. 3. When discrepancies or conflicts occur within the documents, the Architect shall determine which takes precedence and the Contractor shall perform the selected requirement without additional cost. E. Mechanical Drawings: 1. Mechanical drawings do not attempt to show all aspects of building construction, which r will affect the installation of mechanical systems. The mechanical drawings are diagrammatic and do not intend to show all offsets and fittings that may be required for a complete installation. Locations of equipment, pipes, valves,traps, ductwork, etc. shown ( on the drawings, shall be followed as closely as conditions will permit. Review all project drawings, including, but not limited to, architectural, structural and electrical drawings; and coordinate with all trades involved so there is no conflict with work of other trades and so Owner secures best arrangement of work consistent with use of space. 2. Verify exact distances between points shown of drawings by actual measurement at site, as no extra cost will be allowed for differences between actual measurements and scaled measurements. 3. Changes in design, configuration, or location of equipment, piping, or ductwork, advisable in the opinion of Contractor, shall be submitted to Architect for approval before proceeding with work, with written assurance from other trades that such changes will not interfere with their installation, nor cause any extra cost on their part. Such changes shall be made at no additional cost to Owner. 4. Check location of all work of all trades and avoid interferences. Special attention is called to the following items; conflicts shall be reported to Architect for decision and direction: a. Exact location of outlets shown on architectural details. b. Location of suspended ceilings. C. Location of ducts, grilles, pipes, and other mechanical equipment so electrical outlets are clear of these items and in proper relation to same. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1.4 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawl spaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors, or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include spaces above hard or lay-in type ceilings and in duct shafts. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants, but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. F. The word "provide," as used in Division 23, means "furnish and install." G. The word "approved," as used in these specifications,means acceptance by the Architect. H. Indicated: The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the drawings, or other paragraphs or schedules in the specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help the reader locate the reference. Location is not limited. I. Directed: Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted," mean directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect, and similar phrases. J. Mechanical Systems-Including but not limited to: 1. Heating,Ventilation and Air Conditioning Systems. 2. Temperature Controls System. K. Abbreviations: AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society of Testing Materials AWWA American Water Works Association AWS American Welding Society CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute FM Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation IBC International Building Code COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC IMC International Mechanical Code NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau NEC National Electric Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NREC Washington State Non-Residential Energy Code OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association,Inc. UPC Uniform Plumbing Code UL Underwriters Laboratories 1.5 CODES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. Codes: Work shall be installed as a minimum in conformity with applicable local ordinances and statutes. Standards and sizes, which exceed preceding requirements, shall be installed as drawn or specified. Nothing in the specifications shall be construed to permit deviation to less than the requirements of governing codes. Contractor is not relieved from furnishing and installing work shown or specified which may be beyond requirements of ordinances, laws, regulations, and codes. B. Codes and Standards: Applicable codes and standards shall include, but not necessarily be limited to: ( I. Uniform Plumbing Code, by International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. ( 2. International Mechanical Code, by International Code Council. 3. International Building Code, by International Code Council. 4. Requirements of OSHA, EPA and WISHA. 5. National Fire Protection Association Codes. ( 6. ASME codes for boiler and pressure vessels. E 7. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, latest edition. 8. All local and state amendments. l 9. Requirements of all agencies have jurisdictional authority over installation of mechanical systems. C. Permits, Fees and Inspections: ( 1. Contractor shall arrange and pay for all permits, fees and inspections required in connection with this installation. The Contractor shall present the Owner with properly signed certificates of final inspection before the work will be accepted. 2. Contractor shall call for all inspections by local building official(s) when they become due, and shall not cover any work until approved by these governing authorities. 3. Contractor shall make all arrangements with utility companies for water, steam, gas and ( drainage services, etc., associated with the work and include required payments for meters, piping, services, connection charges and materials furnished and installed by utility companies. Work and materials shall be in strict accordance with rules of t respective authorities. D. Underwriters Laboratory Approval: Where Underwriters Laboratories (UL) standards exist, all (. items of electrical equipment or items partially composed of electrical equipment shall cant' COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR 14VAC 23 05 00 - 4 l l�, CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Underwriters Laboratories (UL) label either for the entire unit or for the electrical portion of the equipment. If UL standards do not exist, equipment shall be provided that has been labeled by an independent testing agency that is recognized by the authority having jurisdiction. E. ASME Code Stamp: ASME code stamp required on all pressure vessels and relief valves. Certificate required from the Boiler Inspector showing approval of the equipment and its installation. 1.6 WORK INCLUDED A. Work under this division shall include providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, appliances, hoisting, scaffolding, supervision and overhead for the proper execution and completion of the mechanical work. B. Should these specifications or references made therein fail to specify adequately an item of equipment or material required for proper completion of the work in accordance with present day practice, this deficiency shall not relieve Contractor from furnishing and installing same. Call such omissions to attention of Architect and use such equipment or material as approved by Architect. C. All new equipment and products as noted in Part 2 of each section shall be installed as per manufacturer's recommendations. D. Provide all additional piping, ducts, caps and valves not shown on drawings, to maintain fully operational systems during the project at no additional cost to the owner. 1.7 WORKMANSHIP A. This Contractor shall provide completed systems with a neat and finished appearance. If, in the judgment of the Architect, any portion of the work has not been performed in a workmanlike manner or is left in a rough, unfinished state, this Contractor will be required to remove, reinstall or replace same and patch and paint surrounding surfaces in a manner acceptable to the Architect,without increase in cost to the Owner. 1.8 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. General: Follow the procedures for submittals or as described herein and specified in Division 01. B. General Requirements fur Division 23 Submittals: Provide the following submittals as indicated in each Division 23 section. Additional submittal requirements may be included in the individual sections. 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for the items listed in the individual Division 23 sections. Product data shall demonstrate compliance with all specified features and requirements. Submittals for equipment shall include, but not be limited to, data indicating equipment capacity meets the indicated values at specified conditions, equipment drawings indicating all dimensions, connection information, service space COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC requirements, recommended piping and/or wiring diagrams, installation details and extended warranties either offered by equipment manufacturer or required by specifications. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit Contractor prepared drawings of Contractor fabricated mechanical systems. Drawings shall be prepared at '/4" scale using Computer Aided Design (CAD) software unless indicated otherwise. Drawings shall show exact location of equipment, piping and ductwork, each section of shop fabricated duct or pipe and location of field joints, supports and building attachments, and seismic restraint locations. 3. Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. Provide performance certificates. 4. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit proposed Division 23 Operation and Maintenance materials for approval prior to inclusion in the comprehensive final bound edition. See Article in this section on Operation and Maintenance Manuals for materials required to be included. C. Number of Copies: Provide one additional copy of mechanical shop drawings and product data submitted over the number required in 01 Submittals,to allow for one copy of each submittal to be retained by the Mechanical Engineer. Additional copies may be required by individual sections of these Specifications. + D. Format: Provide submittals arranged with numerical index and tabs in 3-ring notebook containing the total volume of material. All product data shall be submitted complete by system, partial submittals are not acceptable and may be returned unreviewed. Systems are defined here as plumbing systems (Division 22), fire suppression system (Division 21) HVAC system, and HVAC control system. Reference submittals, including title and location of project, Architect, Contractor, submission date, and specification paragraph number to indicate clearly the location, service, equipment identification numbers as shown on drawings, and function of each particular item. Where manufacturers' catalogs, pamphlets, or data sheets are submitted in lieu of prepared shop drawings, such submissions shall indicate specifically the item for which approval is required in red ink, and submissions showing general information E only are not acceptable. E. Submittals not in conformance to above paragraphs will be returned unreviewed. 1.9 SUBMITTALS, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS A. General: See Article in this section, Submittals, General Requirements for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Dielectric Unions 2. Dielectric Flanges 3. Dielectric Couplings 4. Dielectric Nipples 5. Braided Flexible Hose Connectors 6. Rubber Flexible Connectors 7. Flexible Expansion Loops COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00- 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC C. Shop Drawings: None required. D. Reports and Certificates: None required. 1.10 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Detail major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Show space requirements for installation and access. Indicate if sequence and coordination of installations are important to efficient flow of the Work. Include the following: 1. Planned piping layout, including valve and specialty locations and valve-stem movement. 2. Planned duct layout, including fan, coil, filter, duct silencer, and damper location. 3. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. 4. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, accessories, and specialties, including space for disassembly required for periodic maintenance. 5. Equipment and accessory service connections and support details. 6. Other systems installed in same space as mechanical systems. 7. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. 8. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. 9. Ceiling and wall-mounted access doors and panels required to provide access to dampers and other operating devices. 10. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. 11. Scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into building during construction. 12. Floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. 13. Reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installation of air outlets and inlets, light fixtures, communication system components, sprinklers, and other ceiling-mounted items. 1.11 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions will only be considered after project award. No substitutions will be considered during bid and/or negotiation periods. B. In all cases in this specification where an article is followed by the words "or equal," the Engineer is the sole judge of the quality of the proposed substitution. C. When the Engineer approves a substitution, the approval is given with the understanding that the Contractor guarantees the article or material substituted to be equal to or better in every respect than the article or material specified. The Contractor shall also assume complete responsibility that the article or material will fit the job as far as space, access and servicing requirements. D. Where several materials are specified by name for one use, select for use any of those so specified subject to compliance with specified requirements. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC E. Whenever item or class of material is specified exclusively by detail specification, trade name, manufacturer's name or by catalog reference, use only such item, unless written approval is given. Submit written requests in accordance with Division 01 substitution requirements. F. Make no substitutions for materials, articles or process required under contract unless written approval is obtained. See the Division 01 for project substitution requirements. 1.12 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Division 01. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 01, indicate the following installed conditions: 1. Ductwork mains and branches, size and location, for both exterior and interior, locations of dampers and other control devices; filters, boxes, and terminal units requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 2. Mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered, concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps, strainers, expansion compensators, tanks, etc.). Valve location diagrams, complete with valve tag chart. Indicate actual inverts and horizontal locations of underground ( piping. 3. Record drawings shall incorporate all accepted change orders and RFIs; reference number on drawings is not acceptable. 4. Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 5. Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed. 6. Contract Modifications,actual equipment and materials installed. 7. Record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 01 and the following requirements. Division 23 manuals shall be hard cover, 3-post binder, and indexed by systems. Pages shall be same size, with exception of allowable foldout pages for control and flow diagrams. Cover shall be inscribed with name of project, Owner, description of contents, Architect, General Contractor, Mechanical Contractor, and date. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 01, include the following information in Division 23 materials: I. Product Data of all Division 15 equipment provided by the project as indicated in submittal requirements. 2. Manufacturer's Equipment Installation and Start-Up Manuals for all equipment provided by the project. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 3. Manufacturer's Equipment Service Manuals for all equipment provided by the project, including parts list, troubleshooting list and maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance. Include disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions; servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 2305 00 - 8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 4. Reports and Certificates of all Division 23 systems and equipment as required by specifications. 5. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all applicable materials used for Division 23 installations. 6. Warranty Certificates for all equipment where extended warranties are either offered or required; provide supplier contact information. 1.14 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment Selection: Equipment allowed by the specifications but with different electrical characteristics, physical dimensions, capacities, and/or ratings than what is shown on the drawings may be furnished, provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting mechanical and electrical services, such as pipe and/or duct connection sizes, circuit breakers, conduit, motors, bases, and equipment spaces are revised to accommodate such equipment. All expenses shall be borne by the Contractor. Specified minimum energy ratings and/or equipment efficiencies must meet design and commissioning requirements. 1.15 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Protect stored mechanical equipment, ducts, pipes and tubes and other materials from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor, if stored inside. C. Pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, and other materials that are damaged due to improper storage shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 1.16 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate mechanical equipment installation with other building components. B. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction to allow for mechanical installations. C. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installation of large equipment requiring positioning before closing in building. E. Some equipment may require temporary installation during one phase and require relocation to final location under another phase. Provide all associated labor and materials to accommodate this phasing. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC F. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. G. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors if mechanical items requiring access are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08. H. Use of the building HVAC systems, including those being provided under this contract, for temporary heating, ventilation or cooling during construction is prohibited. When system installation is complete and ready for start-up, approval to operate the system shall be obtained from the Owner or designated Owner's representative. 1.17 COMMISSIONING SUPPORT A. Provide the following support for project commissioning: 1. Attend commissioning scoping meetings. At a minimum, the Mechanical, TAB, and Controls Contractors shall participate. Equipment vendor representatives shall also attend upon request of the Commissioning Agent and Test Engineer. These meetings shall further define the testing requirements and participation of each contractor and sub- contractors for each commissioning activity. 2. Provide Commissioning Authority and Test Engineer additional requested data, prior to normal O&M Manual submittal, in a timely manner for the development of the startup plan and the functional performance testing procedures. 3. Provide startup forms and clearly document all completed startup activities. The DDC system startup forms shall include detailed checkout forms with descriptions for each controlled device. All forms shall be submitted for review by the Test Engineer and Commissioning Authority prior to use. 4. During the normal submittal processes, provide an additional copy of all equipment ( submittals, startup forms, field static testing reports (duct static pressure test reports, pipe static pressure test reports, chemical treatment reports, etc.), and TAB reports to the Commissioning Authority and Test Engineer for review. 5. Provide skilled technicians, including equipment vendor representatives, equipment, and materials to perform startup and execute functional performance tests. DDC system sub- contractor shall provide skilled technicians, familiar with the project, for both startup (Owner-witnessed point-to-point testing) and functional performance testing. Commissioning functional performance testing participation from the controls contractor shall be required in addition to the point-to-point testing. 6. Submit startup documentation to General Contractor, Test Engineer, and Commissioning Authority to verify functional testing prerequisite requirements are fulfilled before functional testing for the associated equipment or system is scheduled to start. Refer to Section 23 08 00 — Commissioning of HVAC Systems, for commissioning procedure. Startup documentation (point-to-point testing) shall also be required from the controls contractor as a prerequisite to functional performance testing. 7. Correct deficiencies found during startup and functional performance testing in a timely manner to facilitate retesting activities within the commissioning schedule. 8. TAB sub-contractor shall report any deficiencies found in a timely manner. These deficiencies shall be corrected in a timely manner to facilitate functional performance testing within the commissioning schedule. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00- 10 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 9. TAB sub-contractor shall coordinate all setpoint value requirements for input into the controls system, including minimum outside air damper positions, return/supply fan VFD speed mapping, pumping loop differential pressure setpoints, duct system static pressure setpoints, air terminal unit flow sensor calibration factors, etc. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: I. Dielectric Unions: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Eclipse,Inc.;Rockford-Eclipse Div. C. Epco Sales Inc. d. Hart Industries International,Inc. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. f. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. 2. Dielectric Flanges: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Co. C. Epco Sales Inc. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 3. Dielectric Couplings: a. Calpico,Inc. b. Lochinvar Corp. 4. Dielectric Nipples: a. Grinnell Corp.; Grinnell Supply Sales Co. b. Victaulic Co. of America. 5. Braided Hose Flexible Connectors: a. Flex-Hose Co,Inc. b. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. C. Mason. d. Mercer Rubber Co. e. Metraflex Co. 6. Rubber Flexible Connectors: a. General Rubber Corp. b. Flex-Hose Co., Inc. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00- 11 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC C. Mercer Rubber Co. d. Metraflex Co. e. Mason. 7. Flexible Expansion Loops: a. Metraflex Co. b, Flex-Hose. 8. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: a. Calpico, Inc. b. Metraflex Co. C. Thunderline/Link-Seal. d. Innerlynx 2.2 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for fluid type, temperature and pressure of piping system. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness, unless indicated otherwise. a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges. b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. 2. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32. Alloy Sn95 or Alloy Sn94: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent silver, with 0.10 percent lead content. 2. Alloy E: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent copper, with 0.10 percent maximum lead content. D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8. l. BCuP Series: Copper-phosphorus alloys. 2. BAgl: Silver alloy. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 12 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC E. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. F. Flanged, Ductile-Iron Pipe Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: AWWA C110, rubber gasket, carbon-steel bolts and nuts. G. Couplings: Iron-body sleeve assembly, fabricated to match OD of plain-end, pressure pipes. 1. Sleeve: ASTM A 126, Class B, gray iron. 2. Followers: ASTM A 47 malleable iron or ASTM A 536 ductile iron. 3. Gaskets: Rubber. 4. Bolts and Nuts: AWWA C111. 5. Finish: Enamel paint. 2.4 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General: Assembly or fitting with insulating material isolating joined dissimilar metals, to prevent galvanic action and stop corrosion. B. Description: Combination of copper alloy and ferrous; threaded, solder, plain, and weld-neck end types and matching piping system materials. C. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. D. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. E. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining;threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive,thermoplastic lining; plain,threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 2.5 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Braided Hose Flexible Connectors: Stainless steel bellows with woven, flexible, wire- reinforcing protective jacket; 150-psig minimum working pressure and 250 deg F maximum operating temperature. Connectors shall have flanged or threaded-end connections to match equipment connected and shall be capable of 3/4-inch misalignment. Bronze braiding for copper tubing applications and stainless steel braiding for steel pipe applications. B. Rubber Flexible Connectors: Mason SFU for 1/4 to 2-inch NPS or equal by other specified manufacturers; Mason SFDEJ for 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger or equal by other specified manufacturers. Fiber-reinforced EPDM rubber body; capable of handling operating temperatures up to 250 deg F and pressures up to 150 psig. Joint type to match system specification. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 2305 00- 13 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 2.6 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular design, with interlocking EPDM rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. Stainless steel connecting bolts and composite pressure plates. 2.7 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Sleeves: The following materials are for wall, floor, slab,and roof penetrations: I. Steel Sheet Metal: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness, galvanized, round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. 2. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53,Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. 3. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. a. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. r B. Escutcheons: Manufactured wall, ceiling, and floor plates; deep-pattern type if required to conceal protruding fittings and sleeves. 1. ID: Closely fit around pipe,tube, and insulation of insulated piping. 2. OD: Completely cover opening. 3. Cast Brass: One piece,with set screw. a. Finish: Rough brass. b. Finish: Polished chrome-plate. f 4. Cast-Iron Floor Plate: One-piece casting. 2.8 GROUT A. Nonshrink,Nonmetallic Grout: ASTM C 1107,Grade B. 1. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout, l nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psig, 28-day compressive strength. l PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems, materials,and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00- 14 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction,to allow for mechanical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured- in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 7. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, refer conflict to the Architect. 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components,where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to an accessible location. 11. Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. Notify General Contractor on the number, location and size of access panels or doors. 12. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 13. Replace all air filters with new filters upon Owner taking occupancy of the building or at a time mutually agreed upon between the Owner and Contractor. 14. Do not install ductwork in elevator machine rooms, electrical and/or communication rooms unless it directly services that room. B. Locate wall, floor and ceiling fire ratings from architectural drawings for appropriate hourly rating of combination fire/smoke dampers or fire dampers shown on mechanical drawings. 3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. General: Install piping as described below, unless piping Sections specify otherwise. Individual Division 23 piping Sections specify unique piping installation requirements. B. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated, unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00- 15 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing. F. Install piping free of sags and bends. G. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. H. Install piping to allow application of insulation plus 1-inch clearance around insulation. I. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. J. Install piping tight to slabs, beams,joists, columns, walls, and other building elements. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for ceiling panel removal. K. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. L. Install flexible connectors according to manufacturer's written instructions where indicated and specified in other Division 23 sections. M. Install couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions. N. Do not route piping over electrical panels, transformers, switchgear or other electrical equipment. O. Install pipe escutcheons for pipe penetrations of concrete and masonry walls, wall board partitions, and suspended ceilings according to the following: l 1. Uninsulated Piping Wall Escutcheons: Cast brass or stamped steel,with set screw. 2. Uninsulated Piping Floor Plates in Utility Areas: Cast-iron floor plates. 3. Insulated Piping: Cast brass or stamped steel; with concealed hinge, spring clips, and chrome-plated finish. 4. Piping in Utility Areas: Cast brass or stamped steel,with set-screw or spring clips. P. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 2. Build sleeves into new walls and slabs as work progresses. 3. Install sleeves large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00- 16 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than 6-inch NPS. b. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Refer to Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing. 1) Sea] space outside of sleeve fittings with nonshrink,nonmetallic grout. 4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using elastomeric joint sealants. Use Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O, neutral-curing silicone sealant, unless otherwise indicated. Q. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestopping materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials. R. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. S. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements. 3.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings as follows and as specifically required in individual piping specification Sections: B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Soldering Manual," Chapter "The Soldering of Pipe and Tube"; or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." E. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restorc full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Note internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of internal seat or wall,to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint. 2. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads, unless dry seal threading is specified. 3. Align threads at point of assembly. 4. Tighten joint with wrench. Apply wrench to valve end into which pipe is being threaded. 5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. F. Flanged Joints: Align flange surfaces parallel. Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00- 17 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly using torque wrench to recommended torque valves. 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping 2-inch NPS and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment with 2-inch NPS or smaller threaded pipe connection. 2. Install flanges, in piping 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment with flanged pipe connection. 3. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and-nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment according to approved submittal data. C. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces,unless otherwise indicated. D. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other (_ installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. E. Install equipment giving right of way to piping installed at required slope. 3.6 PAINTING AND FINISHING A. Refer to Division 09 for paint materials, surface preparation, and application of paint. B. Apply paint to exposed piping, ductwork and supports according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Interior, Ferrous Supports: Use semigloss, acrylic-enamel finish. Include finish coat over enamel undercoat and primer. Paint not required on interior galvanized supports. 2. Exterior, Ferrous Piping and ductwork: Use semigloss, acrylic-enamel finish. Include two finish coats over rust-inhibitive metal primer. 3. Exterior, Ferrous Supports: Use semigloss, acrylic-enamel finish. Include two finish coats over rust-inhibitive metal primer. C. Do not paint piping specialties with factory-applied finish. D. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00- 18 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 3.7 CONCRETE BASES A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions for all floor-supported units. Follow supported equipment manufacturer's setting templates for anchor bolt and tie locations. Concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 03. 3.8 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 3.9 DEMOLITION A. Perform all demolition or interface work required in the existing building for the removal of, or interface with, existing mechanical equipment, ductwork, tubing, or piping. Relocate or modify the existing piping, tubing and ductwork as required by any general construction alterations or by the installation of new ductwork,tubing, or piping in the existing building. B. Existing Materials,Removal and Disposition: 1. Scope: For mechanical items that remain the property of the Owner, refer to drawings. 2. In coordination with the Owner's Representatives, these materials shall be made available for their inspection and decision as to whether the Owner will retain possession. Items selected for retention shall be delivered to a location on the premises selected by the Owner and turned over to them. Take reasonable care to avoid damage to this material. 3. All material not selected for retention by the Owner and debris shall be disposed of by the Contractor. C. If pipe, ductwork, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged or disturbed, remove damaged portions and install new products of equal capacity and quality. D. Work Abandoned in Place: Cut and remove underground pipe a minimum of 2 inches beyond face of adjacent construction. Cap and patch surface to match existing finish. E. Reuse of Materials: Reuse of materials is prohibited unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect. F. Notify Architect in discovery of any hazardous materials. G. Temporary Disconnection: Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational equipment indicated for relocation. 3.10 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. General: Perform cutting and patching in accordance with Division 01. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 01,the following requirements apply: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00- 19 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1. Protection of Installed Work: During cutting and patching operations, protect adjacent installations. B. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to: 1. Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work. 2. Remove and replace defective Work. 3. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. 5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures. 6. Upon written instructions from the Architect, uncover and restore Work to provide for Architect/Engineer observation of concealed Work. C. Cut, remove and legally dispose off-site of selected mechanical equipment, components, and materials, including but not limited to removal of mechanical piping, heating units, plumbing fixtures and trim,and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new Work. D. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. i E. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces necessary for mechanical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved. F. Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. 3.11 GROUTING A. Install nonmetallic, nonshrink, grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces,pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. Mix grout according to manufacturer's written ( instructions. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placing of grout. E. Place grout,completely filling equipment bases. E F. Place grout on concrete bases to provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. l G. Place grout around anchors. C H. Cure placed grout according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.12 EARTHWORK A. General: Perform earthwork required for installation of mechanical work below grade in accordance with Division 2. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00- 20 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of the pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated. Grade trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of pipe. Form holes and depressions for joints after trench bottom has been graded. Provide temporary pumping equipment to keep excavation free from water. Install pipe bedding in rock excavation consisting of not less than 6 inch of sand or equivalent material. C. Compact soil to 6-inch layer(maximum) loose thickness of backfill. Where roadway or parking area surfaces will be placed over backfill, provide moisture conditions, which will produce compacted density of 95 percent of maximum density. Elsewhere, 90 percent. Test in accordance with Divisions 1 and 2. D. Take special care in compacting under services where they enter building to prevent settling. Contractor fully responsible for damage to piping and property as a result of settling around service piping. E. Dispose surplus materials off-site in a suitable location. F. Place and maintain barricades, construction signs, torches, lanterns, and guards as required during periods of open excavation to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage. G. Leave premises thoroughly clean at completion of earthwork. H. Wherever piping is to be installed in areas, which have been excavated below pipe inverts, for any purpose, install piping to prevent subsequent settlement. Do not install piping until backfill is to full compaction, completed to minimum 18 inch above installed pipe. Install piping in re- excavated trenches and backfill as previously specified. END OF SECTION 23 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00- 21 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 29 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for vibration isolation and seismic restraint devices for piping and equipment. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes hangers and supports for mechanical system piping and equipment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for the Valve and Fittings Industry. B. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports." 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design channel support systems, and/or heavy-duty steel trapezes for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of pipe hanger, channel support system component, and thermal- hanger shield insert indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer for multiple piping supports and trapeze hangers. Include design calculations and indicate size and characteristics of components and fabrication details. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 29 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT B. Engineering Responsibility: Design and calculations for each multiple pipe support, trapeze, and seismic restraint by a qualified professional engineer. 1. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of hangers and supports that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. 2. Comply with MSS SP-69. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Pipe Hangers: a. B-Line Systems, Inc. b. Tolco. C. Anvil Corp. d. Erico International Corp. e. National Pipe Hanger Corp. 2. Channel Support Systems: a. B-Line Systems, Inc. b. Anvil Corp. C. Tolco. d. Unistrut Corp. 3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: a. Carpenter&Patterson, Inc. b. PHS Industries,Inc. C. PT&P, Pipe Shields,Inc. d. Rilco Manufacturing Co., Inc. e. Value Engineered Products,Inc. 4. Powder-Actuated Fastener Systems: a. Gunnebo Fastening Corp. b. Hilti, Inc. C. ITW Ramset/Red Head. d. Masterset Fastening Systems, Inc. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29- 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 29 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components: MSS SP-58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to "Hanger and Support Applications" Article in Part 3 for where to use specific hanger and support types. I. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: For piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. 2. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. B. Channel Support Systems: MFMA-2, factory-fabricated components for field assembly. i l. Material: Steel, structural quality, ASTM 570. 2. Coatings: G90 galvanized coating. Threaded hardware, zinc plated. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. C. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: 100-psi minimum compressive-strength insulation, encased in sheet metal shield. 1. Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type I cellular glass or water-repellent-treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate with vapor barrier. 2. Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 552, Type I cellular glass or water-repellent-treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate. 3. For Trapeze or Clamped System: Insert and shield cover entire circumference of pipe. 4. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 5. All insulated pipe supports shall be load rated. Load ratings shall be established by pipe ( support manufacturer based upon testing and analysis in conformance with the latest edition of the following codes: ASME B31.1, MSS SP-58,MSS SP-69, and MSS SP-89. 6. Load tests shall be made on both supporting materials and configurations. All tests shall ( be performed by an independent testing laboratory. Results of pertinent tests shall be available,on request,to the purchaser. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. B. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars, black and galvanized. C. Grout: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, factory-mixed and -packaged, nonshrink, and nonmetallic, dry,hydraulic-cement grout. I. Characteristics: Post hardening and volume adjusting; recommended for both interior and exterior applications. 2. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 3. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. t HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29- 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 29 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A. Specific hanger requirements are specified in Sections specifying equipment and systems. B. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system specification sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type l): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes,NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 24, if little or no insulation is required. 3. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow off- center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 4. Adjustable Steel Band Hangers(MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes,NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 5. U-Bolts(MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes,NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 6. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes,NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 7. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 8. Adjustable, Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36, if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 9. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30, from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 10. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 20, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 11. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42, if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. C. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20. D. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles(MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises(MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg f piping installations. 3. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 4. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts(MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg f piping installations. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29- 4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 29 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT E. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Center-Beam Clamps(MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 3. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 4. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 5. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light(MSS Type 31): 750 lb. b. Medium(MSS Type 32): 1500 lb. C. Heavy(MSS Type 33): 3000 lb. F. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 2. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe, 360-degree insert of high- density, 100-psi minimum compressive-strength, water-repellent-treated calcium silicate or cellular-glass pipe insulation, same thickness as adjoining insulation with vapor barrier and encased in 360-degree sheet metal shield. 3. Thermal-Hangar Shield Inserts shall be supplied and installed by the mechanical contractor on all insulated pipe and tubing. ( G. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: ( 1. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. 2. Variable-Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. 3. Variable-Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. l 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION i A. Pipe Hanger and Support Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Channel Support System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled channel systems. t HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29- 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 29 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 1. Field assemble and install according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Heavy-Duty Steel Trapeze Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-fabricated,heavy-duty trapezes. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D-1.1. D. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, and expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. E. If concrete inserts cannot be used, install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. G. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. H. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. 1. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," is not exceeded. J. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clawp sized to match OD of insert. C. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29- 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 29 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. C. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick. e. NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick. 4. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood inserts. 5. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS r' A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or to support equipment above floor where indicated. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface. 3.4 METAL FABRICATION A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy-duty steel trapezes and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field-weld connections that cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. 3.6 PAINTING A. Touching Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. t Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. t l HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29- 7 l CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 29 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29- 8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. This Section includes vibration isolators, vibration isolation bases, vibration isolation roof curbs. 2. This Section includes seismic restraint requirements for suspended pipes, ducts, and mechanical equipment with and without vibration isolation. i ( 1.2 DEFINITIONS r A. IBC: International Building Code. B. ICC-ES: ICC-Evaluation Service. C. SEI/ASCE 7: American Society of Civil Engineers; Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 210500 for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. { 1. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation ( device. 2. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of seismic-restraint component used. a. Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with requirements. 3. Interlocking Snubbers: Include ratings for horizontal,vertical, and combined loads. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Vibration isolators. 2. Anchor Bolts, Washers, and Bushings 3. Restrained Vibration Isolation Roof Curb Rails. 4. Seismic Restraint Devices 5. Vibration Isolation Equipment Bases. C. Shop Drawings: In addition to requirements set forth in Section 23 05 00, shop drawings for the listed systems shall also include detailing of riser supports, vibration isolation base details, VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 05 48 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC seismic-restraint systems, and suspended elements. Provide submittals of the following piping systems within the entire building: 1. For Vibration Isolated Elements: a. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, spring deflection changes, and seismic loads. Include certification that riser system has been examined for excessive stress and that none will exist. b. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides and rails, base weights, equipment static loads, power transmission, component misalignment, and cantilever loads. C. Seismic-Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of seismic restraints and snubbers. Show anchorage details and indicate layout, quantity, diameter, anchor depth of embedment and, if mounted on housekeeping pads, indicate anchor minimum edge distance requirements. d. Coordinate seismic-restraint and vibration isolation details with wind-restraint details required for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Division 22 Sections for equipment mounted outdoors. 2. For Suspended Elements: Prior to installation, submit seismic restraint manufacturer's layout of all required bracing locations on contractor shop drawings. Layout to be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Layout to include manufacturer's bracing legend indicating: a. Type of braced element. b. Seismic restraint hardware call-out. C. Minimum required vertical support rod diameter. d. Maximum allowable brace spacing. e. Brace reaction at full design load. f. Minimum required seismic restraint anchorage. g. Installation detail drawing number. h. Anchorage installation detail drawing number. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. B. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in the jurisdiction where the Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of vibration isolation bases and seismic restraints that are similar to those VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 05 48 -2 f CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. This professional engineer shall develop a Quality Assurance Plan. i B. Testing Agency Qualifications (Owner will engage): An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the IBC unless requirements in this Section are more stringent. D. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code- Steel." 1.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide a Quality Assurance Plan that complies with SEI/ASCE 7, Appendix IIA for the following mechanical systems or equipment. 1. Flammable, combustible, or highly toxic piping systems and their associated mechanical units in Seismic Design Categories C,D,E,or F. 2. Installation of 1 VAC ductwork that will contain hazardous materials in Seismic Design Categories C,D, E, or F. 3. Installation of vibration isolation systems where the maximum clearance (air gap) ( between the equipment support frame and restraint is less than or equal to 1/4-inch. 4. Installation of seismic restraint systems for Seismic Use Group 11 and 111. ( B. The Contractor shall submit a written Contractor's statement of responsibility to the regulatory authority having jurisdiction and the Owner prior to the commencement of work. The Contractor's statement of responsibility shall contain the following: ( ( 1. Acknowledgement of awareness of the special requirements contained in the Quality Assurance Plan. 2. Acknowledgement that control will be exercised to obtain conformance with the design documents approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 3. Procedure for exercising control within the Contractor's organization, the method and frequency of reporting, and the distribution of the reports. 4. Identification and qualifications of the person exercising such control and their position in the organization. C. The Owner shall employ a special inspector to observe the construction of all seismic systems in accordance with the Quality Assurance Plan. l t VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 05 48 - 3 i CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design seismic and vibration isolation systems, including drawings, calculations, and material specifications prepared according to current IBC and SEI/ASCE 7(2005) for obtaining approval from authorities having jurisdiction. Seismic and vibration systems shall be selected for the approved Project equipment,piping and ductwork components. B. Vibration Isolation: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 1. Amber/Booth Company, Inc. 2. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 3. Korfund/Vibration Mountings and Controls, Inc. 4. Mason Industries,Inc. C. Seismic Restraint for Suspended Elements: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 1. International Seismic Application Technology(ISAT). 2. Kinetics Noise Control,Inc. 3. Korfund/Vibration Mountings and Controls,Inc. 4. Mason Industries,Inc.Tolco. 2.2 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Type V-1, Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene or natural rubber, molded with a nonslip, ribbed or waffle-pattern steel load distribution plates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Models W and WM. 2, Material; Standard neoprene. 3. Durometer Rating: 40. 4. Thickness: 5/16 inch thick. 5. Isolator shall be loaded to limit surface pressure to a maximum of 50 psi. 2.3 ANCHOR BOLTS,WASHERS,AND BUSHINGS A. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1-piece, molded, bridge-bearing neoprene complying with AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer rating of 50 with a flat washer face. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model HG. 2. Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 05 48 - 4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 3. Bushing Assemblies for Wall-Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of attachment devices used. B. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type in zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. Minimum length of eight times diameter. 1. Basis of Design: Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ Mechanical Anchor for seismic restraints. 2. Basis of Design: Hilti Undercut HDA anchors for direct attachment to equipment 10 hp and greater. 2.4 RESTRAINED VIBRATION ISOLATION ROOF-CURB RAILS A. Type RC-1, Description: Factory-assembled, fully enclosed, insulated, air- and watertight curb rail designed to resiliently support equipment and to withstand 125-mph wind impinging laterally against side of equipment. Design restraints to meet seismic requirements of Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model SRSC. B. Lower Support Assembly: Sheet-metal "Z" section containing adjustable and removable steel springs that support upper floating frame. Upper frame shall provide continuous support for equipment and shall be captive to resiliently resist wind and seismic forces. Lower support assembly shall have a means for attaching to building structure and a wood nailer for attaching roof materials, and shall be insulated with a minimum of 2 inches of rigid, glass-fiber insulation on inside of assembly. ( C. Spring Isolators: Adjustable, restrained spring isolators shall be mounted on 1/4-inch- thick, elastomeric vibration isolation pads and shall have access ports, for level adjustment, with ( removable waterproof covers at all isolator locations. Isolators shall be located so they are accessible for adjustment at any time during the life of the installation without interfering with the integrity of the roof. 1. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic restraint. a. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops and adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt. b. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. C. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. d. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 2. Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged �- in single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized steel baseplates 1 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 05 48 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. a. Material: Standard neoprene. b. Durometer Rating: 50. C. Number of Layers: 1 minimum. D. Snubber Bushings: All-directional, elastomeric snubber bushings at least 1/4 inch thick. E. Water Seal: Galvanized sheet metal with EPDM seals at corners, attached to upper support frame, extending down past wood nailer of lower support assembly, and counterflashed over roof materials. 2.5 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES A. General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and applications shall be as defined in pre-approval. 1. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be subjected. B. Type S-1, Seismic Snubbers: Factory fabricated using welded structural-steel shapes and plates, anchor bolts, and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings. 1. Basis of Design: Mason Model Z-1011. 2. Anchor bolts for attaching to concrete shall be seismic-rated, drill-in, and female-wedge or stud-wedge type. 3. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: I-piece, molded, bridge-bearing neoprene complying with AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer rating of 50. C. Type S-2, Suspended Elements: 1. Design Requirements: Seismic restraint hardware to be furnished in manufacturer's pre- assembled "kits" labeled for installer cross reference with manufacturer's layout performed on contractor shop drawings. Kits to be labeled as to "kit number," "trade" and"floor." Kits to include: a. All required seismic bracketry correctly sized for attachment to vertical support rods. b. Rod stiffeners as required based on rod diameter and length. C. Correct anchorage hardware for connection to concrete deck, structural steel, or wood structural members. d. Complete installation instructions. 2. Rigid seismic restraint brace arm assemblies: Designed for strut nut attachment to minimum 12 gage steel channel with pregalvanized zinc finish per ASTM A525, solid, punched or short slot per engineering calculations. a. Basis of Design: Pre-engineered brackets. Hinged seismic brackets. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 05 48 - 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC b. Assembly: Brackets to be provided from manufacturer with integral 1/2" hex bolts and strut nuts. 3. Cable seismic restraint brace arm assemblies: Minimum 7 x 19 pre-stretched galvanized steel aircraft cable appropriately sized for the system load. a. Basis of Design: Pre engineered brackets. b.. Design Requirements: Hinged seismic brackets. C. Assembly: Brackets factory pre-tied to made-to-length aircraft cable, with integral method for length adjustment by installer. 4. Cast-In Place Deck Inserts: For vertical supports and seismic restraint anchorage. r a. Basis of Design: Pre-engineered inserts. b.• Design Requirements: For form pour slabs, for metal decks with concrete, internally threaded to accept threaded rod diameters, enforcement agency approval. l Coordinate installation locations with manufacturer's lay out of seismic restraint locations on contractor's shop drawings. 2.6 FACTORY FINISHES A. Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested equipment before shipping. 1. Epoxy Powder coating or electro-galvanized isolation on springs and housings. Zinc plate all bolts,nuts and washers. t PART 3 - EXECUTION r 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic control devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Hanger Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger rod stiffeners where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 05 48 - 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC B. Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.3 VIBRATION CONTROL AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. B. Installation of vibration isolators must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping, or ductwork resulting in stresses or misalignment. C. Equipment Restraints: 1. Install seismic snubbers on HVAC equipment mounted on vibration isolators. Locate snubbers as close as possible to vibration isolators and bolt to equipment base and supporting structure 2. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch. 3. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by AHJ that provides required submittals for component. D. Piping Restraints: 1. Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127. 2. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet o.c. 3. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet. E. Ductwork Restraints: 1. Comply with requirements of SMACNA "Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." 2. Use Seismic Hazard Level A. F. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by AHJ that provides required submittals for component. G. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. H. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall. I. Attachments to Structure: 1. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. 2. Install seismic-restraint devices using anchor bolts that meet building code requirements for testing and approval. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 05 48 - 8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 3. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and oversize mounting hole. 4. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall. 5. If specific attachment to structure is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams at upper chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. Obtain approval of the structural engineer prior to installation. J. Drilled-in Anchors: I. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for ( anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless-steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.4 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A. Install flexible connections in piping where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where the connections terminate C with connection to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting the connections as they approach equipment. Comply with requirements in Section 230516 "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping". 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after piping system is at operating weight. r k B. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. t C. Adjust active height of spring isolators. D. Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. E. Vibration Isolator and Seismic Restraint Schedule Notes: VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 05 48 - 9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 48 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 1. Seismic restraints are required for all systems and equipment. Seismic restraints for equipment without scheduled seismic snubbers shall be provided by the anchor bolts, vibration isolators, or devices as specified for suspended elements. 2. Provide vibration isolators and seismic restraints for all equipment as specified, including, but not limited to, the specific equipment marks listed above. Where a piece of equipment is included on the project but is not listed above, provide vibration isolators and seismic restraints as specified and as described for similar equipment. 3. Internal vibration isolators, snubbers, and bases for custom air handling units and custom exhaust fans shall be provided and installed at the fan manufacturer's factory, except concrete for inertia bases will be field installed as specified in this section. 4. Provide vibration isolators as indicated for suspended piping attached to any piece of vibrating equipment 5 horsepower or larger within mechanical rooms or within 50 feet of equipment, whichever provides the greater length. For piping supported from the floor, provide isolators similar to those used on the equipment. Applicable vibrating equipment includes items that are not internally isolated such as chillers, pumps, and air compressors. 5. The indicated equipment will be provided with internal vibration isolators END OF SECTION 23 05 48 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 05 48- 10 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 53 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related sections include the following: 1. Division 09 for painting. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following mechanical identification materials and their installation: 1. Equipment nameplates. 2. Equipment markers. 3. Pipe markers. 4. Duct markers. 5. Valve tags. 6. Valve schedules. 7. Warning tags. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Valve numbering scheme. C. Valve Schedules: For each piping system. Furnish extra copies(in addition to mounted copies) to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems," for letter size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification ( devices for piping. ti 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors. l l IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53- 1 L. CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 53 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Equipment Nameplates: Metal, with data engraved or stamped, for permanent attachment on equipment. 1. Data: a. Manufacturer,product name,model number,and serial number. b. Capacity, operating and power characteristics, and essential data. C. Labels of tested compliances. 2. Location: Accessible and visible. 3. Fasteners: As required to mount on equipment. B. Equipment Markers: Two-ply engraved black plastic with lettering cut through to white background. Include contact-type, permanent adhesive. 1. Terminology: Match mark numbers on equipment schedules as closely as possible. 2. Size: Minimum 1-1/2 by 4 inches. 3. Thickness: 1/16-inch. 2.2 PIPING IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Self-Adhesive Pipe Markers: Vinyl with pressure-sensitive, permanent type, self-adhesive back. Preprinted, color-coded,with lettering indicating service, and showing direction of flow. 1. Colors: Comply with ASME A13.1,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Lettering: Use piping system terms indicated and abbreviate only as necessary for each application length. 3. Full-band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location. 4. Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions; or as separate unit on each pipe marker to indicate direction of flow. 2.3 DUCT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Self Adhesive Duct Markers: Vinyl with pressure-sensitive, permanent-type, self-adhesive back. Preprinted, color-coded,with lettering indicating service, and showing direction of flow. 1. Colors: Comply with ASME A13.1,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Lettering: Use HVAC system terms and abbreviate only as necessary for each application length. 3. Arrows: Integral with HVAC system service lettering to accommodate both directions; or as separate unit on each duct marker to indicate direction of flow. IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53- 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 53 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 2.4 VALVE TAGS A. Valve Tags: Two-ply engraved black plastic with lettering cut through to white background. 1. Data: Service and identification number. 2. 2-inch round, 1/16-inch thick,with 3/16-inch hole. 3. Fastener: Brass chain or S-hook. 2.5 VALVE SCHEDULES A. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on standard-size bond paper. Assign and tabulate ( valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. 1. Valve-Schedule Frame: Mount valve schedule in frame with clear plastic cover, include r mounting screws. 2.6 WARNING TAGS A. Warning Tags: Preprinted plasticized card stock with matte finish. 1. Size: 4 by 7 inches. 2. Fasteners: Brass grommet and chain. 3. Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER,DO NOT DRINK. �. . 4. Color: Yellow background with 1/2-inch black lettering. ( PART 3 -EXECUTION ( 3.1 APPLICATIONS, GENERAL A. Products specified are for applications referenced in other Division 23 Sections. 3.2 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Nameplate Installation: Install and permanently fasten equipment nameplates on each major item of mechanical equipment that does not have nameplate or has nameplate that is damaged or located where not easily visible. Locate nameplates where accessible and visible. Include nameplates for the following general categories of equipment: 1. Hot water coils. 2. Packaged units. I IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53- 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 53 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT B. Equipment Marker Installation: Install with permanent adhesive on or near each major item of mechanical equipment. Data required for markers may be included on signs, and markers may be omitted if both are indicated. 1. Letter Size: Minimum 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 2. Locate markers where accessible and visible. Include markers for all scheduled equipment. 3.3 PIPING IDENTIFICATION A. Install manufactured pipe markers indicating service on each piping system. Install with flow indication arrows completely around pipe showing direction of flow. Apply to clean surface. B. Locate pipe markers where piping is exposed in finished spaces, mechanical spaces; accessible maintenance spaces such as removable accessible ceilings, shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior nonconcealed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and nonaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced markers, minimum one in each space. 3.4 DUCT IDENTIFICATION A. Install manufactured duct markers indicating service on each duct system. Install with flow arrows showing direction of flow. B. Locate markers near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of 50 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system. 3.5 VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory-fabricated equipment units; plumbing fixture supply stops; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn-watering hose connections; and air terminal devices and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 2305 53- 4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 53 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 3.6 VALVE-SCHEDULE INSTALLATION A. Mount valve schedule on wall in accessible location in each major equipment room. 3.7 WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION A. Attach warning tags to equipment and other items where required. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Relocate mechanical identification materials and devices that have become visually blocked by other work. 3.9 CLEANING f A. Clean faces of mechanical identification devices. END OF SECTION 23 05 53 l t t c t IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53- 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 93 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: I. Testing and adjusting requirements unique to particular systems and equipment are included in the Sections that specify those systems and equipment. 2. Field quality-control testing to verify that workmanship quality for system and equipment installation is specified in system and equipment Sections. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems to produce design objectives, including the following: 1. Balancing airflow and water flow within distribution systems, including submains, branches, and terminals,to indicated quantities according to specified tolerances. 2. Adjusting total HVAC systems to provide indicated quantities. 3. Measuring electrical performance of HVAC equipment. 4. Setting quantitative performance of HVAC equipment. 5. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly. 6. Measuring sound and vibration. 7. Reporting results of the activities and procedures specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Adjust: To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to modify fan speed or adjust a damper. B. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains, branches, and terminals, according to design quantities. C. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby more heat is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated. D. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield repeatable results. E. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 93 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL F. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of measurement. In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump. G. Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the suction side. H. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. I. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the fan was performance tested. J. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves the distribution system. K. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment. L. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent: The entity responsible for performing and reporting the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. M. AMCA: Air Movement and Control Association. N. CTI: Cooling Tower Institute. f O. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. P. SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'National Association. Q. TAB: Testing,Balancing, and Adjusting. E 1.4 ACCEPTABLE CONTRACTORS A. Neudorfer Engineers,Inc. B. Hardin and Sons, Inc. C. National Indoor Air Care. i D. Airtest Co., Inc. l i 1.5 SUBMITTALS ! A. Quality-Assurance Submittals: Within 30 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of evidence that the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent and this Project's testing, adjusting, and balancing team members meet the qualifications specified in the "Quality t Assurance"Article below. l t l c TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 2 t l CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 93 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 45 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3 of this Section. C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 60 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of the testing, adjusting, and balancing strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in Part 3 "Preparation" Article below. Include a complete set of report forms intended for use on this Project. D. Report Forms: Submit 2 copies of reports prepared, as specified in this Section, on approved forms certified by the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent. E. Warranty: Submit 2 copies of special warranty specified in the "Warranty" Article below. F. Balancing Report: 1. Comply with Section 23 05 00, paragraph "Submittals," subparagraph A, regarding format of TAB report, except title "Balancing Report." 2. Submit completed Balancing Report as indicated, including the following: a. System Diagrams/Floor Plans. b. Air Apparatus Test Reports. C. Hot Water Coil Test Reports. d. Rectangular and Round Duct Traverse Reports. e. Air Outlet Test Reports. f. Package Rooftop/Heat Pump/Air Conditioning Unit Test Reports. g. Instrument Calibration Report. 1.6 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING A. Phase in properly with Construction Schedule. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications,the codes and ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. International Building Code. b. International Plumbing Code. C. International Mechanical Code. d. NFPA-90A. e. NFPA 101. B. Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by NEBB, not affiliated with mechanical contractor. Certified agent shall be a full time employee of the TAB contractor. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 3 r" CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 93 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL C. Experience: Minimum 5 years on projects of similar scope and complexity. D. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Conference: Meet with the Owner's and the Architect's representatives on approval of the testing, adjusting, and balancing strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Ensure the participation of testing, adjusting, and balancing team members, equipment manufacturers' authorized service representatives, HVAC controls installer, and other support personnel. Provide 7 days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location. 1. Agenda Items: Include at least the following: a. Submittal distribution requirements. ! b. Contract Documents examination report. C. Testing, adjusting, and balancing plan. d. Work schedule and Project site access requirements. e. Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors. rf. Coordination of documentation and communication flow. E. Certification of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Certify the testing, adjusting, and ( balancing field data reports. This certification includes the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified testing, adjusting, and balancing reports. 2. Certify that the testing, adjusting, and balancing team complied with the approved testing, adjusting, and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. F. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use standard forms from NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems." G. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, and Accuracy: As described in NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems," Section lI, "Required ( Instrumentation for NEBB Certification." H. Instrumentation Calibration: Calibrate instruments as required by NEBB certification or more frequently if required by the instrument manufacturer. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner may occupy completed areas of the building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with the Owner during testing, adjusting, and balancing operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the efforts of factory-authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to ( support and assist testing, adjusting, and balancing activities. l l TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 4 l CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 93 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL B. Notice: Provide 7 days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. C. Perform testing, adjusting, and balancing after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. 1.10 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special performance guarantee specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Guarantee: Provide a guarantee on NEBB forms stating that NEBB will assist in completing the requirements of the Contract Documents if the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent fails to comply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee includes the following provisions: 1. The certified Agent has tested and balanced systems according to the Contract Documents. 2. Systems are balanced to optimum performance capabilities within design and installation limits. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's data. Where these may be in conflict,the more stringent requirements govern. 2.2 TAB INSTRUMENTATION A. Furnish materials and equipment necessary to properly measnre system capacities, electrical voltage and current, fan speeds, static pressures, air velocities, water pressure drops, refrigeration pressures, and other readings necessary to evaluate system performance and adjust quantities to those indicated. TAB Contractor retains possession of materials and equipment after project is completed. B. Instrumentation shall be accurate, with calibration histories available for examination upon request. C. Instrumentation shall be used in accordance with manufacturer instructions. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 93 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL PART 3 -EXECUTION r 3.1 INSPECTION i A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not begin work until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine Contract Documents to become familiar with project requirements and to discover r conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment. 1. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. 2, Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow- control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment. t C. Examine project record documents described in Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents." D. Examine equipment performance data, including fan and pump curves. Relate performance data to project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. E. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Specification Sections have been ( performed. ( F. Examine system and equipment test reports. t G. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing. l H. Examine air-handling equipment to ensure clean filters have been installed, bearings are t greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. 1. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. J. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls. t K. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following: t TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 6 1. . CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 93 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 1. Dampers,valves, and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller. 2. Dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller. 3. Integrity of valves and dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed and fully open positions. 4. Automatic modulating and shutoff valves, including 2-way valves and diverting valves, are properly connected. 5. Thermostats and humidistats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold walls. 6. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions. 7. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract Documents. 8. Controller set points are set at design values. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from design values. 9. Interlocked systems are operating. 10. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to design values. 11. Verify minimum outdoor supply air setting. L. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. C. Prepare a testing, adjusting, and balancing plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. D. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. 2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air. 3. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. 4. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 5. Manual volume dampers, smoke, fire, and combination fire/smoke dampers are open. 6. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 7. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 8. Windows and doors can be closed so design conditions for system operations can be met. 9. Building construction is sealed in areas where specified pressurization of an area is designated on contract documents. 3.4 GENERAL TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" and this Section. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 93 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed. Restore vapor barrier and finish according to the insulation Specifications for this Project. C. Mark equipment settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, including damper-control positions, valve indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices,to show final settings. D. Set automatic stops on metering balancing valves and butterfly valves with memory, and ensure volume damper locking mechanisms are tightened down in the balanced position. / 3.5 FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS'BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts. C. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements. D. Check the airflow patterns from the outside-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust-air dampers,through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers. E. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. E_ F. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. G. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. H. Check for airflow blockages. I. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. J. Check for proper sealing of air-handling unit components. l l 3.6 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system airflow and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans: Plus 5 to plus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent. 3. Heating-Water Flow Rate: 0 to minus 10 percent. 1 . l t TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 8 l L.- CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 93 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 3.7 REPORTING A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article above, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. B. Status Reports: As Work progresses, prepare reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. 3.8 FINAL REPORT A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter-quality font, on standard bond paper, in 3- ring binder,tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems. B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 1. Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. C. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the following: 1. Fan curves. 2. Manufacturers'test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include approved Shop Drawings and Product Data. D. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent who certifies the report. 10. Summary of contents, including the following: a. Design versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 93 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL C. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 11. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 12. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer,type size, and fittings. 13. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from design values. 14. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following: a. Settings for outside-,return-, and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. C. Cooling coil,wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. ( e. Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems. g. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. E. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present with single-line diagrams and include the following: ti 1. Quantities of outside, supply,return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Water and steam flow rates. 3. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. i 4. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 5. Terminal units. 6. Balancing stations. F. Air-Handling Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the following: 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. Unit identification. b. Location. C. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Unit arrangement and class. g. Discharge arrangement. h. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. ( i. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches. j. Number of belts, make, and size. k. Number of filters,type, and size. 2. Motor Data: Include the following: a. Make and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. C. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. l - TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 10 i CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 93 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL f. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches. 3. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. C. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg. f. Preheat coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. g. Cooling coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. h. Heating coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. i. Outside airflow in cfm. j. Return airflow in cfm. k. Outside-air damper position. 1. Return-air damper position. In. Vortex damper position. G. Apparatus-Coil Test Reports: For apparatus coils, include the following: 1. Coil Data: Include the following: a. System identification. b. Location. C. Coil type. d. Number of rows. e. Fin spacing in fins per inch. f. Make and model number. g. Face area in sq. ft.. h. Tube size in NPS. i. Tube and fin materials. j. Circuiting arrangement. 2. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Airflow rate in cfm. b. Average face velocity in fpm. C. Air pressure drop in inches wg. d. Outside-air,wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. e. Return-air,wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. f. Entering-air,wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. g. Leaving-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F., h. Water flow rate in gpm. i. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig. j. Entering-water temperature in deg F. k. Leaving-water temperature in deg F. 1. Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types. M. Refrigerant suction pressure in psig. n. Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F. o. Inlet steam pressure in psig. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 11 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 93 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL H. Fan Test Reports: For supply,return, and exhaust fans, include the following: l. Fan Data: Include the following: a. System identification. b. Location. C. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make, size in inches,and bore. h. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches. 2. Motor Data: Include the following: a. Make and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. C. Volts,phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. ( e. Sheave make, size in inches,and bore. f. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches. g. Number of belts, make, and size. 3. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. C. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Suction static pressure in inches wg. I. Round, Flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following: 1. Report Data: Include the following: a. System and air-handling unit number. b. Location and zone. C. Traverse air temperature in deg F. d. Duct static pressure in inches wg. e. Duct size in inches. f. Duct area in sq. ft.. I g. Design airflow rate in cfm. h. Design velocity in fpm. i. Actual airflow rate in cfm. j. Actual average velocity in fpm. k. Barometric pressure in psig. J. Air-Terminal-Device Reports: For terminal units, include the following: TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 12 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 93 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. System and air-handling unit identification. b. Location and zone. C. Test apparatus used. d. Area served. e. Air-terminal-device make. f. Air-terminal-device number from system diagram. g. Air-terminal-device type and model number. h. Air-terminal-device size. i. Air-terminal-device effective area in sq. ft.. 2. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Airflow rate in cfm. b. Air velocity in fpm. C. Preliminary airflow rate as needed in cfm. d. Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm. e. Final airflow rate in cfm. f. Final velocity in fpm. g. Space temperature in deg F. K. System-Coil Reports: For reheat coils and water coils of tenninal units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. System and air-handling unit identification. b. Location and zone. C. Room or riser served. d. Coil make and size. e. Flowmeter type. 2. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Airflow rate in cfm. b. Entering-water temperature in deg F. C. Leaving-water temperature in deg F. d. Water pressure drop in feet of head or psig. e. Entering-air temperature in deg F. f. Leaving-air temperature in deg L. Instrument Calibration Reports: For instrument calibration, include the following: 1. Report Data: Include the following: a. Instrument type and make. b. Serial number. C. Application. d. Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration. TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 13 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 93 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 3.9 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing testing, adjusting, and balancing, perform additional testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: If initial testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional inspections, testing, and adjusting during near-peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION 23 05 93 l l l f t l t t 1 . t TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 14 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 07 for firestopping materials and requirements for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers. 2. Division 09 for Painting. 3. Division 23 Section "Duct Insulation for Mechanical Systems" for insulation for ducts and plenums. 4. Division 23 Section 'Equipment Insulation for Mechanical Equipment" for insulation materials and application for pumps,tanks,hydronic specialties, and other equipment. 5. Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for pipe insulation shields and protection saddles. 6. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Fixtures"for lavatory drain and supply insulation. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes preformed, rigid, and flexible pipe insulation; insulating cements; field- applied jackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing compounds. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 23 05 00 general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Mineral Fiber Insulation. 2. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation. 3. Cellular Glass Insulation. 4. Calcium Silicate Insulation. 5. Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers. 6. Foil and Paper Jacket. 7. PVC Jacket. 8. Standard PVC Fitting Covers. 9. Aluminum Jacket. 10. Stainless Steel Jacket. 11. Thermal Insulated Removable Pads. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 2307 13 - 1 f� CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke-developed rating of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread rating of 75 or less, and smoke-developed rating of 150 or less. 1 i 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM specification designation,type and grade, and maximum use temperature. B. Protect insulation and jackets from moisture and dirt. 1.6 COORDINATION i A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for insulation application. ( C. Coordinate installation of electric heat tracing. i 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after testing piping systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat-trace tape. Insulation application may begin on segments of piping that have satisfactory test results. i PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: l l PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 2 c CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING a. Knauf Fiberglass. b. Owens Corning. C. Johns Manville. 2. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: a. Armstrong. b. Armacell. 3. Cellular Glass Insulation: a. Pittsburgh Corning. b,. Cellufoam. 4. Calcium Silicate Insulation: a. Owens Corning. b. Pabco. C. Johns Manville. 2.2 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin complying with the following: 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 547, Type 1, with factory-applied, all- purpose,vapor-retarder jacket. 2. Blanket Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 553, Type I1, without facing. 3. Fire-Resistant Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C in the following classes and grades: a. Class 1, Grade A for bonding glass cloth and tape to unfaced glass-fiber insulation, for sealing edges of glass-fiber insulation, and for bonding lagging cloth to unfaced glass-fiber insulation. b. Class 2, Grade A for bonding glass-fiber insulation to metal surfaces. 4. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Fire- and water-resistant, vapor-retarder mastic for indoor applications. Comply with MIL-C-19565C, Type II. 5. Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cements: Comply with ASTM C 195. 6. Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cements: Comply with ASTM C 196. 7. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. 1. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 2. Ultraviolet-Protective Coating: As recommended by insulation manufacturer. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 -3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING C. Cellular Glass Insulation: All glass, closed cell structure, comply with ASTM C 552. Fabricate in half sections where possible, curved sidewall segments for larger diameter pipes. 1. Weather Barrier Mastic: Flexible, latex coating, comply with ASTM E 84 and E 96. 2. Asphalt Cutback Mastic: Asphalt coating formulated for cellular glass insulation. 3. Polyester Fabric: Open mesh, synthetic fabric. 4. Joint Sealant: Butyl sealant, comply with MIL-I-24244. 5. Protective Membranes: a. Heat-Sealed Membrane: 125-mil thick heat-sealed high polymer asphalt membrane with an integral glass scrim, integral 1 mil aluminum foil, and mylar film. b. Self-Sealing Membrane: 70-mil thick self-sealing high polymer asphalt membrane f with an integral glass scrim and mylar film. D.. Calcium Silicate Insulation: Preformed pipe sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a nonasbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 533, Type I. E. Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 for dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows,tees, and flanges. 2.3 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS l A. General: ASTM C 921, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated. ( B. Foil and Paper Jacket: Laminated, glass-fiber-reinforced, flame-retardant kraft paper and aluminum foil. C. PVC Jacket: High-impact, ultraviolet-resistant PVC; 20 mils thick; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. 1. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 2. PVC Jacket Color: White. D. Standard PVC Fitting Covers: Factory-fabricated fitting covers manufactured from 20-mil- thick, high-impact, ultraviolet-resistant PVC. I. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows,tees, valves, flanges, reducers and end caps. 2. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 3. PVC Jacket Color: White. E. Aluminum Jacket: ASTM B 209, 3003 alloy, H-14 temper, factory cut and rolled to indicated sizes or roll stock,ready for shop or field cutting and forming to indicated sizes. 1. Finish and Thickness: Stucco-embossed finish, 0.016 inch thick. 2. Moisture Barrier: 1-mil-thick,heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 3. Elbows: Preformed, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows; same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. l t PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 2307 13 -4 t l _ CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING F. Stainless-Steel Jacket: ASTM A 666, Type 304 or 316; factory cut and rolled to indicated sizes or roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming to indicated sizes. 1. Finish and Thickness: Smooth finish, 0.10-inch thick. 2. Moisture Barrier: 1-mil-thick,heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 3. Elbows: Gore type, for 45- and 90-degree elbows in same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. 2.4 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS A. Glass Cloth and Tape: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I for cloth and Type II for tape. Woven glass-fiber fabrics, plain weave,presized a minimum of 8-oz./sq.yd. 1. Tape Width: 4 inches. B. Bands: 3/4 inch wide, in one of the following materials compatible with jacket: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304; 0.020 inch thick. 2. Galvanized Steel: 0.005 inch thick. 3. Aluminum: 0.007 inch thick. 4. Brass: 0.010 inch thick. 5. Nickel-Copper Alloy: 0.005 inch thick. C. Wire: 0.080-inch, nickel-copper alloy; 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, stainless steel; or 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, galvanized steel. 2.5 THERMAL INSULATED REMOVABLE PADS A. The inner and outer jacketing on the removable pads shall be silicone impregnated fiberglass. B. The insulation material inside the pads shall be fiberglass thermal insulating wool. C. Lacing hooks, and washers shall be stainless steel. D. Tie wire shall be stainless steel. E. Fasteners shall be stainless steel staples STCR 5019-3/8-inch, or equal. F. Thickness for all pads: 2-inch. 2.6 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are compatible with insulation materials,jackets, and substrates. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING PART 3 - EXECUTION ( 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry pipe and fitting surfaces. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. 3.3 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping, including fittings,valves, and specialties. B. Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials and thicknesses required for each piping system. l ( C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Use t accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal pipe runs. E. Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. t G. Seal joints and seams with vapor-retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a vapor retarder. l ( H. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. I. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with ( adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. J. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical. { K. Apply insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties, with continuous thermal and vapor- retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. Refer to special instructions for applying insulation over fittings,valves,and specialties. l L. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-retarder mastic. l t PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 6 l CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 1. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs at least 12 inches from point of attachment to pipe and taper insulation ends. Sea] tapered ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. 3. Install insert materials and apply insulation to tightly join the insert. Sea] insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect the jacket from tear or puncture by the hanger, support, and shield. M. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, taper insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. N. Apply adhesives and mastics at the manufacturer's recommended coverage rate. O. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows: 1. Pull jacket tight and smooth. 2. Circumferential Joints: Cover with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip and spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Longitudinal Seams: Overlap jacket seams at least l-1/2 inches. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c. a. Exception: Do not staple longitudinal laps on insulation having a vapor retarder. 4. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to flanges, unions,valves, and fittings. 5. At penetrations in jackets for thermometers and pressure gages, fill and seal voids with vapor-retarder mastic. P. Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with top of roof flashing. 1. Seal penetrations with vapor-retarder mastic. 2. Apply insulation for exterior applications tightly joined to interior insulation ends. 3. Extend metal jacket of exterior insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal metal jacket to roof flashing with vapor-retarder mastic. Q. Exterior Wall Penetrations: For penetrations of below-grade exterior walls,terminate insulation flush with mechanical sleeve seal. Seal terminations with vapor-retarder mastic. R. Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls and floors. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 7 r CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2307 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING S. Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. 1. Firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers are specified in Division 07. T. Floor Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through floor assembly. l. For insulation with vapor retarders, seal insulation with vapor-retarder mastic where floor supports penetrate vapor retarder. r 3.4 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION APPLICATION 1 A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: l. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire, tape, or bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor retarders are indicated, seal longitudinal seams and end joints with vapor- retarder mastic. Apply vapor retarder to ends of insulation at intervals of 15 to 20 feet to form a vapor retarder between pipe insulation segments. 3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor retarders, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by the insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-retarder mastic. ( B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows: t 1. Apply preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. �. 2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus ( twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. { 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation. 4. Cover flanges with standard PVC fitting covers. C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: 1. Apply preformed insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, apply mitered sections ( of pipe insulation, or glass-fiber blanket insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire,tape, or bands. 3. Cover fittings and elbows with standard PVC fitting covers. D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows: 1. Apply preformed insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When preformed insulation sections are not available,apply glass-fiber blanket insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve l ( l PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 2307 13 - 8 L CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2307 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, arrange insulation for access to stainer basket without disturbing insulation. 3. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Cover valves and specialties with standard PVC fitting covers. Secure fitting covers with manufacturer's attachments and accessories. Seal seams with tape and vapor-retarder mastic. 5. Provide thermal insulated removable pads for larger sizes where PVC fitting covers are not available. 3.5 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC THERMAL INSULATION APPLICATION A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: 1. Follow manufacturer's written instructions for applying insulation. 2. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows: 1. Apply pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of the same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: 1. Apply mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows: 1. Apply preformed valve covers manufactured of the same material as pipe insulation and attached according to the manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Apply cut segments of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, fabricate removable sections of insulation arranged to allow access to stainer basket. 3. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 3.6 CELLULAR GLASS INSULATION APPLICATION A. Follow manufacturer's written instructions for applying insulation. B. Apply insulation to pipes, fittings,and elbows as follows: 1. Where vapor retarders are indicated, seal all joints full depth with joint sealant, fill tightly with no voids. 2. Provide protective membranes as indicated. Apply membranes at factory where possible. 3.7 CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION APPLICATION A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch intervals and tighten without deforming insulation materials. 2. Apply two-layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches. Secure inner layer with 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, stainless steel wire spaced at 12-inch intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch intervals. 3. Apply a skim coat of mineral-fiber, hydraulic-setting cement to surface of installed insulation. When dry, apply flood coat of lagging adhesive and press on one layer of glass cloth or tape. Overlap edges at least 1 inch. Apply finish coat of lagging adhesive over glass cloth or tape. Thin the finish coat to achieve smooth finish. B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows: 1. Apply preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. ( 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of block insulation of the same material and thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Finish flange insulation the same as pipe insulation. (. C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: i 1. Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When premolded sections of insulation are not available, apply mitered sections of calcium silicate insulation. Secure insulation materials with stainless-steel wire. 3. Finish insulation of fittings the same as pipe insulation. (. D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows: l. Apply mitered segments of calcium silicate insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, arrange insulation for access to stainer basket without disturbing insulation. 2. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3. Finish valve and specialty insulation the same as pipe insulation. I l_ PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 2307 13 - 10 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 3.8 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET APPLICATION A. Apply glass-cloth jacket, where indicated, directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory-applied jackets. 1. Apply jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch overlap at seams and joints. 2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch- thick coats of jacket manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 3. Completely encapsulate insulation with jacket, leaving no exposed raw insulation. B. Foil and Paper Jackets: l. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Apply lap or joint strips with the same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Apply jackets with l-1/2-inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor-retarder mastic. 6. Apply foil and paper jackets for the following applications: a. Mineral-fiber blanket. b.. Cellular glass where protective membrane is not indicated. C. PVC Jackets: 1. Apply 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. 2. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 3. Apply PVC jackets for exposed piping in mechanical rooms. D. Metal Jackets: 1. Apply 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. a. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. b. Seal joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by jacket manufacturer. 2. Secure jacket with bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. 3. Apply stainless steel jackets for exposed piping in food service areas. 4. Apply aluminum jackets for exposed exterior installations. 3.9 FINISHES A. Exterior Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of the insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. 3.10 PIPING SYSTEM APPLICATIONS A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules at the end of this Section. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 2307 13 - 11 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the following systems,materials, and equipment: 1. Flexible connectors. 2. Vibration-control devices. 3. Fire-suppression piping. 4. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces,unless otherwise indicated. 5. Below-grade piping, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings, unless potential for personnel injury. 7. Flow regulators. 8. Meters. 9. Backflow preventers. 10. Steam traps. t 3.11 THERMAL INSULATION REMOVABLE PADS A. All flanges and valves including control valves, gate valves and butterfly valves shall be insulated with removable pads for systems that are indicated under the applications schedule. i 3.12 INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Refer to insulation application schedules for required insulation materials, thickness and vapor retarders. 3.13 INTERIOR INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Service: Domestic hot and recirculated hot water. 1. Insulation Material: Mineral-fiber,preformed. 2. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Pipe, 1/2-inch-2-inch: 1-inch. b. Pipe,2-1/2-inch and above: 1-1/2-inch. 3. Vapor Retarder Required: No. 4. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.24-0.28 BTU•in/(hr•ft2•°F). { B. Service: Domestic cold water. 1. Insulation Material: Mineral-fiber, preformed. i 2. Insulation Thickness: 1/2-inch. 3. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. 4. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.23 -0.27 BTU•in/(hr•ft2•°F). C. Service: Condensate drain piping. 1. Insulation Material: Flexible elastomeric. { 2. Insulation Thickness: 1-inch. l PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 2307 13 - 12 L. CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 3. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. D. Service: Refrigerant suction and hot-gas piping. 1. Insulation Material: Flexible elastomeric. 2. Insulation Thickness: 1-inch. 3. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. E. Service: Heating hot-water supply and return. 1. Insulation Material: Mineral-fiber, preformed. 2. Insulation Thickness: 1-1/2-inch. 3. Vapor Retarder Required: No. 4. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.25—0.29 BTU•in/(hr•ft2.oF). F. Service: Steam and condensate, 100 psi and below. 1. Insulation Material: Mineral-fiber,preformed. 2. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Pipe, 1/2-inch—2-inch: 2-1/2-inch. b. Pipe, 2-1/2-inch—4-inch: 3-inch. C. Pipe,4-1/2-inch and above: 3-1/2-inch. 3. Vapor Retarder Required: No. 4. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.32—0.34 BTU-in/(hr-ft2•°F). G. Service: Steam and condensate, above 100 psi. 1. Insulation Material: Calcium silicate. 2. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Pipe, 1/2-inch—2-inch: 2-1/2-inch. b. Pipe,2-1/2-inch—4-inch: 3-inch. C. Pipe, 4-1/2-inch and abovc: 3-1/2-inch. END OF SECTION 23 07 13 PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 2307 13 - 13 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: ( 1. Division 07 for firestopping materials and requirements for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers. ' 2. Division 23 Section "Pipe Insulation for Mechanical Systems" for insulation for piping ( systems. 3. Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" for duct liner. 4. Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." { 5. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes semirigid and flexible duct and plenum, insulation; insulating cements; field-applied jackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing compounds. ! 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 230500 for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Mineral Fiber Board Insulation. 2. Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation. 3. Aluminum Jackets. 4. Fire Barrier Duct Wrap with UL classification documentation. t C. Shop Drawings: None required. D. Reports and Certificates: None required. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory labeled insulation and jacket materials and l sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. t l DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 2307 19- 1 l L CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke-developed rating of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread rating of 75 or less, and smoke-developed rating of 150 or less. B. Underwriters Laboratories Inc(UL) 1. UL 723, surface burning characteristic per ASTM E 84 2. UL 1978, Standards for Grease Ducts 3. UL 1479, Through-Penetration firestop test. C. National Fire Code: NFPA 96: Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations D. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM E119, Standard Method of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. ASTM E814, Standard Method of Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM specification designation,type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for insulation application. 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after testing duct systems. Insulation application may begin on segments of ducts that have satisfactory test results. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: a. CertainTeed Manson. b. Knauf FiberGlass GmbH. C. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. d. Johns Manville. DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 23 07 19- 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 2.2 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Mineral-Fiber Board Thermal Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IB, without facing and with all-service jacket manufactured from kraft paper,reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. i B. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type 11, without facing and with all-service jacket manufactured from kraft paper,reinforcing scrim,aluminum foil,and vinyl film. 2.3 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A. Aluminum Jacket: Sheets manufactured from aluminum alloy complying with ASTM B 209, and having an integrally bonded moisture barrier over entire surface in contact with insulation. Metal thickness is scheduled at the end of this Section. 1. Finish: Embossed finish. 2. Thickness: 0.04-inch thick. 2.4 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS A. Bands: 3/4-inch wide, aluminum band,minimum 0.007-inch thick. B. Adhesive-Attached Anchor Pins and Speed Washers: Galvanized steel plate, pin, and washer manufactured for attachment to duct and plenum with adhesive. Pin length sufficient for insulation thickness indicated. t 1. Adhesive: Recommended by the anchor pin manufacturer as appropriate for surface temperatures of ducts, plenums, and breechings; and to achieve a holding capacity of 100 lb for direct pull perpendicular to the adhered surface. 2.5 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. Perm rating not greater than 0.5 and all joints sealed. i PART 3 - EXECUTION c 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other ( conditions affecting performance of insulation application. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. i DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 2307 19- 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. 3.3 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; and free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings. B. Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials,jackets, and thicknesses required for each duct system. C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. E. Joints and Seams: Cover with tape and vapor retarder as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. G. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. H. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical. I. Apply insulation over fittings and specialties, with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. J. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in insulation at hangers, snpports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-retarder mastic, Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. K. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, seal ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. L. Cut insulation according to manufacturer's written instructions to prevent compressing insulation to less than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. M. Install vapor-retarder mastic on supply and outside air ducts and plenums. 1. Ducts with Vapor Retarders: Overlap insulation facing at seams and seal with vapor- retarder mastic and pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation. Repair punctures,tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor-retarder seal. DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 2307 19- 4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 2. Ducts without Vapor Retarders: Overlap insulation facing at seams and secure with outward clinching staples and pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation. 3. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on seams and S joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings. ( N. Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with top of roof f flashing. l. Seal penetrations with vapor-retarder mastic. 2. Apply insulation for exterior applications tightly joined to interior insulation ends. 3. Seal insulation to roof flashing with vapor-retarder mastic. ( O. Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls and partitions, except fire-rated walls and partitions. ( P. Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire/smoke damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. ( Q. Floor Penetrations: Terminate insulation at underside of floor assembly and at floor support at top of floor. 1. For insulation indicated to have vapor retarders, taper termination and seal insulation ( ends with vapor-retarder mastic. ( 3.4 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION APPLICATION A. Blanket Applications for Ducts and Plenums: Secure blanket insulation with anchor pins and ( speed washers. 1. Install anchor pins and speed washers on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches. Space 16 inches o.c. each ( way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Apply additional pins and clips to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. C. Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and ( plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. l_ 2. Impale insulation over anchors and attach speed washers. 3. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with t insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 f inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent l insulation segment with 1/2-inch staples, 1-inch o.c., and cover with pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation. 5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. Secure with steel band at end joints and spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c. DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 23 07 19- 5 t CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2307 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 6. Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation segment for each surface. Apply insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond the insulation surface with 6-inch-wide strips of the same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener,hanger, and flange with anchor pins spaced 6 inches o.c. 8. Apply vapor-retarder mastic to open joints, breaks, and punctures for insulation indicated to receive vapor retarder. B. Board Applications for Ducts and Plenums: Secure board insulation with anchor pins and speed washers. 1. Space anchor pins as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches. Space 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Apply additional pins and clips to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. C. Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. 2. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 3. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation segment with 1/2-inch staples, 1-inch o.c., and cover with pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation. 4. Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation segment for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. Apply insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 5. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond the insulation surface with 6-inch- wide strips of the same materiel used to insulate duct, Secure on alternating sides of stiffener,hanger, and flange with anchor pins spaced 6 inches o.c. 6. Apply vapor-retarder mastic to open joints, breaks, and punctures for insulation indicated to receive vapor retarder. 3.5 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET APPLICATION A. Apply jacket, where indicated, directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory-applied jackets. 1. Apply jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch overlap at seams and joints. 2. Completely encapsulate insulation with jacket, leaving no exposed raw insulation. 3. Sea] outdoor jacket watertight. 4. Round Ducts: Overlap seams 45 degrees from bottom. DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 2307 19 - 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 07 19 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 3.6 DUCT SYSTEM APPLICATIONS A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules at the end of this Section. B. Materials and thicknesses for systems listed below are specified in schedules at the end of this Section. C. Insulate the following plenums and duct systems: 1. Supply-,return-, and outside-air ductwork. 2. Outside-air ductwork and exhaust-air ductwork shall be insulated from isolation damper to the exterior of the building. r 3. Grease hood exhaust duct. D. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the following systems, materials, and equipment: 1. Metal ducts with duct liner, unless required to meet the Energy Code requirements. 2. Factory-insulated flexible ducts. 3. Factory-insulated plenums, casings,terminal boxes, and filter boxes and sections. 4. Flexible connectors. 5. Vibration-control devices. 6. Testing agency labels and stamps. 7. Nameplates and data plates. 8. Access panels and doors in air-distribution systems. 9. Toilet exhaust ducts in conditioned spaces. 10. General exhaust ducts in conditioned spaces. 11. Exposed ducts within a space that serves that space only. 3.7 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM APPLICATION SCHEDULE 1 ( A. Service: Round, supply and return-air ducts, conditioned space. 1. Material: Mineral-fiber blanket. 2. Thickness: 1-1/2-inch. 3. Minimum Installed Insulation R-Value: 3.3. B. Service: Rectangular, supply and return-air ducts, conditioned space. i 1. Material: Mineral-fiber board. 2. Thickness: 1 inch. 3. Minimum Installed Insulation R-Value: 3.3. END OF SECTION 23 07 19 l DUCT INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 2307 19- 7 l CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 08 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Purpose 1. The purpose of the commissioning process is to provide the Owner assurance that the systems have been installed in the prescribed manner and will operate within the performance guidelines. Commissioning is intended to enhance the quality of system start-up and aid in the orderly transfer of systems to beneficial use by the Owner. 2. The Contractor verifies installation, provides scheduling and coordination of commissioning activities, performs training, starts up equipment, conducts functional performance testing, corrects deficiencies, performs retests, and provides documentation of the process. 3. The Commissioning Authority or Owner's Construction Representative, hired directly by the Owner, provides the Owner an unbiased, objective view of the system's installation, documentation, operation, and performance. 4, Commissioning procedures and results will be reviewed and observed by the Commissioning Authority. The Contractor is expected to verify the functional readiness of systems to be tested prior to performing the tests in the presence of the Commissioning Authority. A high rate of test failure will indicate that the Contractor has not adequately verified the readiness of the systems. B. General 1. Furnish labor and material to accomplish building commissioning as specified herein. 2. Requirements of Commissioning Section shall be accomplished by a qualified Test Engineer, as specified in Division 01. The requirement for and responsibilities of the Test Engineer are indicated in Division 01 and Commissioning Section. 3. The Commissioning Authority is an independent contractor and will work under a separate contract directly with the Owner. The responsibilities of the Commissioning Authority are indicated, for information only, in Division 01, 4. Unless noted otherwise, functional performance tests (FPTs) described under "Acceptance Criteria" in the various sections of this division, apply to all equipment and systems identified under"Systems/Equipment to be Tested." 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Related sections include the following: 1. Division 23 08 13 Section "Commissioning of Mechanical Systems — Functional Performance Testing." 2. Division 23 08 16 Section"Commissioning of Mechanical Systems Support." COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00- 1 i CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 08 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.3 COORDINATION A. The General Contractor and the Test Engineer shall provide overall coordination and management of the commissioning program as specified herein. The commissioning process will require cooperation of the Contractor, subcontractors, vendors, Architect, Mechanical Engineer,Electrical Engineer, Test Engineer, Commissioning Authority, and Owner 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: The Test Engineer shall submit the following with input from the Contractors, Sub- Contractors, and Vendors: B. Commissioning plan: Submit (6) copies of a draft commissioning plan to the Owner's Representative for review and approval by the Architect and Commissioning Authority within 90 calendar days of Notice to Proceed. Submit (6) copies of the commissioning plan to the Owner's Representative after all review comments have been incorporated from the Architect and the Commissioning Authority. Develop a commissioning plan to identify how commissioning activities will be integrated into general construction and trade activities. The plan is the key means for the Test Engineer to inform all parties as to how each system functions, independently and with respect to other systems. The plan shall be updated regularly and redistributed to the commissioning team for review and comment. The intent of this plan is to evoke questions, expose issues, and resolve them with input from the entire commissioning team early in construction. The commissioning plan shall identify how commissioning responsibilities are distributed. f 1. Include an organizational chart showing lines of communication and authority of the Test Engineer relative to key General Contractor positions and to key subcontractors. 2. Identify who will be responsible for producing the various procedures, reports, Owner notifications, and forms required in this division. 3. Include a summary of all commissioning tests to be performed. 4. Include the commissioning schedule. 5. Describe the test/acceptance procedure. 6. Identify which subcontractors will participate in each of the tests. 7. Identify instrumentation required for each test. 8. Identify who will provide instrumentation for each test. C. Commissioning schedule: Submit(6) copies of a draft commissioning schedule to the Owner's Representative for review and approval by the Architect and Commissioning Authority within 90 calendar days of Notice to Proceed. 1. Integrate functional performance testing and commissioning requirements into the Critical Path Method (CPM)master construction schedule. Commissioning scheduling is the responsibility of the Contractor. The schedule shall include dates for commissioning testing of each system and shall also include startup prerequisite activities shown linked to specific functional performance testing dates. 2. Commissioning of systems shall proceed per the criteria established in the specific sections that follow,with activities to be performed on a timely basis. Commissioning of systems may proceed prior to final completion of systems. The Test Engineer must be available to respond promptly to avoid delay to the CPM schedule. l l COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00- 2 i CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 08 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 3. The commissioning schedule shall incorporate the completion of all commissioning testing, with the exception of retesting resulting from deficiencies and seasonal testing, before the Final Certificate of Occupancy date. 4. Problems observed shall be addressed immediately, in terms of notification to responsible parties and actions to correct deficiencies. D. Start-up plan: For each piece of equipment or system for which formal start-up is specified elsewhere in this division, submit a start-up plan to the Owner's Representative for review and approval by the Architect and Commissioning Authority. Submit(6) copies of the draft startup plan. Submit (6) copies of the startup plan after all review comments have been incorporated from the Architect and Commissioning Authority. Obtain approval of the plan prior to beginning startup activities. The plan shall include the following: 1. Start-up schedule 2. Names of firms/individuals required to participate 3. Detailed start-up procedures(may be manufacturer's startup checklist and procedures) 4. Start-up data forms E. Test equipment identification list: For each instrument, sorted according to intended use, submit (6) copies of a list containing the following information to the Owner's Representative for review and approval by the Architect and Commissioning Authority. Submit (6) copies of the list to the Owner's Representative after all comments have been incorporated from the Architect and the Commissioning Authority: 1. Manufacturer 2. Model number 3. Serial number 4. Calibration certification 5. Range 6. Accuracy 7. Resolution 8. Intended use F. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) data forms: In addition to the requirements for TAB submittals in other sections of this specification, submit (6) copies of the testing, adjusting, and balancing (TAB) data forms to the Owner's Representative for review and approval by the Architect and Commissioning Authority. Submit (6) copies of the TAB forms after all comments have been incorporated from the Architect and the Commissioning Authority. Forms shall be approved prior to the start of TAB activities. G. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) report: In addition to the requirements for TAB report submittals in other sections of this specification, submit (1) additional copy for review and approval by the Commissioning Authority. A preliminary TAB report shall be submitted first for approval. A final TAB report shall be submitted to incorporate review comments or, if additional TAB work is identified by the preliminary review comments, after the additional TAB work is completed. H. Functional performance test procedures: Refer to Section 23 08 13 for additional requirements for functional performance test procedures. Submit functional performance test procedures for COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00-3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 08 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS functional performance tests to the Owner's Representative for review and approval by the Architect and Commissioning Authority. 1. Each procedure shall have a unique alphanumeric designator. 2. The same procedure may be applied to multiple identical pieces of equipment or systems. 3. FPT procedures shall be detailed test instructions, written with sufficient step-by-step information to allow a test to be repeated under identical conditions with repeatable results. 1. Functional performance test procedures: Submit(6) copies of the draft functional performance test procedures/data forms to the Owner's Representative for review and approval by the Architect and Commissioning Authority. 1. Identify each functional performance test data form by a unique designator, consisting of j the applicable functional performance test procedure designator followed by a dash and digit suffix to distinguish multiple repetitions of the same procedure. 2. Include space to record the following: a. Description of the procedure b. Whether the form is for a retest of a failed procedure C. Identification and location of the equipment being tested d. Observed conditions at each step of the procedure e. Date of the test f. Names and company of technicians performing the procedure g. Name and signature of the Test Engineer h. Name and signature of the Commissioning Authority or Owner-designated witness. Signature of witness shall only indicate concurrence with reported results (. and observations. Acceptance of the results will be reported separately by the Commissioning Authority after review of the FPT data forms. 3. Functional performance test procedures and functional performance test data sheets for each system shall be based upon actual system's configuration. 4. Test procedures shall fully describe system configuration and steps required for each test, appropriately documented so that another party can repeat the tests with virtually identical results. 5. Acceptance test procedures must confirm the performance of systems to the extent of the design intent and applicable code under which the project was permitted. When a system is accepted, the Commissioning Authority must be assured that the system is complete, works as intended, is correctly documented, and that the Owner's staff is trained in the operation and maintenance of the system. 6. The majority of mechanical equipment requires integral safety devices to stop/prevent ( equipment operation unless minimum safety standards or conditions are met. This could include adequate oil pressure, proof-of-flow, non-freezing conditions, maximum head pressure, etc. Functional performance test procedures shall demonstrate the actual performance of safety shutoffs in a real or closely simulated condition of failure. 7. Systems may include safety devices and components that control a variety of equipment operating as a system. Interlocks may be hard-wired or installed via software. Functional performance test procedures shall demonstrate these interlocks. l t l COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00-4 t CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 08 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 8. Inform appropriate subcontractor(s) and vendor(s) before commissioning is started as to what the test and expected results will be. Because some test results and interpretations may not become evident until the actual tests are performed, all participants should have a reasonable understanding of the requirements. The commissioning plan must address the requirements and be distributed to all participants involved with that particular system. J. Functional performance test deficiency report forms: Submit sample functional performance test deficiency report forms to the Owner's Representative for review and approval by the Architect and Commissioning Authority. Include space to record the following: 1. Associated functional performance test data form number 2. Date of test 3. Name of person reporting the deficiency 4. Description of the observations associated with the failure of the test 5. Cause of the failure if apparent at the time of the test 6. Date and description of corrective action taken 7. Name and signature of person taking corrective action 8. Schedule for retest K. Owner Training Plan: Prepare and submit (6) copies of a training plan to the Owner's Representative for review and approval by the Architect and Commissioning Authority. l. Training plan shall include for each training session the following: a. Dates, start and finish times, and locations b. Outline of the information to be presented C. Names and qualifications of the presenters d. List of texts and other materials required to support training 2. Obtain assistance from appropriate subcontractors and vendors to provide training for the Owner's operations staff. 3. Training will be in a classroom setting with the appropriate schematics, handouts, and audio/visual training aids. 4. Catalog training videotapes and deliver to the Owner with the O&M manuals. 5. Host each training session: a. Provide program overview and curriculum guidance. b„ Obtain signatures of attendees on a sign-in list. 6. Equipment vendors provide training on the specifics of each system and philosophy, troubleshooting, and repair techniques as specified in the relevant sections of this specification. 7. Installation subcontractors provide training on peculiarities specific to this project and job specific experience as specified in the relevant sections of this specification. 8. Review record documents to verify accuracy. COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 08 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.5 COORDINATION WITH COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY A. The Commissioning Authority will witness start-up and test activities specified in this division. The Owner's Representative will designate witnesses and alternates for each activity. B. Notify the Owner's Representative in writing of the date,time, location, and anticipated duration of start-up and test activities as required in"Schedule"above. C. Provide written timely notice to Owner's Representative of any changes in date, time, location, or anticipated duration of start-up and test activities. For the purpose of this paragraph, written notice shall be received by Owner's Representative a minimum of 72 hours in advance to be r considered timely notice. D. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for actual costs incurred by the Owner as the result of failure to provide timely notice, per preceding paragraph, of changes in date, time, location, or anticipated duration of start-up and test activities. E. Obtain the signature of designated witness on all data forms. If the witness is unavailable at the scheduled time and location of the activity, so note, and proceed per schedule without the witness. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 TEST EQUIPMENT ( A. Provide industry standard test equipment required for performing the tests specified herein. Instrumentation shall meet the following standards: ( 1. Be of sufficient quality and accuracy to test and measure system performance within the ( tolerances required to determine adequate performance. 2. Be calibrated on the manufacturer's recommended intervals with calibration tags permanently affixed to the instrument being used. B. For all temperature measurements including air, liquids, and surfaces of pipes and components using appropriate probes: 1. Range: Minimum+15 °F to 230°F t l a. Type: Thermometer, Digital Electronic b. Minimum accuracy: +/- 0.50 F C. Calibration Interval: Per manufacturer instruction,not to exceed every 12 months C. For Hydronic pressure and differential pressure measurement instruments: 1. Range: 0 to 30 psi, 0 to 60 psi and 0 to 200 psi l a. Type: Calibrated Test Gauges, 6 inch, or electronic digital device (Shortridge, { Alnor,or equal)meeting accuracy and calibration interval requirements l COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00- 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 08 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS b. Minimum accuracy: 2%of scale(Gauge), 1%of reading(electronic) C. Calibration interval: Per manufacturers instruction, not to exceed every 12 months d. Note: Use lowest range instrument or scale. D. Air pressure measurement instruments: 1. Range: 0 to I inch w.c., 0 to 4 inch w.c., 0 to 10 inch w.c. a. Type: Use properly leveled and zeroed manometer, Magnehelic or electronic instrument meeting accuracy requirements. b. Minimum accuracy for electronic devices: 2% of reading (Magnehelic or manometer), 1% of reading(electronic) C. Calibration Interval for electronic devices: Per manufacturer's instructions, not to exceed every 12 months d. Note: Use lowest range instrument or scale. 2.2 REPORTS A. Installation verification audit: Prior to start-up, submit to the Owner's Representative for review and approval by the Architect and Commissioning Authority a report of installation verification audit activities. Identify equipment and components verified, deficiencies noted, corrective action taken, and the dates and initials of the persons making the entries. 1. During construction, observe the work of the prime Contractor and subcontractors to assure that all installations are being made in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. 2. Before system start-up begins, conduct a final installation verification audit. The Contractor shall be responsible for completion of all work, including change orders and punch list items, to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative. The audit shall include,but not be limited to, a check of the following: a. Piping specialties, including balance, control, and isolation valves b. Ductwork specialty items, including turning devices; balance, fire, smoke and control dampers; and access doors C. Control sensor types and locations d. Identification of piping,valves, starters, gauges, thermometers, etc. e. Documentation of prestart-up tests performed, including manufacturer's factory tests £ Accessibility to equipment in 1-3 above B. Start-up deficiency report: Within five days following start-up of each system or equipment, submit to the Owner's Representative start-up deficiency report forms. Identify systems and/or equipment started up, deficiencies noted, corrective action taken, and the dates and initials of the persons making the entries. C. Functional performance test deficiency reports: Submit weekly functional performance tests deficiency reports to the Owner's Representative. COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00 - 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 08 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Identify tests for which acceptable results were not obtained by test number and description, and equipment identification and location. Briefly describe observations about the performance which were associated with failure to achieve acceptable results. Identify the cause of failure if such is apparent. 2. When corrections have been completed, update the functional performance test deficiency report forms. Identify corrective action taken and the dates and initials of the persons making the entries. 3. Identify the schedule for retesting. D. Final Commissioning Reports: Submit(6) copies of the draft final commissioning report to the Owner's Representative for review and approval by the Architect and the Commissioning Authority. The draft final commissioning report shall be submitted a minimum of two weeks prior to the Final Certificate of Occupancy date. The draft final commissioning report shall include completed commissioning functional performance test procedures for all identified i systems to be commissioned. For those systems that require re-testing due to deficiencies found during initial functional testing and those tests that require seasonal conditions to complete (i.e. —heating and cooling coil capacity tests),the initial completed functional test procedure shall be included in the preliminary final commissioning report. After all re-testing and seasonal testing has been completed, submit (6) copies of the final commissioning report to the Owner's Representative including the documentation for all re-testing and seasonal testing. The final commissioning report shall include the following items: 4 1. An executive summary including a brief description of the project, the commissioning process, and the results of the commissioning process. ( 2. A list of all outstanding items that were not resolved through the commissioning process. 3. Recommendations for system improvements that were not implemented through the commissioning process. ( 4. Log, list, or matrix of all deficiencies encountered during the course of functional performance testing. 5. All meeting notes. 6. All installation verification audits. 7. All startup deficiency reports. 8. All completed functional test procedures and data forms. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE A. Sequence of testing: Commissioning shall proceed from lower to higher levels of complexity. t For each discrete subsystem or system, testing at the lower level shall be completed prior to starting the next higher level of tests. In general, the order of testing, from lowest to highest is as follows: 1. System startup static tests(e.g. duct leakage tests,pipe static pressure tests) 2. Contractor equipment startup and vendor equipment startup including unitary controls checkout 3. Controls startup and initial checkout(Point-to-Point testing) 4. Testing,Adjusting, and Balancing(TAB) COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00- 8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 08 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 5. System functional performance tests(FPT) 6. Intersystem functional performance tests B. Retesting: Repeat, at no additional cost to the Owner, the complete functional test procedure for each test in which acceptable results are not achieved. Repeat tests until acceptable results are achieved. Compensate the Owner for direct costs incurred as the result of tests repeated to achieve acceptable results. Fill out a new functional performance test data form for each retest. C. Correction of deficiencies l. Correct functional performance test deficiencies promptly and schedule retest. 2. Corrections during functional performance tests are generally prohibited to avoid consuming the time of personnel waiting for the test, but not involved in making the correction. Exceptions will be allowed if the cause of the failure is obvious and corrective action can be completed in less than five minutes. If corrections are made under this exception, the failure shall be noted on the functional performance test data form. A new functional performance test data form, marked "retest," shall be initiated after the correction has been made. The entire functional performance test procedure shall be repeated. D. Owner witness: Commissioning Authority shall provide no labor or materials in the commissioning process. The only function of the Commissioning Authority shall be to observe and comment on the progress and results of commissioning. I. Provide access to permit the Commissioning Agent to directly observe the performance of the equipment being tested. 2. Provide ladders, scaffolding, and staging as required to permit the Commissioning Agent to directly observe the performance of the equipment being tested. 3. Notify the Owner's Representative of commissioning schedule changes at least 48 hours in advance if a Commissioning Agent will be involved. 3.2 FUNCTIONAL COMPLETION A. The Commissioning Authority will review Contractor's records of completion of Commissioning requirements. Upon receiving evidence of satisfactory completion of Functional Completion requirements, the Commissioning Authority will submit to the Owner a recommendation to accept Functional Completion. 3.3 EXCLUSIONS A. The Owner's Representative and Commissioning Authority are not responsible for construction means, methods,job safety, or any management function related to commissioning on the job site. B. The Contractor shall provide all technician services requiring tools or the use of tools, to test, adjust or otherwise bring equipment into a full operational state. COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00 -9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 08 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS END OF SECTION 23 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00- 10 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods" 2. Division 23 Section"Identification for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" 3. Division 23 Section"General-Duty Valves for Mechanical Piping" 4. Division 23 Section"Meters and Gages for Mechanical Piping." 5. Division 23 Section"Steam and Condensate Heating Piping." 6. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." 7. Division 23 Section "Testing,Adjusting, and Balancing." 8. Division 16"Electrical" 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes control equipment for HVAC systems, including control components, wiring and piping for equipment not directly controlled by the DDC system. Control system consists of DDC controllers, sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, and accessories connected to controllers to operate systems according to sequences of operation indicated. B. Existing Alerton DDC system shall be extended and connected to new equipment(New Boiler, Feedwater pumps, 2 Existing Boilers,). All controls for new equipment shall be provided by controls contractor. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods" for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. 1, Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical Product Data for each control device furnished, indicating dimensions, capacities, performance characteristics, electrical characteristics, finishes of materials, installation instructions, and startup instructions. Hardware: Include technical data for, controllers, transducers/transmitters, sensors, actuators, and components. B. Software and operator interface are existing. Shop Drawings (AutoCAD 2018 or latest version) from manufacturer detailing equipment assemblies, indicating dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, and methods of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. Include the following: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00- 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 1. Schematic flow diagram for each system type showing fans, pumps, boilers, chillers, coils, dampers,valves, and control devices. 2. Each control device labeled with setting or adjustable range of control. 3. Diagrams for all required electrical wiring. Clearly differentiate between factory- installed and field-installed wiring. Label/tag all field installed wiring. 4. Details of control panel faces, including controls, instruments, and labeling. 5. Detailed written description of control sequence of operation. 6. Communication trunk cable schematic showing system architecture, workstations, DDC controllers locations and trunk data conductors. 7. Listing of connected data points, including connected control unit and input device. 8. Sample of color system graphics diagrams indicating monitored systems, data(connected and calculated)point addresses, and operator notations. 9. System configuration showing peripheral devices, batteries, power supplies, diagrams, modems, and interconnections. C. Schedules: Valve schedules identifying valve size, fail-safe position, flow, Cv, actual pressure drop and equipment served. Damper schedules identifying damper size, fail-safe position, pressure drop and equipment served. D. Field Quality Control and Testing: Test Plans forms which will be used to verify operation of all points and control functions. f 1.4 COORDINATION A.. Ensure installation of components is complementary to installation of similar components in other systems. ( B. Coordinate installation of DDC system components, control wiring and piping requirements ( with installation of mechanical systems equipment. C. Coordinate installation of components (dampers, valves, flow measurement, meters, etc) ( provided under this section and to be installed by other sections. l D. Ensure each system is completed calibrated, tested and operational prior to commissioning. Coordinate and provide support for Pre-Functional and Functional Performance Testing. E. Coordinate and support test/balance contractor for all balancing requirements. c F. Coordinate and provide compatible components for interface with equipment being furnished. 1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA i, A. Maintenance data for control systems equipment to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods." Include the following: 1. Maintenance instructions and spare parts list(including unit cost)for each type of control device. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00-2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 2. Interconnection wiring diagrams with identified and numbered system components and devices. 3. Step-by-step procedures indexed for each operator function. 4. Inspection period, cleaning methods, cleaning materials recommended, and calibration tolerances. 5. Calibration records and list of set points. B. Project Record Documents: 1. Accurately record actual location of control components, including panels, controllers, thermostats, and sensors. 2. Shop drawings reflecting actual installation and operating sequences. 3. Include data specified in "Submittals" in final form. 4. System software flow chart reflecting operating sequences. 5. Documented results of Field Quality Control and Testing Plan. 6. Certificate stating that control systems have been tested and adjusted for proper operation. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. If applicable,comply with the latest edition of the following codes, regulations and standards: 1. City, county, state and federal regulations and codes including amendments 2. National Fire Code NFPA 70 "National Electric Code." 3. National Fire Code NFPA 90A "Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." 4. Underwriters Laboratories UL 916"Energy Management Equipment." 1.7 SERVICE AND GUARANTEE A. After completion of the system, including software, submit a warranty in accordance with Division 01. Provide all services, materials and equipment necessary for the successful operation of the DDC hardware and controls during the warranty period. Programming shall be revised and updated as necessary during warranty period to maintain system performance. B. During the warranty period provide a 24-hour emergency service number where a qualified automation service technician familiar with the installed system may be reached. This service technician shall have the capability of remotely communicating with the system for troubleshooting and program alterations. C. Provide inspection for opposite season to test, calibrate, and adjust controls. Submit written report for each inspection. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store equipment and materials inside and protected from weather. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00-3 , CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS ( A. Manufacturers: The existing Alerton DDC system shall be extended to include new equipment. 1. Technician Qualifications: Direct employee of manufacturer of primary control system with a minimum of 5 years of experience for systems programming, startup, trouble- shooting and diagnostics. 2. Installer Qualifications: By the District Office of the manufacturer as a subcontract, or by a firm regularly engaged in the installation of building direct digital 1 VAC control systems for a period of not less than 5 years. The entire control system shall be installed by qualified electricians and mechanics, all of which are properly trained and qualified for the work they perform, and directly supervised by the local representative of the component manufacturer. i 2.2 BASIC DDC SYSTEM A. General: The Direct Digital Control (DDC) System shall be fully integrated and installed as a complete package of controls and instrumentation. The system shall include, but not limited to, all, sensors and controls required for complete operation. Provide all wiring, installation, supervision and labor, including calibration, adjustments, operator training and checkout necessary for a complete and fully operating system. 2.3 LOCAL AREA NETWORK l A. Operator workstations and Advanced DDC panels shall reside directly on a local area network such that communications may be executed directly between controllers, directly between workstations, and between controllers and workstations on a peer to peer basis. All points { connected to network shall be accessible through any operator workstation on the network. Any point on the network shall be available to any controller on the network for control loop processing. B. All operator devices, either network resident or connected via dial-up modems, shall have the ability to access all point status and application report data, or execute control functions for any and all other devices via the local area network. Access to data shall be based upon logical identification of building equipment. Access to system data shall not be restricted by the hardware configuration of the facility management system. The hardware configuration of the l network shall be transparent to the user when accessing data or developing control programs. c ( C. Manufacturer's speed data transfer rates shall match existing D. Provide synchronization of the real-time clocks in all DDC panels. E. Local Area network communication trunk and software shall be configured to support project l system requirements including, but not limited to, Advanced DDC panels, operator workstations, servers, and any other peer-to-peer devices residing on the network. Network shall have a minimum of 25-percent extra capacity of the installed system for future additions. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00-4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 2.4 ADVANCED DDC PANELS A. General: Advanced DDC panels shall be microprocessor based, multi-tasking, multi-user, real- time digital control processors. Modular in design and consisting of processor board with programmable memory, power supplies, and input/output (I/O) modules with manual override. Advanced DDC panels shall be provided for each primary air system, primary heating and cooling system to perform independent, stand alone system operations. Each Advanced DDC panel shall have sufficient memory to support its own operating system and databases including: 1. Control processes. 2. Energy Management Applications. 3. Alarm Management. 4. Historical/Trend Data for all points. 5. Maintenance Support Applications. 6. Custom Processes. 7. Operator 1/0. 8. Dial-Up Communications. 9. Manual Override Monitoring. B. Each Advanced DDC panel shall support the following types of point inputs and outputs (Each Digital and Analog Outputs shall be provided with manual override): 1. Digital Inputs for status/alarm contacts. 2. Digital Outputs for on/off equipment control. 3. Analog Inputs for temperature, pressure,humidity, flow, and position measurements. 4. Analog Outputs for valve and damper position control, and speed capacity control of primary equipment. 5. Pulse Inputs for pulsed contact monitoring. 6. Spare points: Provide a minimum of 10 spare point for each Input/Output point type (not including pulse inputs,verify with OMC). C. Each Advanced DDC panel communication trunk and software be configured to support project requirements, including but not limited to, variable volume terminal unit controllers, and other application specific controllers residing on network. Network shall have a minimum of 25- percent extra capacity of the installed system for future additions. Controllers shall consist of any combination of future application specific controllers and variable air volume terminal unit controllers. Advanced DDC panels shall be provided with at least two serial data communication port for operator 1/0 devices such as industry standard printers, portable operators terminals or portable lap-top computers. In lieu of above, one serial data communication port and a local operator access and display panel shall be provided. D. Each Advanced DDC panel shall continuously perform self-diagnostics, communication diagnosis and diagnosis of all subsidiary equipment. The DDC panel shall provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected component failures, or repeated failure to establish communication. Indication of the diagnostic results shall be provided at each DDC panel, and shall not require the connection of an operator 1/0 device. E. In the event of the loss of normal power, there shall be an orderly shutdown of all advanced DDC panels to prevent the loss of database or operating system software. Non-volatile memory INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00-5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC shall be incorporated for all critical controller configuration data, and battery back-up shall be provided to support the real-time clock and all RAM memory. Upon restoration of normal power, the DDC panel shall automatically resume full operation without manual intervention. Should DDC panel memory be lost for any reason, the user shall have the capability of reloading the DDC panel via the local area network, via the local RS-232C port, or via telephone line dial-in. F. Provide NEMA enclosure rated for installed conditions. A local disconnect shall be provided at each controller to individually disconnect control power without interruption to any other controller. 2.5 ADVANCED DDC PANEL SOFTWARE A. Update existing software package to incorporate new work. New or upgraded software shall not be required. B. Pre-Tested Control Algorithms: The DDC panels shall have the ability to perform the following pre-tested control algorithms: 1. Two Position Control. 2. Proportional Control. 3. Proportional plus Integral Control. 4. Proportional, Integral,plus Derivative Control. 5. Automatic Control Loop Tuning. C. Equipment Cycling Protection: Control software shall include a provision for limiting the number of times each piece of equipment may be cycled within any given time period. l D. Heavy Equipment Delays: The system shall provide protection against excessive demand situations during start-up periods by automatically introducing time delays between successive start commands to heavy electrical loads. E. Power Failure Motor Restart: Upon the resumption of normal power, the DDC panel shall analyze the status of all controlled equipment, compare it with normal occupancy scheduling, and turn equipment on or off as necessary to resume normal operation, including start time delays as described above. t F. Energy Management and Applications 1. DDC Panels shall have the ability to perform any or all of the following energy management and application routines: a. Time of Day Scheduling. b. Calendar Based Scheduling. C. Holiday Scheduling. d. Temporary Schedule Overrides. e. Optimal Start. f. Optimal Stop. g. Night Setback Control. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00-6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC h. Enthalpy or Dry bulb Switch over(Economizer). i. Peak Demand Limiting. j. Temperature Compensated Load Rolling. k. Fan Speed/CFM Control. 1. Heating/Cooling Interlock. in. Hot Water Reset. n. Chilled Water Reset. o. Condenser Water Reset. p. Air Handling Unit Control and Sequencing. q. Chiller Control and Sequencing. r. Boiler Control and Sequencing. S. Cooling Tower Control and Sequencing. t. Fire Alarm, Lighting and Security Controls Interface. U. Power, Water and Natural Gas Utilities Monitoring and Recording. 2. All programs shall be executed automatically without the need for operator intervention, and shall be flexible enough to allow user customization. Programs shall be applied to building equipment as described in the sequence of operation. G. Custom Process Programming Capability: DDC panels shall be able to execute custom, job- specific processes defined by the user, to automatically perform calculations and special control routines. I. Process Inputs and Variables: It shall be possible to use any of the following in a custom process: a. Any system-measured point data or status. b. Any calculated data. C. Any results from other processes. d. User-Defined Constants. e. Arithmetic functions (+,-,*,/, square root, exp., etc.) - Boolean logic operators (and, or, exclusive or, etc.)- On-delay/Off-delay/One-shot timers. 2. Process Triggers: Custom processes may be triggered based on any combination of the following: a. Time interval. b. Time of day. C. Date. d. Other processes. e. Time programming. f. Events(e.g., point alarms). H. Dynamic Data Access: A single process shall be able to incorporate measured or calculated data from any and all other DDC panels on the local area network. In addition, a single process shall be able to issue commands to points in any and all other DDC panels on the local area network. 1. Advisory/Message Generation: Processes shall be able to generate operator messages and advisories to operator I/O devices. A process shall be able to directly send a message to a INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00-7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC specified device, buffer the information in a follow-up file, or cause the execution of a dial-up connection to a remote device such as a printer or pager. J. Custom Process Documentation: The custom control programming feature shall be self- documenting. All interrelationships defined by this feature shall be documented via graphics flowcharts and English language descriptors. K. Alarm Management: Alarm management shall be provided to monitor, buffer, and direct alarm reports to operator devices and memory files. Each DDC panel shall perform distributed, independent alarm analysis and filtering to minimize operator interruptions due to non-critical alarms, minimize network traffic, and prevent alarms from being lost. At no time shall the DDC panel's ability to report alarms be affected by either operator activity at a PC Workstation or local I/O device, or communications with other panels on the network. 1. Point Change Report Description: All alarm or point change reports shall include the point's English language description, and the time and date of occurrence. 2. Prioritization: The user shall be able to define the specific system reaction for each point. r Alarms shall be prioritized to minimize nuisance reporting and to speed operator response to critical alarms. A minimum of three priority levels shall be provided. Each DDC ( panel shall automatically inhibit the reporting of selected alarms during system shutdown and start-up. Users shall have the ability to manually inhibit alarm reporting for each point. The user shall also be able to define under which conditions point changes need to be acknowledged by an operator, and/or sent to follow-up files for retrieval and analysis at a later date. 3. Report Routing: Alarm reports, messages, and files will be directed to a user-defined list of operator devices, or PC's used for archiving alarm information. Alarms shall also be automatically directed to a default device in the event a primary device is found to be off- line. 4. Alarm Messages: In addition to the point's descriptor and the time and date, the user ( shall be able to print, display or store an alarm message to more fully describe the alarm condition or direct operator response. 5. Alarms shall be generated for,but not limited to the following: a. Motor is commanded on or off but motor status input indicates no change. b. Room temperature or static pressure strays outside selectable limits. C. An analog input takes a value indicating sensor failure. d. A module or node is "dead"to the LAN. e. A power outage occurs. t L. Historical Data and Trend Analysis: A variety of Historical data collection utilities shall be provided to automatically sample, store, and display system data in all of the following ways. 1. Point Histories: Advanced DDC panels shall continuously and automatically sample the value of all analog inputs on a user defined time or change of state intervals. 2. Extended Sample Period Trends: Measured and calculated analog and binary data shall also be assign able to user-definable trends for the purpose of collecting operator specified performance data over extended periods of time. Sample intervals shall be operator selected change of value based or time based shall be provided. Each advanced DDC panel shall have a dedicated buffer for trend data. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00-8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 3. Data Storage and Archiving: Trend data shall be stored at the Advanced DDC panels, and uploaded to hard disk storage when archives is desired. Uploads shall occur based upon either user-defined interval, manual command, or when the trend buffers become full. M. Runtime Totalization: Advanced DDC panels shall have the capability to automatically accumulate and store runtime hours for all binary input and output points. 1. The totalization routine shall have a sampling resolution of one minute or less. 2. The user shall have the ability to define a warning limit for runtime totalization. Unique, user-specified messages shall be generated when the limit is reached. N. Analog/Pulse Totalization: Standalone DDC panels shall automatically sample, calculate and store consumption totals on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis for user-selected analog and binary pulse input-type points. 1. Totalization shall provide calculation and storage of accumulations of up to 99,999.9 units(e.g.KWH, gallons, KBTU,tons. etc.). 2. The totalization routine shall have a sampling resolution of one minute or less. 3. The user shall have the ability to define a warning limit. Unique,user-specified messages shall be generated when the limit is reached. O. Event Totalization: Advanced DDC panels shall have the ability to count events such as the number of times a pump or fan system is cycled on and off. Event totalization shall be performed on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis. I. The event totalization feature shall be able to store the records associated with a user defined minimum before reset. 2. The user shall have the ability to define a warning limit. Unique, user-specified messages shall be generated when the limit is reached. P. Interlocking: 1. Permit events to occur, based on changing condition of one or more associated master points. 2. Binary contact, high/low limit of analog point or computed point shall be capable of being utilized as master. Same master may monitor or command multiple slaves. 3. Operator Commands: a. Define single master/multiple master interlock process. b. Define logic interlock process. C. Lock/unlock program. d. Enable/disable interlock process. e. Execute/terminate interlock process. f. Request interlock type summary. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00-9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 2.6 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS I, ( A. Application Specific Controllers shall be fully programmable or pre-programmed to support, but not be limited to, the control of the following configurations of Unitary equipment to 1 address current requirements as described in the sequence of operation, and for future expansion. Controllers shall support all the necessary point inputs and outputs to perform the specified control sequences in a totally stand alone fashion. Application programs and parameter data shall be stored in nonvolatile memory: 1. Unit Ventilators (ASHRAE Cycle I,II, 1II, or W). 2. Heat Pumps(Air to Air,Air to Water). 3. Packaged Rooftops. t 4. Fan Coils and Air Conditioning Units. 5. Cabinet Heaters,Unit Heaters, Convectors and Radiators. B. The modes of operation supported by the Controllers shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Day/Weekly Schedule. 2. Comfort/Occupancy Mode. 3. Economy Mode(Standby Mode, Unoccupied, etc.). 4. Temporary Override Mode. C. The operator interface to any Application Specific controller point data or programs shall be through any network-resident PC workstation, any PC or portable operator's terminal connected to any DDC panel in the network,or through terminal jack at room temperature sensor. D. Provide NEMA enclosure rated for installed location.. A local disconnect shall be provided at �. each Application Specific controller to individually disconnect control power without interruption to any other digital controller. f ( 2.7 SURGE PROTECTION r ` A. Provide Surge and transient protection consisting of devices installed externally to digital controllers and operator workstations. B. Power Line Surge Protection Surge suppressers external to digital controller, shall be installed on all incoming AC power. Surge suppresser shall be rated by UL 1449, and have clamping voltage ratings below the following levels: 1. Normal Mode(Line to Neutral): 350 Volts. 2. Common Mode(Line to Ground): 350 Volts. 2.8 WIRING A. Provide complete electric wiring for temperature control apparatus, including transformer primaries. Control circuit conductors, which run in the same conduit as power circuit conductors, shall have the same insulation level as power circuit conductors. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00- 10 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC B. AC Control Wiring 1. Control wiring for 24 V circuits shall be insulated copper 18 AWG minimum and shall be rated for 300 VAC service. 2. Wiring for 120 VAC shall be 14 AWG minimum and shall be rated for 600 VAC service. C. DDC Analog Signal Wiring: Analog signal wiring for analog inputs and analog outputs shall be 18 AWG single or multiple twisted pair. Each pair greater than one shall be 100 percent shielded, and have 20 AWG drain wire. Exception is direct connect RTD wiring, which shall be 18 AWG minimum twisted pair, 100 percent shielded, and with 20 AWG drain wire. Each wire shall have insulation rated to 300 VAC. Cables shall have an overall aluminum-polyester or tinned-copper cable-shield tape, overall 20 AWG tinned copper cable drain wire, and overall cable insulation rated to 300 VAC. Manufacturers recommendations shall supersede this requirement. D. Plenum Cable: Plenum cable shall be UL approved for use only in accessible ceiling spaces. Plenum cable external to electrical raceway is permissible in the following locations: 1. DDC communication trunk serving application specific controllers within a building. 2. DDC system sensor wire installed above suspended accessible ceilings. 2.9 CONTROL COMPONENTS A. Temperature Sensors: 1. Duct or Pipe Temperature sensors shall be nickel or platinum type RTD's, factory calibrated within plus or minus] 1.0 degrees F. 2. Use insertion elements in ducts not effected by temperature stratification. Use averaging elements in duct prone to stratification with length at least the widest dimension of the duct cross section. 3. Insertion elements for liquids shall be stainless steel encased and matched with the temperature wells installed with a minimum insertion length of 2-1/2 inches. 4. Provide outside air temperature sensors with watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct rays of sun. 5. Room Temperature Sensors: Analog or thermistor type complete with mounting bracket and cover. Each room temperature sensor shall be provided with an integral terminal jack for laptop or portable operators terminal interface and with the following: a. [Blank Cover.] b. [LCD Display.] C. [Temperature Set point Adjustment.] d. [Override Timer Pushbutton.] 6. Room sensors located in areas subjected to damage shall be provided with protective guard. B. Spans and Ranges: 1. Temperature: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00- 11 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC a. 50 degrees F span: Room, chilled water, cooling coil discharge air, return air sensors. b. 100 degrees F span: Outside air, hot water, heating coil discharge air, mixed air sensors. C. 200 degrees F span: High temperature hot water, heating hot water, chilled/hot water system sensors. 2. Pressure: a. [-0.25 to .25] inches of water differential range: Static pressure of rooms. b. [0 to 41 inches of water differential range: Duct static pressure. 3. Humidity: a. 0-100 percent relative humidity. C. Differential Static Pressure Sensors/Transmitters: Integral pressure transducer and transmitter. Output of pressure instrument shall be 4-20 mA signal proportional to the pressure span. Accuracy shall be 1.0-percent, linearity shall be 0.1-percent. Supply voltage shall be 24 V. Unidirectional with range not exceeding 150-percent of maximum expected input. D. Dynamic Pressure Sensors/Transmitters: 1. UL listed, microprocessor based with flash memory, bidirectional or unidirectional dynamic pressure and airflow measurement assembly. Complete with sensor,transmitter, enclosure, mounting kit and UL plenum rated cabling. Installed accuracy shall be 2- percent airflow (0-3000 cfm FPM), 4-percent dynamic pressure (+0.5 in w.g.) and i repeatability shall be +0.25-percent of reading. Sensor assembly shall consist of hermetically sealed thermistors in weather-proof housing. Transmitter output shall be fused, isolated and linear(4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC). 12 bit A/D converter with 0.1-percent output resolution. 2. Coordinate with Division 23 Section"Air Duct Accessories"for installation provisions. 3. Manufacturer: Ebtron,Inc., Model STA012 series or approved equal. ( E. Relative Humidity Transmitters: Integral humidity transducer and transmitter. Output of relative humidity instrument shall be a 4 to 20 milliampere signal proportional to 0 to 100 percent relative humidity input. Accuracy shall be 2 percent of full scale within the range 20 to 80 percent relative humidity. Sensing element shall be chilled mirror type, polymer, or thin film polymer type. Supply voltage shall be 24 V dc. t F. Actuators: Provide for all motor-operated dampers, valves and AHU Fan Flow Control Device of sufficient size and type,matched to application and operating temperature/pressures. i ( G. Electric or Electronic Actuators: Solid state positioner to stop automatically at end of travel. Complete with permanently lubricated gear train. Provide proportional, or 2-position (with adjustable SPDT auxiliary end-switch) actuators. Provide with spring return to normally-open or normally-closed on loss of control power. Power return type actuators shall not be acceptable. Substitution for 3-point floating type actuators suitable for pulse width modulation control in lieu of analog type actuators shall be permitted only for Terminal Units, Unit Heaters, Fan Coil Units, Cabinet Heaters, Finned Tube Radiation, and Convectors. Use of non-analog type actuators for any other applications shall not be allowed without prior approval. [Control INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00- 12 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC Dampers: Low leakage control dampers where not furnished with package units. Damper leakage rate shall not exceed 0.5 percent (of damper based on 2000 fpm duct velocity) when closed against 4-inch water gage static pressure; complete with extruded aluminum, stainless steel or zinc-coated steel blades, with extruded vinyl or rubber edge seals: blade ends sealed with aluminum or stainless steel "arc" seals. External frame of heavy gage welded steel with 1/4-inch plate bearing bars and bronze insert bearings. Coordinate with Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories"for installation provisions. H. Control Valves: Valves shall have stainless steel stems and stuffing boxes with extended necks to clear the piping insulation. Valve bodies shall be designed for not less than 125 psig working pressure or 150 percent of the system operating pressure, whichever is greater. Valve leakage rating shall be 0.01 percent of rated Cv. Unless otherwise specified, bodies for valves 1-1/2 inches and smaller shall be brass or bronze, with threaded or union ends; bodies for 2 inch valves shall have threaded ends; and bodies for 2 inches to 3 inches shall be of brass, bronze or iron. Bodies for valves 2-1/2 inches and larger shall be provided with flanged-end connections. Valve Cv shall be within 100 to 125 percent of the calculated Cv. Valves shall provide effective control within pumping system total head pressure with a minimum of 100:1 turndown. Pressure drop not to exceed [5] psig at maximum flow rate for hydronic systems. Coordinate with Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping"for installation provisions. 1. Two-Way Valves: Two-way modulating valves shall have equal-percentage characteristics. 2. Three-Way Valves: Three-way valves shall provide linear flow control with constant total flow throughout full plug travel. 3. Valves for Chilled-Water and Condenser-Water: Internal valve trim shall be bronze except that valve stems may be type 316 stainless steel. Valves larger than 4 inches shall be butterfly. 4. Valves for Hot-Water Service Below 250 degrees F: Internal trim (including seats, seat rings, modulating plugs, and springs) of valves controlling water hotter than 210 degrees F shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Internal trim for valves controlling water 210 degrees F or less shall be brass or bronze. Nonmetallic parts of hot-water control valves shall be suitable for a minimum continuous operating temperature of 250 degrees F or 50 degrees F above the system design temperature,whichever is higher. 5. Valves for Steam Service: Bodies for valves 4 inches and larger shall be iron. Internal valve trim shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Steam valves shall have linear characteristics. I. Pressure Independent Flow Control Valves: Control valve shall be pressure independent modulating type configured to maintain a constant differential pressure across the control surfaces. Cast iron, steel or bronze rated for 150-psig minimum working pressures. Valve internal components shall be stainless steel, steel, Teflon, brass, or bronze. 0 to100-percent design flow modulation with no more than +5-percent variation. Range-ability shall be 100:1 minimum. Valve flow characteristics shall be able to be changed without removing valve from piping system. Complete with Pressure/temperature ports to measure inlet/outlet/internal pressures and calibrated performance tag. Coordinate with Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping" for installation provisions. Manufacturer: Flow Controls Industries or approved equal. J. Control Panels: Panels shall be UL listed, NEMA type rated for application and location, surface or flush mounted panel as indicated with key locked door with continuous hinge and standard baked enamel finish. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00- 13 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC K. Differential Pressure Switches: 1. Filter Status: Diaphragm operated which actuate a SPDT snap action switch. A field adjustable pressure set point with a range suitable for air flow status applications. The switch voltage and current rating shall be double the load requirements. Provide sensing tubes connected to tips with multiple holes and bulkhead fittings specifically designed for air flow sensing. Manufacturer: Dwyer or approved equal. 2. Air System - Limit Differential Pressure Switch: Pressure switches shall incorporate gauge and switch point indicator(s) for continuous indication of applied pressure and switch settings. Diaphragm operated with switching accomplished by photocell controlled relays. Set point adjustment controlled by knobs. Complete with set point latching circuit and external push-button switch for manual reset. Range [0-8] inches water gauge. Manufacturer: Dwyer or approved equal. 3. Water System Differential Pressure Switch: Form-C contacts, automatic reset, screw- adjustable trip point, all components non-corrosive; wetted parts shall consist of a Buna- N diaphragm with O-ring seal; complete with NEMA rated enclosure suitable for application. Select operating range to match function. Provide instrument gage valve for each input. L. Current Transmitters: Designed to convert monitored AC current to a proportional DC voltage of 0-10 VDC or 4-20 mA output. Range 1 to 10, 50, 100 amps as required. Accuracy 1-percent of full scale. Repeatability plus or minus 2-percent of full scale. Response time 100 milliseconds. M. Current Sensing Relay: 100-percent solid state with adjustable range (+/- 1-percent of range) trip set point to monitor AC current. Provide with contact transfer with no calibration drift, complete with LED status indicator. Limit off-state leakage to 2 mA or less. Rating (200 ampere minimum)shall exceed equipment being monitored. 1 N. Carbon Dioxide (Indoor Air Quality) Sensors: Carbon Dioxide COZ sensors (duct or wall mounted)with integral transducers. Output signal shall be 4 to 20 mA or 0-10 VDC. Accuracy shall be+5 percent. Complete with calibration kit(s)for installed units. ( O. Control Relays: Relays shall be rated for the application, with a minimum of two sets of Form C contacts, enclosed in a dustproof enclosure. Relays shall be rated for a minimum life of one million operations. Operating time shall be 20 milliseconds or less, with release time of 10 milliseconds or less. Relays should be equipped with coil transient suppression devices to limit l transients to 150 percent of rated coil voltage. ( P. Low Limit Thermostats: DPDT, incremental bulb type; actuates if any 12-inch maximum increment is below its setting; adjustable setting,manual reset. Provide capillary element length of 2.14 equaling 2.14 square feet of coil area per foot capillary element. One DPDT contact shall shut down equipment and the second contact shall signal the DDC system. Q. Contactors: Single coil electrically operated. Contacts shall be double break silver to silver. Number of contacts and rating shall be selected for the application intended. Operating and release times shall be 100 milliseconds or less. Contactors shall be equipped with coil transient suppression devices to limit transients to 150 percent of rated coil voltage. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00- 14 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC R. Transformers: Transformers shall conformance to UL 506. Class 2 current limiting type or over-current protection. Connected load shall be limited to 80-percent of transformer rated capacity. S. Nameplates: Nameplates shall be in accordance with Division 23 Section "Identification for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." 2.10 FLOW MEASUREMENT A. Air Measuring Unit(AMU): 1. Air measuring unit (AMU) assembly shall be UL listed, true averaging, independent multi-point sensing type, and microprocessor (digital circuitry with FLASH memory) transmitter with 16-character LCD display. Factory calibrated to standards that are traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (MIST). Probes shall be configured to suit installed locations(duct and/or fan inlet). Vortex shedding arrays,pitot tubes, RTD, differential pressure sensing arrays and auto-zeroing sensors are not acceptable. 2. Airflow and Temperature Measurement: Hermetically sealed thermistors mounted in the assembly with marine grade waterproof epoxy. Wiring shall be UL plenum rated, Kynar coated and installed within probe with no exposed wiring to environment. Airflow rate and temperature data of each sensor assembly shall be equally weighted and averaged by the transmitter prior to output. 3. Airflow accuracy shall be +0.2% over entire operating airflow range. Temperature accuracy shall be +0.15 F over operating temperature range of —20 F to 160 F. Operating humidity range shall be 0-99%RH (non-condensing) 4. Probes: Gold anodized or stainless steel tube suitable for operating environment complete with mounting brackets and installation hardware. 5. Transmitter/DDC Communications Interface: DDC manufacturer shall coordinate proper communications (BACnet, RS-485, Ethernet, ModBus or LonWorks) interface requirements for compatibility with DDC system. Linear analog, 0-10VDC/4-20mA isolated will be allowed only if communication interface protocol is not an available option to the DDC manufacturer. 6. Coordinate with Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories"for installation provisions. 7. Manufacturers: a. Ebtron,Inc., Model GTx116 series. b., Approved equal. B. Water Flow Meter: 1. Turbine type meter complete with Hot Tap ball valve and installation hardware assembly suitable for service pressure and temperature. Manufacturer: Onicon F-II10 Series or approved equal. 2. ANSI B 16.5 Class 150 electromagnetic flow meter with integral sensor, counter and transmitter. Output of flow shall be 4-20 mA signal proportional to the span, complete with NEMA 4X Enclosure. Accuracy plus/minus 0.25% of rate. Manufacturer: EMCO Model MAG 3100 sensor, remote wall mounted MAG 3000 Signal Converter or approved equal. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00- 15 r CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 3. Coordinate with Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping"for installation provisions. C. Steam Flow Meter: 1. Hot tap insertion turbine flow meter with isolation valve to permit installation and removal without process shutdown, suitable for service pressure and temperature. Output flow shall be 4-20 mA signal proportional to flow. Manufacturer: EMCO Turbo-bar or approved equal. 2. Hot tap insertion turbine flow meter with isolation valve to permit installation and removal without process shutdown. Output of flow shall be 4-20 mA signal proportional to the span. Complete with pressure and temperature transmitters. Manufacturer: EMCO Turbo-bar Model TMP 600, G2 rotor (plus 2 spare rotors), with temperature transmitter (range: 212-400 F), pressure transmitter (range: 0-150 psig), complete with full port 150 LB gate valve. 3. Steam Flow Processor: Provide processor for use with steam flow meter, complete with NEMA 4 enclosures. Manufacturer: EMCO FP-100 with Flo-link software, mechanical totalizer, and battery backup. Provide direct communication link to DDC system for monitoring, programming and printing. 4. Coordinate with Division 23 Section "Steam and Condensate Heating Piping" for i installation provisions. D. Condensate Flow Meter: 1. Hot tap insertion flow meter with isolation valve, momentary DPDT relay output with frequency proportional to the flow rate. Paddle wheel type sensing mechanism suitable for minimum temperatures of 225 deg F. Complete with waterproof enclosure, counter and power converter. Manufacturer: On icon Model F1200 or approved equal. ( 2. ANSI B 16.5 Class 300 electromagnetic flow meter with integral sensor, counter and transmitter. Output of flow shall be 4-20 mA signal proportional to the span, complete with NEMA 4X enclosure. Accuracy plus/minus 0.25% of rate. Manufacturer: EMCO Model MAG 1100 sensor suitable for 390 deg F minimum fluid temperature, remote wall mounted MAG 3000 Signal Converter or approved equal. 3. Coordinate with Division 23 Section "Steam and Condensate Heating Piping" for installation provisions. 2.11 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE INTERFACE A. Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) shall be provided under Division 23 Section "Variable Frequency Drives." DDC manufacturer shall coordinate proper communications (BACnet, RS- 485, Ethernet, ModBus or LonWorks) interface requirements for compatibility with DDC system. Provide all hardware, software and wiring required for DDC system interface. l INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00- 16 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. B. Notify the Owner Representative in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 3.2 INSTALLATION (GENERAL) A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide all miscellaneous devices, hardware, software, interconnections installation and programming required to insure a complete operating system in accordance with the sequences of operation and point schedules. 3.3 LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS A.. Locate and install components for easy accessibility; in general, mount 60-inches (panels measured from top edge)above floor with minimum 3'-0" clear access space in front of units. B. All instruments, switches,transmitters, etc., shall be suitably wired and mounted to protect them from vibration and high temperature. C. Identification: Provide permanently mounted tags to all instruments with point address designation, system reference and description. Label all wiring, tubing at each end to match control diagrams. D. Control Panels 1. Provide for controls and instruments at equipment and in mechanical room. 2. Install temperature gages and pilot lights flush on the cabinet door. Install controllers, switches, timers, transformers, and relays in the interior of the cabinet; mount on a steel or aluminum subpanel or on the back panel of the cabinet. Provide and label control parameters and test points within the panel for total evaluation of system operation. Electrical controls shall be wired to numbered screw type terminal strips. E. Digital Controllers: 1. Provide DDC controllers configured to control a single mechanical system such as an air handling unit,terminal unit, chilled water system, heating water system, etc., to operate a system in a complete standalone mode. DDC controllers shall be able to operate and control respective system upon loss of DDC system network communication. 2. Provide digital control cabinets that protect digital controller electronics from dust, at locations shown on the drawings. 3. Provide a disconnect power switch and surge protector for each digital controller. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00- 17 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC F. Temperature Sensors: Provide temperature sensors in locations to sense the appropriate condition. Provide sensor where they are easy to access and service without special tools. Calibrate sensors to accuracy specified. In no case will sensors designed for one application be installed for another application. I. Room Temperature Sensors: Provide on interior walls to sense average room temperature conditions. Avoid locations which may be covered by office furniture. Room temperature sensors should not be mounted on exterior walls when other locations are available. Unless otherwise indicated, mount centerline of sensor at 5 feet above finished floor. 2. Duct Temperature Sensors: ! a. Select specific sensor location within duct to accurately sense appropriate air temperatures. Do not locate sensors in dead air spaces or positions obstructed by ducts or equipment. Install gaskets between the sensor housing and duct wall. ( Seal duct and insulation penetrations. b. Install duct averaging sensors, freeze protection sensors, between two rigid ` supports in a serpentine position to sense average conditions. Thermally isolate temperature-sensing elements from supports. Provide duct access doors to ( averaging sensors. 3. Immersion Temperature Sensors: Provide thennowells for sensors measuring '. temperatures in liquid applications or pressure vessels. Locate wells to sense continuous 1 flow conditions. Do not install wells using extension couplings. Where piping diameters are smaller than the length of the wells, provide wells in piping at elbows to effect proper flow across entire area of well. Wells shall not restrict flow area to less than 70 percent of the pipe area. Increase piping size as required to avoid restriction. Provide thermowells with thermal transmission material within the well to speed the response of temperature measurement. Provide wells with sealing nuts to contain the thermal ( transmission material. 4. Outside Air Temperature Sensors: Provide outside air temperature sensor on north side of the building, away from exhaust hoods, air intakes and other areas that may affect temperature readings. Provide sunshields to protect outside air sensor from direct sunlight. G. Damper Actuators: Actuators shall not be mounted in the air stream. H. Pressure Sensors: 1. General: Install pressure sensing tips in locations to sense appropriate pressure conditions. 2. Duct Static Pressure Sensing: Unless otherwise indicated, locate duct static pressure tip approximately two-thirds of distance from supply fan to end of duct with the greatest pressure drop. 3. Pumping Proof with Differential Pressure Switches: Install high pressure side between pump discharge and check valve. 4. Steam Pressure Sensing: Install snubbers and isolation valves on steam pressure sensing applications. 1. Flow Measurement: Install and locate per manufacturer's instructions. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00- 18 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC J. Variable Pumping Application: Differential pressure sensor/transmitter shall be hard-wired directly to respective pumping system DDC controller. Utilization of network for data transfer will not be allowed. Unless otherwise indicated, locate hydronic differential pressure sensor/transmitter at the furthest distance from pumping discharge. 3.4 REFRIGERANT MONITORING A. Install per manufacturer's instructions. Examine machinery layout for proper location of monitoring device. Verify refrigerant contained in machinery(s) to ensure compatibility of refrigerant monitor. B. Sample Tubing: The tubing should be shipped sealed to the site, installed in good workmanship manner, field-assembled with compression fittings. Soldered or brazed connections are not acceptable due to foreign gases and contaminants. Tubing shall be field-assembled with compression fittings, terminated 12-18-inches from the ceiling with 0.1 micron particulate/coalescent filters furnished by the monitor manufacturer. Locate the sensing terminations in areas not subject to damage and downwind in the direction of convection airflow of the device to be monitored and where shown on the drawings. Identify each sample tube,both ends,with stamped(nonferrous)metal tags labeling zone/chiller monitored. C. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test and adjust components, equipment installation, and electrical connections for compliance with requirements. 3.5 OXYGEN Oz MONITORING A. Install per manufacturer's instructions. Refer to Project Drawings for mounting heights and locations. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test and adjust components, equipment installation, and electrical connections for compliance with requirements.] 3.6 CONTROL WIRING AND CONDUIT A. All control wiring, all conduit for control wiring, and all miscellaneous accessory equipment for control wiring systems shall be provided by the Control Subcontractor as part of the control system. Conform to Division 26 requirements,NFPA 70, and all local code requirements. B. All wiring in or through mechanical, electrical rooms, finished spaces, on roofs, in walls, below grade and inside equipment(except within control wiring compartments or control panels) shall be installed in conduit and properly supported. Label wire groups to match corresponding wiring diagrams. C. Plenum Cable: Plenum cable type, installation methods and use shall be subject to City and State Codes and Regulations. Within ceiling space, attach directly to wall or slab on 4-foot centers, or support from ceiling suspension wires on 4-foot centers. Do not attach cables to pipes or ducts, or lay on ceilings. Cables shall be routed as high as possible without interference to equipment, ceiling, lighting access and removal. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00- 19 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC D. Instrumentation and communication cable shall not be run together in the same conduit or raceway as power wiring. E. Communication Cable: Provide all communication wiring between operator workstation and Advanced DDC panels, between Advanced DDC panels and application specific controllers and VAV digital controllers. All communication cable shall be checked for continuity, grounding, and shielding. F. Network Communications: Coordinate with Owner for Internet, Ethernet availability, connection regulations and restrictions. G. Grounding: Ground controllers and cabinets to a good earth ground. Grounding of the green AC ground wire, at the breaker panel, alone is not adequate. Run metal conduit from controller panels to adequate building grounds. Ground sensor drain wire shields at controller end. All associated ground loop problems shall be corrected. H. Power provisions for the DDC system shall be provided by Division 26 to the locations indicated. If not indicated, provide power from nearest electrical panel with additional circuit f breakers rated and labeled for service. Unless approved by the Electrical Engineer, spare { breakers shall not be used. Coordinate with Electrical Contractor. I. Provide interface control wiring for equipment with remote sensors, panels, limits, and components, etc., furnished (shipped loose) by the manufacturer and to be field installed. Materials, wiring and termination shall be provided and installed in accordance with manufacturer's instruction, including, but not limited to the following: l. Chillers: Flow switches, differential pressure and temperature sensors. 2. Humidifiers: Remote and High limit sensors. 3. Boilers: Temperature and pressure sensors,remote control panel. 4. Kitchen Hood: Temperature sensors, filter switches, remote control panel. 5. Cooling Towers: Sump heater temperature sensor, level switches, and controls. 6. Pumping Package: Flow sensors and differential pressure sensors. 7. Indoor/Outdoor Split Unit: Evaporation/condenser sections. 8. AC Unit: Temperature, humidity and control panels. 3.7 DDC POINT SUMMARY A. Provide all Database generation. B. Dynamic Color Display: Provide all dynamic graphic displays at each operator workstation System graphical displays shall be color-coded. Include outside air temperature indication on each primary air and water systems displays.As a minimum,the following shall be provided: l. Site Plan: Overall site plan, including all associated buildings. 1 2. Building Floor Plan: Each floor plan graphic shall contain all graphical displays, equipment with area served, and locations associated with that building floor plan. 3. Detailed Dynamic Color and data system graphics shall be provided for each piece of mechanical equipment including, but not limited to, air and water systems. Provide equipment run status, alarms, and analog variables for each system. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00-20 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 4. Details, colors, and graphics shall be approved by the Owner prior to generation. C. Runtime Totalization: At a minimum, runtime totalization shall be incorporated, but not limited to, each monitored equipment, fans, and pumps. Warning limits for each point shall be entered with owner defined messages. D. Trend Log: Each input/output points shall be trended. Historical archiving of owner-selected points shall be provided at the operator workstation with the capability of transfer to graphic format representation. E. Alarm Points: All analog inputs (High/Low Limits) and selected digital inputs alarm points shall be prioritized, printed, routed, with alarm message per owner's requirements. Loss of communication network shall also initiate an alarm. Provide all software timers necessary to prevent false alarms. F. Heavy Equipment Delays and Power Fail Restart Software: Each advanced DDC panel shall be provided with heavy equipment and power fail restart application software. Each advanced DDC panel shall start respective equipment in sequence and shall be time based and not dependent on prior system start-up. G. Database Save: Provide back-up database for all advanced DDC panels at the operator workstation computer hard disk. Provide additional back-up database for each Advanced DDC panel on Compact Disc(CD). 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING A. Demonstrate compliance of the HVAC control system with the contract documents. Calibrate instrumentation and controls and verify the specified accuracy using calibrated test equipment. Adjust controls and equipment to maintain conditions indicated, to perform functions indicated, and to operate in the sequence specified. Furnish personnel, equipment, instrumentation, and supplies necessary to perform calibration and site testing. Ensure that tests are performed by competent employees of the DDC system installer or the DDC system manufacturer regularly employed in the testing and calibration of DDC systems. Calibrate field equipment and verify equipment and system operation before placing the system on-line. Field-testing will be witnessed by the Owner, Owner's representative or Commissioning Agent and shall include the following: 1. System Inspection: Observe the HVAC system in its shutdown condition. Provide end- to-end wiring checkout. Check dampers and valves for proper normal positions. Document each position for the test report. 2. Calibration Accuracy and Operation of Inputs Test: Check for proper calibration and operation of each input instrument. For each sensor (temperature), record the reading at the sensor, and using traceable test equipment, and record the reading at the digital controller. Document each reading for the test report. 3. Operation of Outputs Test: Check the operation of each output to verify correct operation. Command analog outputs to minimum range, such as 4 mA, and maximum range, such as 20 mA, measure and record commanded and actual output values. Document each command and result for the test report. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00-21 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 4. Actuator Range Adjustment Test: With the digital controller, apply a control signal to each actuator and verify that the actuator operates properly from its normal position to full range of stroke position. Record actual spring ranges and normal positions for all modulating control valves and dampers. Include documentation in the test report. 5. Digital Controller Start-up and Memory Test: Demonstrate that programming is not lost after a power failure, and digital controllers automatically resume proper control after a power failure. 6. Surge Protection: Show that surge protection, meeting the requirements of this specification, has been installed on incoming power to the digital controllers and on communication lines. 7. Application Software Operation Test: Test compliance of the application for: a. Ability to communicate with the digital controllers, uploading and downloading of programs b. Text editing program: Demonstrate the ability to edit the control program off line C. Reporting of alarm conditions: Cause alarm conditions for each alarm, and ensure that workstation receives alarms { d. Reporting trend and status reports: Demonstrate ability of software to receive and save trend and status reports e. Execution of Sequence of Operation: Furnish graphic trends to show the sequence of operation is executed in correct order. Demonstrate the HVAC system operates properly through the complete sequence of operation, for example seasonal, optimal start/warm-up, and occupied/unoccupied modes of operation. Demonstrate proper control system response for abnormal conditions for which there is a specified response by simulating these conditions. Demonstrate hardware interlocks and safeties work. Demonstrate the control system performs the correct sequence of control after a loss of power f. Control Loop Stability and Accuracy: Furnish graphic trends of control loops to demonstrate the control loop is stable and that set point is maintained. Control loop response shall respond to set point changes and stabilize within 1 minute g. Opposite Season Test: Testing shall be repeated for opposite season. B. Document all tests with detailed results. Provide statement that all corrective action taken. Include test report in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3.9 TRAINING A. Upon substantial completion of the mechanical system work, furnish the services of a competent technician regularly employed by the DDC manufacturer for the instruction of l facility personnel in the operation and maintenance of each DDC system at project site. Provide a minimum of [8] hours for training. Coordinate with Owner for number of personnel, date, time, and location. Multiple training times may be necessary to accommodate different working shifts. B. Furnish a written test plan and training schedule for approval 15 days prior to instructing operating personnel including the following: 1. Recommended training schedule for, standalone DDC controllers, Application specific digital controllers and field components. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00- 22 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 09 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 2. List of all training materials, aids,etc. 3. List of customer training schools offered by the DDC manufacturer. C. Provide all training and materials necessary for each facility personnel, including: 1. Operations and Maintenance Manual 2. As-Built control diagrams 3. Detailed description of the system 4. Complete listing, graphical logic diagrams of all software programs required to perform the sequence of operation 5. Commands, operating and trouble shooting instruction and routine maintenance procedures. 6. Theory of operations 7. Hardware architecture 8. Operation of system 9. Operator Commands 10. Control sequence programming 11. Data base entry 12. Reports and logs 13. Alarm reports 14. Diagnostics. 15. Physical layout of each piece of hardware 16. Troubleshooting and diagnostics procedures 17. Repair instructions 18. Preventive maintenance procedures and schedules 19. Calibration procedures. PART 4 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATION AND DDC POINT LIST A. Sequence of operations and point list are indicated on drawings. B. Controls shall be by the DDC system unless indicated to be by local controls. C. DDC system shall schedule each system or zone independently per owner's operating schedule. Operating schedules shall be confirmed with Owner and adjusted as necessary D. Additional points shall be provided to execute the sequence of operations. END OF SECTION 23 09 00 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 09 00-23 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2311 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FUEL GAS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 09 for painting of exterior piping,regulators, and valves. 2. Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages for Mechanical Piping"for pressure gages. 3. Division 23 Section "Identification for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for nameplates, signs, and pipe identification. 4. Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for t pipe hangers, support devices, and seismic restraint of piping. c 1.2 SUMMARY A. This section includes fuel gas piping, specialties, and accessories within the building. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Gas System Pressure: One pressure range. 0.5 psig or less. B. Design values of fuel gas supplied for these systems are as follows: 1. Natural Gas: a. Nominal Heating Value: 1000 Btu/cu. ft. b. Nominal Specific Gravity: 0.6. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 23 05 00 for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Pipes, fittings, and joining materials 2. Valves 3. Pressure regulators 4. Wiring diagrams l C. Shop Drawings: In addition to requirements set forth in Section 23 05 00, shop drawings for piping layout and elevations, sections, and details for fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, supports for multiple pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and attachments of c FUEL GAS PIPING 23 11 23 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2311 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FUEL GAS PIPING the same to building structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops. D. Welding certificates. E. Field quality-control reports. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For natural gas specialties and accessories to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components and Devices: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. ANSI Standard: Comply with ANSI Z223.1, "National Fuel Gas Code." C. FM Standard: Provide components listed in FM's "Fire Protection Approval Guide" if specified to be FM Approved. D. IAS Standard: Provide components listed in IAS's "Directory of A.G.A. and C.G.A Certified Appliances and Accessories" if specified to be IAS listed. E. UL Standard: Provide components listed in UL's "Gas and Oil Equipment Directory" if specified to be UL listed. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and legally dispose of liquids from drips in existing gas piping. Handle cautiously to avoid spillage and ignition. Notify fuel gas supplier. Handle flammable liquids used by installer with proper precautions and do not leave on premises form end of one day to beginning of next day. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission. FUEL GAS PIPING 23 11 23 -2 i CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2311 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FUEL GAS PIPING PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Gas Stops: a. American Valve. b. Brass Craft Manufacturing Co. C. Conbraco Industries,Inc.;Apollo Div. ( d. Jomar International, Ltd. e. Mueller Co.; Mueller Gas Products Div. f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 2. Gas Valves,NPS 2 and Smaller a. Crane Valves. b. Flow Control Equipment,Inc. C. Grinnell Corp. d. Honeywell, Inc. e. Jomar International, Ltd. f. Milwaukee Valve Co.,Inc. g. Mueller Co.; Mueller Gas Products Div. h. Nibco,Inc. i. Watts Industries,Inc.; Water Products Div. 3. Plug Valves,NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: a. Flow Control Equipment,Inc. b. Milliken Valve Co., Inc. C. Nordstrom Valves,Inc. d. Olson Technologies, Inc.; Homestead Valve Div. e. Walworth Co. r { 4. Automatic Gas Valves: a. ASCO General Controls. b. Eaton Corp.; Controls Div. C. Eclipse Combustion,Inc. d. GPS Gas Protection Systems, Inc. e. Honeywell,Inc. f. Johnson Controls,Inc. t 5. Electrically Operated Gas Valves: I a. ASCO General Controls. t b. Eclipse Combustion,Inc. { C. Goyen Valve Corp. l 1 . FUEL GAS PIPING 23 11 23 -3 l CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2311 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FUEL GAS PIPING d. Magnatrol Valve Corp. e. Parker Hannifin Corp.; Climate&Industrial Controls Group; Skinner Valve Div. 6. FM-Listed Earthquake Valves: a. Quakemaster Seismic Safety Systems. 7. UL-Listed Earthquake Valves: a. Energy Pacific. b. Safe T Quake Corp. C. Seismic Safety Products,Inc. d. Seismic Valve Co.,Inc. e. Trembler-Tech,Inc. f. Westcoast Seismic Protection Co.,Ltd. 8. Line Pressure Regulators: a. American Meter Co. b. Equimeter, Inc. C. Fisher Controls International, Inc. d. Schlumberger Industries; Gas Div. e. Mooney. 9. Appliance Pressure Regulators: a. Canadian Meter Co., Inc. b. Eaton Corp.; Controls Div. C. Harper Wyman Co. d. Maxitrol Co. e. SCP, Inc. 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS A. General: Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" article for applications of pipe, fittings, and joining materials. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; Type E or S; Grade B; Schedule 40; black. 2.3 PIPES,FITTINGS,AND JOINING MATERIALS A. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150. B. Forged Socket-Welding Fittings: ASME B16.11, Class 2000(Schedule 40). C. Unions: ASME B 16.39, Class 150,malleable-iron with ground joint. D. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234, Schedule 40. E. Cast Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Class 125. FUEL GAS PIPING 23 11 23 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2311 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FUEL GAS PIPING F. Threaded Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. G. Gasket Material: Thickness,material, and type suitable for natural gas. ti 2.4 PROTECTIVE COATING A., Coating for Piping: Corrosive resistant polyethylene coating. B. Polyethylene Encasement for Piping: ASTM A 674 polyethylene film, 0.008-inch minimum thickness,tube, or sheet. 2.5 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Flexible Connectors: ANSI Z21.24, copper alloy. B. Strainers: Y-pattern type: l 1. NPS 3/4 to 2-Inch: Cast-iron body with threaded connections, stainless steel 20 mesh screen. 2. NPS 2-1/2and Larger: Cast-iron body with Class 125 flanged connections, stainless steel 20 mesh screen. C. Quick-Disconnect Devices: ANSI Z21.41, convenience outlets and matching plug connector. f 2.6 VALVES A. General: Valves NPS 2 and smaller,threaded ends; valves NPS 2-1/2 and larger, flanged ends. B. Gas Stops: Bronze body with AGA stamp, plug type with bronze plug and flat or square head, ball type with chrome-plated brass ball and lever handle, or butterfly valve with stainless-steel disc and fluorocarbon elastomer seal and lever handle; 2-psig minimum pressure rating. C. Gas Valves,NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze-body ball valve, two-piece construction,rated for 125- psig natural gas and liquefied petroleum gas,ASME B16.33 and UL-listed. 1. Tamperproof Feature: Include design for locking. D. Plug Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: ASME B16.38 and MSS SP-78 cast-iron, lubricated plug valves,with 125-psig pressure rating. Provide wheel operated valve. 1. Tamperproof Feature: Include design for locking. E. Automatic Gas Valves: ANSI Z21.21, with mechanical operator for actuation by appliance automatic shutoff device. F. Earthquake Valves: FM approved Include mechanical operator. FUEL GAS PIPING 23 11 23 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2311 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FUEL GAS PIPING PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off fuel gas to premises or section of piping. Perform leakage test as specified in "Field Quality Control" Article to determine that all equipment is turned off in affected piping section. B. Comply with ANSI Z223.1, "Prevention of Accidental Ignition"Paragraph. 3.2 SERVICE ENTRANCE PIPING A. Connect to fuel gas service and extend fuel gas piping into the building. Exterior fuel gas distribution system piping up to and including the service pressure regulator and service meter will be provided by gas utility. B. Install earthquake valve downstream of service and prior to line penetrating building wall. Install strainer upstream from each earthquake valve. Refer to Division 22 Section "Water Distribution Piping Specialties"for strainers. 3.3 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. General Requirements: Flanges, unions, transition, and special fittings with pressure ratings same as or higher than, system pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. 1/2-inch steel pipe is not allowed, use 3/4-inch where 1/2-inch is indicated. B. Concealed, Interior Fuel Gas Piping, below 2-psig: Use the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. NPS 3/4 to 2-Inch: Steel pipe with welded joints and socket-welded fittings. 2. NPS 2-1/2-Inch and Larger: Steel pipe with welded joints and steel butt-welding fittings. C. Exposed, Interior, and Exterior Fuel Gas Piping, below 2-psig: Use the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. NPS 3/4 to 2-Inch: Steel pipe with threaded joints and malleable-iron threaded fittings. 2. NPS 2-1/2-Inch and Larger: Steel pipe with welded joints and steel butt-welding fittings. Flanged joints allowed at connections to strainers,valves, and regulators. D. Containment Conduits: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints. 3.4 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure up to 2 psig: Gas stop or gas valve. B. Piping Line Valves,NPS 2-Inch and Smaller: Gas valves. C. Piping Line Valves,NPS 2-1/2-Inch and Larger: Plug valve. FUEL GAS PIPING 23 11 23 - 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2311 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FUEL GAS PIPING 3.5 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping installation requirements. B. Route interior fuel gas piping concealed above ceilings, in hollow walls and pipe spaces; and exposed in mechanical equipment spaces. C. Do not locate valves,regulators, strainers or any fuel gas equipment in concealed spaces. D. Prohibited Locations: Do not install gas piping in or through electrical rooms, air ducts, floor slabs, solid walls,clothes or trash chutes,chimneys or gas vents or elevator shafts. E. Underground Fuel Gas Piping Outside of Building: Provide polyethylene encasement of piping. Provide fitting to electrically isolate the below grade piping, located a minimum of 6-inches above grade. F. Underground Fuel Gas Piping Beneath Building: Install containment conduits for gas piping below slabs, within building, in gastight conduits extending minimum of 4 inches outside the building, and vented to atmosphere. Terminate vents with turned-down,reducing-elbow fittings ( with corrosion-resistant insect screens in large end. Provide polyethylene encasement of conduit. G. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect. Locate where readily accessible for cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate would be subject to freezing. i 1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use minimum-length nipple of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 10 inches long, and same size as connected pipe. Install with space between bottom of drip and floor for removal of plug or cap. H. Install fuel gas piping at uniform grade of 0.1 percent slope upward toward risers. 1. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down. l 4 J. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. K. Install unions in pips NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each ` piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices. L. Install strainer on inlet of each line pressure regulator and automatic and electrically operated valves. r M. Install piping line valves upstream of line pressure regulators. N. Install flanges on valves, specialties, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger connections. O. Install vent piping for gas pressure regulators and gas trains, extend outside buildings, and vent to atmosphere. Terminate vents with turned-down, reducing-elbow fittings with corrosion- resistant insect screens in large end. FUEL GAS PIPING 23 11 23 - 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2311 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FUEL GAS PIPING 3.6 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint construction. B. Use materials suitable for fuel gas. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A., Refer to Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for pipe hanger, support devices, and seismic restraints. B. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: Nominal Pipe Sizc Maximum Pipe Span Minimum Rod Diametcr (Inches) (Feet) (Inches) 3/4 8 3/8 1 8 3/8 1-1/4 10 3/8 1-1/2 10 3/8 2 10 3/8 2-1/2 10 1/2 3 10 1/2 4 10 5/8 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of fuel gas piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect piping to gas appliances with shutoff valves, appliance pressure regulators, and unions. Install flexible connectors on connection to appliance unless indicated otherwise. Install valve upstream from and within 72 inches of each appliance. Install union downstream from valve. D. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical to inlet of each appliance using gas. E. Electrical Connections: Provide electrical connections per manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Do not use gas pipe as grounding electrode. 3.9 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Identification for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for nameplates and signs. FUEL GAS PIPING 23 11 23 - 8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2311 23 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FUEL GAS PIPING 1 F 3.10 PAINTING ( A. Paint exterior piping, pressure regulators, and specialty valves. Use materials and procedures in Division 9 for painting exterior ferrous metal. ( 1. Color: Color as selected by Architect. r 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ( A.. Inspect, test, and purge piping according to ANSI Z223.1, Part 4 "Inspection, Testing, and ( Purging,"and requirements of the gas utility and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system until satisfactory results are obtained. C. Report test results promptly and in writing to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction. t D.. Verify capacities and pressure ratings of pressure regulators,valves, and specialties. E. Verify correct pressure settings for pressure regulators. ( F. Verify that specified piping tests are complete. 3.12 ADJUSTING A. Adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and safety devices. END OF SECTION 231123 l l t c c c FUEL GAS PIPING 23 11 23 - 9 t L� CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 22 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods" for general piping materials and installation methods. 2. Division 22 Section "General-Duty Valves for Mechanical Piping" for general-duty gate, globe, ball, and check valves applicable to this Section. 3. Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Mechanical Piping" for steam and condensate flow meters,thermometers, and pressure gages. 4. Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for pipe supports and seismic restraints. 5. Division 23 Section "Identification for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for labeling and identifying piping systems. 6. Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" for temperature-control valves and sensors. 7. Division 23 Section "Pipe Insulation for Mechanical Systems" for insulation of pipe. 8— Division 23 Section "Equipment Insulation for Mechanical Equipment" for insulation of equipment. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes steam, condensate, safety valve discharge and blowdown piping, and specialties for steam systems up to 125 psig, inside the building. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 01 Specification Sections. B. Product Data including rated capacities where applicable, furnished options and accessories, and installation instructions for safety relief valves, pressure-reducing valves, and steam traps. C. Shop Drawings: Provide the following: l. Plan layout drawings of all piping systems covered under this section. Drawings shall be 1/4-inch = V-0" scale and indicate location of all equipment, pipe, fittings, valves, supports and accessories. Drawings shall include dimensions, weights, loading at each support point, required clearances for equipment service and location and size of each field connection. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 22 13 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 22 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING ( 2. Details of pipe supports, anchors, expansion joints, flash tank assemblies and equipment connections. D. Maintenance data for steam and condensate specialties and special-duty valves to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 01. E. Field test reports indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance with specified ( requirements. ( 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE l A. ASME Compliance: Comply with the following provisions: E l. ASME B31.9, 'Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label. 2. Fabricate and stamp flash tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, (' Section VIII, Division 01. 3. Welding Standards: Qualify welding processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1.5 COORDINATION ( A. Coordinate layout and installation of piping and flash tanks with steam and condensate equipment and with other installations. B. Coordinate pipe sleeve installation for foundation wall penetrations. C. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment and pipe supports, and roof penetrations. Roof f specialties are specified in Division 07 Sections. C D. Coordinate pipe fitting pressure classes with products specified in related Sections. ( E. Coordinate size and location of concrete housekeeping pads. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into pad. Concrete,reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03 Sections. ( F. Coordinate installation of pipe sleeves for penetrations in exterior walls and floor assemblies. Coordinate with requirements for firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for fire and smoke wall and floor assemblies. l 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 1. A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: l 1. Safety Valves: STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 22 13 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 22 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING a. Kunkle Inds. Inc.; Kunkle Valve Div. b. Spirax Sarco,Inc. C. Conbraco. 2. Steam Pressure Regulating Valves: a. Armstrong International, Inc. b. Leslie Controls, Inc. C. Spence Engineering Co.,Inc. d. Spirax Sarco,Inc. 3. Steam Traps: a. Armstrong International, Inc. b. Spirax Sarco, Inc. 4. Thermostatic Air Vents and Vacuum Breakers: a. Armstrong International, Inc. b. Spirax Sarco, Inc. 5. Blowdown Separator: a. Penn Separator. b. Industrial Steam. 2.2 PIPE MATERIALS A., General: Refer to Part 3 pipe application articles for identifying where the following materials are used. B. Steel Pipe, 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: ASTM A 106, Type S (seamless), Grade B, Schedules 40 and 80,plain ends, unless threaded allowed in Pipe Applications. C. Steel Pipe, 2-1/2- to 12-Inch NPS: ASTM A 53, Type E (electric-resistance welded), Grade B, Schedules 40 and 80, plain ends. 1. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53, Schedules 40 and 80, carbon steel, seamless for 2-inch NPS and smaller and electric-resistance welded for 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger. 2.3 FITTINGS A. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3; Classes 150 and 300. B. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300. C. Wrought-Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234, Schedules 40 and 80. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 22 13-3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 22 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING D. Forged Socket-Welding Fittings: ASME B16.11; Class 3000 (Schedule 80). E. Wrought-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, Material Group 1.1, raised face type with butt-welding connections; include nuts and bolts. F. Flexible Connectors: Stainless-steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire-reinforcing protective jacket; 150-psig minimum working pressure, 250 deg F maximum operating temperature. Connectors shall have flanged or threaded end connections to match equipment connected and shall be capable of 3/4-inch misalignment. 2.4 JOINING MATERIALS A. Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and for chemical analysis of pipe being welded. ( B. Flange Gasket: Flexible spiral wound metal gasket, type suitable for 125 psig steam service. i Flexitallic or Garlock manufacturers. 2.5 VALVES A. Gate, globe, check, ball, and butterfly valves are specified in Division 23 Section "General- Duty Valves for Mechanical Piping." B. Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for specific uses and applications for each valve i specified. 2.6 SAFETY VALVES A. Size and Capacity: As required for equipment according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Furnish complete with cast-iron drip-pan elbow having threaded inlet and outlet with threads conforming to ASME B 1.20.1. B. Bronze Safety Valves: Cast-bronze or forged copper body, Class 250, with threaded inlet and t outlet; forged copper-alloy disc; fully enclosed, cadmium-plated steel spring with adjustable pressure range and positive shutoff, factory set and sealed. ( C. Cast-Iron Safety Valves: Cast-iron body, Class 250; forged copper-alloy disc and nozzle; fully enclosed, cadmium-plated steel spring with adjustable pressure range and positive shutoff; C raised-face flanged inlet and threaded outlet connections; factory set and sealed. (. D. Stop-Check Valves: Class 250, malleable-iron body and bonnet, cylindrical disc, removable liner and machined seat, brass-alloy stem, outside screw and yoke, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE)-impregnated packing with 2-piece packing gland assembly, flanged end connections, and cast-iron handwheel. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 22 13 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 22 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 2.7 STEAM PRESSURE-REGULATING VALVES A. Size, Capacity, and Pressure Rating: Factory set for inlet and outlet pressures indicated. B. Valve Characteristics: Self-operated, external pilot type, single seated, metal diaphragm actuated — Spence Type ED or equal by Armstrong or Sarco, valves equipped with adjustable pressure range and positive shutoff; cast-iron body with threaded connections for 2-inch and smaller and flanged end connections over 2-1/2-inch, hardened stainless-steel trim, and replaceable head and seat. Provide main head stem guide fitted with flushing and pressure- arresting device. Provide dirt cover over pilot diaphragm. 2.8 STEAM TRAPS A. Float and Thermostatic Traps: Cast iron body and bolted cap with maximum allowable and maximum working pressures not less than steam supply pressure. Renewable, stainless steel float mechanism with renewable, hardened stainless steel or chrome steel valve and valve seat. The valve shall be attached to the valve lever in such a manner that it will be free to rotate. The valve and valve seat shall be lapped together and installed as a paired set. Orifice size shall be stamped on the valve seat to aid in identifying proper replacement parts. Balanced-pressure thermostatic air vent made with stainless steel or phosphor bronze bellows, and stainless steel seat. 1. Accessories: a. Integral vacuum breaker. 2.9 THERMOSTATIC AIR VENTS A. Thermostatic Air Vents: Cast-iron or brass body, with balanced-pressure, stainless steel or phosphor bronze thermostatic bellows, and stainless-steel seats. 2.10 VACUUM BREAKERS A. Vacuum Breakers: 150-psig steam working pressure, 365 deg F maximum operating temperature, brass or stainless-steel body, stainless-steel retainer, spring, and ball, with plain or threaded outlet. 2.11 STRAINERS A. Y-Pattern Strainers: Minimum 250-psig steam working pressure; cast-iron body, Type 304 or 316, 0.045-inch stainless-steel perforated screen with 20 mesh stainless steel screen liner for 2- inch NPS and smaller, and manufacturer recommended perforations for 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger; tapped blowoff plug. Threaded connections for 2-inch NPS and smaller and flanged connections for 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger. B. Basket Strainers: Minimum 250-psig steam working pressure; cast-iron body, Type 304 or 316, 0.045-inch stainless-steel perforated screen; bolted cover; flanged connections. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 22 13-5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 22 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 2.12 BYPASS AND TEST ORIFICES A. Solid stock machined nipple type, nozzle type orifice in a flanged joint; Type 300 Series stainless steel. 2.13 PIPE ANCHORS A. Pipe anchors constructed from ASTM A36 structural steel shapes and plate. Anchors shall be designed by a licensed Structural Engineer for the forces and moments indicated on the ( drawings. ( PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE APPLICATIONS LESS THAN 15 PSIG A. Steam Piping, 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: Schedule 40 steel pipe with threaded joints and Class 150 malleable-iron fittings. B. Steam Piping, 2-1/2- to 12-Inch NPS: Schedule 40 steel pipe with welded joints, Schedule 40 wrought-steel welding fittings, and Class 150 wrought-steel flanges. C. Condensate Piping, 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: Schedule 80 steel pipe with threaded joints and Class 300 malleable-iron fittings. D. Condensate Piping, 2-1/2- to 12-Inch NPS: Schedule 80 steel pipe with welded joints, Schedule 80 wrought-steel welding fittings, and Class 150 wrought-steel flanges. E 1 3.2 PIPE APPLICATIONS UP TO 125 PSIG ( A. Steam and Safety Valve Discharge Piping, 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: Schedule 40 steel pipe with threaded joints and Class 300 malleable-iron fittings. B. Steam and Safety Valve Discharge Piping, 2-1/2-to 12-Inch NPS: Schedule 40 steel pipe with welded joints, Schedule 40 wrought-steel butt-welding fittings, and Class 150 wrought-steel flanges. C. Condensate Piping, 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: Schedule 80 steel pipe with threaded joints and Class 300 malleable-iron fittings. D, Condensate Piping, 2-1/2- to 12-Inch NPS: Schedule 80 steel pipe with butt-welded joints, Schedule 80 wrought-steel butt-welding fittings, and Class 150 wrought-steel flanges. I E. Blowdown Piping, 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: Schedule 80 steel pipe with socket-welded joints and Class 3000 socket-welding fittings. F. Blowdown Piping, 2-1/2- to 12-Inch NPS: Schedule 80 steel pipe with butt-welded joints, Schedule 80 wrought-steel butt-welding fittings, and Class 150 wrought-steel flanges. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 22 13-6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 22 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. General-Duty Valve Applications: Unless otherwise indicated, use the following valve types: 1. Shutoff Duty: Gate valves. 2. Throttling Duty: Globe valves. B. Install shutoff-duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, at inlet connection to each steam trap, and elsewhere as indicated. C. Vacuum Breakers Less than 15 psig: Class 150 bronze swing check with composition seat. 3.4 STEAM-TRAP APPLICATIONS A. Float and Thermostatic Traps: Disinfectors,Cart Wash and Sterilizers. 3.5 PIPING INSTALLATIONS A. Install piping according to Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods." B. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. C., Install steam supply piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent downward in direction of flow. D. Install condensate return piping at a uniform grade of 0.5 percent downward in direction of flow. E. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side down. F. Install branch connections to steam mains using 45-degree fittings in main with takeoff out top of main. Use of 90-degree tee fittings is permissible where 45-degree fittings are impractical. Where length of branch takeoff is less than 10 feet, pitch branch line down toward mains at 0.4 percent slope. G. Install unions or flanges adjacent to each valve, at final connections of each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. H. Install strainers on supply side of each control valve, steam pressure-regulating valve, solenoid valve, traps, and elsewhere as indicated. Install 3/4-inch NPS nipple and ball valve in blow- down connection of strainers 2-inch NPS and larger. Match size of strainer blowoff connection. Provide gate valve with close nipple and pipe cap at blowdown connection. 1. Install pipe anchors where indicated and where required to ensure proper pipe expansion and contraction. J. Install drip legs at low points and natural drainage points such as ends of mains, bottoms of risers, and ahead of pressure regulators, control valves, isolation valves, pipe bends, and expansion joints. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 22 13-7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 22 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 1. On straight runs with no natural drainage points, install drip legs at intervals not exceeding 300 feet where pipe is pitched down in direction of steam flow and a maximum of 150 feet where pipe is pitched in opposite direction of steam flow. 2. Drip leg is to be same size as steam line up to 4-inches. Above 4-inches, drip leg is to be half of steam line size, but not less than 4-inches. Inlet to steam trap shall be located at least 18 inches below steam line. Provide gate valve at bottom of drip leg to allow removal of dirt and scale. 3. Equip drip legs, dirt pockets, and strainer blow-downs with gate valves to allow removal of dirt and scale. 4. Install steam traps close to drip legs. 3.6 STEAM-TRAP INSTALLATION ( A. Install steam traps in locations that provide access for inspection and maintenance, and as close as possible to connected equipment. Trap Valve Station having integral isolation valves, strainer, and check valve is an acceptable alternate for inverted bucket traps. ( 1. Unless otherwise indicated, install ball valve, strainer, and union upstream from trap; install union, check valve, and gate valve downstream from trap. t 2. Install trap a minimum of 18-inches below the bottom of the coil or heat exchanger. f 3.7 STEAM PRESSURE-REGULATING VALVE INSTALLATIONS { A. Install pressure-regulating valves as required to regulate system pressure, in readily accessible location for maintenance and inspection. B. Provide bypass around regulating valve station, with globe valve equal in size to area of regulating valve seat ring. C. Install gate valves and unions around each regulating valve. Unions may be omitted for regulating valves with flanged connections. D. Install pressure sensing tube as per manufacturer's recommendations. E. Install pressure gages on low-pressure side of each regulating valve and ahead of shutoff valve, ( plus one downstream for shutoff valve. 1. On 2-stage reducing stations, install drip trap and pressure gage upstream from second stage regulating valve. t F. Install strainers upstream for each regulating valve. l G. Install safety valves downstream from regulating valve station. ( 3.8 SAFETY VALVE INSTALLATIONS l_ i A. Install valves according to ASME B31.1. Pipe discharge to atmosphere outside building, without stop valves. Install drip-pan elbow fitting adjacent to safety valve; pipe drain STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 22 13 -8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 22 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING connection to nearest floor drain. Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code installation requirements. 3.9 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Piping size for supply and return shall be same size as equipment connections. B. Install traps and control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment. C. Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. Where multiple, parallel control valves are installed, only one bypass is required. D. Install vacuum breaker downstream from control valve and bypass, and close to coil inlet connection. E. Install pressure gage at coil inlet connections. F. Install a drip leg at coil outlet with steam trap located at least 18-inches below coil outlet. 3.10 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: Hanger, support, and anchor devices are specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." Conform to requirements below for maximum spacing of supports. B. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet in length. 2. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs 20 feet or longer. 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal runs 20 feet or longer, supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. C. Install hangers for steel piping with the following minimum rod sizes and maximum spacing: Nom. Pipe Size Steel Pipe Max. Span Min. Rod Diameter (Inches) (Feet) (Inches) Up to 3/4 7 1/4 1 7 1/4 1-1/4 7 3/8 1-1/2 9 3/8 2 10 3/8 2-1/2 11 1/2 3 12 1/2 4 14 5/8 6 17 3/4 STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 22 13-9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 22 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING Nom. Pipe Size Steel Pipe Max. Span Min. Rod Diameter (Inches) (Feet) (Inches) 8 19 7/8 10 20 7/8 12 23 7/8 D. Support vertical runs at each floor or at maximum spacing of 15'-0",whichever is less. 3.11 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods" for joint construction requirements for threaded,welded, and flanged joints. f r 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL t A. Testing Preparation: Prepare steam and condensate piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows: 1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test. 2. Flush system with clean water. Clean strainers. 3. Isolate equipment that is not subjected to test pressure from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Flanged joints where blinds are inserted to isolate equipment need not be tested. 4. Install relief valve set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test pressure, to ( protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during test. B. Testing: Test steam and condensate piping as follows: 1. Notify Owner or Owner's Representative a minimum of 10 working days prior to testing. Test to be witnessed by Owner or Owner's Representative. 2. Use ambient temperature water as testing medium, except where there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid may be used if it is safe for workers and compatible with piping system components. 3. Use traps installed at the high points of system to release trapped air while filling system. Use drip legs installed at low points for complete removal of liquid. 4. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the design pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Check to verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed either 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times "SE" value in Appendix A of ASME B31.9, Code for Pressure Piping, "Building Services Piping." 5. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components as appropriate, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. 6. Prepare written report of testing. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 22 13 - 10 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 22 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 3.13 CLEANING A. Preparation: 1. System shall be operational prior to cleaning. 2. Make temporary piping connections, furnish temporary pumps, and temporary bypass filter as required to properly accomplish cleaning entire system. 3. Place all manual, pressure regulating and control valves serving the system in open position during cleaning so that circulation through the system is obtained during cleaning. Isolate and bypass steam pressure regulating station. 4. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics for any cleaning equipment. B. Cleaning Sequence: 1. Initial Flush(all systems): a. Completely fill the system with fresh water and circulate (111 filling) for 4-hour minimum. b. Initial flushing shall be sufficient to remove all contaminants such as cuttings, filings, loose rust and scale,welding and soldering, residue and debris. C. Drain the entire system and refill with fresh water(2nd filling). 2. Cleaning Flush: a. Use concentrated chemical cleaner in piping system(s). Cleaner shall be a phosphate wetting agent combined with an alkaline surfactant with a sodium carbonate type alkalinity supplement introduced as necessary to produce 600 PPM of phenolphthalein alkalinity. Chemicals shall be nontoxic. b. Circulate the solution for the recommended time period corresponding to the fluid temperature. 1) Partially close and reopen all manual valves several times. C. Test solution for proper concentration and document results. d. Completely drain the entire system. e. Refill the system with fresh water (3rd filling). Then, with the circulation pump running: 1) Open one or more drains as far downstream from the fill point as is possible. Be sure the makeup is sufficient to keep up with the drain so as to maintain full system. 2) Partially close and reopen all manual valves several times. 3) Blowdown all strainers, dead legs and low points in the system. 4) Continue to flush the system in this manner until the drain water is of the same clarity as the makeup water and testing reveals no further traces of cleaning solution (minimum 1 hour). Document the results. f. Following the fresh water flush, drain the entire system. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 22 13 - 11 ( CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 22 22 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING ( 1) Clean all strainers. f 3. Upon completion of cleaning and chemical treatment addition, tag the system so that tag is plainly visible as follows: "THIS SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHEMICALLY CLEANED AND TREATED." 4. Field Reports: Submit field report indicating analysis of system's water after cleaning and after chemical treatment. END OF SECTION 23 22 13 f i f l i i STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 22 13- 12 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2331 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METAL DUCT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 07 for fire-resistant sealants for use around duct penetrations and fire-damper installations in fire-rated floors,partitions,and walls. 2. Division 08 for wall-and ceiling-mounted access doors for access to concealed ducts. 3. Division 08 for intake and relief louvers and vents connected to ducts and installed in exterior walls. 4. Division 23 Section "Duct Insulation for Mechanical Systems" for duct insulation. 5. Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for vibration isolation and seismic restraints of metal ducts. 6. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for volume dampers, fire dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers, duct silencers, duct-mounted access doors and panels, turning vanes, screened openings, flexible connectors, and flexible ducts. 7. Division 23 Section "Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles." 8. Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" for automatic control dampers and operators. 9. Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for air balancing and final adjusting of manual-volume dampers. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fabrication and installation of rectangular, round, and flat-oval metal ducts and plenums for heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning systems in pressure classes from minus 2-to plus 10-inch wg. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select and size air-moving and -distribution equipment and other components of air system. Changes to layout or configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by Architect. Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing that proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system total pressure. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. DUCT PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS I. Rectangular Duct Static-Pressure Classifications: Construct ducts to the following: a. Supply Ducts, unless indicated otherwise: 2-inch wg. METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2331 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METAL DUCT b. Return Ducts: 2-inch wg,negative pressure. C. Exhaust Ducts: 2-inch wg, negative pressure. 2. Round Duct Static Pressure Classifications: Construct ducts to the following: a. Supply Ducts, unless indicated otherwise: 2-inch wg b. Return Ducts: 2-inch wg,negative pressure. C. Exhaust Ducts: 2-inch wg, negative pressure. d. Outside Air Intake Ducts: 2-inch wg, negative pressure. 1.5 SUBMITTALS ( A. General: See Section 23 05 00 for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Duct Liner and adhesives. 2. Joint Sealants. { 3. Gaskets joint systems. C. Shop Drawings: In addition to requirements set forth in Section 23 05 00, shop drawings for the listed systems shall also include duct sizes, top and/or bottom elevations, pressure classifications, combination fire/smoke dampers, fire dampers and smoke dampers, building structural components, connections to equipment, seam and joint construction, location of duct accessories, including dampers,turning vanes and access doors, and required service clearances. Provide submittals of the following metal duct systems: 1. Supply Air ( 2. Return Air 3. Exhaust Air 4. Duct Fittings l D. Reports and Certificates: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Duct Leakage Test Report. 2. Duct Cleanliness Tests. 3. Welding certificates. i 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate ducts and fittings according to SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-- Metal and Flexible"unless otherwise indicated. B. Welding Standards: Qualify welding procedures and welding personnel to perform welding processes for this Project according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel," for hangers and supports; AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum," for aluminum supporting members; and AWS D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding. METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 - 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2331 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METAL DUCT C. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems" unless otherwise indicated. D. Comply with NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations," Chapter 7, 'Exhaust Duct System," for range hood ducts, unless otherwise indicated. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Keep metal ducts and duct liner dry and dust free during fabrication and storage at factory. B. Before shipment shrink-wrap all openings of ducts fabricated with duct liner. During shipment, protect all metal ducts from weather. C. Store all metal ducts in dry location on-site on elevated dunnage. Protect metal ducts from moisture, dirt,and dust. D. Retain shrink-wrap protection of openings (where required to be protected) until immediately prior to connection of that opening to erected duct system. E. On the event that any duct liner does get wet, dry duct liner within 48-hours using forced air heater. Ducts detected with moist fiberglass liner will be required to be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Remove dust from the inside of metal duct sections as they are erected. Cover all openings with 6-mil poly and duct tape at the end of each workday to prevent dust migration into ducts. G. Deliver and store stainless-steel sheets with mill-applied adhesive protective paper maintained through fabrication and installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view. B. Carbon-Steel Sheets: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, cold-rolled sheets; commercial quality; with oiled, exposed matte finish. C. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304 or 316L, sheet form with polished finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view; Type 304, sheet form with No. 1 finish for concealed ducts. D. Aluminum Sheets: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, Temper H14, sheet form with standard, one-side bright finish for ducts exposed to view and with mill finish for concealed ducts. E. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized, sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts. METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2331 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METAL DUCT F. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for 36-inch length or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.2 SEALANT AND ADHESIVE MATERIALS A. Joint and Seam Sealants: 1. Joint and Seam Sealant: Water-based vinyl or acrylic copolymer mastic formulated to withstand temperatures from minus 20 to plus 180 Degrees F, minimum of 65 percent solids,water resistant,VOC: maximum 75g/L(less water). 2. Flanged Joint Gasket Material: Elastomer butyl. B. Duct Liner Adhesive: Water-based vinyl copolymer adhesive formulated to withstand ( temperatures from minus 20 to plus 160 Degrees F. Comply with NFPA 90A and ASTM C 916 2.3 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND RESTRAINTS A. Comply with Division 23, Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, stud-wedge or female wedge, mechanical-anchor bolts, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for building materials. Powder actuated concrete fasteners are not allowed. 1. If concrete inserts cannot be used, install mechanical-anchor (stud-wedge or female ( wedge type) bolts in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. Concrete inserts and mechanical-anchor fasteners shall be made of steel. Stainless steel for outdoor applications. i C. Hanger Materials: Galvanized, sheet steel or round,threaded steel rod. ( 1. Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rod or galvanized rods with threads painted after installation. 2. Straps and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-- Metal and Flexible" for sheet steel width and thickness and for steel rod diameters. t D. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. t E. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel shapes and plates. 2. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel support materials. 3. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum support materials, unless materials are electrolytically separated from ductwork. METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2331 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METAL DUCT 2.4 RECTANGULAR DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other construction with galvanized, sheet steel, according to SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," based on indicated static pressure class, unless indicated otherwise. Comply with requirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie- rod applications, and joint types and intervals. 1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure classification. 2. Materials: Free from visual imperfections such as pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, and discolorations. 3. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, "Transverse (Girth) Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- Metal and Flexible." a. Prefabricated transverse joints shall comply SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," for static-pressure class, leakage rating. 1) Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a). Duct Mate Industries, Inc. b) Ward Flange. 4. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-5, "Longitudinal Seams - Rectangular Ducts," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible." 5. Material Thickness: For SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standard — Metal and Flexible,"but not less than 26 gauge. B. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Goss break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches and larger and 0.0359 inch thick or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. of unbraced panel area, unless ducts are lined. C. Elbow Configuration: I. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Elbows." a. Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. b. Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. C. Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 2-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2331 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METAL DUCT D. Branch Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-6, "Branch Connections." a. Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45-degree entry. b. Rectangular Main to Round Branch: Conical or Bellmouth. 2.5 ROUND AND FLAT-OVAL DUCT FABRICATION A. General: Diameter as applied to flat-oval ducts in this Article is the diameter of the size of round duct that has a circumference equal to perimeter of a given size of flat-oval duct. Minimum 26-gauge duct wall thickness. B. Round Ducts: Fabricate supply ducts of galvanized steel according to SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible,"unless indicated otherwise. C. Elbow Configuration: 1. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-3, "Round Duct Elbows." a. Round Elbows, 8 Inches and Smaller: Fabricate stamped elbows for 45- and 90- degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30-, and 60-degree elbows. Stamped elbows shall be 20 gauge thick minimum with two-piece welded construction. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with mitered construction. b. Round Elbows, 9 through 12 Inches: Fabricate segmented (mitered) or pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with mitered construction. l C. Round Elbows, Larger than 12-Inches: Segmented (mitered) elbows for all bend angle configurations. d. Round Elbows, Segmented (mitered) Two-Piece 90-Degree: Use only where specifically indicated. Fabricate with single turning vane. e. Flat Oval Elbows: Segmented(mitered)type. D. Branch Configuration: 1. Round and Flat Oval: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees." Saddle taps are not permitted. a. 90-degree Tee Fittings: 1) Main to Branch (branch greater than 2/3 the diameter of main or 12-inch diameter branch): Use 90 degree conical tee fitting. 90-degree conical taps or 90-degree lateral fittings can be used for all others. 2) 45 degree lateral tee and 45-degree elbow in lieu of 90-degree tee fitting or tap on supply ductwork where space allows. l t . METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 6 l t. CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2331 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METAL DUCT b. 45-degree Tee Fittings: 1) Main to Branch (branch greater than 2/3 the diameter of main or 12-inch diameter branch): Use 45-degree lateral fitting. 45-degree lateral taps or 45-degree lateral can be used for all others. 2.6 ROUND AND FLAT-OVAL SUPPLY AND EXHAUST FITTING FABRICATION A. 90-Degree Tee Fittings and Taps: Fabricate to comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," with metal thicknesses specified for longitudinal seam straight duct. B. Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with a reduced entrance to branch taps with no excess material projecting from body onto branch tap entrance. C. Round Elbow Construction: Fabricate in die-stamped, pleated, or mitered construction as indicated above. Fabricate bend radius of elbows to one and one-half times elbow diameter. Unless elbow construction type is indicated otherwise, fabricate elbows as follows: 1. Mitered Elbow Pieces: Welded construction with 5-pieces for 90-degree elbow, 4-pieces for 60-degree elbow and 3-pieces for 45-degree elbow. 2. Metal Thickness,Pressure Classes from Minus 2-to Plus 2-inch wg: a. Ducts 3 to 26 Inches in Diameter: 24-gauge. b. Ducts 27 to 36 Inches in Diameter: 22-gauge. C. Ducts 37 to 50 Inches in Diameter: 20-gauge. d. Ducts 52 to 60 Inches in Diameter: 18-gauge. e. Ducts 62 to 84 Inches in Diameter: 16-gauge. 3. Metal Thickness, Pressure Classes from Minus 2-to 10-inch wg: a. Ducts 3 to 14 Inches in Diameter: 24-gauge. b. Ducts 15 to 26 Inches in Diameter: 22-gauge. C. Ducts 27 to 50 Inches in Diameter: 20-gauge. d. Ducts 52 to 60 Inches in Diameter: 18-gauge. e. Ducts 62 to 84 Inches in Diameter: 16-gauge. D. Elbow Configuration: I. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-3, "Round Duct Elbows." a. Round Elbows, 8 Inches and Smaller: Fabricate stamped elbows for 45- and 90- degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30-, and 60-degree elbows. Stamped elbows shall be 20 gauge thick minimum with two-piece welded construction. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with mitered construction. b. Round Elbows, 9 through 12 Inches: Fabricate segmented (mitered) or pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with mitered construction. METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 - 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2331 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METAL DUCT C. Round Elbows, Larger than 12-Inches: Segmented (mitered) elbows for all bend angle configurations. d. Round Elbows, Segmented (mitered) Two-Piece 90-Degree: Use only where specifically indicated. Fabricate with single turning vane. e. Flat Oval Elbows: Segmented (mitered)type. E. Branch Configuration: 1. Round and Flat Oval: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,"Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees." Saddle taps are not permitted. a. 90-degree Tee Fittings: 1) Main to Branch (branch greater than 2/3 the diameter of main or 12-inch diameter branch): Use 90 degree conical tee fitting. 90-degree conical taps or 90-degree lateral fittings can be used for all others. 2) 45 degree lateral tee and 45-degree elbow in lieu of 90-degree tee fitting or tap on supply ductwork where space allows. ( b. 45-degree Tee Fittings: 1) Main to Branch (branch greater than 2/3 the diameter of main or 12-inch i diameter branch): Use 45-degree lateral fitting. 45-degree lateral taps or 45-degree lateral can be used for all others. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings,and accessories. B. Provide access panels every 50 feet on all medium pressure ductwork for inspection and duct � clearing. i C. Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification indicated. D. Install round ducts in lengths not less than 12 feet, unless interrupted by fittings. E. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. / F. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, changes in size and shape, and connections. G. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct. H. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs. METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 - 8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2331 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METAL DUCT 1. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. J. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. K. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, unless specifically indicated. L. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke-control dampers, lighting layouts, and similar finished work. Allow for post-construction access to air terminals,volume dampers, and other components requiring maintenance and/or readjustment. M. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ductwork to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures,unless ductwork is intended to serve these spaces. N. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between constructiou opening a»d duel or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as duct. Overlap opening on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. O. Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated combination fire/smoke damper or fire damper sleeve, and firestopping sealant. Fire, smoke and combination fire/smoke dampers are specified in Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories." Firestopping materials and installation methods are specified in Division 07 Section "Firestopping." 3.2 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING A. General: Seal duct seams and joints according to the duct seal class described in SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" corresponding to the pressure class given below. B. Pressure Classification: 1. 3-inch wg and Greater: Seal Class A; all transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations. 2. Below 3-inch wg: Seal Class B; all transverse joints and longitudinal seams. C. Seal externally insulated ducts before insulation installation. 3.3 HANGING,RESTRAINING, AND SUPPORTING A. Install rigid round, rectangular metal duct with support systems indicated in SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible." B. Install duct seismic restraints as indicated in Division 23, Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." C. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 - 9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2331 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METAL DUCT D. Support vertical ducts at a maximum interval of 16 feet and at each floor. E. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-fourth of failure(proof-test) load. F. Install concrete inserts before placing concrete. G. Install mechanical-anchor fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 CONNECTIONS { A. Unless indicated otherwise, connect metal ducts to rotating equipment with flexible connectors according to Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories." B. For branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections, comply with SMACNA 'T VAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible,"unless indicated otherwise. { 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Leakage Test: 1. Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems as required to accommodate leakage testing and as required for compliance with test requirements. 2. Conduct tests, in presence of Architect, at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section being tested. If pressure classifications are not indicated, test entire system at maximum system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating pressure. Give seven days' advance notice for testing. Test ( ducts in shafts prior to shaft enclosure. 3. Determine leakage from entire system or section of system by relating leakage to surface area of test section. ( 4. Maximum Allowable Leakage: Comply with requirements for Leakage Classification 3 for round and flat-oval ducts, Leakage Classification 12 for rectangular ducts in pressure classifications less than and equal to 2-inch wg (both positive and negative pressures), + and Leakage Classification 6 for pressure classifications from 2-to 10-inch wg. 5. Remake leaking joints and retest until leakage is less than maximum allowable. 6. Leakage Test: Perform tests according to SMACNA "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual." Submit test report. 3.6 DUCT SCHEDULE A. Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel except as follows: B. Intermediate Reinforcement: 1. Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel. 2. Stainless-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel. 3. Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized sheet steel coated with zinc chromate. METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 10 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2331 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT METAL DUCT C. Liner: 1. Supply-Air Ducts: Fibrous glass, 1 inch thick. Use perforated metal liner for all supply ducts above 2500 fpm. 2. Return-Air Ducts: Fibrous glass, 1 inch thick, unless noted otherwise. 3. Exhaust Air: Fibrous glass, 1 inch thick,unless noted otherwise. 4. Outdoor Return-Air and Fan Plenum: Fibrous glass, 2 inches thick, unless noted otherwise. 5. Transfer Ducts: Fibrous glass, 1 inch thick,unless noted otherwise. END OF SECTION METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 11 r- CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 33 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES { PART 1 -GENERAL f { 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS r' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames" for wall- and ceiling-mounted access doors and panels. 2. Division 08 Section "Louvers and Vents" for intake and relief louvers and vents connected to ducts and installed in exterior walls. 3. Division 23 Section"Metal Ducts"for ductwork,duct liner and duct sealants. 4. Division 23 Section "Air Terminal Units" for air terminals. 5. Division 23 Section "Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles." 6. Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for final positioning of manual-volume dampers. 7. Division 28 Section "Fire Detection and Alarm" for duct-mounted fire and smoke detectors. 1.2 SUMMARY i A. This Section includes the following: 1. Backdraft dampers. ( 2. Manual-volume dampers. 3. Fire dampers. 4. Combination fire/smoke dampers. 5. Turning vanes. 6. Duct-mounted access doors. 7. Flexible ducts. 8. Flexible connectors. 9. Duct accessory hardware. 10. Filter and Housing 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Backdraft dampers. 2. Manual-volume dampers. 3. Fire, smoke and combination fire/smoke dampers. 4. Duct-mounted access doors and panels. 5. Flexible connectors. 6. Flexible ducts. l AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00- 1 l L, CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 33 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, location, and size of each field connection. Detail the following: 1. Special fittings and manual-volume-damper installations. 2. Fire- and smoke-damper installations, including sleeves and duct-mounted access doors and panels. C. Product Certificates: Submit certified test data on dynamic insertion loss; self-noise power levels; and airflow performance data, static-pressure loss, dimensions, and weights. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Comply with the following NFPA standards: 1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." 2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Backdraft Dampers: a. Ruskin. b. American Warming&Ventilating. C. Greenheck. 2. Fire Dampers: a. Ruskin. b. Air Balancing, Inc. C. Greenheck. d. National Controlled Air. 3. Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers: a. Ruskin. b. Air Balance,Inc. C. Greenheck. d. National Controlled Air. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 33 00 r SPD EXPANSION PROJECT AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 2.2 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view. B. Carbon-Steel Sheets: ASTM A 366/A 366M, cold-rolled sheets, commercial quality, with ( oiled, exposed matte finish. f C. Aluminum Sheets: ASTM B 209,Alloy 3003,Temper H14, sheet form; with standard, one-side bright finish for ducts exposed to view and mill finish for concealed ducts. f ( D. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221,Alloy 6063, Temper T6. ( E. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on f galvanized, sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts. ( F. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for 36-inch length or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.3 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS I A. Description: Suitable for horizontal or vertical installations as indicated. B. Counterbalance Type: Extruded aluminum with counterbalanced blades; blades begin to open at minimum 0.01 inches w.g. and be fully open at minimum 0.05 inches w.g. Designed for ( maximum 3500 feet per minute spot velocity and up to 4-inches w.g. back pressure. ( 1. Frame: Minimum 0.125 inches thick extruded aluminum, braced at corners. (_ 2. Blades: Minimum 0.070 inches thick extruded aluminum. Blade seals extruded vinyl, mechanically attached. 3. Bearings: Corrosion resistant, long life synthetic. 4. Linkage: 1/2-inch diameter tie bar with stainless steel pivot pins; mounted on blades. Adjustable counterbalance. ( C. Top-of-Blade Hinged Type: Extruded aluminum heavy duty backdraft dampers; blades begin to ( open at minimum 0.12 inches w.g. and be fully open at minimum of 0.20 inches w.g. Designed for maximum 3500 feet per minute spot velocity. �. 1. Frame: Minimum 0.125 inches thick extruded aluminum, braced at corners. 2. Blades: Minimum 0.70 inches thick extruded aluminum. Blade seals extruded vinyl, mechanical attached. 3. Bearings: Corrosion resistant, long life, synthetic. ( 4. Linkage: 1/2-inch diameter tie bar with stainless steel pivot pins; mounted on blades. t ( 2.4 MANUAL-VOLUME DAMPERS A. General: Factory fabricated with required hardware and accessories. Stiffen damper blades for stability. Include locking device to hold single-blade dampers in a fixed position without ( vibration. Close duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct consistent with pressure class. l AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 2333 00- 3 t L• CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 33 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 1. Pressure Classifications of 3-Inch wg or Higher: End bearings or other seals for ducts with axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. B. Steel Standard Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single-blade, opposed-blade design unless indicated otherwise, standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. I. Steel Frames: Hat-shaped, galvanized, sheet steel channels, minimum of 16 gauge thick, with mitered and welded corners; frames with flanges where indicated for attaching to walls; and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts. 2. Roll-Formed Steel Blades: 16 gauge thick, galvanized, sheet steel. 3. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. 4. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. 5. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. 2.5 FIRE DAMPERS A. General: Labeled to UL 555. "Standard for Fire Dampers" for use in dynamic systems. Damper shall close with air velocity of 2375 fpm and 4-inch w.g. static pressure with airflow horizontal, airflow up or airflow down. B. Fire Rating: 1-1/2 and 3 hours. C. Frame: SMACNA Type B with blades out of airstream; fabricated with roll-formed, minimum 20-gauge thick galvanizedstevl�with mitered and_interlocking corners. D. Mounting Sleeve: Factory-or field-installed galvanized, sheet steel. 1. Minimum Thickness: 20-gauge or 0.138 inch thick as indicated, and length to suit application. Provide retaining angles. 2. Exceptions: Omit sleeve where damper frame width permits direct attachment of perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor, and thickness of damper frame complies with sleeve requirements. E. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated. F. Blades: Roll-formed, interlocking, minimum 24-gauge thick, galvanized, sheet steel. In place of interlocking blades, use full-length, minimum 24-gauge thick, galvanized steel blade connectors. G. Closure Spring: Include stainless-steel constant force closure spring. H. Fusible Link: Replaceable, 165 deg F rated unless specifically indicated, 212 deg F or 285 deg F. 2.6 COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS A. General: Labeled to UL 555 "Standard for Fire Damper" for 1-1/2 or 3 hour fire damper. Labeled to UL 555S "Standard for Leakage Rated Dampers for use in Smoke Control Systems". Open and close under operating conditions up to 4-inches w.g. in closed position and 4000 fpm AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 2333 00- 4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 33 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES in open position. Class I leakage rating. Controlled gradual closure between 10 and 15 seconds. Automatic remote reset after test, smoke detection or power failure. ( B. Fire Rating: 1-1/2 and 3 hours. C. Fusible Link: Replaceable, 165 deg F rated unless specifically indicated 212 deg F or 285 deg F. D. Frame: Minimum 16-gauge thick, galvanized, sheet steel. E. Blades: Minimum 14-gauge single piece airfoil construction. Opposed blade action, unless indicated specifically parallel. Stainless steel bearings. Flexible stainless steel compression type joints seals. Silicone blade edge seals, capable of withstanding 450 deg F. F. Mounting Sleeve: Factory-installed,minimum 20-gauge thick, galvanized, sheet steel; length to suit wall or floor application. i. G. Blade Position Indicator Switch: Provide blade position two-position indicator switch for remote monitoring of blade position. H. Damper Motors: Provide for two-position action. 1. Permanent-Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Motors: With oil-immersed and sealed gear trains. 2. Spring-Return Motors: Equip with an integral spiral-spring mechanism where indicated. Enclose entire spring mechanism in a removable housing designed for service or adjustments. Size for running torque rating of 150 in. x lbf and breakaway torque rating of 150 in.x lbf. 3. Outdoor Motors and Motors in Outside-Air Intakes: Equip with O-ring gaskets designed 1. to make motors weatherproof. Equip motors with internal heaters to permit normal ( operation at minus 40 deg F. 4. Two-Position Motor: 115 V, single phase, 60 Hz. ( 2.7 TURNING VANES A. Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible." B. Manufactured Turning Vanes: Fabricate of 1-1/2-inch-wide, curved blades set 3/4 inch o.c.; support with bars perpendicular to blades set 2 inches o.c.; and set into side strips suitable for mounting in ducts. l C. Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate of airfoil-shaped aluminum extrusions with perforated faces and fibrous-glass fill. 2.8 DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS �._ A. General: Fabricate doors and panels airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. 14-inch by 14-inch, unless indicated otherwise. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00- 5 l L CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 33 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES B. Frame: Unless indicated differently, minimum 24-gauge thick galvanized, sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets. C. Door: Double-wall, galvanized, sheet metal construction with insulation fill and thickness, and number of hinges and locks as indicated for duct pressure class. Include vision panel where indicated. Include piano hinge and cam latches. Multiple cam latches used on doors greater than 12-inches in height. D. Sea] around frame attachment to duct and door to frame with neoprene or foam rubber. E. Insulation: 1-inch-thick, fibrous-glass. 2.9 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. General: Flame-retarded or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives complying with UL 181, Class 1. Fabricate designed to meet UL 214,NFPA 90A, airtight and waterproof. B. Standard Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a strip of fabric 3-inches wide attached to two strips of 3-inch-wide, minimum 24-gauge thick, galvanized, sheet steel or 0.032-inch aluminum sheets. Select metal compatible with connected ducts. C. Extra-Wide Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a strip of fabric 5-3/4 inches wide attached to two strips of 3-inch-wide, minimum 24-gauge thick, galvanized, sheet steel or 0.032-inch aluminum sheets. Select metal compatible with connected ducts. D. Transverse Flanged Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a strip of fabric 3-1/2 inches wide attached to two strips of 4-3/8-inch-wide, 24-gauge thick, galvanized, sheet steel or 0.032-inch aluminum sheets formed for flanged type connection. Select metal compatible with connected ducts. E. Conventional, Indoor System Flexible Connector Fabric: Woven nylon/polyester blend with vinyl coating. 1. Minimum Weight: 22 oz./sq.yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 240 lbf/inch in the warp, and 220 lbf/inch in the filling. F. Conventional, Outdoor System Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with a synthetic-rubber, weatherproof coating resistant to the sun's ultraviolet rays and ozone environment. 1. Minimum Weight: 24 oz./sq.yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 500 lbf/inch in the warp, and 500 lbf/inch in the filling. 2.10 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. General: Comply with UL 181, Class 1, UMC Standard 6-1, and NFPA Standards 90A and 90B. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 - 6 i CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 33 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES B. Flexible Ducts, Insulated: Factory-fabricated, insulated, round duct, with an outer jacket enclosing 1-inch-thick, glass-fiber insulation around a continuous inner liner. Rated for maximum pressures of 6-inches w.g. positive and 1-inch w.g. negative. 1. Reinforcement: Steel-wire helix encapsulated in inner liner. 2. Outer Jacket: Glass-reinforced, silver Mylar with a continuous hanging tab, integral fibrous-glass tape, and nylon hanging cord. 3. Inner Liner: Polyethylene film. C. Flexible Ducts, Uninsulated: Spiral-wound steel spring with reinforced flameproof vinyl sheathing. Rated for maximum pressures of 10-inches w.g. positive and 2-inches w.g. negative and maximum velocity of 4000 fpm. 2.11 ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments, and length to suit duct insulation thickness. B. Splitter Damper Accessories: Zinc-plated damper blade bracket; 1/4-inch, zinc-plated operating rod; and a duct-mounted, ball joint bracket with flat rubber gasket and square-head set screw. C. Flexible Duct Clamps: Stainless-steel band with cadmium-plated hex screw to tighten band with a worm-gear action, in sizes 3 to 18 inches to suit duct size. D.. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. E. Concealed Damper Regulators: Gear operated linkage, minimum 3/8-inch diameter, steel rod, chrome plated ceiling cover, flush mount. 2.12 MOISTURE FILTER AND HOUSING ( A. General ( 1. Filter housing shall be single-stage filter system consisting of 16-gauge galvanized steel enclosure, galvanized filter mounting track, dual-access doors, and drains to remove captured liquid contaminants. In-line housing depth shall not exceed 12. l 2. Sizes shall be as noted on enclosed drawings or other supporting materials. B. Construction �. 1. The housing shall be constructed of 16-gauge galvanized steel with pre-drilled standing ( flanges to facilitate attachment to other system components. Corner posts of Z-channel construction shall ensure dimensional adherence. The housing shall be weatherproof and suitable for rooftop/outdoor installation. 1 2. A 4" deep galvanized filter mounting track shall be an integral component of housing construction. The mounting track shall be sealed and include l" filter support flanges on the air entering and air exiting sides. l l ( AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 2333 00- 7 t L. CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 33 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 3. Dual access doors, swing open type, shall include high-memory sponge neoprene gasket to facilitate a door-to- fitter seal. Each door shall be equipped with adjustable and replaceable positive sealing UV resistant star-style knobs and replaceable door hinges. 4. Tracks shall be equipped with 0.75" holes and support/ drain columns to facilitate liquid runoff. Columns shall be welded to the filter tracks to assist in housing support and effect a permanent seal. 5. A drain connection, at each column post, shall be threaded '/2"NPT. C. Performance 1. When applied with a moisture separator, the system shall be capable of a removal efficiency of 98%on droplets 20-micron in size. 2. Manufacturer shall provide evidence of facility certification to ISO 9001:2008. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details shown in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts. B. Volume Dampers: 1. Install volume dampers at all diffuser and grille duct connections. Place as far upstream as layout and accessibility allow. 2. Install manual volume dampers in lined duct; avoid damage to and erosion of duct liner. C. Concealed Damper Regulators: Install concealed damper regulators in locations where manual volume dampers are inaccessible above ceilings or behind walls. D. Damper Actuators: Actuators shall not be mounted in the air stream. E. Maximum length of flexible duct is six feet. F. Provide instrument test holes where indicated. G. Install combination fire/smoke, fire and smoke dampers according to manufacturer's UL- approved written instructions. 1. Install fusible links in fire dampers. H. Install duct access panels for access to both sides of duct coils and every 50-feet of duct run for general inspection. Install duct access panels downstream from branch volume dampers, fire dampers, smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers,turning vanes, and equipment. 1. Install duct access panels to allow access to interior of ducts for cleaning, inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and terminal units. 2. Install access panels on side of duct where adequate clearance is available. 1. Label access doors according to Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 2333 00- 8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 33 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings. B. Adjust fire and smoke dampers for proper action. ( C. Final positioning of manual-volume dampers is specified in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC." END OF SECTION r c c c c c c c c l l c t AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00- 9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 37 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DIFFUSERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 08 for fixed and adjustable louvers and wall vents, whether or not they are connected to ducts. 2. Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and volume-control dampers not integral to diffusers and grilles. 3. Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for balancing diffusers and grilles. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes ceiling diffusers and grilles. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Diffuser: Circular, square, or rectangular air distribution outlet, generally located in the ceiling and comprised of deflecting members discharging supply air in various directions and planes and arranged to promote mixing of primary air with secondary room air. B. Grille: A louvered or perforated covering for an opening in an air passage, which can be located in a sidewall, ceiling, sill, or floor. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each model indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheet: For each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished; indicate construction, finish, and mounting details. 2. Performance Data: Include throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings for each type of air outlet and inlet. 3. Schedule of diffusers and grilles indicating drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. 4. Assembly Drawing: For each type of air outlet and inlet; indicate materials and methods of assembly of components. DIFFUSERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES 23 37 13 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 37 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DIFFUSERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES ( 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Install diffusers and grilles according to NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ( 1. Air Systems Components;Krueger. 2. Titus. 3. Price Companies. f 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Diffusers and grilles are scheduled on Drawings. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL t ( A. Testing: Test performance according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." E 2.4 CEILING DIFFUSERS A. Performance: Provide ceiling air diffusers that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device as listed in manufacturer's current data. ( B. Ceiling Compatibility: Provide diffusers with border styles that are compatible with ceiling systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling module with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to general construction drawings and specifications for types of ceiling ( systems, which will contain each type of ceiling air diffuser. C. Types: Provide ceiling diffusers of type, construction, capacity, and with accessories and finishes as indicated. 1. Ceiling Diffuser—Modular Core(MC) t a. Material: 22-gauge steel modular core, back pan shall be one piece stamped 22- gauge steel. b. Diffuser Construction: Fixed louver directional modules, which can be easily repositioned without tools in the field for one, two, three or four way discharge. ( Each module shall be removable. C. Finish: White, anodic acrylic paint. l DIFFUSERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES 2337 13 -2 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 37 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DIFFUSERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES d. Accessories: Opposed blade damper, operable from the face of the diffuser (OBD). 2.5 CEILING DIFFUSERS OPERATING ROOMS A. Provide Laminar flow diffusers to generate a low velocity, evenly distributed, downward moving airflow. 1. Internal baffles distribute air evenly over perforated surface. 2. Retainer cables prevent accidental dropping of perforated face after removal. 2.6 EXHAUST/RETURN GRILLES A. Performance: Provide exhaust and return grilles that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device and listed in manufacturer's current data. B. Ceiling Compatibility: Provide grilles with border styles that are compatible with ceiling systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling module with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to general construction drawings and specifications for types of ceiling systems,which will contain each type of grille. C. Wall Compatibility: Provide grilles with border styles that are compatible with wall systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into wall construction with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to general construction drawings and specifications for types of wall_ construction, which will contain each type of wall grille. D. Types: Provide exhaust and return grilles of type, construction, capacity, and with accessories and finishes as indicated. 1. Exhaust/Return Grille—Eggcrate a. Materials: 22-gauge roll formed steel frame with aluminum grid. b. Grille Construction: 1-3/4-inch wide border, corners assembled with full penetration resistance welds. Screw holes countersunk. Eggcrate core shall provide a minimum of 90%free area with 1/2 x 1/2 x 1-inch aluminum grid. C. Finish: White, anodic acrylic paint. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where diffusers and grilles are to be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. DIFFUSERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES 23 37 13 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 37 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DIFFUSERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install diffusers and grilles level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions, { project Coordination Drawings, original design, and referenced standards. B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practicable. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of the panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation,notify Architect for a determination of final location. C. Duct-Mounted Supply and Exhaust/Return Grilles: Mount to duct branch with 16-gauge steel { angle collar. Mounting screws to match grille frame. Screws shall not protrude more than 1/4- inch past angle collar. D. Install diffusers and grilles with airtight connection to ducts and to allow service and i maintenance of dampers,air extractors, and fire dampers. E. Install in-line multiple linear diffusers with alignment pins for a straight continuous appearance. f 3.3 ADJUSTING { { A. After installation, adjust diffusers and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. t t 3.4 CLEANING A. After installation of diffusers and grilles, inspect exposed finish. Clean exposed surfaces to C remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Replace diffusers and grilles that have damaged finishes. ( END OF SECTION l l t l t l t 1 . DIFFUSERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES 2337 13 -4 l L CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS SECTION 235233 —FLEX WATER-TUBE BOILERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes packaged, flex water-tube boilers, trim, and accessories for generating steam with the following configurations, burners, and outputs: l. Factory assembled heat exchanger. 2. Forced-draft gas burner. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include performance data, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For boilers, boiler trim, and accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Design calculations and vibration isolation base details. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. 2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that boiler, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Include the following: I. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 23 5233 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. B. Source quality-control test reports. r C. Field quality-control test reports. D. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. E. Other Informational Submittals: 1. ASME "A" or "S" Stamp Certification and Report: Submit "A" or "S" stamp certificate r of authorization as required by authorities having jurisdiction, and document hydrostatic testing of piping external to boiler. 2. Startup service reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For boilers, components, and accessories to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. { 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label boilers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. E C. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Boilers shall have minimum efficiency according to "Gas and Oil Fired Boilers- Minimum Efficiency Requirements." t D. UL Compliance: Test boilers for compliance with UL 795 Commercial-Industrial Gas Heating Equipment, or UL 795 Commercial-Industrial Gas Heating Equipment as applicable. Boilers l shall be listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. l 1.7 COORDINATION i A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified with concrete. FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 23 52 33 - 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace heat exchangers damaged by thermal shock and boilers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period for Drums, Tubes, Cabinets, and Burner: One year from date of Substantial Completion, pro rata. 2. Warranty Period for Pressure Vessel: Twenty Five (25) years from date of Substantial Completion for thermal shock. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 FLEXIBLE WATER-TUBE BOILERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to the following: B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide model ZF-150HS by Unilux Advanced Manufacturing or a comparable product which meets or exceeds base specifications by one of the following: 1. Cleaver Brooks FLX — Select Model to either match Basis-of-Design dimensionally or next larger. 2. Bryan Steam (RV or RW) C. — Description: I. Supply and install (1) steel bent water tube boiler(s) of the size and capacities as outlined in the equipment schedule. Boiler(s) shall be of the 4 sided water wall furnace design with tangentially arranged tubes creating 5 linear gas passages travelling the full length of the boiler. Each boiler shall be completely factory assembled including forced draft burner, controls, components and safety devices as specified herein. Complete boiler assembly shall be tested prior to shipment by the manufacturer. 2. Boiler(s) shall be designed and manufactured to have a rating of 1750 MBH input and 14 18 MBH output with a minimum combustion efficiency of 81%. Boiler(s) shall be designed and constructed as per ASME code, section I and shall be stamped for a maximum allowable working pressure of 150 PSIG. 3. Boilers shall be UL Listed and Labeled. It is the contractor's responsibility to insure that the packaged boilers comply with any/all local, state and city codes. 4. Seismic Fabrication Requirements: Fabricate mounting base and attachment to boiler pressure vessel, accessories, and components with fabricated steel reinforcement strong enough to withstand seismic forces defined in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment" when mounting base is anchored to building structure. FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 23 5233 - 3 f CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS D. Pressure Vessel Design—Heat Exchanger: ( 1. Boiler(s) shall be of the dual drum industrial style bent water tube type with a 4-sided tangent water wall furnace. Water walls shall be on the top, bottom and both sides. No refractory or insulation shall be used on any sidewall. f 2. Boiler shall incorporate large diameter upper steam drum with steam outlet located at top ( center point along the length. Drum shall be designed with an internal stainless steel full drum length steam separator baffle to ensure a steam quality in excess of 99.5%. Steam drum shall have one surface blow down connection located at the rear of the steam drum positioned at the water line of the drum. 3. Top, bottom and sides of the furnace shall be made up of water-cooled surfaces and shall be comprised of straight tube runs only. No furnace seal shall be made by the meeting of two tube hairpin bends. ( 4. The fireside of the boiler shall have five (5) longitudinal gas passes, travelling the full length of the boiler, separated with tangential water wall tubes to insure maximum linear gas travel, increased gas side velocities and improved gas side heat transfer coefficients. ( Products of combustion shall flow horizontally through the boiler across boiler tubes. t ( 5. Stainless steel cross flow turbulating baffles shall be installed in the second and fourth passes to provide increased hot gas turbulence, increased furnace pressure and improved ( flue outlet temperature control. 6. All tubes shall be exposed to radiant luminous heat in the boiler furnace to create high water flow rates at all loads and substantially increase heat transfer in the convection zones outside the furnace. E . 7. Boiler tubes shall be SA 178 Grade A and shall be no less than 1 ''/2" dia., .095 wall t thickness, made of only domestic U.S. steel and shall be easily removed and replaced if necessary without need for any welding or rolling. Tubes directly beneath the flue gas outlet shall be easily removable without the need to disconnect, move or modify the flue ( outlet cover arrangement or raise / remove any part of the boiler roof panels. There shall ( no more than one (1) 180 deg. bend in any single boiler tube. All tube bends shall be made with a mandrel type industrial bender to insure maximum I.D. opening at each l bend. l 8. Boiler vessel design shall insure that total boiler tube lengths shall be equal on each side of the vessel to maintain balanced flow through boiler. l_ 9. Two large down comers shall be located external to the boiler housing, one at the front and one at the rear. These down comers shall provide natural internal circulation without E requiring external pumping sources. Down comers located within the boiler housing shall { not be acceptable. Feed water and chemical feed connections shall be located on the rear down comer. l l FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 23 52 33 - 4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 10. Boiler shall have two (2) hand hole type inspection openings, one at each end of each drum with yolk type covers. Lower drum shall have minimum one bottom blow down connection located at the lowest point as standard. 11. The furnace heat release shall not exceed 45,000 BTU/hr per square foot of heating surface exposed directly to the radiant flame. For boilers with heat releases greater than 45 000 BTU/hr per square foot of heating surface, then a minimum of 5 square feet of total heating surface per boiler horsepower shall be required. The furnace volumetric heat release shall not exceed 67,000 BTU/hr per cubic foot of furnace volume. E. Housing and Jacket Construction: 1. The boiler base shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel. Base shall be poured with one layer of 1900 deg. F insulating refractory to cover all base plate steel contact points. An additional 2 inch layer of 2700 deg.F castable refractory shall then be poured covering the insulating refractory. The high temperature refractory shall have no contact points with the boiler base steel. Boiler bases insulated with mineral fiber wool type insulation shall not be acceptable. 2. The rear target wall shall be of industrial grade heavy-duty construction. Wall shall be constructed of no less than 4" of 1900 deg. F insulating poured refractory, 1" of high temperature mineral board and 4" of 2700 deg. F castable refractory. The high temperature refractory shall have no contact points with the boiler furnace wall steel. Total thickness of the rear furnace wall shall be not less than nine (9) inches. Stainless steel stays shall be permanently welded to the steel rear wall enclosure in intervals of at least every ten (10) square inches. Rear wall shall be warranted against "hot spotting" failure on the outside enclosure for a period of not less than five(5)years. Rear wall shall incorporate burner observation sight glass. 3. The front wall shall be constructed of the same industrial grade materials as the rear wall described above. Total wall thickness shall be no less than seven (7) inches. Blanket or fiber wool insulated type front and rear walls are not acceptable. 4. Boiler inner casing shall be fabricated of not less than 11 gauge reinforced steel. Entire boiler casing shall be comprised of "bolt on" type panels. Each panel shall be independently insulated with a minimum of three (3) inches of 2400 deg. F fiber wool insulation. Each panel shall be easily removable and replaceable with standard hand tools. 5. Roof panels shall be constructed of not less than 11 gauge reinforced steel and insulated with not less than one (1) inch of high temperature insulating fiber board. Board shall be affixed to the roof panel by stud nails and 1 '/2" collar stays at four (4) inch seam intervals. Roof panel shall be supplied with a factory installed round flanged smoke outlet with top outlet position located on the centerline of the boiler at the rear. 6. Entire inner housing shall be fully sealed with industrial grade '/z" bolts, washers and nuts, at a maximum spacing or 8 inches and gaskets to insure that the products of combustion are contained within the boiler up to 5"w.c. pressure. FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 23 5233 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 7. Boiler outer jacket shall be constructed of 20 gauge insulated steel panels. Overall boiler inner / outer housing design shall allow for a two (2) inch insulating air space between the inner and outer panels. Outer panels shall be finished with a rust resistant, polyester paint impregnated powder coat finish. { 8. The overall heat losses through boiler housing and jacket panels shall not exceed 0.50% of maximum input rating. Outer skin temperatures of the jacket panels shall be no greater than 20 degrees Fahrenheit above ambient room temperature. 9. The combustion chamber shall be easily accessed via a ,hin ed tapered refractory burner g P rY plate (up to and including model 700HS) or through a rear access door (model 800HS and larger) for inspection and required maintenance. All boiler and jacket panels shall be easily removed and replaced, using only standard hand tools, for access to all boiler tube surfaces. F. Boiler Trim &Controls: 1. Shall comply with the requirements of ASME CSD-1 and FM(IRI)requirements. c 2. Safety relief valve(s) shall be in accordance with the appropriate ASME code and local requirements. i; 3. Boiler operating trim shall consist of not less than the following: A) Operating pressuretrol; t B) Modulating pressuretrol; { C) High limit pressuretrol,manual reset type; D) Independently mounted 4 ''/z"pressure gauge; E) Probe type Primary Low Water Cutoff, manual reset type; ( F) Combination Float Type Auxiliary Low Water Cutoff with automatic reset and on / off feed water pump control; Above listed boiler controls shall be factory piped and wired. Operating, Modulating and High Limit Controls shall be furnished as a flush mounted factory control package, model CPI-VI50HS by Unilux and affixed to the front of the boiler in plain view. All trim and control wiring shall be routed to the clearly marked strip in the panel. All trim and control wiring shall be housed in an approved casement. G. Burner: 1. Horizontal Burner Assembly: 1. Burner shall be a separate UL listed and approved assembly for burning [natural gas] [#2 Oil] [propane gas] as noted on the plans. Burner shall be mounted on the boiler assembly. Gas burners shall be equipped to fire on rate with a supply pressure of XX"W.C. FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 23 52 33 - 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 2. Burner shall be supplied and approved by boiler manufacturer for insertion and firing within boiler at maximum combustion efficiency without flame impingement while firing with a zero smoke rating. 3. For boilers less than 8000 MBH input, burner shall be mounted on a swing out style door for easy access to all fireside components. For boilers of 8000 MBH input and greater, burner shall be mounted directly to front wall of combustion chamber, with a supporting leg for burners extended weight. 4. Burner shall have a viewing port for observation of burner operation. 5. Fan shall be controlled to pre-purge and post-purge the combustion chamber before firing. 2. Gas Train: Control devices and [on-off] [low-high-low][full modulation] control sequence shall comply with requirements of ASME CSD-1. In addition to these requirements, include shutoff cock, pressure regulator, and control valve for incoming fuel supply pressures noted and for utility requirements having jurisdiction. 3. Pilot: Intermittent-electric-spark pilot ignition with 100 percent main-valve and pilot- safety shutoff with electronic supervision of burner flame. 1. Motors: Comply with requirements specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." H. Controls: 1. Refer to Section 230900 "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC." 2. Boiler operating controls shall include the following devices and features: 1. Control transformer 2. Temperature Adjustment: Operating temperature shall be adjustable. 3. Sequence of Operation: Upon activation by the Building Automation System, the boiler plant shall maintain water temperature as adjusted. 4. Include automatic, alternating-firing sequence for multiple boilers to ensure maximum system efficiency throughout the load range and to provide equal runtime for boilers. 3. Burner Operating Controls: To maintain safe operating conditions,burner safety controls limit burner operation. 1. Sequence of Operation: Electric controls and field-installed to control burner firing rate to maintain a constant steam pressure. Maintain pressure set point plus or minus 10 percent. 2. Alarm contacts: SPST N.O. Factory mounted on control panel shall close alarm for above conditions. FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 23 52 33 - 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 4. Building Automation System Interface: Factory install hardware and/or software to enable building automation system to monitor, control, and display boiler status and alarms. 1. Monitoring: On/off status,common trouble alarm, and low water level alarm 2. Control: On/off operation G 2.2 ELECTRICAL POWER A. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Electrical devices and connections are specified in electrical Sections. 2.3 CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS A. Heating Medium: Steam. B. Design Pressure and Temperature Ratings: 150 psig. C. Safety Relief Valve Setting: <Insert psig > D. Minimum Thermal Efficiency: 80.5%based upon Lower Heating Value(HHV)method. E. Minimum Combustion Efficiency: 81%based upon Lower Heating Value(HHV)method. F. Number of Passes: Five(5) G. Electrical Characteristics: 1. Volts: 460V. 2. Phase: Three. 3. Hertz: 60 4. Full-Load Amperes: 7.5 FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 23 52 33 - 8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Burner and Hydrostatic Test: Field adjust burner to eliminate excess oxygen, carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen emissions, and carbon monoxide in flue gas and to achieve combustion efficiency;perform hydrostatic test. B. Allow Owner access to source quality-control testing of boilers. Notify Architect 14 days in advance of testing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before boiler installation, examine roughing-in for concrete equipment bases, anchor-bolt sizes and locations, and piping and electrical connections to verify actual locations, sizes, and other conditions affecting boiler performance,maintenance, and operations. 1. Final boiler locations indicated on Drawings are approximate. Determine exact locations before roughing-in for piping and electrical connections. B. Examine mechanical spaces for suitable conditions where boilers will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 BOILER INSTALLATION A. Install boilers level on concrete base. Concrete materials and installation requirements are specified with concrete. B. Install gas-fired boilers according to NFPA 54. C. Install oil-fired boilers according to NFPA 31. D. Assemble and install boiler trim. E. Install electrical devices furnished with boiler but not specified to be factory mounted. F. Install control wiring to field-mounted electrical devices. FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 23 52 33 - 9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to boiler to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect gas piping as applicable to boiler gas-train inlet with union. Piping shall be at least full size of'gas train connection. Provide a reducer if required. D. Connect oil piping as applicable full size to burner inlet with shutoff valve and union. ( E. Connect steam and condensate piping to supply-, return-, and blowdown-boiler tappings with f shutoff valve and union or flange at each connection. F. Install piping from safety valves to drip-pan elbow to nearest floor drain. G. Install piping from equipment drain connection to nearest floor drain. Piping shall be at least full size of connection. Provide an isolation valve if required. ( H. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems I. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and ( Cables 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. t f 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. r B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Operational Test: Start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 1. Burner Test: Adjust burner to eliminate excess oxygen, carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen emissions, and carbon monoxide in flue gas and to achieve combustion efficiency. 2. Check and adjust initial operating set points and high- and low-limit safety set points of fuel supply,water level, and steam pressure. 3. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 23 52 33 - 10 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS D. Performance Tests: I. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect component assemblies and equipment installations, including connections, and to conduct performance testing. 2. Boilers shall comply with performance requirements indicated, as determined by field performance tests. Adjust,modify, or replace equipment in order to comply. 3. Perform field performance tests to determine the capacity and efficiency of the boilers. 1. For dual-fuel boilers, perform tests for each fuel. 2. Test for full capacity. 4. Repeat tests until results comply with requirements indicated. 5. Provide analysis equipment required to determine performance. 6. Provide temporary equipment and system modifications necessary to dissipate the heat produced during tests if building systems are not adequate. 7. Notify Architect in advance of test dates. 8. Document test results in a report and submit to Architect. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust,operate, and maintain boilers. END OF SECTION 235233 FLEX WATER TUBE BOILERS 23 52 33 - 11 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 53 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT MISCELLANEOUS STEAM EQUIPMENT PART1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS r A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly, unit dimensions, weight loading, required clearances, construction details, field connection details, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store,protect and handle products to site. B. Accept products on site in factory-fabricated protective containers, with factory-installed shipping skids and lifting lugs. Inspect for damage. r C. Store in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish. c i PART 2 -PRODUCTS t ( 2.1 BLOWDOWN SEPARATOR A. Furnish A.S.M.E stamped centrifugal blowdown separator, Wilson Engineering approved equivalent for the 2 boiler system. B. The separator shall be designed for a boiler operating at 100 PSIG, with a design pressure of 50 PSIG, a 150# flanged 1 1/2" inlet, a 150# flanged 5" vent, and a 150# flanged 4" drain. With required floor supports. r 2.2 BLOWDOWN AFTERCOOLER A. Furnish aftercooler complete with automatic control using a temperature regulating valve. The connections shall match the separator drain, shall be 150# flanged 4", and complete with a 1" 1 bulb well, 2" cold water supply inlet, and a ''/z' coupling for a thermometer. The automatic temperature regulating valve control package shall consist of the 2" regulating valve, check valve, strainer and thermometer. MISCELLANEOUS STEAM EQUIPMENT 23 53 13 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 2353 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT MISCELLANEOUS STEAM EQUIPMENT 2.3 BOILER FEEDWATER SYSTEM A. Receiver - Furnish and install one feedwater system, prefabricated atmospheric feed system, rated for 1,725 lbs/hr. The feed system shall be 24" diameter x 24" side sheet long and mounted vertically on a floor mounted stand. Approximately 100% of the load shall makeup at 60°F. The vessel shall have a 5" ID hand hole for easy inspection of all internal components and inspection of the unit. The entire unit shall be of the atmospheric with the steel interior. B. Makeup Assembly - Furnish a water makeup assembly with a capacity of 7 gpm at 40 psig inlet water supply pressure. The assembly shall consist of a properly sized electric solenoid control valve. The control valve shall have stainless steel trim and dead-end shutoff capability. Self- contained or external float cage type makeup assemblies are not acceptable. C. Feedwater Pumps -Furnish 2 feedwater system boiler feed pumps having a capacity of 6 gpm at 280' TDH. The pumps shall have a 250°F mechanical seal and shall be close-coupled to a 2 hp, 3650 rpm, 460 volt, three phase, 60 hertz, TEFC motor. The pumps shall not cavitate nor overload motor at any time during normal operation. The pumps shall have a low NPSH requirement, which shall not be exceeded at any time during normal operation. The contractor shall be required to submit details of pump construction, head-capacity curves and NPSH requirements of the pump. The pump suction shall have a shutoff valve, y-strainer, compression type coupling and suction piping. D. Accessories—All of the following accessories shall be provided as a minimum. 1. One 3" stainless steel gauge. 2. One ''/2"water gauge cocks, 5/8"red line glass and protector rods. - -3. One drain valve. E. Control Panel and Pump Controls - Furnish one mounted control panel with integral starters for each pump. Each starter shall be fused with three-leg overload protection, motor control switch and running light. The enclosure shall be of steel and exterior shall be phosphatized, double prime coated and finished with an oven-baked enamel. The panel shall be NEMA 1 construction, include all necessary components, disconnect, 120 volt, fused control circuit transformer, dual element fuses, numbered terminal block. The enclosure shall be a dead front design and require only one three-phase power supply connection. F. All of the above shall be factory pre-wired and tested in accordance with the provisions of the National Electric Code. G. All of the above shall be supplied by a single manufacturer for single source system responsibility. 2.4 WATER SOFTENER A. Furnish and install a twin alternating water softener to provide a zero soft water effluent as determined by an ASTM standard soap test method, when operated in accordance with operating instructions. Each unit shall be designed to provide 30,000 grains per tank maximum capacity of hardness reduction between regenerations at a maximum salt dosage of 290 lbs. salt. Each unit shall be capable of a continuous flow rate of 14 GPM with a pressure drop of 15 psi and a peak flow rate of 19 GPM with a pressure drop of 25 psi. MISCELLANEOUS STEAM EQUIPMENT 23 53 13 - 2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 53 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT MISCELLANEOUS STEAM EQUIPMENT B. The softener vessel shall be designed for a working pressure of 150 psi and a temperature of 120F. A minimum freeboard volume of 50% shall be provided to assure adequate bed expansion during backwash. Vessel(s) shall be manufactured of fiberglass reinforced polyester C (FRP). The exterior side shall be reinforced by a continuous roving glass filament overwrap of the same color as the vessel(s) shell. The vessel(s) shall be supported by a molded polypropylene structural base. C. The backwash distributor and soft water collector shall be of the hub-radial design and shall require only assembly of the riser pipe upon installation. The radials shall be designed with a higher density of slots at the outer ends to provide adequate distribution and collection of water away from the center of the tank. Internal piping material shall be constructed of PVC and/or ABS plastic. A washed gravel underbedding shall be provided as a support bed for the exchange media and an aid in backwashing. Systems under 180,000 grains and smaller shall have single point distributors. Systems 60,000 grains and smaller do not have gravel underbedding. D. Each softener vessel shall be provided with high-capacity, non-phenolic resin per tank having a minimum exchange of capacity of 30,000 grains per cubic foot when regenerated with 15 lbs. of y salt per cubic foot. The media shall be solid, of the proper particle size (not more than 4% through 40 mesh U.S. standard screen, wet screening) and shall contain no plates, shells, agglomerates or other shapes which might interfere with the normal function of the water ( softener. E. The combination salt storage and brine measuring tank with cover shall be sized to hold 290 lbs. of salt. The tank shall be of rotationally molded rigid polyethylene. The brine tank shall be equipped with an elevated salt plate for the collection of brine and shall have a chamber to house a brine valve assembly. The brine valve assembly shall include an automatic air eliminator and safety float shut-off valve. It shall open automatically, to educt brine close to ( prevent the entrance of air after the brine has been drawn, and permit refill of the tank with the correct amount of water. Brine dosage shall be controlled by the softener control valve through an adjustment on the clock timer. The system shall be designed to allow proper refilling E regardless of the salt level in the tank. F. The control valve shall have 1 inch inlet and outlet connections. It shall be mechanically actuated, four position type to accomplish the regeneration steps of backwash, brine draw/slow rinse, fast rinse and brine refill, all accomplished using soft water. The valve shall contain a fixed orifice eductor nozzle and self-adjusting backwash flow control. The main control body, ( second tank adapter and connector yoke shall be made of brass with plastic couplings, and ( copper connector pipes provided. Second tank, meter (and bypass if provided) shall be of the quick disconnect style. Regeneration and alteration shall be actuated by a mechanical drive. l G. The control timer shall have adjustable duration of the various steps in the regeneration cycle, shall allow for "pushbutton" start and also provide complete manual regeneration. Regenerations shall be initiated by volumetric meter. An arrow on the control valve shall indicate which position the control valve is in during regeneration. All steps of the regeneration { cycle shall be accomplished using soft water. H. Alternator — An alternator shall be supplied to allow only one unit to be in regeneration or standby at a time while the other unit is in service. This system shall provide a contrinuous supply of soft water. An arrow shall indicate which unit is in service. l MISCELLANEOUS STEAM EQUIPMENT 23 53 13 - 3 l CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 23 53 13 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT MISCELLANEOUS STEAM EQUIPMENT I. Volumetric Meter — A volumetric meter, mechanically coupled to the control valve, shall initiate regeneration. After a preset volume of treated water has passed through the softener, the meter timer shall initiate a regeneration. The control shall have previsions for individual setting or all regeneration cycles. The meter shall be attached to the control valve and have an outlet pipe the size of 1 inche. J. The water softening equipment shall be warranted against failure due to faulty materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year. In addition, the fiberglass reinforced pressure vessel(s)shall be warranted for a period of five(5)years PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT A. General: Install systems complete for proper and sequential operation of the equipment and controls. All installation shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the equipment,unless specified otherwise herein this specification. B. Provide steel shims and grouting by the Contractor as necessary to insure accurate leveling of equipment base plates. Concrete floors, foundations and pavement surfaces shall be scared, cleaned and wetted as necessary to insure binding of concrete bases. C. Level equipment on foundations using jacks or steel wedges. D. Fill all spaces between equipment base and concrete foundations solid with cement mortar END OF SECTION MISCELLANEOUS STEAM EQUIPMENT 23 53 13 - 4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 26 00 10— BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS A. The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. 1.02. SUMMARY A. The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26, 27 & 28 sections apply to all the electrical work. B. Coordinate electrical work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. C. Work Included: The Contractor shall perform all the Work required (including the furnishing of all supervision, labor, services, tools, materials and equipment and the performance of all operations and incidentals necessary) for a complete, safe and reliable electrical installation, adjusted, tested and ready for operation. The electrical work is generally described as follows: 1. Coordination and scheduling. 2. Demolition. 3. Grounding. 4. Wiring devices and special purpose receptacles. 5. Ancillary systems raceways, cable trays, boxes, etc. 6. Lighting fixtures. 7. Lighting controls and devices. 8. Branch circuit wiring system for lighting, outlets, equipment, etc. 9. Disconnecting means, switches, receptacles, motor starters, control devices, etc. (installation only if furnished with the equipment), and final power and line voltage (120 volt or greater) control connections to equipment and devices provided by the Owner, General Contractor or other Sub-Contractors, including the following: a. Plumbing systems equipment, line voltage control devices, etc.; b. Appliances & lab equipment. 10. Line voltage (120 volt or higher) control stations, devices, conduit, boxes, wiring, etc. (installation only if furnished with mechanical equipment). BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 11. Modification and expansion of the existing Communications System 12. Modification and expansion of the existing Paging system. 13. New Doorbell System 14. Modification and expansion of the existing Access Control System. 15. Modification and expansion of the existing fire detection and alarm system. 16. Supports. 17. Equipment backboards. 18. Pull strings and ropes. 19. Trenching and backfilling for underground electrical work, including that required by the utilities. 20. Cutting and patching, core drilling, etc. 21. Moisture, fire and dust stopping and sealing. 22. Temporary construction power & lighting. 23. Testing and completing. 24. Final cleaning. 25. Obtaining and paying for all required licenses, permits, inspections and fees, except the Owner will submit documents to the Washington State Dcpartmcnt of Labor & Industrics for their approval and pay their plan review fees. D. Work not included: The following electrical system related work will be provided by the Owner, General Contractor, other Subcontractors, or Systems Contractors working directly with the Owner: 1. Mechanical Contractor: Mechanical equipment and systems low voltage control wiring, conduits, devices, etc. See mechanical specification sections and schedule on drawings. 2. Mechanical Contractor: Mechanical equipment and systems line voltage control devices, etc (except, installation by Contractor). See mechanical specification sections and schedule on drawings. 1.03. EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Before submitting bid, examine existing site (and building or equipment) conditions to determine effect on execution of the electrical work and include costs in bid. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS B. Existing circuits indicated on the plan are based on what was shown on the original building construction drawings and may not be exactly how the actual construction was done. The contractor shall expect that some amount of circuit tracing to determine how the actual circuits are installed will be required. C. Damaged electrical and telecommunications (telephone, computer/data, television, fiber, copper, etc.) cables shall be replaced in their entirety. Splicing will not be allowed. D. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction to remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. 1.04. PLAN REVIEW AND PERMITS A. The Contractor shall submit complete sets of fire alarm system submittals as required to the ( City Arlington Marshal for approval and pay the plan review fees. B. The Contractor shall arrange for inspections and pay for all required licenses, permits, ( inspections and fees; except, the Owner will submit documents to the Washington State ( Department of Labor& Industries for their approval and pay their plan review fees. ( 1.05. DEFINITIONS A. The term "Contractor" used throughout Division 26 and all its sections of these specifications ( and on the electrical drawings shall be understood to mean the Electrical Contractor. All other work shall be called out by name. ( B. "Approved" means approved by the Architect. "For approval" means for the Architect's approval. C. "Furnish" means to supply and deliver to the Project, ready for installation and in operable t condition. ( D. "Install" means to incorporate in the work in final position, complete, anchored, connected, and in operable condition. E. "Provide" means furnish and install. t F. "Remove" means to remove the existing item indicated and all associated conduit, boxes, cables, etc. to their point of origin and/or destination; except, concealed conduits and flush boxes may be abandoned in place and/or re-used in the new installation. Cables shall be r removed and/or replaced. G. "Replace" means to remove the existing and add in lieu the new as indicated. t H. "As directed" means as directed by the Architect. I. "Concealed" means hidden from sight in trenches, walls, chases, ceilings, etc. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS J. "Exposed" means within sight; that is, not concealed as defined above, and installed on the surface of walls, ceilings, etc. K. "C.O." means conduit only; that is, without cable (except, provide pull string or rope). L. "F.O.I.C." means Furnished by Others (e.g. general contractor, other subcontractors, equipment suppliers, Owner, systems contractors working directly with the Owner, etc.), Installed by Contractor. M. "N.I.C." means Not in Contract. N. Definitions of all other terms, etc. are in accordance with AIA, ANSI, IEEE, IES, NEMA, etc. standard definitions. 1.06. DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS A. The electrical plan drawings are general in form and do not attempt to show complete details or list every item of the electrical systems, the building construction or the various equipment (new or existing); however, the routing of raceways and circuits, and the locations of equipment, devices, fixtures, etc. represent the desired finished arrangement; except, as governed by structural or mechanical conditions or obstructions. B. Existing circuits indicated on the plan are based on what was shown on the original building construction drawings and may not be exactly how the actual construction was done. C. Specifications are, in some cases, written in an abbreviated form. Words such as shall, shall be, the Contractor shall, and similar mandatory phrases are supplied by inference. D. Investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting the work. Refer to the architectural, structural and mechanical drawings, supplier shop drawings and submittals, etc. for additional details, equipment ratings, dimensions, location and swing of doors, location and size of partitions, cabinets, etc. and similar features. Verify all dimensions, equipment ratings, etc. with the actual before installation. Arrange the work accordingly. E. The intent of the drawings and specifications is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work; however, any item or detail not specifically mentioned in the specifications or shown on the drawings, but which is necessary to produce the intended results shall be included. F. The Contractor shall bring to the Engineer's attention any discrepancies, inconsistencies, conflicts, errors, or omissions within the Contract Documents, between the Contract Documents and field conditions, and any design and layout changes required due to specific equipment selection, etc. prior to equipment and material purchasing and installation. If Contractor purchases any equipment or materials and performs any construction activity, and it knows or reasonably should have known that the documents contain a discrepancy, inconsistency, conflict, error or omissions, corrective work shall be at the Contractor's expense. G. In the event that there are discrepancies between requirements shown on different sheets of the drawings or between the drawings and the specifications, the more restrictive of the requirements shall apply. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS F H. Verify all equipment and device locations with the Owner and Architect prior to rough-in. { I. Verify exposed raceway routing with the Owner, Architect and Engineer prior to rough-in. 1.07. SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Division 01, Section 01 33 00 Submittals. B. Submittals from the electrical contractor and each sub-contractor shall include a cover sheet indicating the company name, project manager name, and contact information for the f contractor. C. Forward all submittals to the Architect, together in a complete package, in electronic format as single .pdf files for each specification section. Submittals for individual products or incomplete submittals are not acceptable and will be returned without review. D. Submittals shall be grouped by specification section and shall be arranged in the same order in which they are found in the specifications to facilitate the review process. ( E. Re-submittals, when requested, shall be provided as complete and comprehensive for each ( specification section. Re-submittals for individual products or incomplete re-submittals are not acceptable and will be returned without review. F. Provide submittals for the equipment, boxes, devices, fixtures, special raceways, systems and ( their components, etc. as directed in the various sections of the specifications. G. Prepare detail layout drawings to a larger scale than the contract drawings in areas where the work is of sufficient complexity to warrant additional detailing. H. Submittal drawings shall be on standard size sheets no larger than the contract drawings. ( I. Submit M.S.D.S. (Manufacturer's Safety Data Sheets) for all chemicals or hazardous materials. ( All chemicals and hazardous materials to meet NIOSH Permissible Exposure Levels (P.E.L.) and OSHA Time Weighted Average (T.W.A.) requirements before commencing work. J. If requested by the Owner, provide samples of materials for evaluation. K. Submittals shall provide sufficient detail so compliance with the drawings and specifications can be ascertained. Clearly identify each item by manufacturer, brand, trade name, number, size, rating, or whatever other data is necessary to properly identify and review materials and equipment. Catalog pages containing more than one product shall be marked with arrows to indicate the proposed product. L. Obtain approval before purchasing any products. Items not in accordance with the drawings and specifications will be rejected. l M. The Contractor shall establish quantities, check drawings and data, verify space requirements, dimensions, and possible interferences prior to submittal. Submittals which indicate quantities i will not be reviewed by the Engineer for accuracy of quantity. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS N. The Architect and Engineer will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. O. Approval of submittals does not release the Contractor from a proper installation, compliance with the drawings, specifications, codes, standards, etc. or coordination of the work. P. Allow two weeks turnaround time for each submittal from the time of receipt at the engineer's office, except the engineer reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until the related submittals are received. 1.08. SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS APPROVAL A. Refer to Division 01, Section 01 25 00 Product Selection, Substitutions & Handling. B. During Bidding: 1. Substitutions for equipment and materials other than that specified will be considered if equal (or better and/or higher) in quality, ratings and function; and similar in type, style, size and appearance. 2. Submit written requests to Owner, Architect and Engineer. a. If received no later than 7 work days prior to Bid opening, requests will be considered, but not thereafter. b. Bidders will be informed by Addendum of any approved items. c. No responses will be provided for rejected items. 3. Requests shall be accompanied by complete specifications, samples, record or performance, certified tests by impartial, recognized laboratories, and other such information as required to clearly represent the proposed substitution. 4. Lighting fixture substitution requests shall include photometric data. 5. Final decisions as to quality and suitability of proposed substitutions rest solely with the Owner, Architect and Engineer, and will be based on proof submitted. 6. The cost of changes required in order to incorporate the proposed substitution, such as revisions to controls, raceways, wiring, openings, appurtenances, etc., shall be included in the bid. Any cost reduction resulting from substitutions shall benefit the Owner through a reduced bid. 7. When Owner, Architect and Engineer approve a proposed substitution, it is with the understanding that Bidder certifies that substitute articles or materials are equal to or better than those specified and that no exception is taken with any of the performance objectives, service or warranty requirements or features herein specified. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS C. After Bidding: 1. Substitute products requests will not be considered. 1.09. RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit record documents at completion of the project in accordance with the specific submittal requirements listed elsewhere in these documents. B. Provide "as-built" drawings in both full size reproducible form and in software form as AutoCAD .dwg type files. C. All record documents in software form shall be provided on a single CD-ROM. Include the necessary program(s) to read test results. Separate submittals for the various disciplines will not be accepted. 1.10. "AS BUILT" DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall continuously maintain a marked job set of as-built drawings as the work progresses, to indicate deviations from the original design, including change orders. Maintain records of all concealed wiring and of actual equipment, device, etc. locations. Provide dimensions from accepted reference lines as needed. The as-built drawings shall be kept on-site and available for inspection by the Owner. B. Include any detailed equipment, raceway, wiring, etc. diagrams and layouts prepared by Contractor or his subcontractors, suppliers, etc. C. At substantial completion, Contractor shall modify one complete set of reproducible copies, with all "as built' information and submit these drawings to the Owner for approval. Each sheet shall be marked "CORRECTED TO AS BUILT"; or, if there are no changes, drawings shall be marked "NO CHANGES, INSTALLATION PER PLAN". D. After approval, Contractor shall transfer all "as built' information from the marked job set and other information as appropriate to AutoCAD .dwg type files. (Consultant/Engineer will provide construction drawings AutoCAD files to contractor.) Utilize the layering scheme, font types, line types, title block, etc. provided in the AutoCAD drawing files. All drawings shall be noted as "As-Built" with a stamp and date. After adding the "as-built' information, return the AutoCAD files to the Consultant/Engineer for inclusion into the final project record set. E. "As-built' drawings for all portions of the work shall be combined into a single set matching the contract documents. Separate submittals for the various disciplines will not be accepted. 1.11. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Refer to Division 01, Section 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS B. Following installation of the electrical systems, but prior to acceptance of the work, Contractor shall submit to Architect one loose-leaf volume with information systematically segregated and indexed for easy reference to be reviewed by the Owner, Architect and Engineer. This submittal copy will be returned to the Contractor, and the material can be used in preparation of final volumes. After approval of preliminary copy, but prior to project completion, submit 3 finished copies. C. Format shall be 81/2" x 11" size with neat, clean copies, drawings (accordion folded), etc. Manuals shall have a typewritten index, and divider sheets with identification tabs between categories. Manuals shall be in hard cover 3 ring binders with titles permanently embossed on the cover face and the spine. The front of each volume shall be imprinted with the project name, title (e.g. "Electrical Equipment and Devices Operating Instructions and Maintenance Manual"), Owner, Architect, Electrical Engineer and Contractor. D. Manuals shall include: 1. Record documents (see above); except, full size reproducible bond paper copy of drawings to be provided separately. 2. Submittals, updated to "as built" conditions. 3. Lighting controls test reports. 4. Description of systems configuration and operation including component identification and interrelations, including diagrams and supplementary drawings where necessary. 5. Installation, operation, maintenance and programming manuals covering the installed systems, equipment and materials. 6. Maintenance instructions (frequency of service, type of service, etc.). 7. Parts lists for all equipment; including recording information, recommended spares and anticipated useful life. 8. Supplier's names, addresses, telephone and reference order numbers for all equipment and materials. 9. Warranties and Bonds. 10. Copies of final inspection certificates from the authorities having jurisdiction. E. Omit non-applicable data. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS r 1.12. WARRANTY A. The complete installation shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year after date of project completion. For warranty purposes, the date of project completion shall be considered the date of final acceptance of the installation by the Owner certified in writing, and after Owner has received all project close-out requirements. All corrective work, if needed and requested by the r Owner, shall be provided without cost to the Owner during the guarantee period. B. All corrective work performed by the Contractor in remedying defective work during the ( guarantee period following the Owner's acceptance of the project shall be subject to the same ( guarantee requirements of the original work for a period as specified from the date of completion of the corrective work. f C. Corrective work shall include on-site service by the Contractor, subcontractor or supplier (e.g. fire alarm and telecommunications systems), and/or nearest technical service representative of ( the equipment manufacturer. Service shall be provided within 24 hours from the time of request for warranty service by the Owner. l t 1.13. TRAINING/INSTRUCTION AND ASSISTANCE ( A. After the installation is complete and operating, and prior to acceptance of the work, conduct a minimum of a one (1) hour training/instruction period at the site for each type of system to point out locations of service and maintenance and instruct the Owner's in the operation of all systems and equipment. B. The person(s) who conduct these instructions and demonstrations shall be a qualified representative(s) of the manufacturer with substantial training and operating experience on this equipment and project, and shall be versed in the operating theory as well as practical ( operation and maintenance work. Instructor(s) shall have the necessary educational and interpersonal skills, as well as proven ability to effectively perform the training. Their qualifications shall be submitted to the Owner before conducting the instruction period. t C. Each period shall include preliminary discussion and presentation of information using the actual maintenance manuals required for this project. Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of readiness to conduct the instruction period. The actual time and date of instruction period shall be acceptable to the Owner and Engineer. { D. All training material shall be furnished and supplied by the Contractor. 1.14. QUALITY ASSURANCE i r A. The Contractor and Contractor's personnel shall be experienced, thoroughly trained and completely familiar with the systems, equipment, devices, fixtures, materials, etc. and the required methods of installation. B. The Contractor shall provide, upon request, after bid opening and prior to notice to proceed, a company resume including a list of project personnel with years of experience and qualifications/certifications, a list of similar projects completed within the past 5 years with contact information for the Owners and Engineers for each project and any other information BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS which may be pertinent to the project. If requested, the Contractor shall provide a similar resume for sub-contractors. C. The Contractor shall provide proof, upon request, that all personnel are licensed according to Washington State RCW19.28.161. D. All materials, equipment and workmanship shall be properly inspected by the Contractor and shall at all times be subject to inspection by the Owner, Architect and Engineer. Contractor shall provide all samples, data and documents necessary for such inspection. Owner, Architect and Engineer shall be afforded full and free access at the jobsite and the shops and places of business of the Contractor for such inspection and to determine the status of the work. If Contractor covers all or any part of the work prior to any inspection or test specifically requested by Owner, Architect and/or Engineer, the cost of any necessary uncovering and replacing shall be borne by the Contractor. E. Neither the failure to make inspections or tests, nor to discover defective workmanship, materials or equipment, shall prejudice the rights of the Owner, Architect or Engineer thereafter to reject the work and/or require its correction. F. The completed installation shall comply with the more stringent of the requirements of the drawings and specifications, the authorities having jurisdiction, and all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements in effect at the site, including current editions of the following: 1. NEC - National Electrical Code. 2 National Electrical Safety Code. 3. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Act (and its Washington State equivalent). 4. ADA- Americans with Disabilities Act (and its Washington State equivalent). 5. International Fire Code (and its Washington State equivalent). 6. International Building Code (and its Washington State equivalent). 7. Washington State Rules and Regulations for Installing Electrical Wires and Equipment (WAC 296-46). 8. Washington State Safety Standards for Electrical Workers (WAC 296-45). 9. Washington State Energy Code (WSEC). G. The following standards establish the minimum requirements for the equipment and installation, unless exceeded by the requirements of the drawings or specifications: 1. ANSI -American National Standards Institute. 2. BICSI — Building Industry Consulting Service International 3. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association. 4. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. 5. NEMA- National Electrical Manufacturers Association. 6. NEIS — National Electrical Installation Standards 7. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association. 8. NECA— National Electrical Contractors Association 9. EIA- Electronic Industries Association. 10. TIA- Telecommunications Industry Association. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-10 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS H. Nothing in the drawings or specifications shall be construed to direct or permit work not ( conforming to applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, requirements or standards. ( Discrepancies or conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Owner and Engineer promptly ( for resolution. ( I. The Owner and Engineer shall be advised prior to any inspection being requested. The Owner and Engineer shall be provided the opportunity to inspect the installation prior to wallboard, ceiling or finish installation. Any materials, equipment or workmanship that is not (in the opinion of the Owner, Engineer or Inspector) as it should be, shall be taken out and replaced without ( cost to the Owner. f ( PART 2 - PRODUCTS ( 2.01. GENERAL ( A. Coordinate the features of materials and equipment so they form an integrated system. B. Contractor shall make certain that all materials selected by him, his subcontractors or by his ( suppliers, conform exactly to requirements of the drawings and specifications. Transmittal of such specifications and drawing information to subcontractors, person manufacturing and/or supplying materials to the project, and rigid adherence thereto, is the Contractor's ( responsibility. C. All equipment, devices, luminaires, materials, etc. shall be UL (Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.) ( listed, labeled and approved for the service intended where UL standards have been ( established. If no UL label is available, the label of a testing agency or conformance to national E standards recognized and approved by the electrical inspector having jurisdiction is required. D. All equipment, devices, fixtures, materials, etc. shall be new and installed only if in first class condition. 1. Unless specifically designated as existing. 2. Existing raceways, boxes, etc. may be re-used if in "like new condition" and appropriate for the new installation. l E. All equipment, devices, etc. and their components shall be designed for continuous duty without degradation of function or performance. F. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Owner and Engineer in writing prior to bidding as early as possible to allow ample time for an t alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. 2.02. EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS A. Unless specifically noted otherwise, all references to manufacturer's or supplier's model numbers and other pertinent information herein is intended to establish minimum standards of performance, function and quality. l BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-11 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS B. All equipment, devices, materials, etc. shall be of a type manufactured by reputable recognized vendors. Each type or groups of items, system components, etc. having the same or similar function shall be the same manufacturer, make and quality throughout the facility. C. Approval of a manufacturer's name and/or type does not release the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials which comply in all details with requirements in the contract documents. 2.03. SPARE CAPACITY A. Unless sizes and/or quantities are specifically indicated, provide at least 20% spare wiring capacity in all cabinets, panels, cable trays and raceways. 2.04. ENCLOSURES A. Equipment, devices, luminaires, boxes, etc. located indoors shall have general purpose (NEMA 1) enclosures. B. Enclosures and boxes shall be fabricated from code gauge, or heavier, galvanized steel. Surface preparation and finish shall be manufacturer's standard unless noted otherwise. C. Include all necessary mounting, etc. accessories. 2.05. SUPPORTS AND CHANNEL A. Channel, framing members, etc. shall be 12 gauge steel, galvanized, 1% inch channel width with all necessary accessories. B. Beam clamps shall be steel, minimum 500 lb load rated. C. Threaded rod shall be steel, minimum 1/8 inch diameter. 2.06. ANCHORS AND FASTENERS A. Anchors and fasteners used shall be of a type designed for use in the base material to which the item is to be attached. Attach to wood with wood or lag screws, to metal with machine screws or bolts and to concrete with carbon steel wedge or sleeve type expansion anchors or self-drilling metal anchors and machine screws or bolts. B. Pad and floor mounted equipment shall be secured with suitable hot dipped galvanized steel anchor bolts, washers, hex nuts, etc. C. Powder actuated fasteners, plastic expansion type anchors, nails and toggle bolts are not permitted. D. Anchors shall be non-corrosive or have suitable corrosion resistant coatings or treatment_ BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-12 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS E. Bolts, nuts, screws and other threaded devices shall have standard threads and heads, unless required for tamper-proof installation. 2.07. IDENTIFICATION A. Provide nameplates for all equipment (e.g. switchboards, panels, disconnecting means, control panels, control stations, etc.) and other devices used for the control of circuits, equipment, etc. Nameplates shall adequately describe the function or operation of the identified equipment, devices, etc. and include the panel and circuit number(s) from which it is fed. Nameplate designations shall be consistent with the project documents. Submit proposed inscriptions for approval. { B. Provide nameplates for switchboards and panelboards to identify the system color coding scheme for phase and neutral conductors as required. t C. Definite purpose devices shall be labeled with a description of the device's function, rating and �. include the panel and circuit number(s) from which it is fed. ( D. All equipment and outlets shall be labeled with the panel and circuit number(s) from which it is ( fed. E. Spare, C.O., etc. conduits shall be labeled with their destination. F. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic, with lettering etched through the outer covering. Character size as appropriate for the application, approved by Engineer; '/4 inch except minimum 1/8 inch. Nameplates shall be securely fastened with suitable adhesive or self tapping screws. Character and background colors shall conform to the following system color code: Background. Char. System Black White Power& Lighting Orange White Essential Electrical Systems Red White Fire Alarm ( Blue White Security G. Identification tags shall be plastic, flexible type with a label. Identification tags shall be securely t fastened with cable ties. Tags shall be mounted so as to be clearly visible. H. Labels shall be heavy duty adhesive type, clear background with black letters on light colored devices and clear background with white letters on dark colored devices; except, labels on ( devices connected to the emergency power system shall have red letters. Lettering shall be appropriately sized for the application, '/4 inch except minimum 1/8 inch. Labels on ceiling mounted devices shall be large enough to read from the floor. Labels shall be as manufactured by Kroy, Brothers, or approved equal. Self-adhesive circuit numbers, masking tape, plastic punch type "Dymo" labels, etc. are not acceptable. 4 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-13 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. CONSTRUCTION/WIRING METHODS A. Wiring methods shall be as follows: 1. Feeders - EMT above grade. 2. Branch circuits - PVC conduit below grade and EMT above grade. 3. Telecommunications - PVC conduit below grade and EMT above grade; except, suitable cables run 'open" in accessible locations above t-bar ceilings. 4. Paging - PVC conduit below grade and EMT above grade; except, suitable cables run "open" in accessible locations above t-bar ceilings. 5. Fire alarm, access control, etc. - PVC conduit below grade and EMT above grade; except, suitable cables run 'open" in accessible locations above t-bar ceilings. B. All wire and cable shall be enclosed within the raceway system; except, 'open cable wiring" will be permitted for Class 2 signal and control, fire alarm, access control, paging, telecommunications, etc. cables approved for the purpose when run concealed in an accessible location above the ceilings or in the attic. C. Raceways and cables shall be run concealed in the walls (including within CMU and similar construction), soffits (new and existing), above the ceiling or below the floor unless indicated otherwise; except, exposed within utility rooms and other similar type spaces. Raceways may be run exposed within public spaces, classrooms, offices, and the like only where indicated and with prior approval of the Owner and Architect. Exposed raceways shall be run as neatly and unobtrusively as possible, to the approval of the Owner, Architect and Engineer. D. Equipment shall be surface mounted unless noted otherwise. E. Devices, etc. shall be flush mounted unless noted otherwise. 3.02. CONTRACTOR CONTROL AND SUPERVISION A. Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using its best skill and attention, and shall perform the work in a skillful manner. Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the work, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. Contractor shall disclose its means and methods of construction when requested by Owner. B. Performance of the work shall be directly supervised by a competent superintendent (and/or foreman) who is satisfactory to Owner and has authority to act for Contractor. The superintendent (and/or foreman) shall constantly supervise the work and check all materials prior to installation for conformance with the Contract Documents. The superintendent (and/or foreman) shall not be changed without the prior written consent of Owner. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-14 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS C. Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among Contractor's employees and other persons performing the Work. Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. Contractor's employees shall at all times conduct business in a manner which assures fair, equal, and nondiscriminatory treatment of all persons. D. Inappropriate activity or comments by Contractor, Contractor's employees and other persons performing the work will result in immediate removal from the site. 3.03. GENERAL A. The installation shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be suitable for the location. Conduit stub-ups, sleeves and ends left open for future connection, unused hubs in fittings and unused holes in boxes shall be plugged or capped to prevent the entrance of moisture and debris. B. For the actual fabrication, installation and testing use only persons thoroughly trained, experienced and completely familiar with the items required and with the manufacturers' recommended methods of installation. In acceptance or rejection of the work, no allowance will be made for lack of skill or experience. C. Circuits shall be run from equipment to equipment, outlet to outlet, luminaire to Iuminaire, device to device, etc. and all homeruns shall be run as shown on the drawings unless permission is obtained from the Engineer to alter the arrangement. D. Changes in location (e.g. equipment and devices up to 10 feet, trench and raceway routing, cable tray locations, etc.) made before installation and deviations to avoid interferences shall be made without increase in Contract Sum. E. The Contractor shall conduct operations in a manner to avoid the risk of bodily harm to persons or damage to any property. Construction equipment and tools shall be in good operating condition and be designed to perform the work required. The Contractor shall continuously inspect all work to discover any unsafe conditions and be solely responsible for their correction. F. Use all means necessary to protect the equipment and materials and the work, materials, etc. of the other trades before, during and after installation. Do all cutting carefully to prevent damage to the work. Correct lifting, jacking and/or moving methods shall be used. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner and Engineer without increase in Contract Sum. G. The Contractor shall provide all cutting, patching, core drilling, etc. as required for the work. Use only journeymen skilled in the necessary cutting or patching operation. Patching shall match adjacent work. Structural members shall not be cut without approval of the Architect. Where penetrations in structural members for conduits, cables, etc. are allowed, the holes shall be no larger than absolutely necessary. H. Contractor shall x-ray or otherwise determine the exact location of existing structural components, conduits, piping, wiring, ducts and the like prior to making any new penetrations or openings (or expanding existing openings) in any floor, wall or ceiling. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-15 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS I. The premises shall be kept free from the accumulation of rubbish and debris caused by the work. Dust, fibers, debris, etc. caused by the work shall be cleaned up immediately (prior to the worker leaving the area, room or space) and not tracked to other areas, rooms, spaces, etc. Cleanup shall be with a vacuum cleaner or similar provided with a proper HEPA filter. J. The Contractor shall provide all backboards, hangers, supports, chases, anchor bolts, inserts, sleeves and other openings in the construction required for the electrical work. K. The Contractor shall move existing equipment, furniture, bookcases, boxes, miscellaneous (office, storage, maintenance, etc.) objects and materials, and other building furnishings, attached or unattached, as required to perform the work, including returning the items to their original location in their original condition. L. The Contractor shall remove and re-install suspended ceilings, as required for installation of new raceways and cables. Damaged ceiling tiles shall be replaced by the contractor. M. Wall, ceiling and floor penetrations by raceways (both inside and outside the raceway), cables, etc. shall be sealed to maintain the original moisture, dust and fire resistance to the approval of the Architect. 3.04. PROTECTION OF PERSONS, FACILITIES & UTILITIES A. Provide devices and methods and proceed with sufficient caution to preclude damaging any facilities, utilities (e.g. power, water, sewer, natural gas, telecommunications, etc.) or similar, above ground or underground, concealed or exposed, known or unknown, located or not located. In the event unidentified utilities are encountered, notify the utility, Owner and Engineer. 3.05. COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work and cooperate with the Owner, other trades and System Contractors to have the work completed to the best advantage, insure there are no interferences, provide reasonable opportunity for the other trades and Contractors to complete their work and to not delay the work. B. Work under this project will be undertaken with the facility in full operation. C. Contractor shall coordinate work to avoid disturbance to building operations and personnel, and to allow access for both persons to and within all portions of the facility and vehicles to the facility. Access to office spaces, classrooms, etc. will not be allowed when they are occupied. (Note that the offices, classrooms, etc. in areas other than the remodeled area will be occupied and in full operation.) Contractor shall coordinate and schedule with Owner's representative, department heads and the occupants of the individual space a minimum of fourteen (14) days in advance and re-confirmed a minimum of 48 hours in advance, or as mutually agreed upon with Owner, to determine dates and times that access to the Contractor will be allowed. D. Work in private offices, computer rooms, classrooms and the like shall only be done with the occupant's approval and at his or her convenience. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-16 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS E. Any and all costs incurred for non-standard hours, double-shifts, overtime, etc. or any other costs associated with completing the project within the completion times required shall be included without increase in contract sum. 3.06. TEMPORARY POWER A. The Contractor shall provide all temporary power services, facilities, equipment, devices, material, etc. required for the construction; including adequate lighting, outlets, balancing, testing, etc. as may be necessary for the proper performance and inspection of the work. B. Electrical power at 120 volts, 1 phase for operation of lighting, small power construction tools and light-duty equipment may be obtained from the existing buildings, free of utility costs. During power interruptions, and if Contractor's equipment will not operate on the available power, the contractor shall supply all equipment needed, such as transformer(s), generator(s), etc. and pay all costs involved. C. The temporary power system shall be provided in a neat and safe manner, in compliance with governing codes and good working practice. D. The temporary power system shall be removed when no longer required. 3.07. DEMOLITION A. Where existing walls and ceilings are to remain, Contractor shall remove all items indicated to be removed, and all associated equipment, devices, raceways, boxes, cables, etc. back to their point of origin and/or destination; except, concealed conduits & boxes may be abandoned in place and/or existing conduits and boxes my be re-used if in good condition and appropriate for the new installation, at the option of the Contractor. B. Existing cables shall be removed or replaced. Provide pull strings in existing conduits being abandoned in place. Existing below grade conduits shall be cut off and capped flush with the floor. Existing concealed boxes shall be provided with suitable blank covers and/or wallplates. C. Label the ends of conduits abandoned in place with origin and destination description, and note locations on the as-built drawings. D. Where existing equipment, fixtures, devices, etc. are indicated to be replaced, remove and dispose of the existing and provide new in its place. E. For all items indicated as to be removed or re-wired, Contractor shall remove all associated conduit, boxes, cables, etc. back to their point of origin &/or destination; except, concealed conduits & boxes may be abandoned in place &/or existing conduits & boxes may be re-used if in good condition & appropriate for the new installation, at the option of the Contractor. Existing cables shall be removed or replaced. F. Existing equipment, fixtures, devices, etc. to remain shall be protected as required during demolition and construction. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and/or replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner and Engineer without increase in Contract Sum. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-17 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS G. Existing equipment, fixtures, devices, etc. to be re-used in the new work shall be removed carefully, and protected as required during demolition and construction. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and/or replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and Engineer without increase in Contract Sum. H. Items not indicated shall remain "as is"; except, shall be re-connected as required if its circuit is interrupted during the demolition. I. Holes, openings, etc. where existing raceways, cables, boxes, outlets, etc. are removed and not replaced shall be patched to match adjacent surface. J. All surplus materials removed during the demolition shall be inspected by the Owner and those items selected shall remain the property of the Owner. All remaining surplus materials shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the Contractor without increase in Contract Sum. 3.08. INTERRUPTIONS A. Power, fire alarm, telecommunications and other systems interruptions, whether to individual equipment or to the entire system, shall not be done without prior approval and scheduling with the Owner. Power, fire alarm and/or telecommunications interruptions required to facilitate construction work and that affect operation of the existing facility shall not be done during normal working hours. Some working of non-standard or longer than standard hours will be required, without increase in Contract Sum. B. Shutdowns will not be allowed to extend beyond the time Contractors personnel are present. 3.09. LOCATIONS A. Locations and mounting heights of equipment, devices, etc. shall be consistent, and in accordance with the requirements of NFPA, ADA and the authority having jurisdiction. B. Devices and associated wallplates shall be located so as to not span different types of building finishes. C. Prior to rough-in, the Contractor shall mark or otherwise show the location of all equipment and devices, and the proposed routing of raceways. Obtain specific approval for the location of each from the Owner, Architect and Engineer before rough-in. D. Changes in location (e.g. equipment and devices up to 10 feet, trench and conduit routing, etc.) made before installation and deviations to avoid interferences shall be made without increase in Contract Sum. 3.10. EQUIPMENT, LUMINAIRES AND DEVICES A. Equipment, luminaires, devices, etc. shall be installed plumb and true, and shall be square with the adjacent walls, ceilings, structural members and other equipment; in a horizontal or vertical position as intended. The location of similar items shall be consistent. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-18 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS B. Equipment, cabinets, boxes, fixtures, devices, etc. shall be accurately mounted and leveled and be firmly supported either directly or indirectly by a sound and safe structural member of the building in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, or as directed. Supports shall be neatly placed and properly fastened. In addition to the weight of the equipment or material, allowance shall be made for vibration (e.g. motors and fans) and variable and/or shock loading from internal or external forces (e.g. operation of disconnect switches or circuit breakers). C. The correct lifting,jacking and/or moving gear which will prevent damage shall be used. D. All bolts, nuts, screws and other fastenings shall be tightened in accordance with manufacturers or listing instructions and all covers replaced on equipment and boxes. All electrical connections, particularly those on bus work in panelboards, etc. shall be checked to ensure tightness and electrical conductivity. E. Follow manufacturer's installation details wherever available. Provide supports, boxes, mountings, wiring, fittings, etc. as required, standard or special. Wherever any conflict arises between manufacturer's instructions, codes and regulations, and these Contract Documents, follow Owner's decision. F. Following installation, protect materials and equipment from corrosion, condensation, physical damage, and the effects of moisture. Keep openings in boxes or equipment closed when work is not being done in them during construction. G. Provide gaskets, seals, etc. as required to prevent the entrance of moisture, debris, insects, etc. Check for proper fit. 3.11. SUPPORTS A. Provide all necessary supports, anchors, fasteners, and backing for all raceways, cable trays, cable racks, boxes, enclosures, fixtures and equipment. B. Hangers and supports shall be made from standard structural shapes and hardware or systems of shapes, fittings and hardware designed for the purpose. C. Hangers and supports shall be adequately and safely attached to the building structure. Equipment or materials to be supported shall be securely fastened to the supporting means. Use size and number of attachments as required for a safety factor of at least four. In addition to the weight of the material, consideration shall be given to the weight of the support itself, the weight of materials within, vibration, external operational forces, shock load, etc. D. Attach to wood with wood or lag screws, to metal with machine screws or bolts and to concrete with carbon steel wedge or sleeve type expansion anchors or self-drilling metal anchors and machine screws or bolts. 3.12. CORROSION PROTECTION A. All material and equipment shall have corrosion protection suitable for the atmosphere in which they are installed. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-19 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS B. Maintain the integrity of factory provided corrosion protection. Repair damaged corrosion protection and touch-up paint all scratched, marred or damaged factory finish on equipment, devices, luminaires, enclosures, etc.; per manufacturer's instructions where available. C. Paint field cuts with a suitable cold galvanizing compound. 3.13. APPROVALS A. Prior to rough-in, the Contractor shall mark or otherwise show the location of all equipment and devices, and the proposed routing of raceways, cables, etc. Obtain specific approval for the location of each from the Owner, Architect and Engineer before rough-in. B. Prior to beginning installation of cables, obtain approval of concealed raceway installation from the Owner, Architect and Engineer. C. Prior to beginning installation of cables, obtain approval of the raceway installation from the Owner, Architect and Engineer. 3.14. CLEANING A. Remove trash, combustible material, and other debris from electrical rooms and areas around equipment. B. Remove shipping materials, supports, spacers, etc. from equipment, devices, etc. C. Remove all debris from equipment, devices, etc. including all scraps of wire, metal shavings, plaster, dust, and other foreign material. D. The top sides and interiors of all equipment and enclosures shall be vacuumed clean. E. The exterior of all equipment and enclosures shall be wiped down with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth or soft bristled brush. F. Clean screens, louvers, baffles, etc. covering ventilation openings to ensure they are clear. G. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. H. Touch up scratches to match original finish. I. Remove all traces of soil, dirt, dust, smudges, fingerprints and other foreign matter from visible surfaces of equipment, devices, luminaires, etc. Pay close attention to highly finished surfaces such as glass and polished metals. Wipe lamps clean. J. Maintain adequate ventilation during cleaning. K. Follow manufacturer's instructions. Failure to follow manufacturer's recommendations when cleaning equipment can result in damage from the use of improper cleaning methods or agents. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-20 i CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 3.15. VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION A. Verify that all equipment and their components are sized properly for the load and the types, sizes, etc. are in accordance with the contract documents, approved submittals, etc. f B. Visually inspect equipment for physical damage. Repair physical damage, if practical and r approved by the manufacturer. Consult Owner, Engineer and manufacturer for recommendations for suitable protective barriers to prevent future damage. r C. Inspect molded and formed equipment and components (e.g. circuit breaker cases, fuses, f starters, relays, insulators, supports, etc.) for cracks or other defects. D. Check all bolts, connections, cable terminations, etc. for tightness using a calibrated torque wrench or screwdriver. Refer to manufacturer's instructions and markings for proper torque values. E. Visually check the equipment, its components and associated raceways, conductors, etc. for f proper grounding and bonding. Ensure that grounding and bonding terminal bars, bus bars, straps, and conductors are properly connected. F. Verify that cables do not contact live parts and that cables are properly secured to withstand r the effects of fault currents. G. Check equipment anchorage, mounting, clearances, alignment and fit of components. H. Check that phase barriers are in place, if applicable. I. Operate equipment and components (e.g. disconnect switches, circuit breakers, etc.) to insure C smooth operation. J. Compare all circuits (internal and external) with wiring and/or control diagrams to verify they are ( installed correctly. K. Confirm that equipment nameplates and safety labels are provided. 3.16. TESTING A. The Contractor shall perform all tests required in the various sections of the specifications and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Record test results and include in t operation and maintenance manuals. c B. The Owner and Engineer shall be notified one week prior to any testing so that the testing may be witnessed. C. All testing shall be performed by personnel that are trained in the specific task to be performed D. Do not proceed with tests until previously identified deficiencies are corrected. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-21 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS E. Test equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Maintain test results for future comparisons. Include in operation and maintenance manuals. F. Upon completion, all equipment and systems shall be tested for functional operation, including all intended modes and sequences of operation. G. Readings of the voltage and amperage shall be taken on each phase at each panelboard and at the end of the longest branch circuit at no load and full load conditions. H. All systems shall test free from shorts and grounds and shall be without mechanical and electrical defects. If any test indicates a failure, in the opinion of the Engineer; the item shall be replaced or suitably repaired to the approval of the Owner, Architect and Engineer, and the test repeated without additional cost to the Owner. 3.17. ENERGIZING A. Energize equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. The Owner, Engineer and other affected personal shall be notified one week prior to energizing so that the energizing may be witnessed. C. Energize equipment, feeders, circuits, etc. from the source end and working to the load. Close main devices, feeder devices, motor/branch circuit devices, etc. in sequence. D. Verify all temporary grounding, etc. connections are removed prior to energizing. E. Verify that all load disconnecting, etc. devices are open, padlocked and tagged prior to energizing. F. After energization, equipment shall be observed for unusual conditions such as vibration, noise, excessive temperature rise, etc. 3.18. CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT A. As a requirement for substantial completion of the Work, the Contractor shall thoroughly check the installation. Checking shall consist of visual inspection and manual adjustment to confirm correct installation and arrangement and to assure the intended function, response and operability. Checking shall include, as a minimum, the following: 1. Check that equipment, devices, etc. are of the correct type and rating. 2. Check that all raceways, fittings, devices, boxes, enclosures, etc. are secure and that all conduit connections are tight. 3. Check that all electrical connections are correctly tightened. 4. Check that equipment, devices, panelboard circuit directories, etc. are correctly labeled. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-22 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 00 10 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 5. Check that equipment, fixtures, devices, etc. are clean with all unnecessary labels removed. B. As a requirement for substantial completion of the Work, the Contractor shall: 1. Obtain final inspections from the authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Perform final cleaning. 3. Submit approved "As Built" Drawings, Record Documents, Test Records, Manuals, etc. 4. Submit written warranty statements for equipment, materials and installation. 5. Conduct system tests. C. After the requirements for substantial completion have been met, the contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing that the Work is substantially complete. The Engineer will then perform a final inspection of the installation and issue a "punchlist" for final completion. D. The Contractor shall complete the work on the punchlist or provide written explanation for not completing the work. The punchlist shall be signed by the contractor and returned to the Engineer when complete. E. The Engineer will re-inspect the Work to verify that all the items have been completed- F. The above process shall be completed a single time for the project. If additional punchlist and inspection cycles are required to be completed due to the contractors failure to complete items on the punchlist, the contractor will be backcharged for the Engineer's additional services on time and material basis through the construction contract. G. Subsequent to final completion and testing operations, instruct Owner's authorized representatives as required in operation, adjustment and maintenance of equipment and systems. End of Section 26 00 10 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 00 10-23 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 00—COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS A. The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. 1.02. SUMMARY A. The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26, 27 and 28 Sections apply to all the electrical work. B. Coordinate electrical work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. C. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work as herein specified or called for on the drawings. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results. D. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing as early as possible to allow ample time for an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. RACEWAYS A. Raceways, where required, shall be of the types listed below, unless noted otherwise: 1. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)— above grade, except as noted below. 2. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) — Concealed above grade and exposed in Utility Rooms and other Non-Public Areas not readily visible to building occupants, except as noted below. 3. Flexible Metal Conduit (FLEX) - final connections to vibrating equipment and for fixture whips. Also, FLEX may be substituted for EMT for branch circuits between wiring devices and boxes concealed inside frame walls and ceilings. FLEX shall not be used for any conduit runs longer than 6 feet in length, homeruns, conduit stub-ups into accessible ceiling spaces, nor for any exposed or surface conduit runs except as final connections to vibrating equipment. 4. Type MC Cable may not be used. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL B. Raceways shall be sized so that the cable fill does not exceed 40%; except, minimum conduit sizes shall be as follows: 1. 1/2 inch - runs with 3 or fewer#12, or smaller; except flex shall be minimum 3/4 inch. 2. 3/4 inch — above grade branch circuits, ancillary systems circuits or similar, except as noted below. 3. 1 inch —telecommunications circuits terminating in a single outlet. 4. 3/8 inch -fixture whips furnished by the manufacturer with the fixtures. C. Electrical metallic tubing shall be electro-galvanized steel. D. Flexible metal conduit shall be helically wound galvanized steel, type FMC; except outdoors, liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall have a liquidtight, non-metallic, sunlight-resistant jacket over a flexible galvanized steel metal core, type LFMC. Flexible conduit connections shall be a minimum of 18 inches long. E. Conduit elbow radius and bends in conduits 2 inch diameter and smaller shall be not less than 6 times the conduit diameter and radius bends in larger conduits shall be not less than 10 times the conduit diameter. 2.02. TELECOMMUNICATIONS WALL SLEEVE A. Telecommunications wall sleeves shall be 3" x 3" metallic wireways (sized to match the required raceways) which contain an intumescent insert material that adjusts automatically to cable additions or subtractions, Specified Technologies EZ Path, 3M Fire Barrier Pass- Through, or approved equal. Provide suitable wall brackets, gang kits, mounting hardware, etc. as required. 2.03. RACEWAY FITTINGS A. Fittings for steel conduit shall be steel, galvanized or cadmium plated, threaded type. Couplings shall be galvanized steel. Locknuts and bushings shall be galvanized steel. B. Connectors, couplings, etc. for EMT shall be steel set-screw type; except, steel raintight compression type in potentially wet or damp locations (e.g. outdoors). C. Fittings for flexible metal conduit shall be of a type specifically designed for the purpose. D. Fittings for nonmetallic conduits shall be of same manufacturer and material as the conduit. E. "Open" ends of spare conduits terminating in vaults and in telecommunications rooms shall be sealed with expandable plugs to prevent movement of air and water between spaces. Plugs shall be water and gas tight, with high-impact plastic components, elastic expandable gaskets and pull rope eyelet. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL F. Conduit terminations at equipment, etc. shall be suitably sealed and/or plugged at both ends to prevent the entrance of moisture. Spare, c.o., etc. conduits shall be provided with removable gasketed covers at the high end to prevent the flow of moisture from one box to another. G. "Open" end of ancillary, telecommunications, spare, c.o., etc. conduits shall be provided with insulated bushings. H. Provide approved properly bonded expansion fittings (capable of expansion and contraction as required), deflection couplings, etc. wherever conduits pass over or through joints or other locations where raceways may be affected by dissimilar movements of the supporting structure. 2.04. BOXES A. The use of exposed boxes in areas readily visible to building occupants shall be kept to a minimum. Except in telecommunications raceways, use conduit outlet bodies (e.g. T, LB, LR, etc.) at conduit intersections unless specifically noted or approved otherwise. B. Boxes shall accommodate any devices to be installed and shall be sized as required by the applicable codes for number and size of conduits and cables entering and leaving; except minimum as noted below. C. Indoor boxes above grade in dry locations shall be standard stamped galvanized steel type, suitable for embedment in concrete and/or masonry where required. D. Unless noted otherwise, larger size pull and junction boxes shall be fabricated from code gauge galvanized steel. E. Unless noted otherwise, larger size pull, splice and terminal boxes shall be fabricated from code gauge galvanized steel, with full access screw type cover unless noted otherwise. Sizes shall be as required, except minimum as indicated. Terminal boxes shall be provided with power distribution type terminal blocks, with main and branch lugs sizes and quantities as required. F. Switch, power outlet, device, etc. boxes shall be single or ganged to accommodate the required number of devices; except, flush mounted boxes shall be minimum 4 inches square for conduits 1 inch or less and 411/16 inches square for larger conduits. Boxes containing a single device shall be minimum 11/2 inches deep. Boxes containing multiple devices shall be minimum 21/8 inches deep. Flush mounted boxes shall be equipped with plaster rings and suitable wallplates. Surface mounted boxes shall have raised surface type covers. G. Telecommunications, etc. outlet boxes shall be minimum 4 11/16 inch square by 21/8 inches deep, equipped with single-gang plaster rings and proper wallplates. Provide a 1 inch EMT conduit up to an accessible location above the ceiling or to the telephone terminal board from each outlet box unless noted otherwise. H. Junction and pull boxes shall be sized as required by the NEC except the minimum size shall be 4 inch, square or octagonal as required, by 11/2 inches deep. Junction and pull boxes shall have full-access screw covers. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL I. Ancillary systems (e.g. fire alarm, security, etc.) outlet, device, junction, etc. boxes shall be in accordance with the requirements of the respective supplier; except, minimum as specified above. J. Boxes shall be equipped with mud rings where required and proper wallplates and/or covers. K. Unused flush mounted boxes, including existing abandoned in place, shall have blank wallplates or ceiling box type covers. Color shall match existing surface paint color as close as possible with manufacturer's standard colors. L. Openings in boxes, etc. through which cables are intended to pass shall be provided with suitable nonmetallic grommets. M. Device, junction, etc. boxes (other than the surface raceway type) for fire alarm systems shall be substantially red in color, both inside and outside. N. Device, junction, etc. boxes (other than the surface raceway type) for essential electrical systems shall be substantially orange in color, both inside and outside. 2.05. WIRE AND CABLE A. Wire and cable sizes indicated and/or specified are minimums only and shall be increased as required due to NEC, system, load, voltage drop, etc. requirements. B. All wire and cable (power, control, ancillary systems, etc.) shall be suitable for wet or dry locations, in conduit, above ground and underground. C. Branch circuit cable, above grade feeder cable and equipment ground cable, where run in raceways, shall be single conductor copper with 600 volt type XHHW or THWN/THHN insulation. The minimum conductor size shall be #12 AWG; except, fixture whips provided as an assembly by the fixture manufacturer with the fixtures may be #14 AWG. Conductors shall be stranded, except #12 AWG lighting and general purpose receptacle branch circuit conductors may be solid. D. Cords shall be multi-conductor stranded copper with a green insulated grounding conductor, 600 volt type SO insulation and an overall neoprene jacket. The minimum conductor size shall be #14 AWG. E. Fixture cable, where supplied by the Contractor, shall be stranded copper with 600 volt type PF insulation. F. See section 27 05 00 for Communications System cables. G. See Section 27 43 00 for Paging System cables. H. See Section 28 16 00 for Access Control System cables. I. See Section 28 31 00 for Fire Detection &Alarm System cables. J. Color coding for power cable shall be as follows: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 1. 480Y/277 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire: Phase A = brown, B = orange, C = yellow, N = gray; 2. 208Y/120 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire: Phase A = black, B = red, C = blue, N = white; 3. Equipment ground cables shall be green. 4. Switch legs shall be the same color as the phase conductors. Switch travelers shall be purple. K. Cable pulling lubricants shall be gel type, of the best quality and shall not have any damaging effect on the insulation. (Ideal Yellow 77 is not approved.) 2.06. CABLE SUPPORTS A. Cable ties shall be utilized in panelboards, etc. to group and support conductors. Multi-wire branch circuits shall be grouped together as required. All cable shall be fanned-out to terminals and identified by labels; or, if terminated on circuit breakers or control devices, by typewritten indexes or nameplates. 2.07. CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS A. Taps and splices shall be kept to a minimum. B. Taps and splices in #8 AWG, and smaller, branch and fire alarm circuit cable shall be made with twist-on spring type wire nuts. Taps and splices in ancillary systems cables, larger branch circuit cables, feeder cables, control cables, etc. or below grade will not be allowed without specific approval from the Engineer. C. Taps and splices in #8 AWG and larger cable, where allowed, shall be made with proper size squeeze-type copper compression tap and splice connectors. (Mechanical set-screw type connectors will not be allowed.) Wrap completely with suitable electrical insulating tape or shrink-wrap in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. RACEWAYS A. Raceways shall be run concealed in the walls (including within CMU and similar construction), soffits (new and existing), above the ceiling or below the floor unless indicated otherwise; except, exposed within utility rooms and other similar type spaces. Raceways may be run exposed within public spaces, classrooms, offices, and the Ilke only where Indicated and with prior approval of the Owner and Architect. Exposed raceways shall be run as neatly and unobtrusively as possible, to the approval of the Owner, Architect and Engineer. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 5 f� CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 05 00 ( SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL B. Raceways shall be installed straight, plumb and true and shall be without kinks or sags. ( C. Exposed raceway runs shall be either parallel or at right angles to walls and structural members, as neatly and unobtrusively as possible (e.g. adjacent to window and door trims and base, at wall/wall or wall/ceiling intersections, etc.). Exposed parallel or banked raceways shall be run together. D. PVC conduit shall be solvent welded to prevent the entrance of moisture. r E. Junction boxes mounted above accessible ceilings shall be within 42 inches of the ceiling and shall have a minimum 12 inch clearance in front of the box. ( F. Raceways shall be located to not interfere with the removal of pipes or equipment for ( maintenance or repair. All raceways shall be kept a minimum of 6 inches away from items producing heat. ( G. Above grade raceways, fittings, etc. shall be securely supported from permanent structural members of building, either directly or indirectly. Raceways shall be fastened at intervals of 8 feet, nominally, and within 36 inches of each outlet, fitting, panel, etc. Caddy clips or wire ties ( using not less than No. 14 wire and "ladder-ties" which will prevent displacement, may be used only for concealed runs of EMT or GRS to 11/2 inch. Single runs of exposed conduit shall be supported with steel pipe straps. ( ( H. Raceways, cable trays, etc. shall not be supported from ducts, plumbing or other piping or from other raceways. Support raceways, cable trays, etc. only from building structural elements. ( I. Bends in raceways shall be made without flattening, kinking or reducing the cross-sectional area of the raceway. Bends in parallel or banked runs shall be made from the same center line so that the bends are parallel. { J. Bends or intersections in telecommunications cable tray shall be full radius style, made without flattening, kinking or reducing the cross-sectional area of the cable tray. K. All raceway cuts shall be made square with a proper cutting tool. The inside and outside of all ( raceway ends shall be reamed after cutting and/or threading to eliminate burrs and rough edges, then wiped clean. Joints shall be cut square and shall butt solidly into couplings. ( Running threads will not be permitted. L. Raceways shall be closely and tightly fitted in couplings, connectors, boxes, etc. to provide an ti. electrically continuous low resistance ground fault return path. Threaded joints shall be made up with at least 5 threads fully engaged. M. The raceway systems shall be complete (including the installation of bushings, grommets, etc.), 1 snaked and cleaned, and approval of the installation is obtained from the Owner and Engineer, before installation of any wallboard where the raceway is concealed in walls and above ceilings. t COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 3.02. LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Junction boxes concealed in ceiling spaces and exposed in electrical, mechanical, utility rooms, and the like shall be marked with the panel and circuit numbers contained within. Marking shall be legibly hand-written with black indelible ink marker. B. In each junction and pull box, neutral conductors shall be grouped with associated phase conductors by taping the conductors together. C. Interior spare, C.O., etc. conduits shall be labeled with their destination. Labeling shall be made by neatly hand writing on the conduits or enclosures with indelible marker. D. Color coding for power cable shall be as follows: 1. 480Y/277 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire: Pf iase A = bi own, B = of tinge, C = yellow, N = gr ay; 2. 208Y/120 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire: Phase A = black, B = red, C = blue, N = white; 3. Equipment ground cables shall be green. 4. Switch legs shall be the same color as the phase conductors. Switch travelers shall be purple. 3.03. BOXES A. Boxes shall be installed plumb and true and be firmly supported either directly or indirectly by a sound and safe structural member of the building with approved anchors and fasteners, and shall be readily accessible for maintenance. B. Pull boxes or fittings shall be provided in conduit runs as required to prevent excessive stress on the cables during pulling and to allow the minimum required bending radius. C. Where an accessible ceiling space exists, locate above the ceiling; otherwise locate in an unobtrusive location to the approval of the Architect, Engineer and Owner. D. Pull boxes shall be provided at the transition between the surface metal raceway system and conduit or "open" cabling system. Where an accessible ceiling space exists, locate above the ceiling; otherwise locate in an unobtrusive location against the ceiling. E. Flush mounted switch, outlet, etc. boxes in common non-fire rated walls and facing into different rooms shall be offset a minimum of 6 inches to minimize sound transmission between rooms. Flush mounted switch, outlet, etc. boxes in common rated fire resistive walls and facing into different rooms shall be offset a minimum of 24 inches. Boxes mounted back-to-back will not be allowed. Raceways between boxes in adjoining rooms shall be filled as required to maintain the fire rating (where required) and minimize sound and dust transmission between rooms. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 -7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 3.04. WIRE AND CABLE A. All wire and cable shall be enclosed within the raceway system; except: 1. "Open cable wiring" approved for the purpose shall be permitted for Class 2 signal and control circuits, fire alarm system cable, telecommunications cable, etc. when run concealed in an accessible location above the ceilings. 2. Class 2 signal and control circuits, fire alarm system cable, telecommunications cable, etc. may be (or shall be where indicated) "fished" inside existing frame walls not being replaced or re-finished. Fished cables shall be provided with a suitable pull string, accessible at both ends. B. Floor and ceiling penetrations by "open" cables will not be allowed. Provide conduit sleeves, minimum 2" EMT, as required plus a spare (with fire and dust stopping and sealing) where "open" cable passes through floors, walls, partitions, etc. C. Inspect cable prior to installation to verify that it is identified properly on the reel or box identification label, that it is of proper gauge, containing correct number of pairs, etc. Note any buckling of the jacket which would indicate possible problems. Damaged cable or any other components failing to meet specification shall not be used in the installation. D. Conductors of different voltages, systems, functions, etc. shall not be combined in the same raceway or cable unless specifically noted otherwise. E. The contractor shall not receive cable from the supplier if it arrives onsite with the cable ends unsealed. F. Cable shall be unrolled from reels, or removed from cartons, and installed so as to not damage the insulation or cable sheath and in a manner which will prevent kinking, crushing or excessive tension on conductors and insulation. Use only guides, rollers, sheaves, etc. that are free- turning and clean. Cable shall not be dragged on the ground or over sharp edges or abrasive surfaces. Slack wire shall be provided at all pull points. G. All cables to be installed in a raceway shall be pulled together. The pulling means (fish tape, cable, rope, etc.) shall be of a type that will not damage the raceway. H. Telecommunications cables shall be installed without sharp bends (less than 2 inch radius) or pulling tension in excess of 20 pounds. I. Cable shall be installed or drawn into the raceway system only after all work of any nature that might cause injury to the cable is completed. The raceway system shall be complete, snaked and cleaned before pulling any cable. J. "Open" ancillary systems cables, low voltage control cables, etc. shall be bundled and be supported from permanent structural members of the building, either directly or indirectly, with suitable rings or hooks. Support spacing shall not exceed 5 feet. Cables shall not interfere with the removal of pipes or equipment for maintenance or repair. Support "open" cables a minimum of 6 inches above T-bar ceilings. All 'open" cable shall be kept a minimum of 6 inches from COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 -8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL pipes, ducts, and other items producing heat. Tape and cable ties are not approved methods of fastening cables. K. Provide conduits, boxes, etc. for all "open" cable wiring where penetrating from one floor to the next and through rated fire walls. L. Protect "open" cables during installation. Provide suitable covers on supports, structural members, etc. with sharp edges. Remove all added coverings, protection, etc. after installation of the cable. M. Provide wire/cable markers (Brady type or equivalent/better) identifying its circuit number and/or final destination on all cables/conductors (power, telephone/computer, and other ancillary systems) at panels, devices, junction points, etc. N. Cable pulling lubricants shall be used to minimize pulling stresses on cable pulled into raceways. O. All cable is subject to subtle damage that may degrade future performance, if abused during installation. In all cable installation, set reels and use sufficient pulleys and manpower so that cables are not pulled around corners or against material that might cause chafing. P. Conductor connections shall be made with connectors of the proper size and type. Compression connections shall be made with the correct die and number of crimps, or the correct tightening torque in the case of mechanical connectors, according to manufacturer's instr�c-tionS and recommendations—Use suitable oxide inhibiting joint—compound—on—all aluminum terminations. Termination of insulated conductors shall be made so that the stripped length of bare conductor is not longer than required for the terminal or connector. Care shall be taken to not nick conductors during insulation removal. Q. At pulling points, the cables shall be neatly bundled by circuit. R. Taps and splices shall be kept to a minimum; and are not allowed in cables larger than #8 AWG, control cable, ancillary systems cable, etc. and below grade without prior approval from the Engineer. S. Field wiring shall not contact live parts. T. Cables shall not be supported by their terminations. Suitable cable ties and/or supports shall be utilized in switchboards, panelboards, terminal boxes, junction boxes, vaults, etc. to group and support conductors. All cable shall be fanned-out to terminals and identified by labels; or, if terminated on circuit breakers or control devices, by typewritten indexes or nameplates. U. Insulated cable supports shall be provided to relieve any strain imposed by cable weight or movement, and to secure cable as required to withstand the effects of fault currents. 3.05. CABLE TESTING A. Branch lighting and general purpose receptacle circuits do not require an insulation test, functional tests only are required; except, all receptacles shall be tested for correct connection using a suitable receptacle tester. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 3.06. PENETRATIONS A. Wall, ceiling and floor penetrations by raceways (both inside and outside the raceway), cables, etc. shall be sealed to maintain the original moisture, dust and fire resistance to the approval of the Architect. B. Do not cut, notch or drill structural framing members for the installation of raceways without the Architect's approval in each case. Holes and penetrations where allowed in studs, joists and other structural members for raceways and cables shall be of a size to allow for a tight fit. C. Provide conduit sleeves as required, plus a spare of the same size, where "open" cable passes through floors, walls, partitions, etc. D. Provide sleeves connecting surface metal raceways on opposite sides of walls- E. Cut existing surface metal raceway covers on each side of new walls. F. Provide conduit sleeves where cable trays pass through fire-resistive walls, partitions, etc. Sleeves size and quantity shall provide the same capacity as the cable tray. G. Cable trays shall extend through non-rated partitions. Frame around opening as directed. H. Floor and ceiling penetrations by "open" cables and/or cable trays will not be allowed. I. Contractor shall determine the exact location of existing structural components, conduits, piping, wiring, ducts and the like prior to making any new penetrations or openings (or expanding existing openings) in any floor, wall or ceiling. 3.07. ANCILLARY SYSTEMS A. The Contractor shall coordinate with ancillary systems suppliers and provide conduit, boxes, cables, etc. in accordance with their requirements; except, minimum as indicated and/or specified. B. Provide a 1 inch EMT conduit from each telecommunications and outlet box up to an accessible location above the ceiling. C. Provide a '/2 inch (or as required) EMT conduit from each access control system device box up to a junction box in an accessible location above the ceiling. D. Provide a 3/4 inch (or as required) EMT conduit from each fire detection and alarm system device box up to an accessible location above the ceiling. End of Section 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 10 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 05 26 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT GROUNDING SECTION 26 05 26—GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS A. The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. 1.02. SUMMARY A. The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26, 27 & 28 Sections apply to all the grounding work. B. Coordinate grounding work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. C. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work as herein specified or called for on the drawings. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results. D. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing as early as possible to allow ample timeJor_an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. GROUNDING A. Branch circuits, control circuits, etc. shall include a separate equipment ground cable (sized the same as the largest circuit conductor, unless otherwise noted) run in the same raceway with the circuit conductors or bundled with the circuit conductors if run "open". Equipment ground conductors for feeder (high voltage and low voltage) circuits, branch circuits, control circuits, etc. installed in metallic raceways shall be redundant, consisting of both an electrically continuous metal raceway system and the separate equipment ground cable run in the same raceway with the circuit conductors. 2.02. WIRE AND CABLE A. Ground wire and cable sizes indicated and/or specified are minimums only and shall be increased as required due to NEC, system, load, voltage drop, etc. requirements. B. Equipment ground cable shall be single conductor copper with 600 volt type XHHW or THWN/THHN insulation. Conductor size shall match feeder, branch circuit, etc. conductor size unless noted otherwise. Conductors shall be stranded, except #12 AWG lighting and general purpose receptacle branch circuit conductors may be solid. GROUNDING 26 05 26 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 05 26 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT GROUNDING PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. GROUNDING A. All electrical equipment, enclosures, boxes, devices, etc. shall be provided with a ground fault return path by means of an insulated grounding conductor installed with the circuit conductors, and the integrity of the raceway system if applicable. Bond raceway system as required. r B. Ground terminals of all equipment, devices, etc. shall be grounded by the equipment ground conductor. C. Raceways shall be closely and tightly fitted in couplings, connectors, boxes, etc. to provide an electrically continuous low resistance ground fault return path. Threaded joints shall be made up with at least 5 threads fully engaged. t D. Tests shall be made to verify the continuity of the ground system and all ground fault return C paths. End of Section 26 05 26 g E F i GROUNDING 26 05 26 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 07 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 26 07 00—THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS A. The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. 1.02. SUMMARY A. The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26, 27 & 28 Sections apply to all the thermal & moisture protection work. B. Coordinate thermal & moisture protection work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. C. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work as herein specified or called for on the drawings. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results. D. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing as early as possible to allow ample time for an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. 1.03. SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals for all moisture, fire and dust stop materials, complete with a description of where each type is proposed to be used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. GENERAL A. Coordinate the features of materials and equipment so they form an integrated system. 2.02. MOISTURE PROOFING A. Moisture proofing systems shall be designed and installed to allow the passage of cable, conduit or pipe through exterior walls, etc. and vaults. They shall provide a barrier seal to prevent the penetration of water and gases into the structure to be penetrated. B. Provide roofing materials recognized to be specifically for use with the type of roofing surface penetrated. Products shall be tested to show compliance with indicated performances, or THERMAL& MOISTURE PROTECTION 26 07 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 07 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION provide other similar materials certified in writing by manufacturer to be equal or better than specified in every respect. 2.03. FIRE STOPPING AND SEALING MATERIALS A. Fire-stop systems shall be designed and installed to allow the passage of cable, conduit or pipe through fire rated walls or floors. They shall provide a barrier seal to prevent the penetration of fire, smoke, water, and gases, with a fire rating to match the rating of the architectural assembly or structure to be penetrated. B. Fire-stop systems shall be resistant to direct hose spray. C. Fire-stop systems shall consist of one or more of the following materials: { 1. Ablative (typical of silicone-based technology). ( 2. Cementitious (Can be troweled like grout or mortar, but is specifically rated or the purpose. Grout shall not be permitted). 3. Elastomeric (Flexible substance which resembles rubber). 4. Endothermic (Absorbing heat energy.). 5. Intumescent (Swelling under the influence of heat, pillows, etc.). f 6. Mechanical (Assemblies that allow additions or deletions). ( D. Fire-stop systems shall be UL classified for the intended use. E. Wall, ceiling and floor sleeves and the like shall be metallic raceways with intumescent bags or f. bricks; except, at the option of the Contractor, sleeves may be metallic wireways (sized to match the required raceways) which contain an intumescent insert material that adjusts automatically to cable additions or subtractions, Specified Technologies EZ Path, 3M Fire Barrier Pass-Through, or approved equal. I l F. Fire-stop material around cable penetrations, within raceways (except wall and floor sleeves), etc. shall be intumescent bags, bricks, or soft, pliable, non-hardening intumescent putty, with t high dielectric strength (insulator). Material shall allow removal of the material(s)/system(s) for future cable additions and/or removals. G. Drywall joint compound, concrete, and mineral wool shall not be used as fire stopping materials. H. Fire-stop products shall be as manufactured by 3M, Dow Corning, Hilti, Nelson, Specified Technologies, Unique Fire Stop Products, or approved equal. THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 26 07 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 07 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 2.04. DUST SEALING MATERIALS A. Dust seal systems shall be designed and installed to allow the passage of cable, conduit or pipe through non-rated ceilings, walls, partitions or floors. B. Dust sealant around raceways and the like shall be top grade paintable silicone based or poly-sulfite caulk, or expanding foam type sealant. C. Dust sealant around cable penetrations, within raceways, etc. shall allow removal of the material for future cable additions and/or removals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. INSTALLATION A. Provide all fire-stop sealing for all penetrations through fire-resistance-rated floors, walls and partition construction; including empty openings and openings containing cables, raceways, cable trays, cable racks, sleeves, supports and other penetrating items as required, both new and existing where new cables, raceways and the like have been installed. Contractor is responsible for verifying the fire rating of the barrier to be penetrated. 1. Install fire-stop systems in accordance with manufacturer-tested methods and to manufacturer's instructions. If required, extend fire-stop system through the full thir_.knPss of the wall or floor and through the full length of the sleeve. 2. Seal openings with a removable fire-stop material after each shift. Do not leave unattended openings in building fire-resistance-rated walls, partitions and floors at any time during construction. 3. Fire-stopping at penetrations between tunnels and buildings shall include smoke isolation provisions to prohibit smoke migration from one space to the other. B. Where sleeves or penetrations are installed through non-rated partitions, provide a dust seal to prevent dust from migrating between the spaces separated by the partition. Also, where fire stop material does not completely fill an opening (e.g. intumescent pillows), provide suitable dust sealant as required. C. Where existing sleeves or penetrations are re-entered for installation of new cables, Contractor shall modify/re-install or provide new fire stop material as required to maintain the original fire rating of the barrier. 3.02. MOISTURE PROOFING A. Conduit terminations at equipment, etc. shall be suitably sealed and/or plugged at both ends to prevent the entrance of moisture. THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 26 07 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 07 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION B. Conduit penetrations through building exterior walls shall be suitably sealed and/or grouted to prevent the entrance of moisture. C. PVC conduit shall be solvent welded to prevent the entrance of moisture. End of Section 26 07 00 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 26 07 00-4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 20 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION SECTION 26 20 00— ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS A. The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. 1.02. SUMMARY A. The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26, 27 & 28 Sections apply to all the electrical work. B. Coordinate electrical work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. C. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work as herein specified or called for on the drawings. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results. D. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing as early as possible to allow ample tirne for an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. 1.03. SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals for the following: 1. Circuit breakers. 2. Control stations and devices. 3. Disconnect switches. 4. Control stations and devices. 5. Wiring devices & wallplates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. PANELS A. Circuit breakers shall be bolt-on in panelboards, molded-case, thermal magnetic, quick make- quick break type with trip indicating handles. Branch circuit breakers for motor loads shall be HACR type. Branch circuit breakers for lighting loads shall be SWD type. Multi-pole breakers shall be single-handle, internal common trip. Tandem breakers shall not be used. B. Provide padlocking devices on circuit breakers where required. ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 20 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 20 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION C. Provide approved handle ties between single pole circuit breakers for all multiwire branch circuits as required. D. Main and/or feeder breakers and branch circuit panels and breakers may be series short circuit rated. E. Circuit breakers for installation in the existing panelboard(s) shall be of the same manufacturer, and be of a type manufactured specifically for that type, vintage and short circuit rating of the panelboard. F. Spaces shall be bussed for the maximum device that can be fitted into them, and shall be equipped with mounting and connecting accessories for future installation of circuit breakers. G. Panels and each feeder breaker in each (clearly and accurately identifying the function and location) shall have laminated plastic master nameplates. H. Panels shall have a circuit directory frame and card with a transparent cover furnished on the door. Directory cards shall have a typewritten index clearly and accurately identifying the function and location (using the room name and numbering system shown on the Architectural plans) of the circuit. Provide new typewritten circuit directory cards for all existing panels that are modified in any way. I. Circuit directory cards shall be arranged to match the physical arrangement of the breakers, with odd numbered circuits on the left side of the card and even numbered circuits on the right side of the card. Where required due to the size of the directory frame, the odd numbered circuits may be on a separate card from the even numbered circuits. Odd and even numbered circuits shall not be intermingled together. 2.02. DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty, horsepower rated, safety switches, suitable for use as service entrance equipment where required. The switches shall have a handle whose position is easily recognizable, lockable in the OFF position, operable from the front and in control of the disconnecting means with the cover open or closed. The switch position shall be non-teasible, positive, quick make-quick break. Line, load, neutral and ground lugs shall be provided as required. Cable terminals shall be suitable for copper and aluminum wire. B. Disconnect switches shall be identified with laminated nameplates, black face, white core, engraved with minimum '/a inch letters describing its function. The disconnect nameplate shall include the name of the disconnect and the name and location (where not immediately obvious from its location) of the equipment from which the power originates. 2.03. CONTROL STATIONS AND DEVICES A. Pushbuttons, selector switches, potentiometers, indicating lights, etc. shall be heavy-duty oil- tight type. Contacts shall be rated minimum 300 volt, 10 amp AC and DC continuous. Indicating lights shall be provided with the lens color indicated. 120 volt (and higher) indicating lights shall be transformer type. Control devices shall be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 800T or approved equal. ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 20 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 20 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION B. Control stations, devices, etc. shall be flush mounted with heavy duty steel covers and boxes as required. C. Emergency Power Off button shall be flush mounted, guarded head, red color, with auxiliary contacts and engraved nameplate indicating its function. D. Emergency Power Off buttons, etc. shall be identified with laminated plastic nameplates, black face, white core, engraved with minimum '/8 inch letters describing its function. 2.04. WIRING DEVICES A. Wiring devices shall be 20 amp, 125 volt, strait blade, 3-wire grounding type, hospital grade, all of the same manufacturer, ivory colored, except: 1. Receptacles connected to essential electrical systems (critical care branch) shall be red colored. 2. Controlled receptacles shall be gray color and shall be permanently engraved with the controlled receptacle icon on the face of the device. B. Lighting switches shall be toggle, AC quiet type rated 20 amps, 120-277 volt. C. Ground fault interrupter (GFI) type receptacles shall be duplex, Class A, 15 amp, 125 volt with end of life protection (either by rendering itself incapable of delivery power or by visual indication) and reverse line-load miswire protection. Provide individual ground fault interrupter type receptacles at each location indicated or as required. Feed-through type protection of multiple outlets will not be allowed. D. Tamperproof receptacles shall be provided with a mechanism to prevent penetration of small objects into either outlet slot. E. Special purpose receptacles shall be of the type, ratings and,design for the use intended, NEMA configuration. Provide matching plugs where indicated. F. Flush mounted devices shall have smooth specification grade stainless steel wallplates. G. Surface mounted devices shall have raised surface type covers, galvanized steel. H. Definite purpose devices shall be labeled with a description of the device's function, rating and circuit identification. I. All outlets shall be labeled with the panel and circuit number(s) from which the device is fed. Labels shall be heavy duty adhesive type, clear with black letters on light colored devices and clear with white letters on dark colored devices. Lettering shall be appropriately sized for the application, except minimum '/a inch. Labels on ceiling mounted devices shall be large enough to read from the floor. Labels shall be as manufactured by Kroy, Brothers, or approved equal. Self-adhesive circuit numbers, masking tape, plastic punch type "Dymo" labels, etc. are not acceptable. ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 20 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 20 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 2.05. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Provide nameplates for all equipment and other devices used for the control of circuits, equipment, etc. Include the panel and circuit number(s) from which it is fed. 1. Emergency Power Systems per NEC and WAC. 2. Panelboards and each feeder circuit breaker within each. 3. Disconnect switches. B. All distribution equipment (switchboard, panelboards, motor control centers, etc.) shall be provided with laminated plastic nameplates to identify the system color coding scheme for phase and neutral conductors as required. C. Definite purpose devices shall be labeled with a description of the device's function, rating and include the panel and circuit number(s) from which it is fed. D. All equipment and outlets shall be labeled with the panel and circuit number(s) from which it is fed. E. Labels shall be heavy duty adhesive type, clear with black letters on light colored devices and clear with white letters on dark colored devices. Lettering shall be appropriately sized for the application, except minimum 1/8 inch. Labels on ceiling mounted devices shall be large enough to read from the floor. Labels shall be as manufactured by Kroy, Brothers, or approved equal. Self-adhesive circuit numbers, masking tape, plastic punch type "Dymo" labels, etc. are not acceptable. F. Nameplates shall adequately describe the function or operation of the identified equipment, devices, etc. and, where applicable, include the panel and circuit number(s) from which it is fed. Nameplate designations shall be consistent with the project documents. Submit proposed inscriptions for approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. TEMPORARY POWER A. The Contractor shall provide all temporary power services, facilities, equipment, devices, material, etc. required for the construction; including adequate lighting, outlets, balancing, testing, etc. as may be necessary for the proper performance and inspection of the work. B. During power interruptions, and if Contractor's equipment will not operate on the available power, the contractor shall supply all equipment needed, such as transformer(s), generator(s), etc. and pay all costs involved. C. The temporary power system shall be provided in a neat and safe manner, in compliance with governing codes and good working practice. ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 20 00 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 20 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION D. Permanent receptacles which are used for temporary power during construction shall be replaced with new devices at the completion of construction. E. The temporary power system shall be removed when no longer required. 3.02. LOCATIONS A. The mounting heights and location of similar equipment and devices shall be consistent, in accordance with the requirements of the ADA where applicable. Special purpose items shall be located conveniently for the purpose intended. B. Devices shall be located to not interfere with the removal of pipes or equipment for maintenance or repair. All devices shall be kept a minimum of 6 inches away from items producing heat. C. Disconnect switches, circuit breakers, etc. shall, in no case, be installed so that the grip of the operating handle, when in its highest position, is more than 61/2 feet above the floor or working platform. D. Outlets (power, telecommunications, etc.) shall be mounted 18 inches to centerline above finished floor unless noted otherwise; except, outlets above counters, etc. shall be mounted 6 inches to centerline above the counter or 3 inches to centerline above the splashboard, whichever is higher. E. Locate light switches, etc. 6 inches from door casings (except on center in spaces less than 12 inches), 44 inches to centerline above finished floor. Where light switches are adjacent to countertops, install the switches at the same height as adjacent devices above the countertop. F. Prior to rough-in, the Contractor shall mark or otherwise show the location of all equipment and devices, and obtain specific approval from the Owner and Architect for the location of each prior to installing enclosures, boxes, raceways, etc. 3.03. EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES A. Equipment, devices, enclosures, etc. shall be installed plumb and true and shall be square with the adjacent walls, ceilings and structural members. B. Equipment, cabinets, boxes, etc. shall be accurately mounted and leveled and be firmly supported either directly or indirectly by a sound and safe structural member of the building in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, or as directed. Supports shall be neatly placed and properly fastened. C. The correct lifting, jacking and/or moving gear which will prevent damage to the equipment shall be used. D. Bolts, nuts, screws and other fastenings shall be tightened and all covers replaced on equipment and boxes. Electrical connections, particularly those on bus work in panelboards, ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 20 00 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 20 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION etc. shall be checked to ensure tightness and electrical conductivity. Gaskets, seals, etc. shall be checked for proper fit. E. To minimize transformer noise, provide rubber sound isolation pads between the transformer enclosure and the floor. Back off nuts as directed at sound isolation pads, both internal and external, to float transformer on the isolation pads. F. Follow manufacturer's installation details wherever available. Provide boxes, mountings, wiring or fittings required, standard or special. G. The Contractor shall touch-up paint all scratched, marred or damaged factory finish on equipment, devices, enclosures, etc. 3.04. DEVICES A. Flush mounted switch, outlet, etc. boxes in common non-fire rated walls and facing into different rooms shall be offset a minimum of 6 inches to minimize sound transmission between rooms. Flush mounted switch, outlet, etc. boxes in common rated fire resistive walls and facing into different rooms shall be offset a minimum of 24 inches. Boxes mounted back-to-back will not be allowed. Raceways between boxes in adjoining rooms shall be filled as required to maintain the fire rating (where required) and minimize sound and dust transmission between rooms. B. Low voltage cut-in type mounts in a common wall and facing into different rooms shall be offset a minimum of 12 inches and shall be separated by a stud. Area between low voltage cut-in type mounts without boxes shall be filled with insulation or other suitable material to minimize sound and dust transmission between rooms. 3.05. TESTING A. Before testing, visually inspect equipment thoroughly, and perform mechanical operation and key interlock tests in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Before energization, test all equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations; except minimum as described below. C. Compare test results with factory-obtained results and results on similar equipment. Investigate variations. Consult manufacturer for recommendations. D. Upon completion, all equipment and systems shall be tested for functional operation, including all intended modes and sequences of operation. ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 20 00 -6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 26 20 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION E. Record the values of each test, along with the description of the instrument, voltage level, temperature, time, and date of the test on the form included in the contract documents. Sign the results. End of Section 26 20 00 ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 20 00 -7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 26 50 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT LIGHTING SECTION 26 50 00— LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS A. The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. 1.02. SUMMARY A. The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26, 27 & 28 Sections apply to all the lighting and lighting control work. B. Coordinate lighting and lighting control work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. C. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work as herein specified or called for on the drawings. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results. D. Lighting control system work shall include all necessary set-up, programming, testing, commissioning, etc. for a complete and operational system, adjusted, tested and ready for operation. E. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing as early as possible to allow ample time for an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. 1.03. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The lighting systems and all controls shall be in accordance with the Washington State Energy Code (WSEC), ASHRAE 90.1 as well as LEED certification requirements. 1.04. SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals for the following: 1. Lighting fixtures. 2. Lighting control devices. B. Provide complete manufacturer's schematic drawings for each system. LIGHTING 26 50 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 26 50 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT LIGHTING PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. GENERAL A. Fixtures, luminaires, poles, etc. shall include all necessary mounting and connecting accessories. B. Contractor & lighting fixture supplier shall verify description & catalog numbers in Lighting Fixture Schedule on the drawings match and mounting requirements are correct. Advise engineer of any conflicts or discrepancies. 2.02. LIGHTING A. Light Emitting Diode (LED) luminaires shall have a luminous efficacy of at least 100 lumens/W, a color temperature of 3500 K, a CRI of at least 80, an estimated life of at least 70,000 hours at 70% lumen maintenance, and shall include a minimum 5-year warranty on the entire luminaire including the driver. The luminaire and LEDs shall have been tested in accordance with LM-79 and LM-80. 2.03. LIGHTING CONTROLS A. Occupancy sensors and photosensors shall be by the same manufacturer and shall form a single integrated system in e-arh room. B. Low voltage occupancy sensors shall be combination passive infrared and ultrasonic type, ceiling mounted, with adjustable time delay, adjustable sensitivity, and an LED indicator. Lenses shall be as required for the application (e.g. wide angle for open areas and the like and long range for corridors). The sensors shall be able to detect the difference between a human body and the background space. Occupancy sensors shall be Greengate OAC-DT-2000-R, Lutron LOS-CDT-2000, Sensorswitch CM-PDT-10, or approved equal. C. Relays/power packs for use with low voltage switching shall be remote mounted, 120 or 277 volt AC input (as required), 24 volt DC output, with single or multiple relays and contacts rated minimum 20 amps as required. Relays/ power packs shall be capable of controlling and/or being controlled by up to minimum 3 sensors and shall be capable of selection between automatic on mode and manual on mode. Power packs shall be capable of being connected to a momentary contact switch for manual switching of connected loads. Occupancy sensors relays/power packs shall be of the same manufacturer and specifically designed for use with the occupancy sensors, Greengate SP20-RD4, Lutron PP-DV, or approved equal. D. Line voltage occupancy sensors shall be combination passive infrared and ultrasonic type, ceiling mounted, with adjustable time delay, adjustable sensitivity, and an LED indicator. Lenses shall be as required for the application (e.g. wide angle for open areas and the like and long range for corridors). The sensors shall be able to detect the difference between a human body and the background space, with 120/277 relay. Line voltage occupancy sensors shall be Watt Stopper Ul-355, Sensorswitch CMR-PDT-10, Hubbell OMNIDT-BP, Greengate OAC-DT- 2000-MV, or approved equal. LIGHTING 26 50 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 26 50 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT LIGHTING E. Low voltage switches for on-off applications (manual-on applications) shall be momentary contact type, shall have similar appearance as adjacent line voltage toggle type switches, Leviton model 1081, Greengate model GMT shall be Hubbell LVS1HD, Pass & Seymour 1250, or approved equal. Color and faceplates shall match other wall devices, switches, and outlets as specified. F. Lighting level photosensor controls shall be photodiode type, adjustable, capable of dimming lighting in response to varying light levels sensed in the daylight zone, produce a 0-10V dimming control signal for direct connection to associated fixtures. Sensors shall be Hubbell DLC7, or approved equal. G. Motion sensor switches shall be ultrasonic or passive infrared type, wall mounted, color to match the devices in the building, 120-277 volt, rated minimum 1200 watt, with built-in light level sensor, adjustable sensitivity, adjustable time delay, switch for manual control and vandal resistant hard lens. Buttons on the face of the switches shall operate in toggle mode to manually turn on/off connected lighting loads. Motion sensor switches shall be Square D type PIR, Sensor Switch type WSX-PDT, or Greengate ONW-D-1001-MV, or approved equal. 2.04. WIRE AND CABLE A. Fixture whips provided as an assembly by the fixture manufacturer with the fixtures shall be #14 AWG. B. Fixture cable, where supplied by the Contractor, shall be stranded copper with 600 volt type PF insulation. C. Lighting control system cable shall be as required by the lighting control system manufacturer. Cable shall be listed as being resistant to the spread of fire and bear flammability testing ratings as communications cable type CM or control cable type CL2; except in air handling plenums, cable shall be plenum rated, be listed as being resistant to the spread of fire and bear flammability testing ratings as cable types CMP or CL2P respectively. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. LOCATIONS A. The mounting heights and location of similar equipment and devices shall be consistent, in accordance with the requirements of the ADA where applicable. Special purpose items shall be located conveniently for the purpose intended. B. Prior to rough-in, the Contractor shall mark or otherwise show the location of all equipment and devices locations, and obtain specific approval from the Owner and Architect for the location of each prior to installing enclosures, boxes, raceways, etc. C. Locate light switches, lighting control stations, etc. 6 inches from door casings (except on center in spaces less than 12 inches), match the height of other similar devices in the space. LIGHTING 26 50 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 26 50 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT LIGHTING 3.02. EQUIPMENT, LUMINAIRES AND DEVICES A. Equipment, luminaires, devices, etc. shall be installed plumb and true and shall be square with the adjacent walls, ceilings and structural members. B. Unless noted or indicated otherwise, orientation of luminaires within a space shall be consistent. C. Equipment, cabinets, boxes, luminaires, devices, etc. shall be accurately mounted and leveled and be firmly supported either directly or indirectly by a sound and safe structural member of the building in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, or as directed. Supports shall be neatly placed and properly fastened. D. Occupancy sensors shall be mounted and aimed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All necessary adjustments and settings shall be made in order to ensure the liylils will operate when the ruurn is uccupied. E. All bolts, nuts, screws and other fastenings shall be tightened and all covers replaced on equipment and boxes. All electrical connections shall be checked to ensure tightness and electrical conductivity. All gaskets, seals, etc. shall be checked for proper fit. F. Follow manufacturer's installation details wherever available. Provide any special mountings, wiring or fittings required. G. Provide complete manufacturer's schematic drawings for each system. Any deviations between schematic drawings and contract documents shall be outlined in a separate cover letter. Said deviations will be subject to approval by the Engineer. H. Provide gaskets, seals, etc. as required to prevent the entrance of moisture, debris, insects, etc. Check for proper fit. I. Repair damaged corrosion protection and touch-up paint all scratched, marred or damaged factory finish on equipment, devices, fixtures, enclosures, etc. 3.03. SUPPORTS A. Provide all necessary supports and backing for all fixtures, boxes, enclosures, etc. Attach to wood with wood or lag screws, to metal with machine screws or bolts and to concrete with carbon steel wedge or sleeve type expansion anchors or self-drilling metal anchors and machine screws or bolts. Use size and number of attachments as required to support equipment, fixtures, etc. weight with a safety factor of at least four. B. Powder actuated fasteners, plastic expansion type anchors, nails and toggle bolts are not permitted. C. Brace all equipment, etc. as required to meet the requirements of seismic zone 3. LIGHTING 26 50 00 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 26 50 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT LIGHTING D. Fixtures, luminaires, etc. shall be accurately mounted and leveled and be firmly supported either directly or indirectly by a sound and safe structural member of the building in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, or as directed. Supports shall be neatly placed and properly fastened. E. Ceiling mounted recessed light fixtures, etc. shall be connected both to the ceiling system with proper "earthquake" clips and to the building structural system with a minimum of 2 suitable earthquake chains or"tie wires" at diagonally opposite corners. F. Follow manufacturer's installation details wherever available. Provide all supports, mountings, etc. required, standard or special. 3.04. WIRES AND CABLES A. Inspect cable prior to installation to verify that it is identified properly on the reel or box identification label and that it is of proper gauge, containing correct number of pairs, etc. Note any buckling of the jacket which would indicate possible problems. Damaged cable or any other components failing to meet specification shall not be used in the installation. B. Line voltage cable within poles shall be routed in electrical nonmetallic tubing as required to maintain separation of line and low voltage cabling. C. All exposed cable shall be run in the raceway system, except where specifically approved otherwise. "Open" wiring will not be allowed. D. All concealed power limited systems cable may be run "open" in accessible ceilings; except, where indicated otherwise and where penetrating through ceilings, floors, walls, draft-stops, etc. E. "Open" cables shall be bundled and supported from permanent structural members of the building, either directly or indirectly, with suitable hooks. Support spacing shall not exceed 5 feet. Protect "open" cables during installation in ceiling spaces. Cables shall not interfere with the removal of pipes or equipment for maintenance or repair. All "open" cable shall be kept a minimum of 6 inches from pipes, ducts, and other items producing heat. Support "open" cables a minimum of 6 inches above T-bar ceilings. Tape and cable ties are not approved methods of fastening cables. F. Floor and ceiling penetrations by "open" cables will not be allowed. Provide conduit sleeves, as required plus a spare (with fire and dust stopping and sealing) where "open" cable passes through floors, walls, partitions, etc. G. Cable shall be unrolled from reels, or removed from cartons, and installed in a manner which will prevent kinking, crushing or excessive tension on conductors and insulation. Slack wire shall be provided at all pull points. H. Replace or rework cables showing evidence of improper handling including stretches, kinks, short radius bends, and over tightened bindings. LIGHTING 26 50 00- 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 26 50 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT LIGHTING 3.05. EQUIPMENT TESTING A. Before testing, visually inspect equipment thoroughly, and perform mechanical operation tests in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Lighting Control Devices: 1. Each individual room shall be configured in either a manual-on/auto-off or auto-on/auto-off configuration, as required by Washington State Energy Code. 2. Stand-alone occupancy sensors shall be individually tested and the test results documented. Verify that the occupancy sensors detect motion in the controlled space immediately when the room is entered. Record the amount of time that the lights stay on after the room is vacated. Delay times shall be programmed as follows: a. Materials Management: 20 minutes. b. Sterile Processing: 20 minutes. c. Cart Wash: 20 minutes. d. Change Room: 10 minutes. e. Check-in Room: 10 minutes. f. Storage Rooms: 10 minutes. 3. Wall switch occupancy sensors shall be configured for the optimal setting for the space in which they are installed. Factory default settings are typically not acceptable. Verify settings with the Engineer prior to installation. 4. Daylight harvesting photosensors shall be individually tested and the test results documented. Verify that the photosensor controls light fixtures in a continuous dimming configuration with rising and falling ambient light levels. Record the foot-candle level on the work surface and the corresponding footcandle measurement of the photosensor. Maintained foot-candles at the work surface shall be as follows: a. Sterile Processing: 50 foot-candles. 5. Comply with energy code lighting control system "Acceptance Requirements". Acceptance tests are used to verify that lighting controls were installed and calibrated correctly. These tests may require that a responsible party certify that controls are installed and calibrated properly. End of Section 26 50 00 LIGHTING 26 50 00 -6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS A. The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. 1.02. SUMMARY A. The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26, 27 & 28 Sections apply to the telecommunications systems work. B. Coordinate telecommunications systems work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. C. The Contractor shall perform all the work required (including the furnishing of all supervision, labor, services, tools, materials and equipment and the performance of all operations and incidentals necessary) for a complete, safe and reliable telecommunications system installation, adjusted, tested and ready for operation. The work is generally described as follows: 1. Removal of the existing telecommunications systems equipment, devices, cables, raceways, boxes, etc. where indicated. 2. Voice and data horizontal cabling infrastructure. 3. Patch panels. 4. Grounding. 5. Individual and/or combination voice and data stations/outlets and associated cables, etc. 6. Terminating all cables on both ends -voice, data, grounding, new and existing, etc. 7. Moisture, fire and dust stopping and sealing. 8. Nameplates and labeling. 9. Equipment, device, cabling, etc. identification and records. 10. Testing and completing. 11. Final cleaning. 12. As-built drawings. 13. Obtaining, and paying for all required licenses, permits, inspections, plan review and other fees, etc. SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 27 05 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 1.03. DEFINITIONS A. The word "Telecommunications" refers to all forms of information transport and processing, such as voice (telephone), data (computer network), etc. B. The word(s) "Station" or"Station Outlet" refers to all combination telecommunications outlets. C. The word(s) "Station" or"Station Cables" refers to all CAT 6 horizontal cables. D. The word "Backbone" refers to the cabling, connections, etc. between telecommunications rooms. E. The term "Contractor" used throughout this section of these specifications and on the telecommunications drawings shall be understood to mean the Telecommunications Contractor. All other work shall be called out by name. F. "Approved" means approved by the Architect. "For approval" means for the Architect's approval. G. "Furnish" means to supply and deliver to the Project, ready for installation and in operable condition. H. "Install" means to incorporate in the work in final position, complete, mounted, anchored, connected, and in operable condition. I. "Provide" means furnish and install. J. "As directed" means as directed by the Architect. K. "Concealed" means hidden from sight in trenches, walls, chases, ceilings, etc. L. "Exposed" means within sight; that is, not concealed as defined above, and installed on the surface of walls, ceilings, etc. M. "C.O." means conduit only; that is, without cable (except, provide pull string). N. "F.O.I.C." means Furnished by Others (e.g. general contractor, other subcontractors, equipment suppliers, Owner, systems contractors working directly with the Owner, etc.), Installed by Contractor. O. Definitions of all other terms, etc. are in accordance with AIA, ANSI, IEEE, IES, NEMA, etc. standard definitions. SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 27 05 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 1.04. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The telecommunications plan drawings are general in form and do not attempt to show complete details or list every item of the telecommunications systems, the building construction or the various equipment; however, the routing of raceways and circuits, and the locations of equipment, devices, fixtures, etc. represent the desired finished arrangement; except, as governed by structural or mechanical conditions or obstructions. B. Specifications are, in some cases, written in an abbreviated form. Words such as shall, shall be, the Contractor shall, and similar mandatory phrases are supplied by inference. C. Investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting the work. Refer to the architectural, structural and mechanical drawings, supplier shop drawings and submittals, etc. for additional details, equipment ratings, dimensions, location and swing of doors, location and size of partitions, cabinets, etc. and similar features. Verify all dimensions, equipment ratings, etc. with the actual before installation. Arrange the work accordingly. D. The intent of the drawings and specifications is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work; however, any item or detail not specifically mentioned in the specifications or shown on the drawings, but which is necessary to produce the intended results shall be included. E. The Contractor shall bring to the Architect's and Engineer's attention any discrepancies within the Contract Documents, between the Contract Documents and field conditions, and any design and layout changes required due to specific equipment selection, etc. prior to equipment and material purchasing and installation. Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies after purchasing and installation shall be at the Contractor's expense. F. Verify all equipment and device locations with the Owner and Architect prior to rough-in 1.05. SPECIAL AREAS A. Telecommunications rooms shall be treated as clean room type environments. Final cleaning shall include thorough cleaning of the room to a dust-free condition. After termination of cables and final cleaning, food, drink, dirt, dust, metal shavings and the like shall not be permitted in telecommunications rooms. 1.06. SUBMITTALS A. Provide product submittals for the following: 1. Station cable. 2. Workstation termination hardware. 3. Patch panels. 4. Telecommunications room termination hardware. 5. Cable supports. 6. Labels. SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 27 05 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS B. The Contractor shall submit proposed procedures and equipment to be used in testing voice and data cabling along with samples of the reporting format from a past similar project. C. Provide qualification information for persons installing and testing the components (equipment, devices, materials, etc.) of each system, indicating their capabilities and experience. Include evidence of applicable registration or certification. 1.07. RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit "as-built" record drawings and operation and maintenance manuals at completion of the project in accordance with the specific submittal requirements listed elsewhere in these Specifications. B. Provide as-built documentation consistent with the contract documents as required, in AutoCAD .dwg files with as-built notations for all sheets. (Consultant/Engineer will provide construction drawings AutoCAD files to contractor.) C. Provide cable test results in both paper copy and software form (where available) on a CD- ROM; except, for station cables and intra-building voice backbone cables provide only a summary in paper copy and complete test results for individual station cables in software form. The CD-ROM shall include the necessary viewing software for all test reports. 1.08. "AS BUILT" DRAWINGS A. "As-built" drawings shall include cable ID codes for each outlet/receptacle and changes to cable routing, raceway system, telecom room layout, riser diagram, etc. B. Include any detailed equipment, raceway, wiring, etc. diagrams and layouts prepared by Contractor or his subcontractors, suppliers, etc. 1.09. WARRANTY A. The complete installation shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year after date of project completion. For warranty purposes, the date of project completion shall be considered the date of final acceptance of the installation by the Owner certified in writing, and after Owner has received all project close-out requirements. All corrective work, if needed and requested by the Owner, shall be provided without cost to the Owner during the guarantee period. B. The contractor shall provide the manufacturer 20-year Extended Product Warranty on the completed voice and data cable infrastructure end-to-end solution. The warranty shall be provided by the manufacturer of the voice and data termination hardware. 1.10. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor and Contractor's personnel shall be experienced, thoroughly trained and completely familiar with telecommunications infrastructure, systems, equipment, devices, materials, etc. and the required methods of installation. SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 27 05 00 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS B. Contractor Qualifications: 1. The Contractor shall be a "specialist", who is regularly engaged in the type of work specified herein. Award will be made only to a bidder who can provide satisfactory evidence that he has the technical ability, experience, tools, personnel and financial resources to successfully complete the project as specified herein. The Contractor shall have an experience base of at least five (5) years for installation of equipment and related wiring/cabling similar to those proposed on this project. 2. The Contractor shall be registered and certified with the manufacturer of the voice and data end-to-end solution, and shall be capable of providing the required end-to-end solution warranty. 3. The Contractor shall engage experienced testing technicians for the purpose of testing the cabling systems. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall submit qualifications of the cable testing technician(s)for Owner review and acceptance. 4. The Contractor shall be licensed and bonded in the State of Washington. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage firms experienced in manufacturing components and materials listed and labeled under the applicable TIA/EIA standards (accepted, proposed or draft). D. Installation, equipment and materials shall be in accordance with all applicable codes, standards and regulations; including the latest editions and addenda of the following: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC), ANSI/NFPA 70, adopted and amended by RCW 19.28, WAC 296-4 and WAC 296-401: Laws, rules and regulations for installing network cabling and related components and equipment. 2. ANSI/NECA/BICSI 568— Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling. 3. ANSI/NECA/BICSI 607—Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding Planning and Installation Methods for Commercial Buildings. 4. ANSI/TIA/EIA 568 — Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises. 5. ANSI/TIA/EIA 568— Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard. 6. ANSI/TIA/EIA 568— Balanced Twisted Pair Telecommunications Cabling System Standard. 7. ANSI/TIA/EIA 569—Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. 8. ANSI/TIA/EIA 606 —Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications Infrastructure. 9. ANSI/TIA/EIA 607— Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01. GENERAL A. Coordinate the features of materials and equipment so they form an integrated system. Match components for optimum performance and appearance. SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 27 05 00 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS B. Horizontal cabling infrastructure shall be selected and constructed as a complete end-to-end solution by Commscope NetConnect, no substitutions. C. Unless sizes and/or quantities are specifically indicated, provide at least 20% spare wiring capacity in all cabinets, panels, cable trays and raceways. D. All telecommunications equipment, devices, materials, etc. shall be new and installed only if in first class condition. E. All wire and cable installed in below grade raceways shall be suitable for wet locations. 2.02. VOICE (TELEPHONE) AND DATA (COMPUTER NETWORK) STATION CABLES A. Voice-and-data-station-cable shall- be-4-pairs,—twisted,#23--AWG-solid-copper,--nominal -100 ohm, Category 6 UTP (unshielded twisted pair) cable, 300 volt rated. Cable shall be tested and certified by the manufacturer at up to 500 MHz and shall provide positive ACR beyond 250 MHz. Cable shall support ANSI X3.263 (100 Mbps), ATM (155 and 622 Mbs), IEEE 802.3 1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet) and ANSI/TIA/EIA 854 1000Base-TX (Gigabit Ethernet). Cable shall conform to or exceed ANSI/TIA/EIA568 Category 6 Cabling requirements and ISO/IEC 11801 Edition 2.0 (Class E) cabling requirements. Additionally, the cable shall meet or exceed all the following performance criteria: @250 MHz @500 MHz 1. Maximum Attenuation (dB/100M): 32.8 49.2 2. Minimum NEXT (dB): 41 37 3. Minimum PSNEXT (dB): 39 35 4. Minimum ELFEXT (dB): 20 14 5. Minimum PSELFEXT (dB): 17 11 6. Minimum RL (dB): 17.3 15.2 7. Minimum ACR (dB): 8.2 -- 8. Minimum PSACR (dB): 6.2 B. Cable shall consist of 4 insulated conductor pairs with a cross separator to physically isolate the pairs and to provide geometric stability. Cable shall not utilize bonded pairs. Cable shall be of a standard round design, with an overall jacket. Jacket shall be blue. C. Cable shall be riser rated, be listed as being resistant to the spread of fire and bear flammability testing ratings as communications cable type CMR. D. All cables shall be of the same manufacturer, Commscope NetConnect, Superior/Essex Series 77 or approved equal. SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 27 05 00 -6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 2.03. COPPER CABLE TERMINATION HARDWARE A. Voice & data station cable patch panels shall be 48 port, straight footprint, 2 rack units in height, Category 6, modular to 110 type with 6 port modules and transparent label holders. Module jacks shall be type RJ-45, 8-position, non-keyed conforming to 568B specification in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 standard. Panels shall be Commscope Netconnect, no substitutions. Provide the number of patch panels/ports required plus 30% spare capacity. B. All patch panels, clips, cable management, etc. shall be of the same manufacturer, Commscope Netconnect, and specifically designed for use together. 2.04. STATION HARDWARE A. Telecommunications outlets and station hardware shall consist of boxes, faceplates (wallplates), voice receptacles (jacks), data receptacles (jacks), blank inserts, labels, etc. as indicated. Faceplates, receptacles, connectors, etc. shall be heavy duty modular type, of the same manufacturer, Commscope Netconnect, and designed for use together. B. Voice and data receptacles shall be RJ45 jacks, high impact flame retardant thermoplastic, non-keyed with gold plated spring wire contacts and 110 style wire terminations. Jacks shall meet ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 Standard for Category 6 connecting hardware and be configured in accordance with designation T568B eight position jack pin/pair assignment. Color shall be as indicated on the drawings. C. Voice and data receptacles for use in floor boxes shall be keystone standard compatible. D. Faceplates (wallplates) shall be commercial grade, single gang, as required, high impact flame retardant thermoplastic, ivory colored, 4 port, with transparent label windows on top and bottom. Faceplates shall be labeled as directed. Provide blank inserts in all unused ports. E. Individual telecommunications outlets shall be mounted in flush wall mounted boxes or combination floor boxes, as indicated. 2.05. CABLE SUPPORTS A. Supports for cables run "open" above ceilings and the like shall be wide base type J-hook assemblies. Supports shall be made of galvanized steel and have minimum 2" diameter. B. Supports for large bundles of cables (more than 50 cables) run open above ceilings, in crawispaces and the like shall be wide base fabric loop, re-enterable assemblies, Erico Caddy CAT425, or approved equal. C. Supports for attachment to drop wires shall be capable of minimum 25 lb load capacity. D. Supports for attachment to T-bar grid will not be allowed. E. Bundle cables with double sided Velcro straps. Tie-wraps shall not be allowed. F. Support spacing shall not exceed 5 feet. SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 27 05 00 - 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 2.06. PULL STRING AND ROPE A. Pull string shall be resistant to rot and mildew and shall not deteriorate when exposed to oil, grease, etc. 2.07. LABELS A. Provide labels for the following: 1. Voice and data station cables, at both ends, with the cable ID code. 2. Telecommunications faceplates, with the voice and data cable ID codes. 3. Voice and data cable termination hardware, with the cable ID codes. 4. Patch panels. B. Nameplates, labels, identification tags, etc. shall utilize identifier formats consistent with the ANSI/TIA/EIA 606 standard. Submit proposed inscriptions to Owner for approval prior to construction. C. Font size, color and contrast for all labels shall be in accordance with the ANSI/TIA/EIA 606 standard. D. All labels shall be neatly typed or generated with a mechanical labeling device. E. All labels shall be long lasting and durable, resistant to heat, moisture, solvents, oil, etc. F. Cable ID code, labeling scheme, etc. will be provided to the Contractor by the Owner and Engineer. Submit a sample of the proposed labels to Owner for approval prior to installation. 2.08. ANCHORS AND FASTENERS A. Anchors and fasteners used shall be of a type designed for use in the base material to which the item is to be attached. Attach to wood with wood or lag screws, to metal with machine screws or bolts and to concrete with carbon steel wedge or sleeve type expansion anchors or self-drilling metal anchors and machine screws or bolts. B. Powder actuated fasteners, plastic expansion type anchors, nails and toggle bolts are not permitted. C. Anchors shall be non-corrosive or have suitable corrosion resistant coatings or treatment. D. Bolts, nuts, screws and other threaded devices shall have standard threads and heads, unless required for tamper-proof installation. SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 27 05 00 - 8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. DEMOLITION A. Telecommunications cables indicated as to be removed shall be removed from their point of origin to destination, except, modern CAT6 and RG6 cables shall be pulled back to the nearest cable tray, coiled out of sight and labeled for future use. B. TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLES INDICATED AS TO BE REMOVED AND RE-INSTALLED OR RELOCATED, SHALL BE PULLED BACK AND COILED IN A NEAT AND SAFE MANNER, BY QUALIFIED COMMUNICATIONS PERSONNEL, PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PROHIBIT DAMAGE TO THE CABLES DURING CONSTRUCTION WORK. DEMOLITION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLES SHALL NOT BE PERFORMED BY DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR, GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL. C. Where demolition work effects the building tenants and operations, coordinate work with the owner, tenants and respective service providers. 3.02. LOCATIONS A. Outlets shall be mounted 18 inches to centerline above finished floor unless noted otherwise; except, outlets above counters, etc. shall be mounted 6 inches to centerline above the counter or 3 inches to centerline above the splashboard, whichever is higher. 3.03. COORDINATION OF THE WORK A. Where work may affect University standards or operations, coordinate the work of this Section with Owner's Telecommunications Department. 1. Meet jointly with the Owner's representative and representatives of the Telecommunications Department to exchange information and agree on schedules, and details of equipment arrangements and installation interfaces. 2. Record the agreements reached in these meetings and distribute the records to all participants. 3. Schedule the work to avoid unreasonable disturbance or interruption of University operations. 4. Adjust the arrangements and locations of equipment and cabling supports in affected rooms and spaces to accommodate and optimize the room or space arrangements. B. Schedule the work to avoid disturbance or interruption of Owner's operations in adjacent spaces and access pathways. SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 27 05 00 - 9 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS C. Coordinate work schedule to facilitate installation of active electronic equipment and cut-over of services. 3.04. INTERRUPTIONS A. Telecommunications interruptions, whether to individual equipment or to the entire system, shall not be done without prior approval and scheduling with the Owner. Telecommunications interruptions that affect operation of the existing facility shall not be done during normal working hours. Some working of non-standard hours will be required, without increase in Contract Sum. B. Telecommunications services may be interrupted during the construction process provided that the facility is not occupied and services are returned prior to return of the building occupants. 3.05. WIRES AND CABLES A. Inspect cable prior to installation to verify that it is identified properly on the reel or box identification label, is of proper gauge, containing correct number of pairs, etc. Note any buckling of the jacket which would indicate possible problems. Damaged cable or any other components failing to meet specification shall not be used in the installation. B. Telephone/voice and computer/data cables shall be homerun to the Communications Room without splices or taps and terminated in patch panels in an equipment rack. C. All exposed power limited telecommunications cable shall be run in metal raceways, except where specifically approved otherwise. D. All concealed power limited telecommunications systems cable may be run "open" in accessible ceilings; except, where indicated otherwise and where penetrating through ceilings, floors, walls, draft-stops, etc. E. "Open" cables shall be bundled and supported from permanent structural members of the building, either directly or indirectly, with suitable hooks. Support spacing shall not exceed 5 feet. Protect 'open" cables during installation in ceiling spaces. Cables shall not interfere with the removal of pipes or equipment for maintenance or repair. All 'open" cable shall be kept a minimum of 6 inches from pipes, ducts, and other items producing heat. Support "open" cables a minimum of 6 inches above T-bar ceilings. Cables shall be bundled using double sided Velcro straps. Tape and tie-wraps are not approved methods of bundling or supporting cables. F. Floor and ceiling penetrations by 'open" cables will not be allowed. Provide conduit sleeves, minimum 2" EMT, as required plus a spare (with fire and dust stopping and sealing) where "open" cable passes through floors, walls, partitions, etc. G. Cable shall be unrolled from reels, or removed from cartons, and installed in a manner which will prevent kinking, crushing or excessive tension on conductors and insulation. SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 27 05 00 - 10 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS H. Slack cable shall be provided at both ends of the cable and at all major pull points to accommodate future changes to the cabling system. A minimum 12 inches shall be provided at the outlet locations, coiled in the accessible ceiling space, where available, or in the surface mounted raceway system. I. Cable shall be installed or drawn into the raceway system only after all work of any nature that might cause injury to the cable is completed. The raceway systems shall be complete (including the installation of bushings, grommets, etc.), snaked and cleaned, and approval of the installation is obtained from the Owner and Engineer, before pulling any cable. J. Telecommunications cable shall be installed without sharp bends (less than 2 inch radius) or pulling tension in excess of 20 pounds. K. Cable pulling lubricants shall be used to minimize pulling stresses on cable pulled into raceways. L. All cable is subject to subtle damage that may degrade future performance, if abused during installation. In all cable installation, set reels and use sufficient pulleys and manpower so that cables are not pulled around corners or against material that might cause chafing. OBSERVATION OF IMPROPER CABLING HANDLING TECHNIQUES MAY CAUSE THE CONSULTANT/ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER TO REQUIRE THE CONTRACTOR TO DISCARD AFFECTED CABLES, INCLUDING ANY OTHERS ALREADY INSTALLED BY THE PERSONNEL FOUND USING INCORRECT PROCEDURE. M. In general, communications cable cannot tolerate sharp bends or excessive pull tension during installation. Adhere to manufacturers recommended minimum bend radius and maximum pull tension for cables; except, not less than 2 inch bending radius and pulling tension in excess of 20 pounds. N. Cable lubricants specifically designed for installing communications cable may be used to reduce pulling tension as necessary when pulling cable into conduit. After installation, exposed cable and other surfaces must be cleaned free of lubricant residue. (Ideal Yellow 77 is not approved.) Recommended Products: 1. Twisted-pair cable: Dyna-Blue, American Polywater O. Replace or rework cables showing evidence of improper handling including stretches, kinks, short radius bends, and over tightened bindings. P. Replace or rework UTP cables that are improperly terminated. Terminations shall not be loosely twisted, overly twisted or have the cable sheath removed more than '/2 inch. 3.06. PULL STRINGS AND ROPES A. Provide pull ropes in all below grade telecommunications conduit and duct (with or without cables) and in all cable tray. SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 27 05 00 - 11 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS B. Provide pull string in all above grade telecommunications conduits (with or without cables), except pull strings shall not be permitted in plenum ceiling spaces. 3.07. CABLING CONFIGURATION A. Cable installation in the telecommunications closets shall conform to the requirements of the TIA/EIA Standards and the project documents. All cabling shall be routed so as to avoid interference with any other service or system, operation, or maintenance purposes such as access boxes, ventilation mixing boxes, network equipment, access hatches to air filters, switches, electrical outlets, electrical panels and lighting fixtures. Avoid crossing areas horizontally just above or below any riser conduit. Lay and dress cables to allow other cables to enter the conduit/riser without difficulty at a later time by maintaining a working distance from these openings. B. Cable shall be routed as close as possible to the ceiliny, flour, ur cumers to insure that adequate wall or backboard space is available for current and future equipment and for cable terminations. Cables shall not be supported from existing electrical conduit or other equipment. Minimum bend radius shall be observed. C. Bundle all similarly routed cables together, and attach by means of support saddles screwed to the backboard, then routed vertically and/or horizontally via "square" corners over a path that will offer minimum obstruction to future installations of equipment, backboards, or other cables. Observe cable bend radius. D. Cables shall be bundled together by means of Velcro straps. Do not over tighten Velcro straps on station cables. Tie-wraps shall not be used as a means of support or bundling. 3.08. VOICE AND DATA STATION CABLE TERMINATION A. Terminate all voice and data station cables on patch panels and at stations in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA Standards and accepted industry practice. Bundle together and support cables at the equipment rack in a neat and workmanlike manner. Reduce untwisting of copper pairs by stripping back only as much cable jacket as is required to perform connecting hardware terminations, except maximum 1/2 inch. B. Where existing voice and data cables are re-routed and/or relocated, terminate the cables using new jacks. Existing jacks shall not be re-used. 3.09. OUTLETS A. Outlet boxes shall be securely attached to walls or structural/framing members with approved anchors and fasteners. Use of adhesive tape for this purpose shall not be permitted. 3.10. CLEANING A. Remove trash, combustible material, and other debris from telecommunications rooms and areas around equipment. SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 27 05 00 - 12 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS B. Remove shipping materials, supports, spacers, etc. from equipment, devices, etc. C. Remove all debris from equipment, devices, etc. including all scraps of wire, metal shavings, plaster, dust, and other foreign material. D. The top sides and interiors of all equipment and enclosures shall be vacuumed clean. E. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. F. Touch up scratches to match original finish. G. Remove all traces of soil, dirt, dust, smudges, fingerprints and other foreign matter from visible surfaces of equipment, devices, etc. H. Maintain adequate ventilation during cleaning. I. Follow manufacturer's instructions. Failure to follow manufacturer's recommendations when cleaning equipment can result in damage from the use of improper cleaning methods or agents. 3.11. TESTING A. All testing shall be performed by personnel that are trained and certified in the specific task. The Contractor shall perform end-to-end installation performance tests of the cabling plant. The Contractor shall submit for approval a proposal describing the test procedures, test result forms, and timetable for all copper plant wiring. B. The Owner and Engineer shall be notified one week prior to any testing so that the initial testing may be witnessed. C. For phased projects, the contractor shall submit one (1) copy of the test result documentation at the completion of each phase to the Engineer for review. Preliminary test reports shall be provided in electronic format— paper copies shall not be required. D. The Contractor shall submit three (3) final copies of the test result documentation for all required tests, and provide verification that all cable tests have been completed. Test reports shall be submitted on a CD-ROM and shall include viewing software for viewing the test report files. Documentation shall identify each cable with the designated identification description. Cables that do not meet the minimum standards as specified, at any of the required tests, shall be replaced at the Contractors expense. E. Provide cable test results in both paper copy and software form (where available) on a CD- ROM; except, for station cables and intra-building voice backbone cables provide only a summary in paper copy and complete test results for individual station cables in software form. The CD-ROM shall include the necessary viewing software for all test reports. F. Copper Voice/Data Cable Testing: SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 27 05 00 - 13 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 1. All voice and data station drop cables shall be tested in accordance with the "permanent link" configuration as defined in ANSI/TIA/EIA 568. The entire link (termination hardware, jacks, cables, etc.) shall pass all tests to ANSI/TIA/EIA Category 6 specifications and ISO/IEC Class E parameters, at up to 90 meters in length. 2. Each wire/pair shall be tested for, minimum: a. Wiremap (polarity, pair reversals, continuity, shorts and grounds); b. Cable length (record all lengths); c. NEXT (near end cross talk); d. PSNEXT (power sum NEXT); e. ELFEXT (equal level far end cross talk); f. PSELFEXT (power sum ELFEXT); g. Attenuation; h. ACR (attenuation/cross-talk ratio); i PSACR (power sum ACR); j. Return Loss. 3. Test procedures shall be based on ANSI/TIA/EIA 568 utilizing a commercial UTP cable tester that meets or exceeds the specified accuracy requirements defined as Level III for use with Category 6 and Class E cabling systems. Each tester shall be certified as calibrated within three (3) months of testing. 4. Test results which pass within the margin of error of the tester shall not be acceptable. In the event that a cable passes the test within the margin of error, the Contractor shall determine problem(s) and make corrections as required (including replacement of the cable and/or other components if necessary) at Contractor's expense without increase in Contract Sum. After correction(s), Contractor shall repeat tests. G. For all tests not meeting criteria as determined by the Owner and Engineer, Contractor shall determine problem(s) and make corrections as required (including replacement of the cable and/or other components if necessary) at Contractor's expense without increase in Contract Sum. After correction(s), Contractor shall repeat tests. End of Section 27 05 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT 27 05 00 - 14 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 43 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PAGING SYSTEM SECTION 27 43 00— PAGING SYSTEM PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS A. The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. 1.02. SUMMARY A. The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26, 27 & 28 Sections apply to all the paging system work. B. Coordinate paging system work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. C. Provide equipment, devices and all necessary accessories for an expansion to the existing paging system. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results. D. Provide all necessary equipment, devices, connections, re-programming, etc. of the existing system as required to integrate the new work with the existing system. E. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Owner in writing as early as possible to allow ample time for an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. 1.03. APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER A. The system provider shall be an authorized factory representative of the specified equipment to ensure proper specification adherence for system programming, operation, final connection, test, turnover, warranty compliance, and after-market service. 1.04. SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete documentation for the paging system equipment, devices, materials, etc. showing the model number, type, rating, size, style, manufacturer's names, and manufacturer's catalog data sheets for all items. Include data on features, rating, and performance. B. If requested by the Owner, provide samples of materials for evaluation. PAGING SYSTEM 27 43 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 43 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PAGING SYSTEM 1.05. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Paging system shall be installed by, or under the direct supervision of, a qualified representative of the manufacturer. Contractor and Contractor's personnel shall be experienced, thoroughly trained and completely familiar with fire alarm systems and the required methods of installation. B. Programming, testing, etc. shall be by a qualified representative of the manufacturer. 1.06. RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit "as-built" record drawings and operation and maintenance manuals at completion of the project in accordance with the specific submittal requirements listed elsewhere in these Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. GENERAL A. Coordinate the features of materials and equipment so they form an integrated system. 2.02. PAGING SYSTEM A. System shall be a modification and expansion to the existing paging system; adjusted, tested, and ready for operation. B. Speakers: 1. Interior speakers shall be 8" permanent magnet cone-type having a viscous-damped cone and a ceramic magnet weighing at least 4.8 oz. Speakers shall have a frequency range of minimum 60 Hz to 12,000 Hz, a seven-watt program power-handling capability, and an axial sensitivity of at least 95 db at four feet with a one-watt input. The voice coil shall be of 0.75 inch diameter with an eight-ohm impedance. Speaker assembly shall be equipped with a dual-winding (25V/70V) line matching transformer, providing 0.5, 1 and 2 watt power taps for both 25V and 70V operation. The speakers shall match the manufacturer and model number of the existing speakers in the building. 2. Ceiling mounted speaker baffles shall be round steel, with hard baked semi-gloss white enamel finish, and accommodate a standard 8" loudspeaker. Ceiling mounted speakers shall have an acoustically treated round back box and load bearing T-bar support. C. The system shall include all necessary equipment, devices, connections, re-programming, etc. of the existing system as required to integrate the new and existing systems. The system shall include provisions for future expansion. PAGING SYSTEM 27 43 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 43 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT PAGING SYSTEM PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. INSTALLATION A. Installation of the paging system and its components shall be done by, or under the direct supervision of, a factory trained authorized representative of the manufacturer. 3.02. TESTING f A. Testing of the paging system shall be done by a qualified representative of the manufacturer; who, after completion, shall submit a letter that he has tested the system and found it acceptable in all respects. i 3.03. TRAINING, INSTRUCTION AND ASSISTANCE t r A. After the installation is complete and operating, and prior to acceptance of the work, conduct instruction period(s) at the site, to point out locations of service and maintenance, and instruct the Owner's representatives in the operation of all systems and equipment. B. The person(s) who conduct these instructions and demonstrations shall be a qualified representative of the manufacturer with substantial training and operating experience on this equipment and project. Their qualifications shall be submitted to the Owner before conducting ( the instruction period. C. Training shall include preliminary discussion and presentation of information using the actual ( maintenance manuals required for this project. Contractor shall notify Owner at least 48 hours in advance of readiness to conduct the instruction period. The actual time and date of instruction period shall be acceptable to the Owner and the Contractor. i t End of Section 27 43 00 PAGING SYSTEM 27 43 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 51 33 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DOORBELL SYSTEM PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS A. The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. 1.02. SUMMARY A. The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26, 27 & 28 Sections apply to all the doorbell system work. B. Coordinate doorbell system work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. C. Provide equipment, devices and all necessary accessories for a complete doorbell system. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results. D. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Owner in writing as early as possible to allow ample time for an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. 1.03. SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete documentation for the doorbell system equipment, devices, materials, etc. showing the model number, type, rating, size, style, manufacturer's names, and manufacturer's catalog data sheets for all items. Include data on features, rating, and performance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. BELL SYSTEM A. Bell system shall be low voltage type, designed to provide audible signals in the areas shown for a manual paging and/or program system. B. Audible devices shall be vibrating bells or horns, flush mounted, of sufficient loudness for the areas indicated, and shall have a distinctly different sound than the fire alarm system alarms. C. Pushbuttons shall be flush mounted, illuminated, with contacts rated a minimum of 10 amps, 24 volts. D. Transformers shall be limited energy, Class 2 signalling type, 120-24 volt, with suitable capacity for the system plus a minimum of 50% spare capacity. DOORBELL SYSTEM 2751 33 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 27 51 33 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT DOORBELL SYSTEM 2.02. IDENTIFICATION A. Provide nameplates for all equipment and other devices used for the control of circuits, equipment, etc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. LOCATIONS A. Locations and mounting heights of equipment, devices, etc. shall be consistent, and in accordance with the requirements of NFPA, ADA and the authority having jurisdiction. B. Locate pushbuttons 48 inches to centerline above finished floor, 6 inches from door casings; except, on center in spaces narrower than 12 inches. C. Locate audible devices (e.g. bells) 80 inches to centerline above finished floor or 6 inches below ceiling, whichever is lower, 6 inches from door casings, corners, etc.; except, on center in spaces narrower than 12 inches. D. Prior to rough-in, the Contractor shall mark or otherwise show the location of all equipment and devices, and the proposed routing of raceways. Obtain specific approval for the location of each from the Owner, Architect and Engineer before rough-in. 3.02. TESTING A. Upon completion, all doorbell system shall be tested for functional operation, including all intended modes and sequences of operation. End of Section 27 51 33 DOORBELL SYSTEM 2751 33 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 281600 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM SECTION 28 16 00 —ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS A. The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. 1.02. SUMMARY A. The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26, 27 & 28 Sections apply to all the access control system work. B. Coordinate access control system work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. C. Provide equipment, devices and all necessary accessories for a modification and expansion to the existing access control system. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results. 1.03__SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete documentation for the access control system equipment, devices, materials, etc. showing the model number, type, rating, size, style, manufacturer's names, and manufacturer's catalog data sheets for all items. Include data on features, rating, and performance. B. Provide calculations to support the size of stand-by batteries submitted. C. Submittals shall include complete access control system riser and wiring diagrams, plan drawings, etc. (Note: The contract drawings on disc in AutoCAD 2014 format will be available from the Engineer if desired.). Include dimensioned plan and elevation views, diagrams, and other details of components as appropriate. D. If requested by the Owner, provide samples of materials for evaluation. 1.04. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Access control system shall be installed by, or under the direct supervision of, a qualified representative of the manufacturer. Contractor and Contractor's personnel shall be experienced, thoroughly trained and completely familiar with access control systems and the required methods of installation. B. Programming, testing, etc. shall be by a qualified representative of the manufacturer. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 16 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 28 16 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 1.05. RECORD DOCUMENTS i A. Submit "as-built" record drawings and operation and maintenance manuals at completion of the project in accordance with the specific submittal requirements listed elsewhere in these Specifications. f B. Provide as-built documentation consistent with the contract documents as required, in AutoCAD .dwg files with as-built notations for all sheets. (Consultant/Engineer will provide construction drawings AutoCAD files to contractor.) f PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM A. The existing access control system is C-Cure Building Management System. B. The work included in this project requires modification and expansion of the existing system, 1 including all required programming, devices, wiring and connections for a fully functioning system. ( C. Door power supplies shall be furnished by the door hardware vendor and connected by the contractor. D. Card readers shall be proximity type, rated for indoor and outdoor use, vandal resistant with i sealed polycarbonate housing. Card reader output shall utilize standard Wiegand output protocol and feature a re-present mode to prevent multiple reads from a single card presentation. Read range shall be not less than 5 inches. Card readers shall be Software House Multi-Format ( Proximity Readers, no substitutions, to match existing. 1 E. Man door position switches shall be recessed magnetic contact type, 2 piece, with contacts as required. Coordinate with door supplier. i F. Maglocks shall be electromagnetic type, voltage as required, surface mounted, stainless steel, rated for a minimum holding force of 1200 pounds, complete with all necessary mounting accessories. Locks shall be equipped with door status switches, lock status switches, LED to indicate lock status (secure/not secure) and an anti-tamper switch. G. Request to exit motion detectors shall be passive infrared type, adjustable range, wall and ceiling i mount type with trim plate to mount on a single gang box, 80 square foot coverage range, with i status LEDs and form C contacts. Bosch DS150i ser, or approved equal. 2.02. WIRE AND CABLE A. All wire and cable installed in below grade raceways shall be suitable for wet locations. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 16 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 281600 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM B. Access control system 24 volt power cable and contact control cable shall be low voltage (Class 2) control cable, multi-conductor copper with 300 volt insulation and an overall jacket. Cable shall be type CL2, listed as being resistant to the spread of fire. The minimum conductor size shall be #16 AWG. C. Access control system card reader and keypad cable shall be low voltage (Class 2)control cable, multi-conductor, shielded, with 300 volt insulation and an overall jacket. Cable shall be type CL2 or CMR, listed as being resistant to the spread of fire. The minimum conductor size shall be#18 AWG. D. Increase cable sizes if/as required to compensate for voltage drop. E. All concealed power limited systems cable may be run "open" in accessible ceilings; except, where indicated otherwise and where penetrating through ceilings, floors, walls, draft-stops, etc. 2.03. IDENTIFICATION A. Provide nameplates for all equipment and other devices used for the control of circuits, equipment, etc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. INSTALLATION A. Installation of the access control system and its components shall be done by, or under the direct supervision of, a factory trained authorized representative of the manufacturer. 3.02. WIRES AND CABLES A. Inspect cable prior to installation to verify that it is identified properly on the reel or box identification label and that it is of proper gauge, containing correct number of pairs, etc. Note any buckling of the jacket which would indicate possible problems. Damaged cable or any other components failing to meet specification shall not be used in the installation. B. Power limited signalling circuit cable shall be durably and plainly marked in or on junction boxes and other enclosures to indicate that it is a power limited signalling circuit. C. All exposed cable shall be run in the raceway system, except where specifically approved otherwise. "Open" wiring will not be allowed. D. All concealed power limited systems cable may be run "open" in accessible ceilings; except, where indicated otherwise and where penetrating through ceilings, floors, walls, draft-stops, etc. E. "Open" cables shall be bundled and supported from permanent structural members of the building, either directly or indirectly, with suitable hooks. Support spacing shall not exceed 5 feet. Protect `open" cables during installation in ceiling spaces. Cables shall not interfere with the removal of pipes or equipment for maintenance or repair. All 'open" cable shall be kept a ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 16 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 281600 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM minimum of 6 inches from pipes, ducts, and other items producing heat. Support "open" cables a minimum of 6 inches above T-bar ceilings. Tape and cable ties are not approved methods of fastening cables. F. Floor and ceiling penetrations by "open" cables will not be allowed. Provide conduit sleeves, minimum 1" EMT, as required plus a spare (with fire and dust stopping and sealing)where"open" cable passes through floors, walls, partitions, etc. G. Cable shall be unrolled from reels, or removed from cartons, and installed in a manner which will prevent kinking, crushing or excessive tension on conductors and insulation. Slack wire shall be provided at all pull points. H. Cable shall be installed or drawn into the raceway system only after all work of any nature that might cause injury to the cable is completed. The raceway systems shall be complete (including the installation of bushings, grommets, etc.), snaked and cleaned, and approval of the installation is obtained from the Owner and Engineer, before pulling any cable. I. Cable pulling lubricants shall be used to minimize pulling stresses on cable pulled into raceways. J. Replace or rework cables showing evidence of improper handling including stretches, kinks, short radius bends, and over tightened bindings. 3.03. LOCATIONS A. Locate access control system keypads 46 inches to centerline above finished floor, 6 inches from door casings; except, on center in spaces narrower than 12 inches. B. Prior to rough-in, the Contractor shall mark or otherwise show the location of all equipment and devices, and the proposed routing of raceways. Obtain specific approval for the location of each from the Owner, Architect and Engineer before rough-in. 3.04. TESTING A. Testing of the access control system shall be done by a qualified representative of the manufacturer; who, after completion, shall submit a letter that he has tested the system and found it acceptable in all respects. 3.05. TRAINING, INSTRUCTION AND ASSISTANCE A. After the installation is complete and operating, and prior to acceptance of the work, conduct instruction period(s) at the site, to point out locations of service and maintenance, and instruct the Owner's representatives in the operation of all systems and equipment. B. The person(s) who conduct these instructions and demonstrations shall be a qualified representative of the manufacturer with substantial training and operating experience on this equipment and project. Their qualifications shall be submitted to the Owner before conducting the instruction period. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 16 00 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL 28 16 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM C. Each period shall include preliminary discussion and presentation of information using the actual maintenance manuals required for this project. Contractor shall notify Owner at least 48 hours in advance of readiness to conduct the instruction period. The actual time and date of instruction period shall be acceptable to the Owner and the Contractor. End of Section 28 16 00 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 16 00 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 28 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 28 31 00— FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS A. The General, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract, modifications to the General Conditions, the Drawings, and the applicable provisions of the other Divisions are hereby made a part of this Division and all its sections. 1.02. SUMMARY A. The requirements of this Section and the other Division 26, 27 & 28 Sections apply to all the fire detection and alarm system work. B. Coordinate fire detection & alarm system work with related work shown and specified elsewhere. C. Provide equipment, devices and all necessary accessories for an expansion to the existing fire detection and alarm system. Provide all materials necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. Required items not specifically mentioned in the specifications or indicated on the drawings shall be provided as necessary to produce the intended results without increase in contract sum. D. Remove existing fire detection & alarm system devices, raceway, cables, panels, etc. as indicated. Reconnect existing circuits as required to ensure proper operation of the system. E. Provide temporary cabling, connections, programming as required to maintain a functional fire detection and alarm system during the construction phase. F. Provide all necessary programming/re-programming of the existing fire alarm control panel to facilitate the demolition, construction and addition of devices as required. G. In the event that any item is not available exactly as specified, the Contractor shall so notify the Owner in writing as early as possible to allow ample time for an alternate item to be selected without delay to the project. 1.03. PLAN REVIEW AND PERMITS A. The Contractor shall submit complete sets of fire alarm system submittals as required to the City of Arlington Fire Marshal for approval and pay the plan review fees. B. The Contractor shall arrange for inspections and pay for all required licenses, permits, inspections, plan review fees and any other fees. C. All necessary permits and approvals shall be obtained prior to the start of construction. FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM 2831 00 - 1 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 28 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM 1.04. APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER A. Unless specifically noted otherwise, fire detection and alarm systems and all components shall be Simplex. System and all components shall match the existing system in the building. No substitutions. B. The Engineered System Distributor shall be an authorized factory representative of the specified equipment to ensure proper specification adherence for system programming, operation, final connection, test, turnover, warranty compliance, and after-market service. 1.05. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire alarm system shall be installed by, or under the direct supervision of, a qualified representative of the manufacturer. Contractor and Contractor's personnel shall be experienced, thoroughly trained and completely familiar with fire alarm systems and the required methods of installation. B. The Distributor shall have a minimum of 3 years experience installing Simplex fire alarm panels/systems. C. Programming/re-programming, testing, etc. shall be by a qualified representative of the manufacturer. D. System shall comply with all requirements of NFPA #72 (National Fire Alarm Code), International Fire Code, International Building Code and ADA. E. Fire alarm system shall be in accordance with all applicable codes and standards and all requirements of the State of Washington, Snohomish County and the City of Arlington. 1.06. SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete documentation for the fire alarm system equipment, devices, materials, etc. showing the model number, type, rating, size, style, manufacturer's names, and manufacturer's catalog data sheets for all items. Include data on features, rating, and performance. B. Provide calculations to support the size of the existing stand-by batteries with the addition of new devices. Provide larger stand-by batteries if required. C. Provide voltage drop calculations for all visual alarm circuits and audible alarm circuits. Increase cable sizes if required. D. Submittals shall include complete fire alarm system riser and wiring diagrams, plan drawings, etc. (Note: The contract drawings on disc in AutoCAD format will be available from the Engineer if desired.). Include dimensioned plan and elevation views, diagrams, and other details of components as appropriate. E. If requested by the Owner, provide samples of materials for evaluation. FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM 2831 00 -2 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 28 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM 1.07. PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Schedule pre-installation conference at the project site prior to beginning fire alarm work. B. Attendees shall include the general contractor, all appropriate sub-contractors, engineer, SVH project manager and other appropriate SVH personnel. C. Contractor shall record discussions and agreements and shall distribute meeting minutes within three days of the conference. D. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date with no impact to the work schedule. 1.08. RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit "as-built" record drawings and operation and maintenance manuals at completion of the project in accordance with the specific submittal requirements listed elsewhere in these Specifications. B. Provide as-built documentation consistent with the contract documents as required, in AutoCAD .dwg files with as-built notations for all sheets. (Consultant/Engineer will provide construction drawings AutoCAD files to contractor.) C. As-built drawings shall include the identification numbers for each device on the plans. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. GENERAL A. Coordinate the features of materials and equipment so they match the existing system seamlessly. B. Contractor shall make certain that all materials selected by him, his subcontractors or by his suppliers, conform exactly to requirements of the drawings and specifications. Transmittal of such specifications and drawing information to subcontractors, person manufacturing and/or supplying materials to the project, and rigid adherence thereto, is the Contractor's responsibility. C. All equipment, devices, fixtures, materials, etc. shall be UL (Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.) listed, labeled and approved for the service intended. D. All equipment, devices, fixtures, materials, etc. shall be new and installed only if in first class condition, unless specifically designated as existing. FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM 2831 00 - 3 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 28 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM 2.02. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The existing system is a Simplex fire detection and alarm system, microprocessor based, addressable technology, zoned, fully supervised, Class B; complete with all necessary hardware, software and memory specifically tailored for this installation. B. The new work shall be a modification to the existing system in the area of work. 2.03. PROGRAMMING/RE-PROGRAMMING A. Existing alarm operations programmed into the existing Fire Alarm Panel shall remain unchanged. B. Alarm operations and user operations shall be programmed into the Fire Alarm Panel based on applicable codes and Owner requirements. 2.04. ADDRESSABLE LOOPS AND CIRCUITS A. Each device shall have a unique address. The Supplier shall program each address to a system input zone and correlate to output operations, as directed by the Owner. Non- functioning, non-addressed and non-programmed devices shall report trouble. The system shall be capable of field modification to the addressable programming, and for future addition or removal of devices, without the necessity of re-addressinq any other devices. Provide installation flexibility by insuring that the physical sequence of the devices on the loop need not determine the device address. B. Each and every address shall include the following, except final addressing scheme shall match the existing scheme and shall be coordinated with the Owner prior to construction: 1. The initiating device type (e.g. SMOKE, HEAT, DOOR, etc.) 2. The area description (e.g. CORRIDOR, CLASSROOM, MECHANICAL ROOM, etc.) 3. The room or space number. 4. The floor (e.g. FIRST, SECOND, etc.) 5. The area (e.g. NORTH, SOUTH, EAST, WEST, CENTER, etc.) 6. (Example: SMOKE —CORRIDOR 110 FIRST FLOOR EAST.) FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM 2831 00 -4 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 28 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM 2.05. DEVICES & DETECTORS A. Remote devices and detectors shall have a microprocessor with non-volatile memory to support its functionality and serviceability. Each shall store as required the device serial number, device address, device type, number of alarms and troubles, time and date of last alarm, amount of environmental compensation left/used, last maintenance date, current detector sensitivity values, diagnostic information (trouble codes) and algorithms required to process censor data and perform communications with the loop controller. B. Each device shall be capable of electronic addressing, either automatically or application programmed assigned, to support physical/electrical mapping and supervision by location. Setting a device's address by physical means (e.g. DIP and rotary switches) will not be acceptable. C. Devices and detectors shall be capable of full digital operation. Maximum total response time for devices and detectors changing state shall be 0.5 seconds. D. Each device and detector shall have a separate means of displaying communication and alarm status. A green LED shall flash to confirm communication with the analog loop controller. A red LED shall flash to display alarm status. E. Devices, modules, etc. shall be capable of identifying up to 24 diagnostic codes. Detectors shall be capable of identifying up to 32 diagnostic codes. Diagnostic codes shall be stored at the device or detector and be available for system maintenance. 2.06. SIGNALING DEVICES A. Fire alarm horns shall be 24 volt DC, multi-tap and set as required to provide the minimum acceptable or code required sound level. B. Fire alarm strobes shall be 24 volt DC, minimum as indicated (except as required by ADA or the authority having jurisdiction to provide the minimum required intensity level throughout the space) with clear polycarbonate lens and FIRE lettering. Strobes throughout a space shall be synchronized. C. Fire alarm horn/strobes shall be as above; except, combined into a single assembly. D. Provide red finish on mounting plates, and surface mounted boxes where required. E. Fire alarm horn/strobes shall be Simplex TrueAlert, no substitutions. 2.07. WIRE AND CABLE A. All wire and cable shall be color coded as required or as indicated. Color coding shall be consistent throughout the building. B. Where modifications are made to an existing system, verify the existing color coding scheme and match the existing. FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM 2831 00 - 5 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 28 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM C. Detection circuits cable: 1. Detection circuit cable shall be two conductor copper, shielded if required by the system, type FPLR, listed as being resistant to the spread of fire, with 300 volt insulation and an overall jacket; except in air handling plenums, cable shall be plenum rated, be listed as being resistant to the spread of fire and bear flammability testing ratings as cable type FPLP. 2. The minimum conductor size shall be #18 AWG. D. Notification (horn/strobe) circuits cable: 1. Notification alarm circuit cable shall be two conductor copper, type FPLR, listed as being resistant to the spread of fire, with 300 volt insulation and an overall jacket; except in air handling-plenums, cable-shall-be-plenum-rated,,, be-listed-as-being-resistant-to-the spread- of fire and bear flammability testing ratings as cable type FPLP. 2. The minimum conductor size shall be #14 AWG. 2.08. BOXES A. Device, junction, etc. boxes for fire alarm systems other than the surface raceway type shall be substantially red in color, both inside and outside. 2.09. CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS A. Wiring shall be installed from device to device without splices or taps in fire alarm circuit cable. "T" taps will not be allowed without specific approval from the Engineer. B. Pull wiring through junction, pull, etc. boxes and conduit fittings to devices where possible. Multiple splices, connections, etc. from a single location shall be done in terminal boxes with suitable terminal blocks. Multiple splices, connections, etc. at a single location will not be allowed with "wire nuts". C. Cable ties shall be utilized in panels, etc. to group and support conductors. All cable shall be fanned-out to terminals and identified by labels. D. Red electrical tape shall be utilized to identify the incoming wire pair for each device loop at each device. Outgoing wire pairs shall not be marked. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. DEMOLITION A. Fire detection & alarm system devices indicated as to be removed and associated cables shall be removed entirely, from their point of origin to destination. FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM 2831 00-6 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 28 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM B. Fire detection & alarm system devices indicated as to be removed and re-installed or relocated, shall be pulled back and coiled in a neat and safe manner, by qualified personnel, prior to any demolition work. Care shall be taken to prohibit damage to the cables during construction work. Demolition of fire detection & alarm cables shall not be performed by demolition contractor or general contractor personnel. C. Where demolition work effects the building tenants and operations, coordinate work with the owner, tenants and respective service providers. 3.02. INSTALLATION A. Installation of the fire alarm system and its components shall be done by, or under the direct supervision of, a factory trained authorized representative of the manufacturer. B. Install, connect and test smoke detector bases and initiating circuits prior to installation of smoke detector heads. Unless required by the authority having jurisdiction for protection during construction, do not install smoke detector heads until after construction clean-up by all trades has been completed. Detectors that have been installed prior to final clean-up shall be cleaned and/or replaced as required after final clean-up. C. Attach surface mounted magnetic door holders directly to framing members concealed in the walls. Surface mounted brackets or blocks on the outside of the walls shall not be acceptable. If framing members are not found in the necessary locations, provide blocking, concealed in the wall, to span between framing members as required. Patch and paint the wall surface to maintain the original finished conditions. 3.03. LOCATIONS A. Locations and mounting heights of equipment, devices, etc. shall be consistent, and in accordance with the requirements of NFPA, ADA and the authority having jurisdiction. B. Locate fire alarm devices (horns, strobes, etc.) 80 inches to centerline above finished floor or 6 inches below ceiling, whichever is lower, 6 inches from door casings, corners, etc.; except, on center in spaces narrower than 12 inches. C. Field locate Booster Power Supplies with Owner and Architect prior to installation. D. Unless noted or indicated otherwise, smoke and heat detectors shall be ceiling mounted. In sloped ceiling areas, detectors shall be located within 3 feet of the peak, measured horizontally. E. Locate addressable smoke detectors a minimum of 36" from electronic fluorescent ballasts. F. Locate addressable smoke detectors a minimum of 36" from air supply grills. G. Prior to rough-in, the Contractor shall mark or otherwise show the location of all equipment and devices, and the proposed routing of raceways. Obtain specific approval for the location of each from the Owner, Architect and Engineer before rough-in. FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM 2831 00 - 7 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 28 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM 3.04. INTERRUPTIONS A. Fire alarm systems interruptions, whether to individual equipment or to the entire system, shall not be allowed. 3.05. WIRES AND CABLES A. Inspect cable prior to installation to verify that it is identified properly on the reel or box identification label and that it is of proper gauge, containing correct number of pairs, etc. Note any buckling of the jacket which would indicate possible problems. Damaged cable or any other components failing to meet specification shall not be used in the installation. B. All exposed cable shall be run in the raceway system, except where specifically approved otherwise. "Open" wiring will-not be-allowed. C. All concealed power limited systems cable may be run "open" in accessible ceilings; except, where indicated otherwise and where penetrating through ceilings, floors, walls, draft-stops, etc. D. "Open" cables shall be bundled and supported from permanent structural members of the building, either directly or indirectly, with suitable hooks. Support spacing shall not exceed 5 feet. Protect "open" cables during installation in ceiling spaces. Cables shall not interfere with the removal of pipes or equipment for maintenance or repair. All 'open" cable shall be kept a minimum of 6 inches from pipes, ducts, and other items producing heat. Support "open" cables a minimum of 6 inches above T-bar ceilings. Tape and cable ties are not approved methods of fastening cables. E. Floor and ceiling penetrations by "open" cables will not be allowed. Provide conduit sleeves, minimum 2" EMT, as required plus a spare (with fire and dust stopping and sealing) where "open" cable passes through floors, walls, partitions, etc. F. Cable shall be unrolled from reels, or removed from cartons, and installed in a manner which will prevent kinking, crushing or excessive tension on conductors and insulation. Slack wire shall be provided at all pull points. G. Cable shall be installed or drawn into the raceway system only after all work of any nature that might cause injury to the cable is completed. The raceway systems shall be complete (including the installation of bushings, grommets, etc.), snaked and cleaned, and approval of the installation is obtained from the Owner and Engineer, before pulling any cable. H. Replace or rework cables showing evidence of improper handling including stretches, kinks, short radius bends, and over tightened bindings. 3.06. TESTING A. Testing of the fire detection and alarm system shall be done by a qualified representative of the manufacturer; who, after completion, shall submit a letter that he has tested the system and found it acceptable in all respects. FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM 2831 00 - 8 CASCADE VALLEY HOSPITAL SECTION 28 31 00 SPD EXPANSION PROJECT FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM B. Testing of the fire detection and alarm system shall include a person or persons from WWU Technical Maintenance. Any tests performed without a person or persons from WWU Technical Maintenance present shall be re-done without increase in Contract Sum. C. Testing of the systems and all components shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 72 and/or the authority having jurisdiction. D. Contractor shall notify Owner at least 48 hours in advance of readiness to conduct any tests. The actual time and date of tests shall be acceptable to the Owner and the Contractor. E. For all tests not meeting criteria as determined by the Owner and Engineer, Contractor shall determine problem(s) and make corrections as required (including replacement of the cable and/or other components if necessary) at Contractor's expense without increase in Contract Sum. After correction(s), Contractor shall repeat tests. 3.07. TRAINING, INSTRUCTION AND ASSISTANCE A. After the installation is complete and operating, and prior to acceptance of the work, conduct instruction period(s) at the site, to point out locations of service and maintenance, and instruct the Owner's representatives in the operation of all systems and equipment. B. The person(s) who conduct these instructions and demonstrations shall be a qualified representative of the manufacturer with substantial training and operating experience on this equipment and project. Their qualifications shall be submitted to the Owner before conducting the instruction period. C. Each period shall include preliminary discussion and presentation of information using the actual maintenance manuals required for this project. Contractor shall notify Owner at least 48 hours in advance of readiness to conduct the instruction period. The actual time and date of instruction period shall be acceptable to the Owner and the Contractor. End of Section 28 31 00 FIRE DETECTION &ALARM SYSTEM 2831 00 - 9 i i r y w s s s r